Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2021

Registration No. 333-________

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin 401(k) Plan

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Maryland   6036   Pending

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

7001 West Edgerton Avenue

Greenfield, WI 53220

(414) 421-8200

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Richard B. Hurd

Chief Executive Officer

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

7001 West Edgerton Avenue

Greenfield, WI 53220

(414) 421-8200

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Kip A. Weissman, Esq.

Marc Levy, Esq.

Luse Gorman, PC

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

(202) 274-2000

 

Michael K. Krebs, Esq.

Nutter McLennon & Fish LLP

155 Seaport Blvd

Boston MA 02210

(617) 439-2288

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  ☒

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Amount

to be

registered

 

Proposed

maximum

offering price

per share

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price

 

Amount of

registration fee

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  6,397,982 shares   $10.00   $63,979,820(1)   $6,981

Participation Interests

  1,295,457 interests(2)           (2) 

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(2)

The securities to be purchased by the PyraMax Bank, FSB 401(k) Plan are included in the amount shown for the common stock. Accordingly, no separate fee is required for the participation interests. In accordance with Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registration fee has been calculated on the basis of the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased with the current assets of such Plan.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Prospectus Supplement

PYRAMAX BANK, FSB 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN

Offering of Participation Interests in up to Shares of

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. common stock

 

 

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a new Maryland corporation that we refer to as “New 1895 Bancorp” throughout this prospectus supplement, is offering shares of common stock for sale at $10.00 per share in connection with the conversion of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation that we refer to as “Old 1895 Bancorp” throughout this prospectus supplement, from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization. The shares being offered represent the ownership interest in Old 1895 Bancorp owned by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC. Old 1895 Bancorp’s common stock currently trades on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the trading symbol “BCOW.” We expect that New 1895 Bancorp’s common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq Capital Market (NASDAQ) upon conclusion of the stock offering and we have applied to list the shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock on the NASDAQ under the symbol “BCOW.”

The Bank has registered on behalf of the 401(k) Plan up to 1,295,457 participation interests so that the trustee of the 401(k) Plan could acquire up to 1,295,457 shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock in the offering, at the purchase price of $10.00 per share and after the offering at the prevailing market price. Of the maximum that may be acquired by the 401(k) Plan, the shares available to purchase in the 401(k) Plan in the offering will be reduced by the number of shares of Old 1895 Bancorp currently held in the 401(k) Plan that will be exchanged for New 1895 Bancorp shares and the aggregate amount of participant loans outstanding. This prospectus supplement relates to the election of Plan participants to direct the trustee of the 401(k) Plan to invest up to 50% of their 401(k) Plan accounts in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund on the date of the stock offering.

The prospectus of New 1895 Bancorp, dated [DATE], accompanies this prospectus supplement. It contains detailed information regarding the stock offering of New 1895 Bancorp common stock and the financial condition, results of operations and business of PyraMax Bank, FSB. This prospectus supplement provides information regarding the 401(k) Plan. You should read this prospectus supplement together with the prospectus and keep both for future reference.

 

 

For a discussion of risks that you should consider, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19 of the accompanying prospectus and “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities” below.

The interests in the 401(k) Plan and the offering of the shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation nor any other federal or state securities regulator. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The securities offered in this prospectus supplement and in the prospectus are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

This prospectus supplement may be used only in connection with offers and sales by New 1895 Bancorp of participation interests in shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock pursuant to the 401(k) Plan. No one may use this prospectus supplement to re-offer or resell participation interests or shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock acquired through the 401(k) Plan.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. New 1895 Bancorp, the Bank and the 401(k) Plan have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.

This prospectus supplement does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation in that jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus supplement and the prospectus nor any sale of 1895 Bancorp common stock or participation interests representing an ownership interest in 1895 Bancorp common stock shall under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of New 1895 Bancorp or any of its subsidiaries or the 401(k) Plan since the date of this prospectus supplement, or that the information contained in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference is correct as of any time after the date of this prospectus supplement.

The date of this prospectus supplement is [DATE].


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE OFFERING

     S-1  

Securities Offered

     S-1  

Stock Offering Fund

     S-2  

Purchase Priorities

     S-2  

Purchases in the Offering and Oversubscriptions

     S-3  

Composition of 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund

     S-3  

Value of the 401(k) Plan Assets

     S-4  

In Order to Participate in the Offering

     S-4  

How to Order Stock in the Offering

     S-4  

Order Deadline

     S-6  

Irrevocability of Transfer Direction

     S-6  

Other Purchases in Your Account During the Offering Period

     S-6  

Additional Purchases of 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund Units after the Offering

     S-6  

Purchase Price of Common Stock in the Offering and After the Offering

     S-7  

Nature of a Participant’s Interest in the Common Stock

     S-7  

Voting Rights of Common Stock

     S-7  

DESCRIPTION OF THE 401(k) PLAN

     S-7  

Introduction

     S-7  

Eligibility and Participation

     S-8  

Contributions under the 401(k) Plan

     S-8  

Limitations on Contributions

     S-9  

Benefits under the 401(k) Plan

     S-9  

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

     S-10  

Performance History

     S-10  

Description of the Investment Funds

     S-11  

1895 Bancorp Stock Fund

     S-15  

Withdrawals from the 401(k) Plan

     S-15  

Administration of the 401(k) Plan

     S-16  

Amendment and Termination

     S-16  

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

     S-16  

Federal Income Tax Consequences

     S-16  

Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities

     S-17  

Additional ERISA Considerations

     S-18  

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

     S-18  

Financial Information Regarding 401(k) Plan Assets

     S-19  

LEGAL OPINION

     S-19  


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

In addition to considering the material risks disclosed under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19 of the attached prospectus, you should also consider the following:

If you elect to purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock using your 401(k) Plan account balance and the stock offering is oversubscribed, you will bear the risk of price changes in the investment funds of the 401(k) Plan.

If you elect to purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock using your 401(k) Plan account balance, the 401(k) Plan trustee will sell the designated percentage of your designated investment funds (other than the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund) within your 401(k) Plan account based on your investment election. If the stock offering is oversubscribed (i.e., there are more orders for New 1895 Bancorp common stock than shares available for sale in the stock offering) and the 401(k) Plan trustee cannot use any or all of the funds you allocate to purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock, the funds that cannot be invested in New 1895 Bancorp common stock, and any interest earned on such funds, will be reinvested in your existing investment funds of the 401(k) Plan (other than the existing 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund), according to your then existing investment election (i.e., in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions). During the period from when the 401(k) Plan trustee sells a percentage of each of your investment funds until reinvestment of some or all of those funds back into your investment funds as a result of an oversubscription, you will bear the risk of price changes in the investment funds. It is possible that during this period some or all of the investment funds may have increased in value more than the amount of any interest you may have earned on the reinvested funds before reinvestment. See “The Offering – Purchases in the Offering and Oversubscriptions” in this prospectus supplement.

THE OFFERING

 

Securities Offered    New 1895 Bancorp is offering participants in the PyraMax Bank, FSB 401(k) Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) the opportunity to purchase stock of New 1895 Bancorp through the 401(k) Plan by purchasing “participation interests,” through the Stock Offering Fund established under the 401(k) Plan in connection with the stock offering (“offering”). The 401(k) Plan may acquire up to 1,295,457 shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock in the stock offering at the purchase price of $10.00 per share and after the offering at the prevailing market price. Your investment in New 1895 Bancorp common stock in connection with the stock offering through the Stock Offering Fund is subject to the purchase priorities contained in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (the “Plan of Conversion”).
   Information with regard to the 401(k) Plan is contained in this prospectus supplement and information with regard to the financial condition, results of operations and business of New 1895 Bancorp is contained in the accompanying prospectus. The address of the principal executive office of New 1895 Bancorp and the Bank is 7001 West Edgerton Avenue, Greenfield, WI 53220. The Bank’s telephone number is (414) 421-8200.
   All elections to purchase stock in the Stock Offering Fund in the stock offering under the 401(k) Plan and any questions about this prospectus supplement should be addressed to Monica Baker, Senior Vice President, Chief Brand Officer and Director, PyraMax Bank, FSB, 7001 West Edgerton Avenue, Greenfield, WI, 53220.

 

S-1


Table of Contents
Stock Offering Fund    In connection with the conversion and stock offering, you may elect to designate a percentage of your 401(k) Plan account balance (up to 50 percent, reduced by the amount you then have invested in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund and any participant loan you have outstanding) to the Stock Offering Fund, to be used to purchase common stock of New 1895 Bancorp issued in the stock offering at $10 per share. In making this determination, you should carefully consider the information set forth on page S-18 of this prospectus supplement under “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities — The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings.” The trustee of the Stock Offering Fund will purchase common stock of New 1895 Bancorp at $10.00 per share to be held as stock in accordance with your directions.
Purchase Priorities    401(k) Plan participants are eligible to direct a transfer of funds to the Stock Offering Fund. However, such directions are subject to the purchase priorities and purchase limitations in the Plan of Conversion, which provides for a subscription and community offering, as described below.
  

In the offering, the purchase priorities are as follows and apply in the case more shares are ordered than are available for sale (an “oversubscription”):

Subscription offering:

 

(1)   First, to depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB with $50 or more as of December 31, 2019.

 

(2)   Second, to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s and New 1895 Bancorp’s tax-qualified plans, including the employee stock ownership plan and the 401(k) Plan.

 

(3)   Third, to depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB with $50 or more on deposit as of [supplemental eligibility record date].

 

(4)   Fourth, to members of PyraMax Bank, FSB (as defined in the Bank’s charter and bylaws) as of [member record date] who do not qualify in one of the foregoing categories.

   If there are shares remaining after all of the orders in the subscription offering have been filled, shares will be offered in a community offering with a preference to natural persons residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee.
   If you fall into subscription offering categories (1), (3), or (4) above, you have subscription rights to purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock in the subscription offering. You will separately receive offering materials in the mail, including a Stock Order Form. If you wish to purchase stock outside of the 401(k) Plan, you must complete and submit the Stock Order Form and payment, using the stock order reply envelope provided.
   Additionally, or instead of placing an order outside of the 401(k) Plan through a Stock Order Form, as a 401(k) Plan participant, you may place an order for common stock through the 401(k) Plan, using the enclosed Special Investment Election Form, to be completed and submitted in the manner described below.

 

S-2


Table of Contents
Purchases in the Offering and Oversubscriptions    The trustee of the 401(k) Plan will purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock in the offering based on the designated percentage set forth in your Special Investment Election Form. Once you make your election, the amount that you elect to transfer from your existing investment options for the purchase of New 1895 Bancorp common stock in connection with the stock offering will be removed from your existing investment options and transferred to the Stock Offering Fund, which is an interest-bearing cash account in the 401(k) Plan, pending the formal closing of the stock offering, several weeks later. NOTE: any amount that you have invested in Old 1895 Bancorp common stock in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund will automatically convert to New 1895 Bancorp common stock pursuant to the exchange ratio that is determined in connection with the conversion.
   After the end of the stock offering period, we will determine whether all or any portion of your order may be filled (based on your purchase priority as described above and whether the stock offering is oversubscribed). The amount that can be used toward your order will be applied to the purchase of participation interests and will be denominated in shares of New 1985 Bancorp common stock in the 401(k) Plan.
   In the event the stock offering is oversubscribed, i.e. there are more orders for shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock than shares available for sale in the stock offering, and the trustee is unable to use the full amount allocated by you to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, the amount that cannot be invested in shares of common stock, and any interest earned, will be reinvested in the other investment funds of the 401(k) Plan in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions). If you do not have an existing election as to the investment of future contributions, then such amounts will be transferred to and invested in applicable Blackrock Lifepath Index Fund, based on your retirement age assumption, pending your reinvestment in another fund of your choice.
  

If you choose not to direct the investment of your account balances towards the purchase of any shares in the offering, your account balances will remain in the investment funds of the 401(k) Plan as previously directed by you.

 

At the conclusion of the offering, once the eligible assets in the Stock Offering Fund have been used to purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock, the shares will be transferred to and held in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund. Your interests in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund will be referred to as participation interests and will be denominated in shares of 1895 Bancorp common stock.

Composition of 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund    The value of one participation interest will equal one share of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp, which will be initially valued at $10.
   Following the stock offering, each day, the aggregate value of the New 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund will be determined by dividing the total market value of the New 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund at the end of the day by the total number of shares held in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund as of the previous day’s end. The change in share value reflects the day’s change in 1895 Bancorp common stock price, and the value of each participation interest should be the same as one share of New 1895 Bancorp common stock. Your account in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund will be reported to you on your regular 401(k) Plan participant statements. You can also go on-line at any time to principal.com or call 1-800-547-7754 to review your account balances.

 

S-3


Table of Contents
Value of the 401(k) Plan Assets    As of December 31, 2020, the market value of the assets of the 401(k) Plan attributable to active and former employees of the Bank was approximately $12,954,570. The 401(k) Plan administrator informed each participant of the value of his or her account balance under the 401(k) Plan as of December 31, 2020, however participants can also go on-line and look at their account balances at any time.
In Order to Participate in the Offering    Enclosed is a Special Investment Election Form on which you can elect to transfer up to 50% of your account balance (reduced by amounts that you have invested in the existing 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund and any participant loan you have outstanding) in the 401(k) Plan to the Stock Offering Fund for the purchase of participation interests in New 1895 Bancorp common stock at $10 each in the stock offering. If you wish to use up to 50% of your account balance in the 401(k) Plan (reduced by amounts already invested in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund and any participant loan you have outstanding) to purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock issued in the offering, you should indicate that decision on the Special Investment Election Form. In making this determination, you should carefully consider the information set forth on page S-18 of this prospectus supplement under “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities — The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings.”
   If you do not wish to purchase 1895 Bancorp common stock in the offering through the 401(k) Plan, you must still fill out the Special Investment Election Form and check Box D for “No Election” in Section D of the form and return the form to Monica Baker, Senior Vice President, Chief Brand Officer, PyraMax Bank, FSB, as indicated below.
How to Order Stock in the Offering    Enclosed is a Special Investment Election Form on which you can elect to purchase 1895 Bancorp common stock in connection with the stock offering. This is done by following the procedures designated below. Please note the following stipulations concerning this election:
  

•  Using your Special Investment Election Form, you can direct up to 50% (designated as a percentage) of your current account balance to the Stock Offering Fund.

 

•  Your election is subject to a minimum purchase of 25 shares which equates to $250.00.

 

•  Your election, plus any order you placed outside the 401(k) Plan, is subject to a maximum purchase of 40,000 shares which equates to $400,000.

 

•  The election period closes at [4:00] p.m., Eastern Time, [DEADLINE].

 

S-4


Table of Contents
  

•  Following the offering period for the 401(k) Plan (“401(k) offering period”), the 401(k) Plan trustee will sell the applicable percentage of each of your investment funds that you have elected to sell in order to purchase shares in the Stock Offering Fund and will transfer the proceeds upon settlement to the Stock Offering Fund. The 401(k) Plan trustee will process such sales for all participants on a single day following the 401(k) offering period and before the close of the subscription offering period. After your election is accepted, it will be rounded down to the closest dollar amount divisible by $10.00. The difference will remain in the Stock Offering Fund until the offering closes and the shares are acquired by the 401(k) Plan.

 

•  At that time, the shares purchased in the Stock Offering Fund based on your election will be transferred to the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund and any remaining funds from your account will be transferred out of the Stock Offering Fund for investment in the other funds under the 401(k) Plan, based on your election currently on file for future contributions. If you do not have an election on file for future contributions, any remaining funds will be transferred to the applicable Blackrock Lifepath Index Fund, based on your retirement age assumption, to be reinvested by you in your discretion.

 

•  During the stock offering period, you will continue to have the ability to transfer amounts not invested in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund among all the other investment funds on a daily basis. However, you will not be permitted to change the investment amounts that you designated to be transferred to the Stock Offering Fund.

 

•  The amount you elect to transfer to the purchase of 1895 Bancorp common stock needs to be segregated and held until the offering closes. Therefore, this money is not available for distributions, loans or withdrawals until the offering is completed, which is after the closing of the subscription offering period.

   You are allowed only one election to transfer funds to the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund. Follow these steps to elect to use all or part of your account balance in the 401(k) Plan to purchase shares in the stock offering:
  

•  Use the enclosed Special Investment Election Form to transfer up to 50% of your account balance to the Stock Offering Fund (reduced by amounts you presently have invested in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund and the amount of any participant loan you have outstanding) to purchase 1895 Bancorp common stock in the offering. Indicate next to each fund in which you are invested the percentage of that fund you wish to transfer to the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund. If you do not wish to transfer an amount from a particular fund in which you have an investment, you do not have to indicate anything, or you can indicate -0-.

 

•  Please print your name and social security number on the Special Investment Election Form.

 

•  Please complete Section D of the Special Investment Election Form — Purchaser Information — indicating your individual purchase priority and provide the information requested on your accounts in PyraMax Bank, FSB.

 

•  Sign and date the Special Investment Election Form and return it by hand delivery, regular mail or fax to the person designated immediately below.

 

S-5


Table of Contents
Order Deadline    If you wish to purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock with up to 50% of your 401(k) Plan account balances (reduced by any amount you have invested in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund and any participant loan you have outstanding), your Special Investment Election Form must be received by Monica Baker; no later than [4:00] p.m., Eastern Time, on [DEADLINE]. To allow for processing, this deadline is prior to the subscription offering period deadline (which is [DATE]). If you have any questions with respect to the Special Investment Election Form, please contact Monica Baker, Senior Vice President, Chief Brand Officer.
Irrevocability of Transfer Direction    You may not revoke your Special Investment Election Form once it has been delivered to Monica Baker, Senior Vice President, Chief Brand Officer. You will, however, continue to have the ability to transfer amounts not directed towards the purchase of 1895 Bancorp common stock in the Offering (including amounts currently invested in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund among all of the other investment funds on a daily basis.
Other Purchases in Your Account During the Offering Period    Whether or not you choose to purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock in the offering through the 401(k) Plan, you will at all times have complete access to those amounts in your account that you do not apply towards purchases in the offering. For example, you will be able to purchase other funds within the 401(k) Plan with that portion of your account balance that you do not apply towards purchases in the offering during the offering period. Such purchases will be made at the prevailing market price in the same manner as you make such purchases now, i.e., through telephone transfers and internet access to your account. You can only purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock in the offering through the 401(k) Plan by returning your Special Investment Election Form to Monica Baker by the due date. You cannot purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock in the offering by means of telephone transfers or the internet. That portion of your 401(k) Plan account balance that you elect to apply towards the purchase of New 1895 Bancorp common stock in the offering will be irrevocably committed to such purchase.
Additional Purchases of 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund Units after the Offering    After the offering closes, you will have the opportunity to direct the 401(k) Plan trustee to sell any shares that you purchased in the offering. You will also have the opportunity to purchase any additional shares in the open market, to the extent shares are available. New 1895 Bancorp common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq stock market. Special restrictions may apply to transfers directed to and from the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund by the participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to the purchase and sale of securities by officers, directors and principal shareholders of New 1895 Bancorp

 

S-6


Table of Contents
Purchase Price of Common Stock in the Offering and After the Offering    The trustee will pay $10 per share of common stock in the offering, which will be the same price paid by all other persons for a share of common stock in the offering. No sales commission will be charged for common stock purchased in the offering. After the offering, any additional purchases will be made in the open market at the prevailing price. In addition, a brokerage commission of $0.05 per share of stock purchased will be charged
Nature of a Participant’s Interest in the Common Stock    The common stock acquired by the trustee at your direction will be allocated to your account and will be held in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund.
Voting Rights of Common Stock    You may direct the trustee as to how to vote your shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock held in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund. If the trustee does not receive your voting instructions, the trustee will be directed by PyraMax Bank, FSB to vote your shares in the same proportion as the voting instructions received from other participants related to their shares of 1895 Bancorp common stock held by the 401(k) Plan, provided that such vote is made in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). All voting instructions will be kept confidential.

DESCRIPTION OF THE 401(k) PLAN

Introduction

PyraMax Bank, FSB originally adopted the 401(k) Plan effective as of February 13, 1989. The 401(k) Plan was last restated, effective July 1, 2017. In connection with the conversion of PyraMax Bank, FSB from the mutual to stock form of organization as the wholly owned subsidiary of Old 1895 Bancorp, PyraMax Bank amended the 401(k) Plan to allow participants to purchase common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp with their 401(k) Plan accounts. The 401(k) Plan is a tax-qualified plan with a cash or deferred compensation feature established in accordance with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

The Bank intends that the 401(k) Plan, in operation, will comply with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Code. The Bank will adopt any amendments to the 401(k) Plan that may be necessary to ensure the continuing qualified status of the 401(k) Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). The 401(k) Plan is an “individual account plan” other than a “money purchase pension plan” within the meaning of ERISA. As such, the 401(k) Plan is subject to all the provisions of Title I (Protection of Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Code Relating to Retirement Plans) of ERISA, except the funding requirements contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA, which by their terms do not apply to an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan). The 401(k) Plan is not subject to Title IV (Plan Termination Insurance) of ERISA. The funding requirements contained in Title IV of ERISA are not applicable to participants or beneficiaries under the 401(k) Plan.

Reference to Full Text of 401(k) Plan. The following portions of this prospectus supplement summarize certain provisions of the 401(k) Plan. They are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of the 401(k) Plan. Copies of the 401(k) Plan are available to all employees by filing a request with the 401(k) Plan Administrator c/o PyraMax Bank, FSB, Attn: Monica Baker, Senior Vice President, Chief Brand Officer. You are urged to read carefully the full text of the 401(k) Plan.

 

S-7


Table of Contents

Eligibility and Participation

As an employee of the Bank, you are eligible to become a participant in the 401(k) Plan by making elective deferral contributions on the first day of the calendar month, coincident or next following the date you attain age 18 and complete one month of service, measured from your date of hire, provided that you are an eligible employee at such time. Eligible employees will become participants with respect to profit sharing contributions on the next payroll date after attaining age 18 and completing six months of consecutive service. If you are an eligible employee, you will be eligible to receive a profit-sharing contribution if you have 1,000 hours of service during the plan year and are employed on the last day of the plan year. If you are an eligible employee, you will be eligible to receive “safe harbor contributions” (as defined below) on the next payroll date after you have completed six months of service. You are not an eligible employee if you are a member of the following classes of employees: (i) an employee who is included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining; (ii) any leased employee; (iii) any non-resident alien who received no earned income which constitutes income from services performed in the United States; and (iv) employees of South Milwaukee Investments, Inc. and “Temporary Employees” as classified by the Bank.

As of December 31, 2020, there were approximately 118 active and former employees with account balances in the 401(k) Plan.

Contributions under the 401(k) Plan

Elective Deferrals. You are permitted to defer on a pre-tax basis up to 100% of your Compensation, subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Code, and to have that amount contributed to the 401(k) Plan on your behalf. Your pre-tax deferrals are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Code, and for 2021, you may defer up to $19,500 and you may defer an additional $6,500 if you qualify for catch-up contributions as described in the next paragraph. The Compensation of each participant taken into account under the 401(k) Plan is limited by the Code, and for 2021 the limit is $290,000 (this limit may change on an annual basis). Canceling or changing your contribution percentage can be accomplished either over the telephone or over the internet at any time.

If, after receiving a notice from the Bank, you do not make an elective deferral contribution election, you will be deemed to have made an election to defer 6% of your Compensation. This percentage election will increase each year by 1% until your elective deferral is 10%. You can prevent this automatic deferral contribution election if you turn in the applicable form to prevent such contributions. Similarly, you can withdraw contributions made without your consent for up to a brief period of time after the automatic contributions are first removed from your Compensation.

Roth Elective Deferrals. You may elect to designate all or a portion of your deferrals as Roth elective deferrals. Roth elective deferrals do not reduce your total taxable income or your current taxes. Because you pay taxes on Roth elective deferrals when they are made, these contributions will not be taxed later when received as a benefit and distributed as a qualified distribution. A distribution will be a qualified distribution if (i) the distribution is made on or after you attain age 59 1/2, on or after the date of your death, or as a result of you becoming disabled as defined by the Code; or (ii) the distribution is made after the end of the 5-taxable-year period beginning with the first taxable year in which you make a Roth elective deferral contribution to this plan.

Catch-up Contributions. If you have made the maximum amount of elective deferrals allowed by the 401(k) Plan or other legal limits and you have attained at least age 50 (or will reach age 50 prior to the end of the tax year, which is March 31), you are also eligible to make an additional catch-up contribution. In 2021, the maximum catch-up contribution is $6,500. You may authorize your employer to withhold a specified dollar amount of your compensation for this purpose.

Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. The Bank will make a safe harbor matching contribution to your account if you have satisfied the eligibility requirements and have made a “matched employee contribution during the plan year. A matched employee contribution is any elective deferral contribution or catch-up contribution that you may make. The safe harbor matching contribution is an amount equal to 100% of your matched employee contributions that are not in excess of six percent (6%) of your Compensation. The safe harbor matching contribution is subject to change from year to year, in the discretion of the Bank.

 

S-8


Table of Contents

Profit Sharing Contributions. The Bank may, in its discretion, make profit sharing contributions to the accounts of eligible participants from time to time on a nondiscriminatory basis. The amount of any profit sharing contributions, if made, will be determined in the sole discretion of the Bank and will only be available to participants who have 1,000 hours of service during the plan year and are employed on the last of the plan year.

Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. In addition to the contributions described above, the Bank may make additional qualified non-elective contributions for the benefit of participants determined at the discretion of the Bank.

Rollover Contributions. The 401(k) Plan may accept a rollover contribution from another tax-qualified plan or eligible individual retirement account made on behalf of an eligible employee, regardless of whether such employee has met the age and service requirements of the Plan. An eligible employee who has not met the age and service requirements of the 401(k) Plan shall be considered a participant only with respect to the amount of his or her rollover contributions, if any.

Limitations on Contributions

Contribution Limits. For the tax year beginning January 1, 2021, the amount of your elective deferrals may not exceed $19,500 per calendar year, or $26,000 if you are eligible to make catch-up contributions. Contributions in excess of this limit are known as excess deferrals. If you defer amounts in excess of this limitation, your gross income for federal income tax purposes will include the excess in the year of the deferral. In addition, unless the excess deferral is distributed before April 15 of the following year, it will be taxed again in the year distributed. Income on the excess deferral distributed by April 15 of the immediately succeeding year will be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as earned and received by you in the tax year in which the contribution is made.

The total amount of contributions that you make and any contribution your employer makes on your behalf to your account in one year is limited to the lesser of 100% of your compensation or $58,000 (for 2021), or if applicable, $64,500 (for 2021) including catch-up contributions.

Rollovers. You may make a rollover contribution of an eligible rollover distribution from any other qualified retirement plan or an individual retirement arrangement (IRA). These funds will be maintained in a separate rollover account in which you will have a nonforfeitable vested interest.

Benefits under the 401(k) Plan

Vesting. At all times, you have a fully vested, nonforfeitable interest in your elective deferrals, including Roth elective deferrals, catch-up contributions, if any, safe harbor matching contributions, qualified non-elective contributions and rollover contributions.

Your profit sharing contributions, if any, will vest in accordance with the following:

 

Vesting Schedule  
Profit Sharing Contributions  
Period of Service   

Vested

Percentage

 

Less than 2 years

     0

2 years

     20

3 years

     40

4 years

     60

5 years or more

     100

Distribution at Termination of Employment. You will be entitled to receive a distribution of the vested amounts in your account when your employment terminates for any reason. Your benefit will be equal to the vested balance of your account. The 401(k) Plan will make involuntary cash-out distributions of vested account balances in accordance with the 401(k) Plan. If you are not a 5% or more owner of your employer, your required benefit commencement date is the April 1st following the close of the year in which the later occurs: you attain age 72 or you terminate employment.

 

S-9


Table of Contents

Distribution after Death of Participant. In the event of your death, the value of your entire account will be payable to your beneficiary in accordance with the 401(k) Plan.

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

All amounts credited to your accounts under the 401(k) Plan are held in the 401(k) Plan trust (the “Trust”), which is administered by the trustee of the 401(k) Plan. Prior to the effective date of the Offering, you were provided the opportunity to direct the investments of your account into one of the investment options described below.

Performance History

The following table provides performance data with respect to the investment funds in the 401(k) Plan:

 

     Average Annual Total Return
(as of 12/31/2020 quarter end)
 

Investment Option Name

   YTD      1-Year     3-Year      5-Year      10-Year      Incept Date  

AB Large Cap Growth Z Fund

        34.46       22.67        20.21        17.59        06/30/2015  

American Beacon International Equity R5 Fund

        1.60       0.32        4.79        4.45        08/07/1991  

American Funds American Balanced R6 Fund

        11.22       9.07        10.36        10.27        05/01/2009  

American Funds EuroPacific Growth R6 Fund

        25.27       10.74        12.47        8.14        05/01/2009  

American Funds New World R6 Fund

        25.30       12.19        14.41        7.43        05/01/2009  

Baird Aggregate Bond Institutional Fund

        8.63       5.84        5.04        4.68        09/29/2000  

Carillion Eagle Mid-Cap Value R6 Fund

        40.34       21.22        20.02        15.23        08/15/2011  

Eaton Vance Floating Rate I Fund

        2.36       3.37        5.09        3.96        01/30/2001  

Fidelity 500 Index Fund

        18.40       14.17        15.21        13.87        05/04/2011  

Fidelity Mid Cap Index Fund

        17.11       11.60        13.40        —          09/08/2011  

Fidelity Small Cap Index Fund

        19.99       10.36        13.43        —          09/08/2011  

Fixed Income Guaranteed Option 1

        n/a       n/a        n/a        n/a     

Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value Insights R6 Fund

        0.35       3.46        9.40        8.75        07/31/2015  

Goldman Sachs International Small Cap Insights Instl Fund

        7.69       2.08        7.68        7.58        09/28/2007  

Janus Henderson Multi-Sector Income N Fund

        5.55       5.71        6.37        —          02/28/2014  

Invesco Developing Markets R6 Fund

        17.66       8.93        13.43        5.31        12/29/2011  

MFS International Diversification R6 Fund

        15.43       9.04        11.59        7.70        10/02/2017  

PGIM Global Real Estate R6 Fund

        (4.30     4.51        5.17        6.34        08/23/2013  

PIMCO Real Return Instl Fund

        12.09       6.04        5.41        3.79        01/29/1997  

Putnam Convertible Securities Y Fund

        45.33       20.65        17.31        11.43        12/30/1998  

Putnam Equity Income Y Fund

        6.07       8.30        11.46        11.70        10/01/1998  

Vanguard Explorer Admiral Fund

        31.48       19.03        18.48        14.30        11/12/2001  

Allianz Global Inv Fund Mgmt

Virtus NFJ Mid-Cap Value Institutional Fund

        1.32       3.28        10.41        10.14        12/30/1997  

Western Asset Core Bond IS Fund

        9.13       6.22        5.60        4.92        08/29/2008  

BlackRock Lifepath Index Retirement K Fund

        12.22       7.87        8.02        —          05/31/2011  

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2025 K Fund

        12.42       8.39        9.27        —          05/31/2011  

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2030 K Fund

        13.05       8.93        10.04        —          05/31/2011  

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2035 K Fund

        13.72       9.44        10.81        —          05/31/2011  

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2040 K Fund

        14.10       9.85        11.44        —          05/31/2011  

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2045 K Fund

        14.64       10.21        11.91        —          05/31/2011  

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2050 K Fund

        15.04       10.36        12.09        —          05/31/2011  

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2055 K Fund

        15.02       10.38        12.11        —          05/31/2011  

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2060 K Fund

        15.06       10.41        —          —          02/29/2016  

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2065 K Fund

        15.47       —          —          —          10/31/2019  

1895 Bancorp Stock Fund

        (7.61     —          —          —          01/09/2019  

 

1 

The annual performance history of this Option is not tracked. Instead, Principal periodically revises the specified interest rate paid on the assets in the fund. Over the last 10 years, the interest rate has ranged from 2.85% per annum to 1.60% per annum. The interest rate is currently 1.60% per annum.

 

S-10


Table of Contents

Description of the Investment Funds

The following is a description of each of the funds:

AB Large Cap Growth Z Fund. The investment seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund invests primarily in equity securities of a limited number of large, carefully selected, high quality U.S. companies. It invests primarily in the domestic equity securities of companies selected by the fund’s adviser for their growth potential within various market sectors. The fund emphasizes investments in large, seasoned companies. Under normal circumstances, the fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in common stocks of large-capitalization companies. It may, at times, invest in shares of exchange-traded funds in lieu of making direct investments in securities.

American Beacon International Equity R5 Fund. The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in common stocks and securities convertible into common stocks (collectively, “stocks”) of issuers based in at least three different countries located outside the United States. It primarily invests in countries comprising the MSCI EAFE Index®. The MSCI EAFE Index is designed to represent the performance of large- and mid-capitalization securities across 21 developed markets countries, including countries in Europe, Australasia and the Far East, and excluding the U.S. and Canada.

American Funds American Balanced R6 Fund. The investment seeks conservation of capital, current income and long-term growth of capital and income. The fund uses a balanced approach to invest in a broad range of securities, including common stocks and investment-grade bonds. It also invests in securities issued and guaranteed by the U.S. government and by federal agencies and instrumentalities. In addition, the fund may invest a portion of its assets in common stocks, most of which have a history of paying dividends, bonds and other securities of issuers domiciled outside the United States.

American Funds EuroPacific Growth R6 Fund. The investment seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund invests primarily in common stocks of issuers in Europe and the Pacific Basin that the investment adviser believes have the potential for growth. Growth stocks are stocks that the investment adviser believes have the potential for above-average capital appreciation. It normally will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of issuers in Europe and the Pacific Basin. The fund may invest a portion of its assets in common stocks and other securities of companies in emerging markets.

American Funds New World R6 Fund. The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund invests primarily in common stocks of companies with significant exposure to countries with developing economies and/or markets. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 35% of its assets in equity and debt securities of issuers primarily based in qualified countries that have developing economies and/or markets.

Baird Aggregate Bond Institutional Fund. The investment seeks an annual rate of total return, before fund expenses, greater than the annual rate of total return of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index. The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in the following types of U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations: U.S. government and other public-sector entities; asset-backed and mortgage-backed obligations of U.S. and foreign issuers; corporate debt of U.S. and foreign issuers.

Carillion Eagle Mid-Cap Value R6 Fund. The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in the equity securities of mid-capitalization companies. The fund will invest primarily in the equity securities of companies that the portfolio managers believe have the potential for above-average earnings or sales growth, reasonable valuations and acceptable debt levels.

Eaton Vance Floating Rate I Fund. The investment seeks to provide a high level of current income. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its total assets in income producing floating rate loans and other floating rate debt securities. It invests primarily in senior floating rate loans of domestic and foreign borrowers (“Senior Loans”). Senior Loans typically are of below investment grade quality and have below investment grade credit ratings, which ratings are associated with securities having high risk, speculative characteristics (sometimes referred to as “junk”).

 

S-11


Table of Contents

Fidelity 500 Index Fund. The investment seeks to provide investment results that correspond to the total return performance of common stocks publicly traded in the United States. The fund normally invests at least 80% of assets in common stocks included in the S&P 500® Index, which broadly represents the performance of common stocks publicly traded in the United States. It lends securities to ern income.

Fidelity Mid Cap Index Fund. The investment seeks to provide investment results that correspond to the total return of stocks of mid-capitalization United States companies. The fund invests normally at least 80% of its assets in securities included in the Russell Midcap® Index. It lends securities to earn income.

Fidelity Small Cap Index Fund. The investment seeks to provide investment results that correspond to the total return of stocks of small-capitalization United States companies. The fund invests normally at least 80% of its assets in securities included in the Russell 2000® Index. It lends securities to earn income.

Fixed Income Guaranteed Option. This option is a guaranteed general account backed group annuity contract that has been issued by Principal Life Insurance Company (Principal Life) to Principal Trust Company as custodian. A rate of interest contractually guaranteed by Principal Life is credited to participant account balances. This net crediting rate is after the deduction of 0.00% for fees for administrative and recordkeeping services to the plan. Currently, this net crediting rate is a 1.6% effective annual rate, until May 31, 2021. The rate will be reset June 1, 2021, and semiannually thereafter. Over the last 10 year period, the rate has ranged between 2.85% and the current 1.6%.

Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value Insights Instl Fund. The investment seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund invests at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at time of purchase) (“Net Assets”) in a broadly diversified portfolio of equity investments in small-cap U.S. issuers, including foreign issuers that are traded in the United States. For the purposes of this restriction, “small-cap U.S. issuers” have public stock market capitalizations of companies constituting the Russell 2000® Index.

Goldman Sachs International Small Cap Insights Instl Fund. The investment seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at the time of purchase) (“Net Assets”) in a broadly diversified portfolio of equity investments in small-cap non-U.S. issuers. The advisor uses a quantitative style of management in combination with a qualitative overlay that emphasizes fundamentally-based stock selection, careful portfolio construction and efficient implementation.

Janus Henderson Multi-Sector Income N. Fund. The investment seeks high current income with a secondary focus on capital appreciation. The fund pursues its investment objective by primarily investing, under normal circumstances, in a multisector portfolio of U.S. and non-U.S. debt securities of varying maturities that the portfolio managers believe have high income potential. It may invest up to 65% of its net assets in below investment grade securities.

Invesco Developing Markets R6 Fund. The investment seeks capital appreciation. The fund mainly invests in common stocks of issuers in developing and emerging markets throughout the world and at times it may invest up to 100% of its total assets in foreign securities. Under normal market conditions, it will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of issuers whose principal activities are in a developing market, i.e. are in a developing market or are economically tied to a developing market country, and in derivatives and other instruments that have economic characteristics similar to such securities.

MFS International Diversification R6 Fund. The investment seeks capital appreciation. The fund is designed to provide diversification within the international asset class by investing the majority of its assets in other mutual funds advised by the adviser, referred to as underlying funds. The adviser seeks to diversify the fund’s investments in terms of market capitalization (by including large, mid, and/or small cap underlying funds), by style (by including both growth and value underlying funds), and by geography (by including developed and emerging market underlying funds).

 

S-12


Table of Contents

PGIM Global Real Estate R6 Fund. The investment seeks capital appreciation and income. The fund normally invests at least 80% of its investable assets (net assets plus any borrowings made for investment purposes) in equity-related securities of real estate companies, principally real estate investment trusts (REITs), and other real estate securities. Equity-related securities may also include common stock, convertible securities, nonconvertible preferred stock, American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), warrants and other rights that can be exercised to obtain stock, investments in various types of business ventures and similar securities.

PIMCO Real Return Instl Fund. The investment seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management. The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in inflation-indexed bonds of varying maturities issued by the U.S. and non-U.S. governments, their agencies or instrumentalities, and corporations, which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts or swap agreements.

Putnam Convertible Securities Y Fund. The investment seeks current income and capital appreciation; its secondary objective is conservation of capital. The fund invests mainly in convertible securities of U.S. companies. Convertible securities combine the investment characteristics of bonds and common stocks. Under normal circumstances, it invests at least 80% of the fund’s net assets in convertible securities. Convertible securities include bonds, preferred stocks and other instruments that can be converted into or exchanged for common stock or equivalent value. A significant portion of the convertible securities are below-investment-grade.

Putnam Equity Income Y Fund. The investment seeks capital growth and current income. The fund invests mainly in common stocks of midsize and large U.S. companies, with a focus on value stocks that offer the potential for capital growth, current income, or both. Value stocks are issued by companies that the adviser believes are currently undervalued by the market. The adviser may consider, among other factors, a company’s valuation, financial strength, growth potential, competitive position in its industry, projected future earnings, cash flows and dividends when deciding whether to buy or sell investments.

Vanguard Explorer Admiral Fund. This fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation. The fund invests mainly in the stocks of small and mid-size companies. These companies tend to be unseasoned but are considered by the fund’s advisors to have superior growth potential. Also, these companies often provide little or no dividend income. It uses multiple investment advisors.

Allianz Global Inv Fund Mgmt; Virtus NFJ Mid-Cap Value Institutional Fund. The investment seeks long-term growth of capital and income. The funds seeks to achieve its investment objective by normally investing at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings made for investment purposes) in common stock and other equity securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. It normally invests significantly in securities that the portfolio managers expect will generate income (for example, by paying dividends). The portfolio managers use a value investing style focusing on companies whose securities the portfolio managers believe are undervalued.

Western Asset Core Bond IS Fund. The investment seeks to maximize total return, consistent with prudent investment management and liquidity needs. The fund invests in a portfolio of fixed income securities of various maturities and, under normal market conditions, will invest at least 80% of its net assets in debt and fixed income securities. Although the fund may invest in debt and fixed income securities of any maturity, under normal market conditions the target dollar-weighted average effective duration for the fund is expected to range within 20% of the average duration of the domestic bond market as a whole as estimated by the fund’s sub-adviser.

BlackRock Lifepath Index Retirement K Fund. The investment seeks to provide for retirement outcomes based on quantitatively measured risk. The fund allocates and reallocates its assets among a combination of equity and bond index funds and money market funds (the “underlying funds”) in proportions based on its own comprehensive investment strategy. It will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets in securities or other financial instruments that are components of or have economic characteristics similar to the securities included in its custom benchmark index, the LifePath Index Retirement Fund Custom Benchmark.

 

S-13


Table of Contents

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2025 K Fund. The investment seeks to provide for retirement outcomes based on quantitatively measured risk. The fund allocates and reallocates its assets among a combination of equity and bond index funds and money market funds (the “underlying funds”) in proportions based on its own comprehensive investment strategy. It will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets in securities or other financial instruments that are components of or have economic characteristics similar to the securities included in its custom benchmark index, the LifePath Index 2025 Fund Custom Benchmark.

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2030 K Fund. The investment seeks to provide for retirement outcomes based on quantitatively measured risk. The fund allocates and reallocates its assets among a combination of equity and bond index funds and money market funds (the “underlying funds”) in proportions based on its own comprehensive investment strategy. It will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets in securities or other financial instruments that are components of or have economic characteristics similar to the securities included in its custom benchmark index, the LifePath Index 2030 Fund Custom Benchmark.

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2035 K Fund. The investment seeks to provide for retirement outcomes based on quantitatively measured risk. The fund allocates and reallocates its assets among a combination of equity and bond index funds and money market funds (the “underlying funds”) in proportions based on its own comprehensive investment strategy. It will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets in securities or other financial instruments that are components of or have economic characteristics similar to the securities included in its custom benchmark index, the LifePath Index 2035 Fund Custom Benchmark.

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2040 K Fund. The investment seeks to provide for retirement outcomes based on quantitatively measured risk. The fund allocates and reallocates its assets among a combination of equity and bond index funds and money market funds (the “underlying funds”) in proportions based on its own comprehensive investment strategy. It will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets in securities or other financial instruments that are components of or have economic characteristics similar to the securities included in its custom benchmark index, the LifePath Index 2040 Fund Custom Benchmark.

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2045 K Fund. The investment seeks to provide for retirement outcomes based on quantitatively measured risk. The fund allocates and reallocates its assets among a combination of equity and bond index funds and money market funds (the “underlying funds”) in proportions based on its own comprehensive investment strategy. It will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets in securities or other financial instruments that are components of or have economic characteristics similar to the securities included in its custom benchmark index, the LifePath Index 2045 Fund Custom Benchmark.

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2050 K Fund. The investment seeks to provide for retirement outcomes based on quantitatively measured risk. The fund allocates and reallocates its assets among a combination of equity and bond index funds and money market funds (the “underlying funds”) in proportions based on its own comprehensive investment strategy. It will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets in securities or other financial instruments that are components of or have economic characteristics similar to the securities included in its custom benchmark index, the LifePath Index 2050 Fund Custom Benchmark.

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2055 K Fund. The investment seeks to provide for retirement outcomes based on quantitatively measured risk. The fund allocates and reallocates its assets among a combination of equity and bond index funds and money market funds (the “underlying funds”) in proportions based on its own comprehensive investment strategy. It will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets in securities or other financial instruments that are components of or have economic characteristics similar to the securities included in its custom benchmark index, the LifePath Index 2055 Fund Custom Benchmark.

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2060 K Fund. The investment seeks to provide for retirement outcomes based on quantitatively measured risk. The fund allocates and reallocates its assets among a combination of equity and bond index funds and money market funds (the “underlying funds”) in proportions based on its own comprehensive investment strategy. It will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets in securities or other financial instruments that are components of or have economic characteristics similar to the securities included in its custom benchmark index, the LifePath Index 2060 Fund Custom Benchmark.

 

S-14


Table of Contents

BlackRock Lifepath Index 2065 K Fund. The investment seeks to provide for retirement outcomes based on quantitatively measured risk. The fund allocates and reallocates its assets among a combination of equity and bond index funds and money market funds (the “underlying funds”) in proportions based on its own comprehensive investment strategy. It will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets in securities or other financial instruments that are components of or have economic characteristics similar to the securities included in its custom benchmark index, the LifePath Index 2065 Fund Custom Benchmark.

An investment in any of the funds listed above is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. As with any mutual fund investment, there is always a risk that you may lose money on your investment in any of the funds listed above.

1895 Bancorp Stock Fund

In connection with the offering, you may, in the manner described earlier, elect to direct the trustee to invest up to 50% of your 401(k) Plan account (reduced by your existing investment in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund and any participant loans you have outstanding) in New 1895 Bancorp common stock. After the offering, the shares you purchased in the offering, as well as shares of Old 1895 Bancorp that you held in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund that are converted to New 1895 Bancorp common stock pursuant to the exchange ratio, will be held within the 401(k) Plan in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund. The 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund is neither a mutual fund nor a diversified or managed investment option. Rather it is merely a recordkeeping mechanism established by the 401(k) Plan custodian to track the shares purchased by participants through the 401(k) Plan.

As of the date of this prospectus supplement, there is no established market for New 1895 Bancorp common stock. Accordingly, there is no record of the historical performance of New 1895 Bancorp common stock. The performance of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock held in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund prior to the offering is set forth on page S-10 under “Description of the 401(k) Plan — Performance History”. Performance of New 1895 Bancorp common stock depends on a number of factors, including the financial condition and profitability of New 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank and market conditions for shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock generally.

Investments in 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund involve special risks common to investments in the shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp. In making a decision to invest all or a part of your account balance in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund, you should carefully consider the information set forth on page S-18 of this prospectus supplement under “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities — The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings.”

For a discussion of material risks you should consider, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19 of the attached prospectus and the section of this prospectus supplement called “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities” below.

Withdrawals from the 401(k) Plan

Applicable federal law requires the 401(k) Plan to impose substantial restrictions on the right of a 401(k) Plan participant to withdraw amounts held for his or her benefit under the 401(k) Plan prior to the participant’s termination of employment with the Bank. A substantial federal tax penalty may also be imposed on withdrawals made prior to the participant’s attainment of age 59 1/2, regardless of whether such a withdrawal occurs during his or her employment with the Bank or after termination of employment.

Withdrawal from your Account prior to Retirement. Once you have attained age 59 1/2, you may request distribution of all or part of the amounts credited to your accounts attributable to elective deferrals, nonelective contributions and matching contributions.

Hardship Withdrawals. If you incur a financial hardship, you may request a withdrawal from the portion of your account attributable to your pre-tax and after-tax elective deferrals.

Rollover Contributions. You may withdraw amounts you contributed to the 401(k) Plan as a rollover contribution at any time.

Loan. You may request a loan from your account pursuant to the procedures established in the 401(k) Plan.

 

S-15


Table of Contents

Administration of the 401(k) Plan

The Trustee and Custodian. The trustee of the 401(k) Plan is Principal Trust Company, however, in connection with the offering, PyraMax Bank, FSB, will appoint a “special trustee” consisting of certain officers of PyraMax Bank, FSB, to manage the purchases in the offering and the Stock Offering Fund. After the offering has concluded, the special trustee will resign and Principal Trust Company will be the sole trustee of the 401(k) Plan.

Plan Administrator. Pursuant to the terms of the 401(k) Plan, the 401(k) Plan is administered by the 401(k) Plan administrator. The address of the 401(k) Plan administrator is PyraMax Bank, FSB, 7001 West Edgerton Avenue, Greenfield, WI 53220. The 401(k) Plan administrator is responsible for the administration of the 401(k) Plan, interpretation of the provisions of the 401(k) Plan, prescribing procedures for filing applications for benefits, preparation and distribution of information explaining the 401(k) Plan, maintenance of plan records, books of account and all other data necessary for the proper administration of the 401(k) Plan, preparation and filing of all returns and reports relating to the 401(k) Plan which are required to be filed with the U.S. Department of Labor and the Internal Revenue Service, and for all disclosures required to be made to participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104 and 105 of ERISA.

Reports to Plan Participants. The 401(k) Plan administrator will furnish a statement to you at least quarterly showing the balance in your account as of the end of that period, the amount of contributions allocated to your account for that period, and any adjustments to your account to reflect earnings or losses (if any). In addition, you can go on-line to principal.com or call [1-800-547-7754] at any time to review your account balances.

Amendment and Termination

It is the intention of the Bank to continue the 401(k) Plan indefinitely. Nevertheless, the Bank may terminate the 401(k) Plan at any time. If the 401(k) Plan is terminated in whole or in part, then regardless of other provisions in the 401(k) Plan, you will have a fully vested interest in your accounts. The Bank reserves the right to make any amendment or amendments to the 401(k) Plan which do not cause any part of the trust to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of participants or their beneficiaries; provided, however, that the Bank may make any amendment it determines necessary or desirable, with or without retroactive effect, to comply with ERISA.

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

In the event of the merger or consolidation of the 401(k) Plan with another plan, or the transfer of the trust assets to another plan, the 401(k) Plan requires that you receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit you would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a brief summary of the material federal income tax aspects of the 401(k) Plan. You should not rely on this summary as a complete or definitive description of the material federal income tax consequences relating to the 401(k) Plan. Statutory provisions change, as do their interpretations, and their application may vary in individual circumstances. Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws. Please consult your tax advisor with respect to any distribution from the 401(k) Plan and transactions involving the 401(k) Plan.

As a “tax-qualified retirement plan,” the Code affords the 401(k) Plan special tax treatment, including:

(1) the sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction for the amount contributed to the 401(k) Plan each year;

 

S-16


Table of Contents

(2) participants pay no current income tax on elective deferrals, other than Roth deferrals, contributed by the employer on their behalf (Roth deferrals are taxed in the year deferred);

(3) earnings of the 401(k) Plan are tax-deferred, thereby permitting the tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments; and

(4). Amounts distributed from the 401(k) Plan are generally taxed at ordinary income tax rates at the time of distribution.

Roth deferrals and earnings on Roth deferrals that are distributed in a qualifying distribution receive special tax treatment (see the discussion on Roth deferrals under the section on “Description of the 401(k) Plan—Contributions Under the 401(k) Plan”) In addition, special tax treatment is afforded to shares of common stock of New 1985 Bancorp distributed in a lump sum distribution after termination of employment. (See the discussion below under “Federal Income Tax Consequences—New 1895 Bancorp Common Stock Included in Lump-Sum Distribution.”)

The Bank will administer the 401(k) Plan to comply with the requirements of the Code as of the applicable effective date of any change in the law.

Lump-Sum Distribution. A distribution from the 401(k) Plan to a participant or the beneficiary of a participant will qualify as a lump-sum distribution if it is made within one taxable year, on account of the participant’s death, disability or separation from service, or after the participant attains age 59 1/2, and consists of the balance credited to participants under the 401(k) Plan and all other profit sharing plans (and in some cases all other stock bonus plans), if any, maintained by the Bank. The portion of any lump-sum distribution required to be included in your taxable income for federal income tax purposes consists of the entire amount of the lump-sum distribution, less the amount of after-tax contributions, if any, you have made to this 401(k) Plan and any other profit sharing plans maintained by the Bank, which is included in the distribution.

New 1895 Bancorp Common Stock Included in Lump-Sum Distribution. If a lump-sum distribution includes 1895 Bancorp common stock, the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount may be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to 1895 Bancorp common stock, that is, the excess of the value of 1895 Bancorp common stock at the time of the distribution over its cost or other basis of the securities to the trust. The tax basis of 1895 Bancorp common stock, for purposes of computing gain or loss on its subsequent sale, equals the value of 1895 Bancorp common stock at the time of distribution, less the amount of net unrealized appreciation. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of 1895 Bancorp common stock, to the extent of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will constitute long-term capital gain, regardless of the holding period of 1895 Bancorp common stock. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of 1895 Bancorp common stock, in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will be considered long-term capital gain. The recipient of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of the distribution, to the extent allowed by regulations to be issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

Distributions: Rollovers and Direct Transfers to Another Qualified Plan or to an IRA. You may roll over virtually all distributions from the 401(k) Plan to another qualified plan or to an individual retirement account (IRA) in accordance with the terms of the other plan or account.

Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities

Because you may in the future have investments in 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund under the 401(k) Plan, you should take the time to read the following information carefully.

Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities. The 401(k) Plan must allow you to elect to move any portion of your account that is invested in the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund from that investment into other investment alternatives under the 401(k) Plan. You may contact the 401(k) Plan Administrator shown above for specific information regarding this right, including how to make this election. In deciding whether to exercise this right, you will want to give careful consideration to the information below that describes the importance of diversification. All of the investment options under the 401(k) Plan are available to you if you decide to diversify out of the 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund.

 

S-17


Table of Contents

The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings. To help achieve long-term retirement security, you should give careful consideration to the benefits of a well-balanced and diversified investment portfolio. Spreading your assets among different types of investments can help you achieve a favorable rate of return, while minimizing your overall risk of losing money. This is because market or other economic conditions that cause one category of assets, or one particular security, to perform very well often cause another asset category, or another particular security, to perform poorly. If you invest more than 20% of your retirement savings in any one company or industry, your savings may not be properly diversified. Although diversification is not a guarantee against loss, it is an effective strategy to help you manage investment risk.

In deciding how to invest your retirement savings, you should take into account all of your assets, including any retirement savings outside of the 401(k) Plan. No single approach is right for everyone because, among other factors, individuals have different financial goals, different time horizons for meeting their goals, and different tolerance for risk. Therefore, you should carefully consider the rights described here and how these rights affect the amount of money that you invest in 1895 Bancorp common stock through the 401(k) Plan.

It is also important to periodically review your investment portfolio, your investment objectives, and the investment options under the 401(k) Plan to help ensure that your retirement savings will meet your retirement goals.

Additional ERISA Considerations

The 401(k) Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA, including special provisions relating to control over the 401(k) Plan’s assets by participants and beneficiaries. The 401(k) Plan’s feature that allows you to direct the investment of your account balances is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(c) of ERISA relating to control over plan assets by a participant or beneficiary. The effect of this is two-fold. First, you will not be deemed a “fiduciary” because of your exercise of investment discretion. Second, no person who otherwise is a fiduciary, such as the Bank, the 401(k) Plan Administrator, or the 401(k) Plan’s trustee is liable under the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA for any loss which results from your exercise of control over the assets in your 401(k) Plan account.

Because you will be entitled to invest up to 50% of your account balance in the 401(k) Plan in New 1895 Bancorp common stock, the regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA require that the 401(k) Plan establish procedures that ensure the confidentiality of your decision to purchase, hold, or sell employer securities, except to the extent that disclosure of such information is necessary to comply with federal or state laws not preempted by ERISA. These regulations also require that your exercise of voting and similar rights with respect to the common stock be conducted in a way that ensures the confidentiality of your exercise of these rights.

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, imposes reporting and liability requirements on (i) officers, (ii) directors, and (iii) persons beneficially owning more than 10% of public companies such as New 1895 Bancorp Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the filing of reports of beneficial ownership. Within 10 days of becoming an officer, director or person beneficially owning more than 10% of the shares of New 1895 Bancorp the individual must fill out a Form 3 reporting initial beneficial ownership and file it with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales and gifts generally must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4 within two business days after the change occurs, or annually on a Form 5 within 45 days after the close of New 1895 Bancorp’s fiscal year. Discretionary transactions in and beneficial ownership of the common stock through the New 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund of the 401(k) Plan by officers, directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of the common stock of New 1895 Bancorp generally must be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission by such individuals.

 

S-18


Table of Contents

In addition to the reporting requirements described above, Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provides for the recovery by New 1895 Bancorp of profits realized by an officer, director or any person beneficially owning more than 10% of New 1895 Bancorp’s common stock resulting from non-exempt purchases and sales of New 1895 Bancorp common stock within any six-month period.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that provide exemptions from the profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for all transactions in employer securities within an employee benefit plan, provided certain requirements are met. These requirements generally involve restrictions upon the timing of elections to acquire or dispose of employer securities for the accounts of Section 16(b) persons.

Except for distributions of common stock due to death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or under a qualified domestic relations order, persons affected by Section 16(b) are required to hold shares of common stock distributed from the 401(k) Plan for six months following such distribution and are prohibited from directing additional purchases within the New 1895 Bancorp Stock Fund for six months after receiving such a distribution.

Financial Information Regarding 401(k) Plan Assets

Financial information representing the assets available for plan benefits at December 31, 2020, is available upon written request to the 401(k) Plan Administrator at the address shown above.

LEGAL OPINION

The validity of the issuance of the common stock has been passed upon by Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, D.C., which firm acted as special counsel to New 1895 Bancorp in connection with New 1895 Bancorp’s stock offering.

 

S-19


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

(Proposed Holding Company for PyraMax Bank, FSB)

Up to 3,542,000 Shares of Common Stock

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation that we refer to as “New 1895 Bancorp” throughout this prospectus, is offering shares of common stock for sale on a best efforts basis in connection with the conversion of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation that we refer to as “Old 1895 Bancorp” throughout this prospectus, from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization. The shares we are offering represent the majority ownership interest in Old 1895 Bancorp currently owned by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company. Old 1895 Bancorp’s common stock is currently listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCOW.” We expect the shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCOW.” We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

The shares of common stock are first being offered for sale in a subscription offering to eligible depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB and to tax-qualified employee benefit plans of PyraMax Bank, FSB. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to residents of the communities served by PyraMax Bank, FSB. Any shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings may be offered for sale to the public through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this prospectus as the syndicated community offering. The syndicated community offering may commence before the subscription and community offerings (including any extensions) have expired. However, no shares purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering will be issued until the completion of any syndicated community offering. We may sell up to 3,542,000 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares of common stock or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting subscribers. We must sell a minimum of 2,618,000 shares to complete the offering.

In addition to the shares we are selling in the offering, the shares of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp currently owned by public stockholders will be exchanged for shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp based on an exchange ratio that will result in existing public stockholders owning approximately the same percentage of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp as they owned of the common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp immediately before the completion of the conversion. The number of shares we expect to issue in the exchange ranges from 2,110,944 shares to 2,855,982 shares.

The minimum purchase order is 25 shares. Generally, no individual, or individuals acting through a single qualifying account held jointly, may purchase more than 40,000 shares ($400,000) of common stock, and no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than 50,000 shares ($500,000) of common stock in all categories of the offering combined.

The subscription offering will expire at 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date]. We expect that the community offering, if held, will expire at the same time. We may extend the expiration date of the subscription and/or community offerings without notice to you until [extension date], or longer if the Federal Reserve Board approves a later date. No single extension may exceed 90 days and the offering must be completed by [final extension date]. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the subscription and community offerings are terminated or extended, with regulatory approval, beyond [extension date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 3,542,000 shares or decreased to less than 2,618,000 shares. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to the notice of extension, we will promptly return your funds with interest or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 3,542,000 shares or decreased to less than 2,618,000 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, and all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest. Funds received in the subscription and the community offerings will be held in a segregated account at PyraMax Bank, FSB and will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum until completion or termination of the offering.

Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a Stifel Company (that we refer to as “KBW” throughout this prospectus) will assist us in selling the shares on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings, and will serve as sole manager for any syndicated community offering. KBW is not required to purchase any shares of common stock that are sold in the offering.

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per Share

     Minimum      Midpoint      Maximum  

Number of shares

     2,618,000        3,080,000        3,542,000  

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 26,180,000      $ 30,800,000      $ 35,420,000  

Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent fees and expenses (1)

   $ 941,000      $ 941,000      $ 941,000  

Selling agent fees and expenses (1)(2)

   $ 729,426      $ 771,930      $ 814,434  

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 24,509,574      $ 29,087,070      $ 33,664,566  

Estimated net proceeds per share (1)

   $ 9.36      $ 9.44      $ 9.50  

 

(1)

See “The Conversion and Offering—Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent and Underwriter Compensation” for a discussion of KBW’s compensation for this offering and the compensation to be received by KBW and the other broker-dealers that may participate in a syndicated community offering.

(2)

Includes records agent fees and expenses payable to KBW, which are included in estimated offering expenses. See “The Conversion and Offering—Stock Information Center Management.”

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19.

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

For assistance, contact the Stock Information Center at [stock center number].

The date of this prospectus is [Prospectus date].


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     19  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     37  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     39  

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     42  

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

     43  

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     44  

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     46  

CAPITALIZATION

     47  

PRO FORMA DATA

     49  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     54  

BUSINESS OF NEW 1895 BANCORP AND OLD 1895 BANCORP

     64  

BUSINESS OF PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

     64  

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     81  

TAXATION

     90  

MANAGEMENT

     90  

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

     100  

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     101  

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

     102  

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF OLD 1895 BANCORP

     126  

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NEW 1895 BANCORP

     133  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NEW 1895 BANCORP

     136  

TRANSFER AGENT

     137  

EXPERTS

     138  

LEGAL MATTERS

     138  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     138  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF 1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

     F-1  


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary explains the significant aspects of the conversion, the offering and the exchange of existing shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock for shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. Before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the related notes, and the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Our Organizational Structure and the Proposed Conversion

Since January 2019, we have operated in a two-tier mutual holding company structure. Old 1895 Bancorp is a federally chartered corporation that is PyraMax Bank, FSB’s publicly-traded stock holding company. At December 31, 2020, Old 1895 Bancorp had consolidated assets of $516.8 million, deposits of $379.8 million and stockholders’ equity of $60.0 million. Old 1895 Bancorp’s parent company is 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company. At December 31, 2020, Old 1895 Bancorp had 4,851,901 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 2,682,172 shares, or 55.3%, were owned by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, and the remaining 2,169,729 shares were held by the public (including 175,528 shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan and 48,767 shares issued to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin Community Foundation).

Pursuant to the terms of the plan of conversion and reorganization, which we refer to as the “plan of conversion,” we are converting from the mutual holding company corporate structure to the fully public stock holding company corporate structure. Upon completion of the conversion, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and Old 1895 Bancorp will cease to exist and New 1895 Bancorp will become the successor corporation to Old 1895 Bancorp. The conversion will be accomplished by the merger of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC with and into Old 1895 Bancorp, followed by the merger of Old 1895 Bancorp with and into New 1895 Bancorp. The shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock being offered for sale represent the majority ownership interest in Old 1895 Bancorp currently owned by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC. Public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp will receive shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp in exchange for their shares of Old 1895 Bancorp at an exchange ratio intended to preserve approximately the same aggregate ownership interest in New 1895 Bancorp as public stockholders had in Old 1895 Bancorp, adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, without giving effect to new shares purchased by them in the offering or cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares. The shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock owned by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will be canceled.

The following diagram shows our current organizational structure, reflecting ownership percentages at December 31, 2020:

 

LOGO

 

1


Table of Contents

After the conversion and offering are completed, we will be organized as a fully public stock holding company, with the stock of New 1895 Bancorp held as follows:

 

LOGO

Our Business

PyraMax Bank, FSB, which we may sometimes refer to as “PyraMax Bank” in this prospectus, is a stock savings bank headquartered in Greenfield, Wisconsin. PyraMax Bank was established in 1895 as South Milwaukee Savings and Loan Association and has operated continuously in the Milwaukee metropolitan area since that time. In 1993, the bank changed its name to South Milwaukee Savings Bank, S.A. In May 2000, a merger between South Milwaukee Savings Bank and Mitchell Savings Bank officially formed PyraMax Bank, SSB. The bank changed to a federal savings bank charter in 2003, changing its name to PyraMax Bank, FSB.

From our founding in 1895, we operated as a traditional thrift institution, offering primarily residential mortgage loans and savings accounts, supplemented with multi-family and commercial real estate loans. In 2007, Richard Hurd was promoted to Chief Executive Officer and President of PyraMax Bank. Mr. Hurd began shifting PyraMax Bank’s focus to include more business-oriented products and services. In 2010, PyraMax Bank hired Charles Mauer as its Chief Credit Officer, continuing our increased focus on business-oriented lending. David Ball was hired as President and Chief Operating Officer effective February 2021. In this role, Mr. Ball will oversee the daily operations of PyraMax Bank, FSB, design and implement business strategies and set comprehensive goals for profitability and growth. Mr. Hurd remains our Chief Executive Officer.

We conduct our operations from our three full-service banking offices in Milwaukee County, our two full-service banking offices in Waukesha County and our full-service banking office in Ozaukee County, Wisconsin. We sold our branch located at 1605 West Mitchell Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin in January 2019. We also closed our leased branch office located at 318 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin and our owned branch office at 8001 West National Avenue, West Allis, Wisconsin effective December 31, 2019. We consider our primary lending market area to be Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties, however, we occasionally make loans secured by properties located outside of our primary lending market, usually to borrowers with whom we have an existing relationship and who have a presence within our primary market.

Our business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans (which includes non-owner occupied commercial real estate, multi-family residential real estate, owner occupied commercial real estate and one- to four-family non-owner occupied loans), commercial loans (which includes commercial and industrial loans) and consumer loans. Commercial real estate growth has been the primary source of recent loan growth, and commercial business loan originations have also been emphasized.

 

2


Table of Contents

Subject to market conditions, we expect to increase our focus on originating commercial real estate and commercial business loans in an effort to continue to diversify our overall loan portfolio, increase the overall yield earned on our loans and assist in managing interest rate risk. We also invest in securities, which have historically consisted of mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government sponsored enterprises, state and municipal securities, asset-backed securities and corporate collateralized mortgage-backed securities. We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including checking accounts, savings accounts and certificate of deposit accounts. Additionally, we have used borrowings, primarily advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, to fund our operations.

Reflecting our focus on our community, in connection with the offering in 2019, we established a charitable foundation called 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin Community Foundation and funded it with $100,000 in cash and 48,767 shares of our common stock, for an aggregate contribution of $587,670 (based on the $10.00 per share offering price). The purpose of the foundation is to make contributions to support various charitable organizations operating in our community now and in the future.

PyraMax Bank has one subsidiary, PyraMax Insurance Services LLC, which acts as an agent offering a broad array of insurance and risk management products for personal and business needs.

Our website address is www.pyramaxbank.com. Information on this website should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

Business Strategy

Our goal is to provide long-term value to our stockholders, customers and employees and the communities we serve by executing a safe and sound business strategy that produces increasing earnings. We believe there is a significant opportunity for a community-focused bank to provide a full range of financial services to commercial and retail customers in our market area, and the increased capital we will have after the completion of the offering will enable us to compete more effectively with other financial institutions.

Our current business strategy consists of the following:

 

   

Grow our balance sheet and improve profitability. Given our attractive market area, we believe we are well-positioned to increase the size of our balance sheet without a proportional increase in overhead expense or operating risk. Accordingly, we intend to increase, on a disciplined basis, our assets and liabilities, particularly loans and deposits. As we grow our assets, particularly higher-yielding commercial loans, while controlling our expenses, we anticipate improving our earnings.

 

   

Grow our loan portfolio prudently and on a managed basis with a focus on diversifying the portfolio, particularly in commercial real estate and commercial lending. Our principal business activity historically has been the origination of residential mortgage loans, supplemented with commercial real estate loans (which includes non-owner occupied commercial real estate, multi-family residential real estate, owner occupied commercial real estate and one- to four-family non-owner occupied real estate loans). We intend to retain our presence as a mortgage lender in our market area and continue to increase our origination of commercial real estate and commercial loans (which includes commercial and industrial loans) including increasing our loan exposure in participations purchased. Over the last several years, we have incrementally increased the amount of some of our commercial real estate and commercial loan originations to preferred borrowers, and we intend to continue to originate similarly-sized loans within our present underwriting standards. The capital we are raising in the offering will support an increase in our lending limits, although we do not intend to originate loans up to our regulatory limit except in extraordinary circumstances.

Increasing the number of larger commercial real estate loans and commercial business loan originations involves risk, as described in “Risk Factors—We have a substantial amount of commercial real estate and commercial loans, and intend to continue to increase originations of these types of loans both directly and through participations. These loans involve credit risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations” and “—Our portfolio of loans with a higher risk of loss is increasing, which may lead to additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, which would reduce our profits or cause losses.”

 

3


Table of Contents
   

Continue to increase core deposits, with an emphasis on low cost demand deposits. We seek core deposits to provide a stable source of funds to support loan growth at costs consistent with improving our net interest rate spread and margin. Core deposits also help us maintain loan-to-deposit ratios at levels consistent with regulatory expectations. We consider our core deposits to include checking accounts, money market accounts and statement savings. In particular, our Treasury Management unit focuses on generating and retaining business deposits, which assists in generating fee income. Core deposits increased to $292.2 million at December 31, 2020, from $202.2 million at December 31, 2019, which we believe partly reflects our customers maintaining greater than usual deposit balances during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Manage credit risk to maintain a low level of non-performing assets. We believe strong asset quality is a key to our long-term financial success. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having an experienced team of credit professionals, well-defined policies and procedures, appropriate loan underwriting criteria and active credit monitoring. In recent years we have conducted an extensive review of, and have enhanced, our credit, underwriting and loan processing policies and procedures. Excluding PPP loans, which we believe will be forgiven or guaranteed by the SBA, our non-performing assets to total assets ratio was 0.25% at December 31, 2020, compared to 0.47% at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2019, the majority of our non-performing assets were related to residential real estate. We have deferred interest and principal payments for customers whose cash flow has declined due to the COVID-19 pandemic. At December 31, 2020, our modified loans totaled $14.1 million.

 

   

Continue to grow organically while being aware of acquisition opportunities. The funds raised from this offering will provide capital to execute our business plan which primarily consists of organic growth. The new full stock structure and capital will allow us to look at acquisitions of other financial institutions where it might yield potential financial benefits to our stockholders. We do not have any current plans with acquisitions and we know opportunities could be limited.

 

   

Continue to provide value to our community. Our goal is to provide long-term value to our customers, employees and the communities we serve by executing a safe and sound service-oriented business strategy that produces increasing earnings. We believe there is a significant opportunity for a community-focused bank to provide a full range of financial services to commercial and retail customers in our market area, and the increased capital from the offering will enable us to compete more effectively with other financial institutions.

These strategies are intended to guide our investment of the net proceeds of the offering. We intend to continue to pursue our business strategy after the conversion and the offering, subject to changes necessitated by future market conditions, regulatory restrictions and other factors.

Impact of COVID-19 Outbreak

During the first quarter of 2020, global financial markets experienced significant volatility resulting from the spread of a novel coronavirus known as COVID-19. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic and the United States declared a National Public Health Emergency. The COVID-19 pandemic has restricted the level of economic activity in our markets. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the governments of the state of Wisconsin and of most other states took preventative or protective actions, such as imposing restrictions on travel and business operations, advising or requiring individuals to limit or forego time outside of their homes, and ordering temporary closures of businesses that have been deemed to be non-essential. These measures dramatically increased unemployment in the United States and our market. The unemployment rate for December 2020 was 5.5% in Wisconsin and 6.0% in the Milwaukee-Waukesha-West Allis, Wisconsin Metropolitan Statistical Area, as compared to 3.5% and 3.2%, respectively, for December 2019. The government and private sector responses to the COVID-19 pandemic have negatively impacted many businesses, and thereby threatened the repayment ability of some of our borrowers.

 

4


Table of Contents

To address the economic impact of COVID-19 in the United States, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), was signed into law on March 27, 2020. The CARES Act included a number of provisions that affected us, including accounting relief for troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). The CARES Act also established the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) through the Small Business Administration (“SBA”), which provided a uniform system to expedite the ability for us to lend money to small businesses to maintain employee payrolls through the crisis with guarantees from the SBA. Under the PPP, the borrower’s obligation to repay loan amounts may be forgiven if the borrower maintains employee payrolls and meets certain other requirements. In the event of any such forgiveness or partial forgiveness, the amount forgiven is remitted to us by the SBA. As of December 31, 2020, PyraMax Bank has funded 246 PPP loans totaling $17.2 million, of which $13.1 million had been forgiven through December 31, 2020.

On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (the “Relief Act”) became law and provided an additional $284 billion for the PPP, as well as extending the PPP through March 31, 2021. Among the changes to the PPP as a result of the Relief Act include: (1) an opportunity for a second PPP forgivable loan for small businesses and nonprofits with 300 or fewer employees that can demonstrate a loss of 25% of gross receipts in any quarter during 2020 compared to the corresponding quarter in 2019 (or demonstrating a loss of 25% of gross receipts for calendar year 2020 compared to calendar year 2019); (2) allowing qualified borrowers to apply for a PPP loan up to 2.5 times (or 3.5 times for small businesses in the restaurant and hospitality industries) the borrower’s average monthly payroll costs in the one-year period prior to the date on which the loan is made or calendar year 2019, limited to a maximum loan amount of $2.0 million; (3) the addition of personal protective equipment expenses, costs associated with outdoor dining, uninsured costs related to property damaged and vandalism or looting due to 2020 public disturbances, supplier costs and a broader category of operational expenses (including cloud computing services and other business software) as eligible and forgivable expenses; (4) simplifying the loan forgiveness process for loans of $150,000 or less; and (5) eliminating the requirement that Economic Injury Disaster Loan (“EIDL”) Advances will reduce the borrower’s PPP loan forgiveness amount. Additionally, expenses paid with the proceeds of PPP loans that are forgiven (or are reasonably expected to be forgiven) are now tax-deductible, reversing previous guidance from the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service, which did not allow deductions on expenses paid for with PPP loan proceeds which were forgiven (or reasonably expected to be forgiven).

In addition, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, which we refer to as the “Federal Reserve Board,” took steps to bolster the economy by, among other things, reducing the federal funds rate and the discount-window borrowing rate to near zero. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented protocols and processes to help protect our employees, customers and communities. These measures include:

 

   

operating our branches under a drive-through model with appointment-only lobby service for a period of time, leveraging our business continuity plans and capabilities that include critical operations teams being divided and dispersed to separate locations and, when possible, having employees work from home; and

 

   

offering assistance to our customers affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, which includes payment deferrals, waiving certain fees, suspending property foreclosures, and participating in the CARES Act and lending programs for businesses, including the PPP.

We have implemented various consumer and commercial loan modification programs to provide our borrowers relief from the economic impacts of COVID-19. Based on guidance in the CARES Act, COVID-19 related modifications to loans that were current as of December 31, 2019 are exempt from TDR classification under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). In addition, the bank regulatory agencies issued interagency guidance stating that COVID-19 related short-term modifications (i.e., six months or less) granted to loans that were current as of the loan modification program implementation date are not TDRs.

 

5


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2020, PyraMax Bank had deferrals of $308,000 in interest, escrow and principal payments on $14.1 million in outstanding loans. We have not deferred our recognition of interest income with respect to loans subject to modifications.

Given the unprecedented uncertainty and rapidly evolving economic effects and social impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, the future direct and indirect impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition are uncertain. Should current economic conditions persist or continue to deteriorate, we expect that this macroeconomic environment will have a continued adverse effect on our business and results of operations, which could include, but not be limited to: decreased demand for our products and services, protracted periods of lower interest rates, increased non-interest expenses, including operational losses, and increased credit losses due to deterioration in the financial condition of our consumer and commercial borrowers, including declining asset and collateral values, which may continue to increase our provision for credit losses and net charge-offs.

For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic—The economic impact of the COVID-19 outbreak could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.”

Reasons for the Conversion and Offering

Our primary reasons for converting to the fully public stock form of ownership and undertaking the offering are to:

 

   

Enhance our regulatory capital position to support growth. A strong capital position is essential to achieving our long-term objectives of growing PyraMax Bank, FSB and building stockholder value. Although PyraMax Bank, FSB exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the proceeds from the offering will materially strengthen our capital position and enable us to support our potential growth. We intend to focus on increasing the number of commercial and commercial real estate loans that we originate annually. Although we anticipate that the average size of our loans will increase, we do not anticipate that the size of our largest loans will increase materially, even though our regulatory lending limit will be much greater after the offering. The augmented regulatory capital will be essential to the continued implementation of our business strategy.

 

   

Transition our organization to a stock holding company structure, which gives us greater flexibility to access the capital markets compared to our existing mutual holding company structure. The stock holding company structure gives us greater flexibility to access the capital markets to support our growth through possible future equity and debt offerings. We have no current plans, agreements or understandings regarding any additional equity or debt offerings.

 

   

Improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock. We expect that the larger number of shares that will be outstanding after completion of the conversion and offering will result in a more liquid and active market for New 1895 Bancorp common stock. A more liquid and active market will make it easier for our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and will give us greater flexibility in implementing capital management strategies.

 

   

Facilitate our stock holding company’s ability to pay dividends to our public stockholders. Current regulations of the Federal Reserve Board substantially restrict the ability of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, to waive dividends declared by Old 1895 Bancorp. Accordingly, because any dividends declared and paid by Old 1895 Bancorp have been paid to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC along with all other stockholders, the amount of dividends available for all other stockholders has been less than if 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC were to waive the receipt of dividends. The conversion will eliminate our mutual holding company structure and will facilitate our ability to pay dividends to all stockholders of New 1895 Bancorp, subject to legal, regulatory and financial considerations applicable to all financial institutions. See “Our Dividend Policy.”

 

6


Table of Contents
   

Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions. The funds raised from this offering will provide capital to execute our business plan which primarily consists of organic growth. The new full stock structure and capital will allow us to look at acquisitions of other financial institutions where it might yield potential financial benefits to our stockholders. We do not have any current plans with acquisitions and we know opportunities could be limited. In addition, although we intend to remain an independent financial institution, the stock holding company structure may make us a more attractive acquisition candidate for other institutions. Applicable regulations prohibit anyone from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our stock for three years following completion of the conversion without regulatory approval.

Terms of the Offering

We are offering for sale between 2,618,000 and 3,542,000 shares of common stock first to eligible depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB and to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and, to the extent shares remain available, we may offer shares in a community offering to the general public, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee. If necessary, we will also offer for sale shares to the general public in a syndicated community offering. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 3,542,000 shares or decreased to fewer than 2,618,000 shares, or the subscription and community offerings are extended beyond [extension date], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders once submitted. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. All subscribers will be notified by mail sent to the address the subscriber provides on the stock order form they have submitted. If you do not respond to the notice of extension, your order will be cancelled and we will promptly return your funds with interest at [interest rate]% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 3,542,000 shares or decreased to less than 2,618,000 shares, all subscribers’ stock orders will be canceled, their withdrawal authorizations will be canceled and funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest at [interest rate]% per annum. We will then resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place new orders for a period of time. No shares purchased in the subscription offering and community offering will be issued until the completion of any syndicated community offering, if utilized.

The purchase price of each share of common stock offered for sale in the offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share, regardless of whether the shares are purchased in the subscription offering, a community offering or a syndicated community offering. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. KBW, our marketing agent in the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock in the offering but is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering.

How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $10.00 Per Share Purchase Price

The amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the exchange ratio for the exchange of shares of Old 1895 Bancorp for shares of New 1895 Bancorp are based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of New 1895 Bancorp, assuming the offering has been completed. Faust Financial, LLC, our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of February 8, 2021, this market value was $55.6 million. Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $47.3 million and a maximum of $64.0 million. Based on this valuation range, the 55.3% ownership interest of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC in Old 1895 Bancorp as of December 31, 2020 being sold in the offering, certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and the $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by New 1895 Bancorp ranges from 2,618,000 shares to 3,542,000 shares. The purchase price of $10.00 per share was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The exchange ratio ranges from 0.9729 shares at the minimum of the offering range to 1.3163 shares at the maximum of the offering range, and will generally preserve in New 1895 Bancorp the percentage ownership of public stockholders in Old 1895 Bancorp immediately before the completion of the

 

7


Table of Contents

conversion. Faust Financial, LLC will update its appraisal before we complete the conversion and offering. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $47.3 million or above $64.0 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may: terminate the offering and promptly return all funds with interest; set a new offering range and provide all subscribers the opportunity to place a new order; or take such other actions as may be permitted by the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The appraisal is based in part on Old 1895 Bancorp’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised in the offering, and an analysis of a comparable group of 10 publicly traded savings banks and savings and loan holding companies that Faust Financial, LLC considers comparable to Old 1895 Bancorp. The appraisal comparable group consists of the following companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Assets are as of December 31, 2020 unless noted otherwise.

 

Company Name

   Ticker
Symbol
   Headquarters    Total Assets  
               (In thousands)  

CBM Bancorp, Inc.

   CBMB    Baltimore, MD    $ 231,798  

Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.

   CNNB    Cincinnati, OH    $ 232,091  

Elmira Savings Bank (1)

   ESBK    Elmira, NY    $ 644,777  

FFBW, Inc.

   FFBW    Brookfield, WI    $ 285,634  

HMN Financial, Inc. (1)

   HMNF    Rochester, MN    $ 897,596  

Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana (1)

   HFBL    Shreveport, LA    $ 542,184  

HV Bancorp, Inc.

   HVBC    Doylestown, PA    $ 505,903  

IF Bancorp, Inc. (1)

   IROQ    Watseka, IL    $ 713,399  

Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.

   MSVB    Salem, IN    $ 218,098  

WVS Financial Corp. (1)

   WVFC    Pittsburgh, PA    $ 328,173  

 

(1)

As of September 30, 2020.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for New 1895 Bancorp (on a pro forma basis) as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, and for the comparable group companies based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, with stock prices as of February 8, 2021, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the comparable group, and based upon the information in the following table, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 25.9% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 27.5% on a price-to-tangible book value basis, and a premium of 81.4% on a price-to-earnings basis.

 

     Price-to-earnings
multiple (1)
     Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible book
value ratio
 

New 1895 Bancorp (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)

       

Maximum

     55.80x        71.47     71.47

Midpoint

     46.34x        65.07     65.07

Minimum

     33.49x        58.04     58.04

Valuation of comparable group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)

       

Averages

     25.54x        87.76     89.71

Medians

     13.72x        88.66     90.12

 

(1)

Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by Faust Financial, LLC in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

The independent appraisal does not indicate trading market value. Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the conversion and offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share purchase price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were used by Faust Financial, LLC to estimate our pro forma appraised value for regulatory purposes and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the comparable group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

 

8


Table of Contents

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion and Offering—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

Effect of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC’s Assets on Minority Stock Ownership

Public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp will receive shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp in exchange for their shares of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp pursuant to an exchange ratio that is designed to provide public stockholders with the same ownership percentage of the common stock of New 1895 Bancorp after the conversion as their ownership percentage in Old 1895 Bancorp immediately before the conversion, without giving effect to new shares purchased in the offering or cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares. However, the exchange ratio will be adjusted downward to reflect assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (other than shares of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp) at the completion of the conversion, which net assets consist primarily of cash totaling $100,000 as of the date of the appraisal. This adjustment would decrease Old 1895 Bancorp’s public stockholders’ ownership interest in New 1895 Bancorp from 44.7% to 44.6%, and would increase the ownership interest of persons who purchase stock in the offering from 55.3% (the amount of Old 1895 Bancorp’s outstanding stock held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC) to 55.4%.

The Exchange of Existing Shares of Old 1895 Bancorp Common Stock

If you are a stockholder of Old 1895 Bancorp immediately before the completion of the conversion, your shares will be exchanged for shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp. The number of shares of common stock you will receive will be based on the exchange ratio, which will depend upon our final appraised value and the percentage of outstanding shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock owned by public stockholders immediately before the completion of the conversion. The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the appraised value of New 1895 Bancorp as of February 8, 2021, assuming public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp own 44.7% of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC had assets (excluding its shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock) of $100,000 immediately before the completion of the conversion. The table also shows the number of shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock a hypothetical owner of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock would receive in exchange for 100 shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering.

 

     Shares to be Sold in
The Offering
    Shares of New 1895
Bancorp to be Issued
for Shares of Old
1895 Bancorp
    Total Shares
of Common
Stock to be
Issued in
Exchange
and Offering
     Exchange
Ratio
     Equivalent
Value of
Shares
Based Upon
Offering
Price (1)
     Equivalent
Pro Forma
Tangible Book
Value Per
Exchanged
Share (2)
     Whole
Shares to be
Received
for 100
Existing
Shares (3)
 
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Minimum

     2,618,000        55.4     2,110,944        44.6     4,728,944        0.9729      $ 9.73      $ 16.76        97  

Midpoint

     3,080,000        55.4     2,483,463        44.6     5,563,463        1.1446        11.45        17.59        114  

Maximum

     3,542,000        55.4     2,855,982        44.6     6,397,982        1.3163        13.16        18.42        131  

 

(1)

Represents the value of shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock to be received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Old 1895 Bancorp, pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $10.00 per share offering price.

(2)

Represents the pro forma tangible book value per share at each level of the offering range multiplied by the respective exchange ratio. At December 31, 2020, Old 1895 Bancorp’s tangible book value per share was $12.37.

(3)

Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares.

No fractional shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Old 1895 Bancorp. For each fractional share that otherwise would be issued, New 1895 Bancorp will pay in cash an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder otherwise would be entitled by the $10.00 per share offering price.

 

9


Table of Contents

Outstanding options to purchase shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock will convert into and become options to purchase shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock based upon the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, duration and vesting schedule of these options will be unaffected by the conversion. At December 31, 2020, there were 218,115 outstanding options to purchase shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock, of which none have vested. The outstanding options will be converted into options to purchase 212,204 shares of common stock at the minimum of the offering range and 287,105 shares of common stock at the maximum of the offering range. Because federal regulations prohibit us from repurchasing our common stock during the first year following the conversion unless compelling business reasons exist to do so, we may use authorized but unissued shares to fund option exercises that occur during the first year following the conversion. If all existing options were exercised and funded with authorized but unissued shares of common stock following the conversion, stockholders would experience ownership dilution of approximately 4.3% at the minimum of the offering range.

Intended Use of the Proceeds From the Offering

We intend to contribute 50% of the net proceeds from the offering to PyraMax Bank, FSB, fund a loan to the new employee stock ownership plan to finance its purchase of shares of common stock in the offering and retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering at New 1895 Bancorp. Therefore, assuming we sell 3,080,000 shares of common stock in the offering at the midpoint of the offering range, and we have net proceeds of $29.1 million, we intend to contribute $14.5 million to PyraMax Bank, FSB, loan $2.5 million to the new employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock and retain the remaining $12.1 million of the net proceeds at New 1895 Bancorp.

New 1895 Bancorp may use the funds it retains for investment in securities, to repurchase shares of common stock, to acquire other financial institutions or financial services companies, to pay cash dividends and for other general corporate purposes. Federal regulations do not permit us to repurchase our shares during the first year following the completion of the offering except to fund the grants of restricted stock under a stock-based benefit plan or under extraordinary circumstances.

PyraMax Bank, FSB may use the proceeds it receives to support increased lending, enhance existing, or support growth and the development of new, products and services, or expand its branch network by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or financial services companies. We do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any acquisitions or branch transactions.

See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” for additional information.

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock for sale in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

  (i)

To depositors with accounts at PyraMax Bank, FSB with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on December 31, 2019;

 

  (ii)

To our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including PyraMax Bank, FSB’s employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan), which may subscribe for, in the aggregate, up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering;

 

  (iii)

To depositors with accounts at PyraMax Bank, FSB with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on [supplemental eligibility record date]; and

 

  (iv)

To depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB at the close of business on [member record date].

 

10


Table of Contents

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee. The community offering is expected to begin concurrently with the subscription offering, but may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and the community offering in a syndicated community offering. KBW will act as sole manager for the syndicated community offering. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering, and our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion will be final. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering for sale, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. A detailed description of the subscription offering, the community offering and the syndicated community offering, as well as a discussion regarding allocation procedures, can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Conversion and Offering.”

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25 shares.

Generally, no individual, or individuals acting through a single qualifying account held jointly, may purchase more than 40,000 shares ($400,000) of common stock. If any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 50,000 shares ($500,000) of common stock:

 

   

your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;

 

   

most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a senior officer, partner, trustee or have a substantial beneficial interest; or

 

   

other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same residence or mailing address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying accounts registered to the same address will be subject to the overall purchase limitation of 50,000 shares ($500,000).

In addition to the above purchase limitations, there is an ownership limitation for current stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp other than our employee stock ownership plan. Shares of common stock that you purchase in the offering individually and together with persons described above, plus any shares you and they receive in exchange for existing shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion and offering. However, if, based on your current ownership level, you will own more than 9.9% of the total shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion and offering following the exchange of your shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock, you will be ineligible to purchase any new shares in the offering. You will be required to obtain regulatory approval or non-objection before acquiring 10% or more of New 1895 Bancorp’s common stock.

Subject to regulatory approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase and ownership limitations at any time. See the detailed description of the purchase limitations in “The Conversion and Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

11


Table of Contents

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

  (i)

personal check, bank check or money order made payable to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (third-party checks will not be accepted); or

 

  (ii)

authorizing us to withdraw available funds (without any early withdrawal penalty) from the types of PyraMax Bank, FSB deposit account(s), other than checking accounts or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), designated on the stock order form.

Do not submit cash. Applicable regulations prohibit PyraMax Bank, FSB from lending funds or extending credit to any person to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. You may not submit a PyraMax Bank, FSB line of credit check. You may not designate withdrawal from PyraMax Bank, FSB’s accounts with check-writing privileges; rather, submit a check. If you request a direct withdrawal from an account with check-writing privileges, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and will immediately withdraw the amount from the specified account(s). You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a PyraMax Bank, FSB individual retirement account. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.”

You may subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment payable to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your PyraMax Bank, FSB deposit accounts, provided that the stock order form is received (not postmarked) before 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], which is the expiration of the subscription offering period. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided or by overnight delivery to the address listed on the stock order form. You may hand-deliver stock order forms to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s corporate office located at 7001 West Edgerton Avenue, Greenfield, Wisconsin. The Stock Information Center will be open Monday through Friday, between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central Time. The Stock Information Center will not be open on bank holidays. Hand-delivered stock order forms will be accepted only at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at our other offices. Do not mail stock order forms to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s offices.

See “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings—Payment for Shares” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the subscription and community offerings.

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your IRA or other retirement account. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your PyraMax Bank, FSB IRA or other retirement account, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent custodian or trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. A one-time and/or annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent custodian or trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using funds in your IRA or other retirement account you may have at PyraMax Bank, FSB or elsewhere. Whether you may use such funds to purchase shares in the offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

See “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings—Payment for Shares” and “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds” for a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

 

12


Table of Contents

Market for Common Stock

Existing publicly held shares of Old 1895 Bancorp’s common stock are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCOW.” Upon completion of the conversion, the shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp will replace the existing shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock, and we expect the shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCOW.” In order to list our stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. As of [stockholder record date], Old 1895 Bancorp had 16 registered market makers in its common stock.

Our Dividend Policy

Following completion of the offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock. The board’s determination of whether to declare a dividend and the amount of any such dividend is subject to our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. No decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.

For information regarding our proposed dividend policy, see “Our Dividend Policy.”

Purchases by Directors and Executive Officers

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 14,300 shares of common stock in the offering, representing 0.55% of the shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range. The purchase price paid by them will be the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Following the conversion, our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to beneficially own ____________ shares of common stock (including any stock options exercisable within 60 days of [stockholder record date]), or ________________% of our total outstanding shares of common stock at the minimum of the offering range, which includes shares they currently own in Old 1895 Bancorp that will be exchanged for shares of New 1895 Bancorp.

See “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers” for more information on the proposed purchases of shares of common stock by our directors and executive officers.

Deadline for Orders of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

The deadline for submitting orders to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings is 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend this deadline. If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by this time.

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

See “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings—Expiration Date” for a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the offering.

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

Applicable regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to certify that you are purchasing the common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights or the shares

 

13


Table of Contents

that you are purchasing. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. On the stock order form, you cannot add the names of others for joint or beneficial stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. You may only add those who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts you held at your date of eligibility, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation.

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock

All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the conversion and offering or the next business day. The conversion and offering are expected to be completed as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described below in “—Conditions to Completion of the Conversion.” Until a statement reflecting your ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to you, you may not be able to sell the shares of common stock that you purchased in the offering, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

We cannot complete the conversion and offering unless:

 

   

The plan of conversion is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (i.e., eligible depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB as of the close of business on [member record date]);

 

   

The plan of conversion is approved by Old 1895 Bancorp stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp as of the close of business on [stockholder record date], including shares held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC;

 

   

The plan of conversion is approved by Old 1895 Bancorp stockholders holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp as of the close of business on [stockholder record date], excluding shares held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC;

 

   

We sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered in the offering;

 

   

We receive approval from the Federal Reserve Board; and

 

   

The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency approves an amendment to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s charter to provide for a liquidation account.

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC intends to vote its shares in favor of the plan of conversion. At the close of business on [stockholder record date], 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC owned 2,682,172 shares, or approximately 55.3%, of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp. At the close of business on [stockholder record date], the directors and executive officers of Old 1895 Bancorp and their affiliates owned ______________ shares of Old 1895 Bancorp (excluding exercisable options), or ________________% of the outstanding shares of common stock and _____________% of the outstanding shares of common stock excluding shares held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC. They intend to vote those shares in favor of the plan of conversion.

 

14


Table of Contents

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

If we do not receive orders for at least 2,618,000 shares of common stock, we may take one or more steps to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may:

 

  (i)

increase the purchase limitations; and/or

 

  (ii)

seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond [extension date].

If we extend the offering past [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to the notice of extension, we will cancel your stock order and promptly return your funds with interest for funds received in the subscription and community offering or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit.

Possible Change in the Offering Range

Faust Financial, LLC will update its appraisal before we complete the conversion and offering. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $47.3 million or above $64.0 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may:

 

   

terminate the offering and promptly return all funds (with interest paid on funds received in the subscription and community offerings);

 

   

set a new offering range; or

 

   

take such other actions as may be permitted by the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

If we set a new offering range, we will promptly return funds, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, for funds received for purchases in the subscription and community offerings, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. We will then resolicit subscribers, allowing them to place a new stock order for a period of time.

Possible Termination of the Offering

We may terminate the offering at any time before the special meeting of members of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and the special meeting of stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp that have been called to vote on the conversion, and at any time after member and stockholder approval with regulatory approval. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

We expect our employee stock ownership plan, which is a tax-qualified retirement plan operated for the benefit of PyraMax Bank, FSB’s employees, to purchase up to 8% of the shares of common stock we sell in the offering. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan’s subscription order will not be filled and the employee stock ownership plan may elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

15


Table of Contents

We intend to implement one or more new stock-based benefit plans no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans would be required. We have not determined whether we would adopt the plans within or after 12 months following the completion of the conversion. If we implement stock-based benefit plans within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans would be limited to reserving a number of shares (i) up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering for awards of restricted stock to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and (ii) up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options by key employees and directors. If the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, it would not be subject to the percentage limitations set forth above. We have not yet determined the definitive number of shares that would be reserved for issuance under these plans. For a description of our current stock-based benefit plan, see “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion—Stock-Based Benefit Plans.”

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and the aggregate dollar value of grants that are available under one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% and 10% of the shares sold in the offering , respectively. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all such shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of purchased in the open market. A portion of the stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all qualifying employees.

 

     Number of Shares to be Granted or Purchased     Dilution
Resulting
From
Issuance of
Shares for
Stock-Based
Benefit Plans
    Value of Grants (In
Thousands) (1)
 
     At Minimum
of Offering
Range
     At
Maximum of
Offering
Range
     As Percentage
of Common
Stock to be
Sold in the
Offering
    At
Minimum of
Offering
Range
     At Maximum
of Offering
Range
 

Employee stock ownership plan

     209,440        283,360        8.0     N/A (2)    $ 2,094      $ 2,834  

Restricted stock awards

     104,720        141,680        4.0       2.17     1,047        1,417  

Stock options

     261,800        354,200        10.0       5.25     809        1,094  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     575,960        779,240        22.0     7.19   $ 3,950      $ 5,345  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value for restricted stock awards is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.09 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; an expected option term of ten years; no dividend yield; a risk-free rate of return of 0.93%; and expected volatility of 22.24%. The actual value of stock options granted will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted.

(2)

No dilution is reflected for the employee stock ownership plan because such shares are assumed to be purchased in the offering.

We may fund our stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuances of stock; however, if any options previously granted under our existing 2020 Equity Incentive Plan are exercised during the first year following completion of the offering, they will be funded with newly issued shares as federal regulations do not permit us to repurchase our shares during the first year following the completion of the offering except to fund the grants of restricted stock under a stock-based benefit plan or under extraordinary circumstances.

The following table presents information as of December 31, 2020 regarding our employee stock ownership plan, our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, and our proposed new stock-based benefit plan. The table below assumes that 6,397,982 shares are outstanding after the offering, which includes the sale of 3,542,000 shares in the offering at the maximum of the offering range and the issuance of shares of New 1895 Bancorp in exchange for shares of Old 1895 Bancorp based on an exchange ratio of 1.3163. It also assumes that the value of the stock is $10.00 per share.

 

16


Table of Contents

Existing and New Stock Benefit Plans

  

Participants

   Shares at Maximum
of Offering Range
    Estimated Value of
Shares
    Percentage of
Shares Outstanding
After the
Conversion
 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan:

   Officers and Employees       

Shares purchased in 2019 offering (1)

        231,045 (2)    $ 2,310,449       3.61

Shares to be purchased in this offering

        283,360       2,833,600       4.43  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total employee stock ownership plan shares

        514,405     $ 5,144,049       8.04
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Awards:

   Directors, Officers and Employees       

2020 Equity Incentive Plan (1)

        125,557 (3)    $ 805,944       1.96

New shares of restricted stock

        141,680       1,416,800 (4)      2.21  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shares of restricted stock

        267,237     $ 2,222,744       4.17
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock Options:

   Directors, Officers and Employees       

2020 Equity Incentive Plan (1)

        313,891 (5)    $ 514,647       4.91

New stock options

        354,200       1,094,478 (6)      5.54  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock options

        668,091     $ 1,609,125       10.45
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total of stock benefit plans

        1,449,733     $ 8,975,918       22.66
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The number of shares indicated in the table and the footnotes for the 2019 offering and the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan has been adjusted based on 1.3163 exchange ratio at the maximum of the offering range.

(2)

At December 31, 2020, 18,886 of these shares have been allocated to participants.

(3)

At December 31, 2020, 114,367 of these shares have been awarded and none have vested.

(4)

The value of restricted stock awards is determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, the fair value of awards under the new stock-based benefit plan is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share.

(5)

At December 31, 2020, 293,648 of these options have been awarded and none have vested.

(6)

The weighted-average fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.09 per option, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: exercise price, $10.00; trading price on date of grant, $10.00; no dividend yield; expected term, ten years; expected volatility, 22.24%; and risk-free rate of return, 0.93%. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted.

Tax Consequences

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, Old 1895 Bancorp, PyraMax Bank, FSB and New 1895 Bancorp have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, and have received an opinion of Wipfli LLP regarding the material Wisconsin tax consequences of the conversion. As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for purposes of federal or state income taxes to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, Old 1895 Bancorp, PyraMax Bank, FSB, New 1895 Bancorp, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering, or existing stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp (except as to cash paid for fractional shares). Existing stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp who receive cash in lieu of fractional shares of New 1895 Bancorp will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the tax basis of the fractional share.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Laws and Regulations—We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors” and “Supervision and Regulation—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

An emerging growth company may elect to use an extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration

 

17


Table of Contents

statement. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company. We have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

Risk Factors

An investment in New 1895 Bancorp’s common stock is subject to risk, including risks related to our business and this offering.

Specific areas of risk related to our business include those related to the COVID-19 pandemic; our lending activities; laws and regulations; market interest rates; our business strategy; economic conditions; competitive matters; operational matters; accounting matters; our reputation; changes in the use of LIBOR; our existing equity plan; legal matters; societal responses to climate change; and federal government shutdowns.

Specific risks related to this offering include those related to the future trading price of the common stock of New 1895 Bancorp; use of the net offering proceeds; our return on equity after the completion of the offering; intended new stock-based benefit plans; anti-takeover factors; a forum selection provision in our articles of incorporation for certain litigation; the trading market for the common stock of New 1895 Bancorp; the irrevocability of your investment decision; and potential adverse tax consequences related to subscription rights.

Before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” that immediately follows and that discusses the above risks in further detail.

How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, call our Stock Information Center at [stock center number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central Time, and will be closed on bank holidays.

 

18


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of common stock. In addition to these risks and the other risks and uncertainties described elsewhere in this prospectus, there may be additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic

The economic impact of the COVID-19 outbreak could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic has caused significant economic dislocation in the United States as many state and local governments have taken preventative or protective actions, such as imposing restrictions on travel and business operations, advising or requiring individuals to limit or forego time outside of their homes, and ordering temporary closures of businesses that have been deemed to be non-essential. This has resulted in a slow-down in economic activity and a related increase in unemployment. Since the COVID-19 outbreak, millions of individuals have filed claims for unemployment. In response to the COVID-19 outbreak, the Federal Reserve Board reduced the benchmark federal funds rate to a target range of 0% to 0.25%, and the yields on 10- and 30-year U.S. Treasury notes have declined to historic lows. Various state governments and federal agencies are requiring lenders to provide forbearance and other relief to borrowers (e.g., waiving late payment and other fees). The federal banking agencies have encouraged financial institutions to prudently work with affected borrowers, and federal legislation has provided relief from reporting loan classifications due to modifications related to the COVID-19 outbreak. Limitations have been placed on our ability to foreclose on properties during the COVID-19 pandemic. Certain industries have been particularly hard-hit, including the travel and hospitality industry, the restaurant industry and the retail industry. Finally, the spread of COVID-19 has caused us to modify our business practices, including employee travel, employee work locations, and cancellation of physical participation in meetings, events and conferences. We have employees working remotely as needed and we may take further actions as may be required by government authorities or that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers and business partners.

Given the ongoing and dynamic nature of the circumstances, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on our business. The extent of such impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, including when the COVID-19 can be controlled and abated. Further, while jurisdictions in which we operate have gradually allowed the re-opening of businesses and other organizations and removed the sheltering restrictions, it is premature to assess whether doing so will result in a meaningful increase in economic activity and the impact of such actions on further COVID-19 cases. As the result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related adverse local and national economic consequences, we could continue to be subject to any of the following risks, any of which could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations:

 

   

Demand for our products and services may decline, making it difficult to grow assets and income.

 

   

If the economy is unable to substantially and successfully reopen, and high levels of unemployment continue for an extended period of time, loan delinquencies, problem assets, and foreclosures may increase, resulting in increased charges and reduced income.

 

   

Collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, which could cause loan losses to increase.

 

   

Our allowance for loan losses has been and may have to be further increased if borrowers experience financial difficulties beyond forbearance periods, which will adversely affect our net income.

 

19


Table of Contents
   

The net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us.

 

   

As the result of the decline in the Federal Reserve Board’s target federal funds rate, the yield on our assets may continue to decline to a greater extent than the decline in our cost of interest-bearing liabilities, further reducing our net interest margin and spread and reducing net income.

 

   

Our cyber security risks are increased as the result of an increase in the number of employees working remotely.

 

   

A worsening of business and economic conditions or in the financial markets could result in an impairment of certain intangible assets. Among other things, a worsening of business and economic conditions could adversely affect our operating results, which, in turn, might require us to recognize an impairment to our deferred tax asset. See “—Risks Related to our Business Strategy – Our ability to recognize the benefits of deferred tax assets is dependent on taxable income.”

 

   

We are subject to litigation, regulatory enforcement risk and reputation risk regarding our participation in the PPP and the risk that the SBA may not fund some or all PPP loan guarantees.

 

   

The occurrence of what management would deem to be a triggering event that could, under certain circumstances, cause management to perform impairment testing that could result in an impairment charge being recorded for that period.

 

   

We rely on third-party vendors for certain services and the unavailability of a critical service due to the COVID-19 outbreak could have an adverse effect on us.

 

   

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation premiums may increase if the agency experiences additional resolution costs.

Moreover, our future success and profitability substantially depends on the management skills of our executive officers and directors, many of whom have held officer and director positions with us for many years. The unanticipated loss or unavailability of key employees due to the outbreak could harm our ability to operate our business or execute our business strategy. We may not be successful in finding and integrating suitable replacements in the event of key employee loss or unavailability.

Any one or a combination of the factors identified above could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to our Lending Activities

We have a substantial amount of commercial real estate and commercial loans, and intend to continue to increase originations of these types of loans both directly and through participations. These loans involve credit risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

At December 31, 2020, commercial real estate loans (which includes non-owner occupied commercial real estate, multi-family, owner occupied commercial real estate and one- to four-family non-owner occupied real estate loans) totaled $189.3 million, or 57.1% of our loan portfolio, and commercial loans (which includes commercial and industrial loans) totaled $46.2 million, or 13.9% of our loan portfolio. Of this aggregate amount, we had $71.2 million in non-owner occupied non-residential real estate, $65.8 million in multi-family residential real estate, $37.6 million in owner occupied non-residential real estate, $10.2 million in non-owner occupied residential real estate, $4.5 in commercial real estate construction loans, and $1.5 million in commercial land development loans. We intend to increase originations of these types of loans.

 

20


Table of Contents

Given their larger balances and the complexity of the underlying collateral, commercial real estate and commercial loans generally have more risk than the one- to four-family residential real estate loans we originate. Because the repayment of commercial real estate and commercial loans depends on the successful management and operation of the borrower’s properties or related businesses, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the local, regional and national real estate market or economy. A downturn in the real estate market or the local, regional and national economy could adversely impact the value of properties securing the loan or the revenues from the borrower’s business, thereby increasing the risk of non-performing loans. Further, unlike residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans and commercial loans may be secured by collateral other than real estate, such as inventory and accounts receivable, the value of which may depreciate over time, may be more difficult to appraise or liquidate and may be more susceptible to fluctuation in value at default. In addition, the physical condition of non-owner occupied properties may be below that of owner occupied properties due to lax property maintenance standards, which have a negative impact on the value of the collateral properties. As our commercial real estate and commercial loan portfolios increase, and to the extent that after the offering we choose to take advantage of our greater lending limit and increase the average size of our commercial real estate loans and commercial loans, the corresponding risks and potential for losses from these loans may also increase.

Our portfolio of loans with a higher risk of loss is increasing, which may lead to additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, which would reduce our profits or cause losses.

Our commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased to $189.3 million, or 57.1% of total loans, at December 31, 2020 from $178.9 million, or 57.3% of total loans, at December 31, 2019. We intend to continue our emphasis on originating commercial real estate and commercial loan originations. Many of these loans have not been subjected to a prolonged period of unfavorable economic conditions. As a result, it is difficult to predict the future performance of this part of our loan portfolio. These loans may have delinquency or charge-off levels above our historical experience, which could adversely affect our future performance.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions or the results of our analyses are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. In addition, our emphasis on loan growth and on increasing our portfolios of commercial real estate and commercial business loans, as well as any future credit deterioration, including as a result of COVID-19, could require us to increase our allowance for loan losses in the future. At December 31, 2020, our allowance for loan losses was 0.82% of total loans and 210.0% of non-performing loans. At December 31, 2020, our allowance for loan losses was 0.86% of total loans (excluding PPP loans) and 210.0% of non-performing loans (excluding PPP loans). Material additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income.

In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and, as a result of such reviews, we may be required to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as a result of such review or otherwise may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be required to increase our allowance for credit losses materially when the CECL accounting standard becomes effective for us.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has delayed the effective date of the implementation of the Current Expected Credit Loss, or “CECL” standard for us until January 1, 2023. CECL will be a significant change from the standard currently applicable to us, because it will require financial institutions to determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses on loans and to recognize the expected credit losses as allowances for credit losses. This will change the current method of providing allowances for loan losses that are incurred or probable, which would likely require us to increase our allowance for credit losses, and to greatly increase the types of data we would need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for credit losses.

 

21


Table of Contents

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities or properties we own.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and we could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to one or more of these properties, or with respect to properties that we own in operating our business. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing defaulted loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous conditions or toxic substances are found on these properties, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage, civil fines and criminal penalties regardless of when the hazardous conditions or toxic substances first affected any particular property. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses to address unknown liabilities and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Our policies, which require us to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on non-residential real property, may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on us.

We are subject to regulatory enforcement risk and reputation risk regarding our participation in the PPP, we are subject to litigation risk with respect to our participation in the PPP, and we are subject to the risk that the SBA may not fund some or all PPP loan guarantees.

The CARES Act included the PPP as a loan program administered through the SBA. Under the PPP, small businesses and other entities and individuals can apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and other lenders, subject to detailed qualifications and eligibility criteria.

Because of the short timeframe between the passing of the CARES Act and implementation of the PPP, some of the rules and guidance relating to the PPP were issued after lenders began processing PPP applications. Also, there was and continues to be uncertainty in the laws, rules and guidance relating to the PPP. Since the launch of the PPP, several banks have been subject to litigation regarding the procedures used in processing PPP applications that assisted borrowers in obtaining PPP loans. In addition, some banks and borrowers have received negative media attention associated with PPP loans. Although we believe that we have administered the PPP in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and guidance, we may be exposed to litigation risk and negative media attention related to our participation in the PPP. If any such litigation is not resolved in in our favor, it may result in significant financial liability to us or adversely affect our reputation. In addition, litigation can be costly, regardless of outcome. Any financial liability, litigation costs or reputational damage caused by PPP-related litigation or media attention could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Federal and state regulators can impose or request that we consent to substantial sanctions, restrictions and requirements if they determine there are violations of laws, rules or regulations or weaknesses or failures with respect to general standards of safety and soundness, including with respect to the PPP, which could adversely affect our business, reputation, results of operation and financial condition, and thereby adversely affect your investment.

We also have credit risk on PPP loans if the SBA determines that there is a deficiency in the manner in which we originated, funded or serviced loans, including any issue with the eligibility of a borrower to receive a PPP loan. In the event of a loss resulting from a default on a PPP loan and a determination by the SBA that there was a deficiency in the manner in which we originated, funded or serviced a PPP loan, the SBA may deny its liability under the guaranty, reduce the amount of the guaranty or, if the SBA has already paid under the guaranty, seek recovery of any loss related to the deficiency from us.

 

22


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations and/or increase our costs of operations.

PyraMax Bank, FSB is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and Old 1895 Bancorp are, and New 1895 Bancorp will be, subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the federal deposit insurance fund and the depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB, rather than for our stockholders. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the adequacy of the level of our allowance for loan losses. These regulations, along with existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance and monetary laws, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations, control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations. Further, changes in accounting standards can be both difficult to predict and involve judgment and discretion in their interpretation by us and our independent accounting firm. These changes could materially impact, potentially even retroactively, how we report our financial condition and results of operations.

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.

The USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are suspected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions, including restrictions on pursuing acquisitions or establishing new branches. The policies and procedures we have adopted that are designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations may not be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations. Furthermore, these rules and regulations continue to evolve and expand. We have not been subject to fines or other penalties, nor have we suffered business or reputational harm, as a result of money laundering activities in the past.

We are subject to stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or limit our ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares.

Federal regulations establish minimum capital requirements for insured depository institutions, including minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, and define “capital” for calculating these ratios. The minimum capital requirements are: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6%; (iii) a total capital ratio of 8%; and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The regulations also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the capital conservation buffer amount.

The application of these capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, and result in regulatory actions if we are unable to comply with such requirements. Specifically, following the completion of the offering, PyraMax Bank, FSB’s ability to pay dividends to New 1895 Bancorp will be limited if it does not maintain the capital conservation buffer required by the capital rules, which may further limit New 1895 Bancorp’s ability to pay dividends to its stockholders. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements.”

 

23


Table of Contents

The Federal Reserve Board may require us to commit capital resources to support PyraMax Bank, FSB.

Federal law requires that a holding company act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the Federal Reserve Board may require a holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to a subsidiary bank. A capital injection may be required at times when the holding company may not have the resources to provide it and therefore the holding company may be required to borrow the funds or raise capital. Any loans by a holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Thus, any borrowing that must be done by the New 1895 Bancorp to make a required capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve Board, which regulates the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve Board to implement these objectives are open market purchases and sales of U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in banks’ reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon our business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be predicted.

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

New 1895 Bancorp is an emerging growth company, and we expect that New 1895 Bancorp will cease to be an emerging growth company on December 31, 2024, which is the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the mutual holding company reorganization of PyraMax Bank, FSB on January 8, 2019. For as long as New 1895 Bancorp continues to be an emerging growth company, it may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As an emerging growth company, New 1895 Bancorp also will not be subject to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which would require that our independent auditors review and attest as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have also elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. Investors may find our common stock less attractive since we have chosen to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

 

24


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Market Interest Rates

A continuation of the historically low interest rate environment may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

In recent years the Federal Reserve Board has maintained interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. Our ability to reduce our interest expense may be limited at current interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. A continuation of a low interest rate environment may adversely affect our net interest income, which would have an adverse effect on our profitability.

Future changes in interest rates could reduce our profits and asset values.

Net interest income makes up a majority of our income and is based on the difference between (i) the interest income we earn on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and (ii) the interest expense we pay on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.

The rates we earn on our assets and the rates we pay on our liabilities are generally fixed for a contractual period of time. Like many savings institutions, our interest-bearing liabilities generally have shorter contractual maturities than our interest-earning assets. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility because market interest rates change over time. In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income we earn on our assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest we pay on our liabilities. In a period of declining interest rates, the interest income we earn on our assets may decrease more rapidly than the interest we pay on our liabilities, as borrowers prepay mortgage loans, and mortgage-backed securities and callable investment securities are called, requiring us to reinvest those cash flows at lower, current interest rates.

This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities. Furthermore, an inverted interest rate yield curve, where short-term interest rates (which are usually the rates at which financial institutions borrow funds) are higher than long-term interest rates (which are usually the rates at which financial institutions lend funds for fixed-rate loans) can reduce a financial institution’s net interest margin and create financial risk for financial institutions that originate longer-term, fixed rate mortgage loans.

Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect the value of our assets and ultimately affect our earnings.

We monitor interest rate risk through the use of simulation models, including estimates of the amounts by which the fair value of our assets and liabilities (our economic value of equity or “EVE”) and our net interest income would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. As of December 31, 2020, in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we estimate that we would experience a 17.3% increase in EVE and a 14.0% increase in net interest income. For further discussion of how changes in interest rates could impact us, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management of Market Risk.”

Risks Related to our Business Strategy

Our business strategy includes managed growth, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively. Growing our operations could also cause our expenses to increase faster than our revenues.

Our business strategy includes growth in loans and deposits. Achieving such growth will require us to attract customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market area. Our ability to successfully grow will depend on a variety of factors, including the ability of our executive officers to execute our business

 

25


Table of Contents

strategy to increase commercial real estate and commercial loans and to increase our new and existing customers’ deposit relationships, our ability to attract and retain experienced bankers, the continued availability of desirable business opportunities, competition from other financial institutions in our market area and our ability to manage our growth. Growth opportunities may not be available or we may not be able to manage our growth successfully. If we do not manage our growth effectively, our financial condition and operating results could be negatively affected. Furthermore, there can be considerable costs involved in expanding lending capacity, and generally a period of time is required to generate the necessary revenues to offset these costs, especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence. Accordingly, any such business expansion can be expected to negatively impact our earnings unless and until the expected benefits of such growth are achieved.

We depend on our management team to implement our business strategy and execute successful operations and we could be harmed by the loss of their services.

We depend on the services of the members of our senior management team who direct our strategy and operations. Our executive officers and lending personnel possess substantial expertise, extensive knowledge of our markets and key business relationships, and have been integral in the restructuring of our operations, including the implementation of a more aggressive sales culture within our institution. Any one of them could be difficult to replace. Our loss of these persons, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or our inability to hire additional qualified personnel, could impact our ability to implement our business strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to compete in our markets. See “Management.”

The time to integrate our recently appointed executive officer may adversely affect our ability to timely institute changes necessary to react to competition.

We recently appointed David R. Ball as President and Chief Operating Officer and a director of Old 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank. Mr. Ball was not previously employed by PyraMax Bank. Effectively integrating Mr. Ball into our senior management team will likely take time, and until that integration process is complete, our ability to timely institute changes necessary to react to competition may be adversely affected and could reduce our net income.

Our utilization of time deposits, including brokered certificates of deposit, as a source of funds for loans and our other liquidity needs could have an adverse effect on our operating results.

We rely primarily on deposits for funds to make loans and provide for our other liquidity needs, including time deposits and brokered certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2020, brokered deposits represented approximately 1.5% of our total deposits. Such deposits may not be as stable as other types of deposits and, in the future, depositors may not renew those time deposits when they mature, or we may have to pay a higher rate of interest to attract or keep them or to replace them with other deposits or with funds from other sources. Not being able to attract those deposits or to keep or replace them as they mature would adversely affect our liquidity. Additionally, we are regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, which requires us to maintain certain capital levels to be considered “well capitalized.” If we fail to maintain these capital levels, we could lose our ability to obtain funding through brokered deposits. In addition, we may also be restricted from paying higher deposit rates to attract, keep or replace those deposits, which could have a negative effect on our operating results and the value of our common stock.

Our cost of operations is high relative to our revenues.

The cost of generating our income is measured by our efficiency ratio (the ratio of non-interest expense to the sum of net interest income and non-interest income). Our efficiency ratio was 83.7% and 97.3% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our efficiency ratio lags our peer group as our competitors for loans and deposits are often larger banks who can offer very competitive terms to originate and retain commercial real estate and commercial loans, as well as very competitive rates on deposit products. Additionally, our interest expense is higher than our peer group as our sources of funding tend to rely on FHLB advances more than our competitors. We have also had a series of significant one-time expenses over the last several years, including core data processing conversion, branch sale costs and expenses related to our self-insured healthcare coverage. Our high efficiency ratio compared to our peer group could adversely affect the value of our common stock after the offering.

 

26


Table of Contents

We face additional risks due to our mortgage banking activities that could negatively impact net income and liquidity.

We sell the majority of the fixed-rate conforming and eligible jumbo one-to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate. The sale of these loans generates noninterest income and are a source of liquidity for us. Disruption in the secondary market for residential mortgage loans could result in our inability to sell mortgage loans, which could negatively impact our liquidity position and earnings. In addition, declines in real estate values or increases in interest rates could reduce the potential for robust mortgage originations, which could negatively impact our earnings. As we do sell mortgage loans, we also face the risk that such loans may have been made in breach of our representations and warranties to the buyers and we could be forced to repurchase such loans or pay other damages.

Gain on sales of loans comprises a significant portion of our revenue.

Our net gain on sales of loans constitutes a meaningful component of our revenue. The gain on such sales for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $3.5 million and $715,000, respectively. Any increase in market interest rates may reduce our mortgage loan originations, resulting in fewer loans available for sale. This would result in a decrease in our non-interest income. Further, when we sell loans, we are required to make customary representations and warranties about such loans to the purchaser. Our loan sale agreements may require us to repurchase or substitute mortgage loans or indemnify investors if we breach certain representations and warranties made to purchasers. In addition, we may be required to repurchase loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of a payment default on a mortgage loan shortly after its sale. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, cash flow, results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to recognize the benefits of deferred tax assets is dependent on taxable income.

The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

We recognize the expected future tax benefit from deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that the tax benefit will be realized. Otherwise, a valuation allowance is applied against deferred tax assets, reducing the value of such assets. Assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets requires management to make significant estimates related to expectations of future taxable income from all sources, including reversal of taxable temporary differences, forecasted operating earnings and available tax planning strategies. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted income from operations and the application of existing tax laws in each jurisdiction.

Each quarter, the Company assesses its deferred tax asset position, including the recoverability of this asset or the need for a valuation allowance. This assessment takes into consideration positive and negative evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that a portion of the asset will not be realized. If the Company is not able to recognize deferred tax assets in future periods, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.

From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. In addition, we will continue to make investments in research, development, and marketing for new products and services. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the

 

27


Table of Contents

development and introduction of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. Furthermore, if customers do not perceive our new offerings as providing significant value, they may fail to accept our new products and services. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, the burden on management and our information technology of introducing any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute stockholder value.

We evaluate merger and acquisition opportunities with other financial institutions and financial services companies. As a result, negotiations may take place and future mergers or acquisitions with consideration consisting of cash, debt, and/or equity securities may occur at any time. We would seek acquisition partners that offer us either significant market presence or the potential to expand our market footprint and improve profitability through economies of scale or expanded services.

Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches may have an adverse effect on our financial results and may involve various other risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things:

 

   

difficulty in estimating the value of the target company;

 

   

payment of a premium over book and market values that may dilute our tangible book value and earnings per share in the short and long term;

 

   

potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target company;

 

   

exposure to potential asset quality problems of the target company;

 

   

potential volatility in reported income associated with goodwill impairment losses;

 

   

difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of the target company;

 

   

inability to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits of the acquisition;

 

   

potential disruption to our business;

 

   

potential diversion of our management’s time and attention;

 

   

the possible loss of key employees and customers of the target company; and

 

   

potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company.

 

28


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Economic Conditions

A worsening of economic conditions in our market area could reduce demand for our products and services and/or result in increases in our level of non-performing loans, which could adversely affect our operations, financial condition and earnings.

Local economic conditions have a significant impact on the ability of our borrowers to repay loans and the value of the collateral securing loans. A deterioration in economic conditions, especially local conditions, as a result of COVID-19 or otherwise, could have the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, and could more negatively affect us compared to a financial institution that operates with more geographic diversity:

 

   

Demand for our products and services may decline.

 

   

Loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase.

 

   

Collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, thereby reducing customers’ future borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans.

 

   

The net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us.

Moreover, a significant decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, civil unrest, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, an epidemic or pandemic, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could further impact these local economic conditions and could further negatively affect the financial results of our banking operations. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating costs, could have a significant negative effect on our borrowers, especially our business borrowers, and the values of underlying collateral securing loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance.

Risks Related to Competitive Matters

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. We compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms and unregulated or less regulated non-banking entities. Many of these competitors are substantially larger than us and have substantially greater resources and higher lending limits than we have and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, some of our competitors offer loans with lower interest rates and/or more attractive terms than loans we offer. Competition also makes it increasingly difficult and costly to attract and retain qualified employees. We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete for business and qualified employees in our market areas. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by some of our competitors may limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets. For additional information see “Business of PyraMax Bank, FSB—Competition.”

Our small size may make it more difficult for us to compete.

Our small asset size may make it more difficult to compete with other financial institutions that are larger and can more easily afford to invest in the marketing and technologies needed to attract and retain customers. Because our principal source of income is the net interest income we earn on our loans and investments after deducting interest paid on deposits and other sources of funds, our ability to generate the revenues needed to cover

 

29


Table of Contents

our expenses and finance such investments is limited by the size of our loan and investment portfolios. Accordingly, we are not always able to offer new products and services as quickly as our competitors. Lower earnings may also make it more difficult to offer competitive salaries and benefits. In addition, our smaller customer base may make it difficult to generate meaningful non-interest income from such activities as securities and insurance brokerage. Finally, as a smaller institution, we are disproportionately affected by the continually increasing costs of compliance with new banking and other regulations.

Technology has made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services that traditionally were banking products and made it possible for technology companies to compete with financial institutions in providing electronic, internet-based, and mobile phone-based financial solutions.

Technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services, such as loans and payment services, that traditionally were banking products, and made it possible for technology companies to compete with financial institutions in providing electronic, internet-based, and mobile phone-based financial solutions. Competition with non-banks, including financial technology (“fintech”) companies, to provide financial products and services is intensifying. In particular, the activity of fintechs has grown significantly over recent years and is expected to continue to grow. In addition to fintechs, the large technology companies have begun to make efforts toward providing financial services directly to their customers and are expected to continue to explore new ways to do so. Many of these companies have fewer regulatory constraints, and some have lower cost structures, in part due to lack of physical locations. Some of these companies also have greater resources to invest in technological improvements than we currently have. Competition from non-banks and technology companies may cause us to increase the amount we spend on developing new products and services, including our mobile banking applications. Such competition may also prevent us from achieving our growth objectives.

Risks Related to Operational Matters

We face significant operational risks because of our reliance on technology. Our information technology systems may be subject to failure, interruption or security breaches.

Information technology systems are critical to our business. Our business requires us to collect, process, transmit and store significant amounts of confidential information regarding our customers, employees and our own business, operations, plans and business strategies. We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, securities investments, deposits, and loans. Our computer systems, data management and internal processes, as well as those of third parties, are integral to our performance. Our operational risks include the risk of malfeasance by employees or persons outside our company, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, systems failures or interruptions, breaches of our internal control systems and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. There have been increasing efforts by third parties to breach data security at financial institutions. Such attacks include computer viruses, malicious or destructive code, phishing attacks, denial of service or information or other security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of confidential, proprietary and other information, damages to systems, or other material disruptions to network access or business operations. Although we take protective measures and believe that we have not experienced any of the data breaches described above, the security of our computer systems, software, and networks may be vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious code and cyber-attacks that could have an impact on information security. Because the techniques used to cause security breaches change frequently, we may be unable to proactively address these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures.

In the event of a breakdown in our internal control systems, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, or a breach of our security systems, including if confidential or proprietary information were to be mishandled, misused or lost, we could suffer financial loss, loss of customers and damage to our reputation, and face regulatory action or civil litigation. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Insurance coverage may not be available for such losses, or where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits.

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, we outsource a majority of our data processing requirements to third-party providers. Accordingly, our operations are exposed to the risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with our contractual agreements with them, or we also could be adversely affected if such an agreement is not renewed by the third-party vendor or is renewed on terms less favorable to us. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with those service providers, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel. To our knowledge, the services and programs provided to us by third parties have not experienced any material security breaches. However, the existence of cyber-attacks or security breaches at third parties with access to our data, such as vendors, may not be disclosed to us in a timely manner.

We may not be able to successfully implement future information technology system enhancements, which could adversely affect our business operations and profitability.

We invest significant resources in information technology system enhancements in order to provide functionality and security at an appropriate level. We may not be able to successfully implement and integrate future system enhancements, which could adversely impact the ability to provide timely and accurate financial information in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, which could result in sanctions from regulatory authorities. Such sanctions could include fines and suspension of trading in our stock, among others. In addition, future system enhancements could have higher than expected costs and/or result in operating inefficiencies, which could increase the costs associated with the implementation as well as ongoing operations.

Failure to properly utilize system enhancements that are implemented in the future could result in impairment charges that adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations and could result in significant costs to remediate or replace the defective components. In addition, we may incur significant training, licensing, maintenance, consulting and amortization expenses during and after systems implementations, and any such costs may continue for an extended period of time.

Our funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits at maturity and support our future growth.

We must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. As we continue to grow, we are likely to become more dependent on these sources, which may include FHLB advances, proceeds from the sale of loans, federal funds purchased and brokered certificates of deposit. Adverse operating results or changes in industry conditions could lead to difficulty or an inability to access these additional funding sources. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. If we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our operating margins and profitability would be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Accounting Matters

Changes in management’s estimates and assumptions may have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and our financial condition or operating results.

In preparing this prospectus, as well as periodic reports we will be required to file under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including our consolidated financial statements, our management is and will be required under applicable rules and regulations to make estimates and assumptions as of a specified date. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and experience as of that date and are subject to substantial risk and uncertainty. Materially different results may occur as circumstances change and additional information becomes known. Areas requiring significant estimates and assumptions by management include our evaluation of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, fair value measurement (including the value of our mortgage servicing rights), valuation allowances associated with the realization of deferred tax assets and our determinations with respect to amounts owed for income taxes.

 

31


Table of Contents

Changes in accounting standards could affect reported earnings.

The bodies responsible for establishing accounting standards, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory bodies, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting guidance that governs the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply new or revised guidance retroactively.

Our internal controls, procedures and policies may fail or be circumvented.

Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well-designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Our recent shift to a remote working model due to COVID-19 has required us to modify some of these controls, which are approved in advance by management and reviewed by the financial reporting internal controls manager and through internal audits. Similar to our other systems of controls, these new modifications can provide only reasonable assurances that the objectives of the system are being met. Any failure or circumvention of the controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Other Risks Related to Our Business

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business. The failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. A key component of our business strategy is to rely on our reputation for customer service and knowledge of local markets to expand our presence by capturing new business opportunities from existing and prospective customers in our market area and contiguous areas. Threats to our reputation can come from many sources, including adverse sentiment about financial institutions generally, unethical practices, employee misconduct, failure to deliver minimum standards of service or quality, compliance deficiencies, cybersecurity incidents and questionable or fraudulent activities of our customers. Negative publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers and employees, costly litigation and increased governmental regulation, any or all of which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We will be required to transition from the use of the LIBOR interest rate index in the future.

We have certain loans indexed to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) to calculate the loan interest rate. As of December 31, 2020, we have extended credit to four customers totaling $8.2 million indexed to the LIBOR. LIBOR will be discontinued on December 31, 2021. At this time, no consensus exists as to what rate or rates may become acceptable alternatives to LIBOR. Regulators, industry groups and certain committees (e.g. the Alternative Reference Rates Committee) have published recommended fallback language for LIBOR-linked financial instruments, identified recommended alternatives for the LIBOR (e.g. the Secured Overnight Financing Rate), and proposed implementations of the recommended alternatives in floating-rate financial instruments. At this time, it is not possible to predict whether these specific recommendations and proposals will be broadly accepted. The implementation of a substitute index or indices for the calculation of interest rates under our loan agreements with our borrowers may result in our incurring significant expenses in effecting the transition, may result in reduced loan balances if borrowers do not accept the substitute index or indices, and may result in disputes or litigation with customers over the appropriateness or comparability to LIBOR of the substitute index or indices, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

Legal and regulatory proceedings and related matters could adversely affect us.

We have been and may in the future become involved in legal and regulatory proceedings. We consider most of the proceedings to be in the normal course of our business or typical for the industry; however, it is inherently difficult to assess the outcome of these matters, and we may not prevail in any proceedings or litigation. There could be substantial costs and management diversion in such litigation and proceedings, and any adverse determination could have a materially adverse effect on our business, reputation, or our financial condition and results of our operations.

Societal responses to climate change could adversely affect our business and performance, including indirectly through impacts on our customers.

Concerns over the long-term impacts of climate change have led and will continue to lead to governmental efforts around the world to mitigate those impacts. Consumers and businesses also may change their behavior as a result of these concerns. We and our customers will need to respond to new laws and regulations as well as consumer and business preferences resulting from climate change concerns. The impact on our customers will likely vary depending on their specific attributes, including reliance on or role in carbon intensive activities. Among the impacts to us could be a drop in demand for our products and services, particularly in certain sectors. In addition, we could face reductions in creditworthiness on the part of some customers or in the value of assets securing loans. Our efforts to take these risks into account in making lending and other decisions, including by increasing our business with climate-friendly companies, may not be effective in protecting us from the negative impact of new laws and regulations or changes in consumer or business behavior.

Risks Related to the Offering

The future price of our shares of common stock may be less than the $10.00 purchase price per share in the offering.

If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $10.00 purchase price. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change. After the shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, changes in laws and regulations, investor perceptions of New 1895 Bancorp and the outlook for the financial services industry in general. Price fluctuations in our common stock may be unrelated to our operating performance.

Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

We intend to contribute between $12.3 million and $16.8 million of the net proceeds of the offering to PyraMax Bank, FSB. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments and for general corporate purposes, including repurchasing shares of our common stock and paying dividends. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan to our employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. PyraMax Bank, FSB may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, or for other general corporate purposes. However, except for the funding the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have broad discretion in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and when we apply or reinvest such proceeds. Also, certain of these uses, such as opening new branches or acquiring other financial institutions, may require the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Reserve Board. We have not established a timetable for investing the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to invest the net proceeds. Our failure to reinvest these funds effectively would reduce our profitability and may adversely affect the value of our common stock.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our return on equity may be low following the offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

Net income divided by average stockholders’ equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of financial institutions. Our return on equity may be low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the offering. Our return on equity also will be negatively affected by added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans we currently sponsor and intend to adopt. Our return on average equity was 2.23% for the year ended December 31, 2020, with consolidated equity of $60.0 million at December 31, 2020. Our pro forma consolidated equity as of December 31, 2020, assuming completion of the offering, is estimated to be between $81.5 million at the minimum of the offering range and $89.5 million at the maximum of the offering range. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income and leverage the capital raised in the offering, our return on equity may be low, which may reduce the market price of our shares of common stock.

Our existing and future stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses and reduce our income, and may dilute your ownership interests.

Our stockholders previously approved the 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, we recognized $155,000 in non-interest expense relating to this stock benefit plan, and we will recognize additional expenses in the future as additional grants are made and awards vest. We may fund the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan either through open market purchases or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Our ability to repurchase shares of common stock to fund this plan will be subject to many factors, including, but not limited to, applicable regulatory restrictions on stock repurchases, the availability of stock in the market, the trading price of the stock, our capital levels, alternative uses for our capital and our financial performance. Our intention is to fund the plan through open market purchases. However, stockholders would experience a reduction in ownership interest in the event newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock issuances under the plan.

We also intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans after the conversion, subject to stockholder approval, which will increase our annual compensation and benefit expenses related to the stock options and stock awards granted to participants. The actual amount of these new stock-related compensation and benefit expenses will depend on the number of options and stock awards granted under the plans, the fair market value of our stock or options on the date of grant, the vesting period, and other factors which we cannot predict at this time. If we adopt stock-based benefit plans within 12 months following the conversion, the shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards of restricted stock and grants of options under such plans would be limited to 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares of our common stock sold in the offering. If we adopt stock-based benefit plans more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, we may adopt plans that allow for greater amounts of awards and options and, therefore, we could award restricted shares of common stock or grant options in excess of these amounts, which would further increase costs.

Like the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, any future stock-based benefit plans may be funded either through open market purchases of our common stock or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. While our intention is to fund the new stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, stockholders would experience a 5.3% dilution in ownership interest if newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options in an amount equal to 10% of the shares sold in the offering, and all such stock options are exercised, and a 2.2% dilution in ownership interest if newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund shares of restricted common stock in an amount equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering. Such dilution would also reduce earnings per share. If we adopt the plans more than 12 months following the conversion, new stock-based benefit plans would not be subject to these size limitations and stockholders could experience even greater dilution.

Although the implementation of new stock-based benefit plans would be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.

 

34


Table of Contents

In addition, we will recognize expense for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants’ accounts, and we will recognize expense for restricted stock awards and stock options over the vesting period of awards made to recipients. The expense in the first year following the offering for our employee stock ownership plan and for our new stock-based benefit plans, assuming such plans had been implemented at the beginning of the year, is estimated to be approximately $616,000 ($494,000 after tax) at the maximum of the offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “Pro Forma Data,” assuming the $10.00 per share purchase price as fair market value. Actual expenses, however, may be higher or lower, depending on the price of our common stock. For further discussion of our proposed stock-based plans, see “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

We have not determined when we will adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than 12 months following the completion of the conversion may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within 12 months, which would further increase our costs.

If we adopt stock-based benefit plans more than 12 months following the completion of the conversion, then grants of shares of common stock or stock options under our proposed stock-based benefit plans may exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of shares of common stock sold in the offering. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs and could result in dilution to stockholders beyond the amounts estimated in “—Our existing and future stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses and reduce our income, and may dilute your ownership interests.” Although the implementation of stock-based benefit plans would be subject to stockholder approval, the timing of the implementation of such plans will be at the discretion of our board of directors.

Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of New 1895 Bancorp without our board of directors’ approval. Under regulations applicable to the conversion, for a period of three years following completion of the conversion, no person may offer to acquire or acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of our common stock without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity or group must notify the Federal Reserve Board and receive the Federal Reserve Board’s non-objection before acquiring control of a savings and loan holding company. There also are provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws that we may use to delay or block a takeover attempt, including a provision that prohibits any person from voting more than 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Furthermore, shares of restricted stock and stock options that we may grant to employees and directors, stock ownership by our management and directors and other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of New 1895 Bancorp without the consent of our board of directors, and may increase the cost of an acquisition. Taken as a whole, these statutory or regulatory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws could result in our being less attractive to a potential acquirer and therefore could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. For additional information, see “Restrictions on Acquisition of New 1895 Bancorp” and “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

Our articles of incorporation provide that, subject to limited exception, state and federal courts in the State of Maryland are the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, and other employees.

The articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp provide that, unless New 1895 Bancorp consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of New 1895 Bancorp, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of New 1895 Bancorp to New 1895 Bancorp or New 1895 Bancorp’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine will be conducted in a

 

35


Table of Contents

state or federal court located within the State of Maryland, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This exclusive forum provision does not apply to claims arising under the federal securities laws. This exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum it finds favorable for disputes with New 1895 Bancorp and its directors, officers, and other employees or may cause a stockholder to incur additional expense by having to bring a claim in a judicial forum that is distant from where the stockholder resides, or both. In addition, if a court were to find this exclusive forum provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable in a particular action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the action in another jurisdiction, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

There may be a limited trading market in our shares of common stock, which would hinder your ability to sell our common stock and may lower the market price of our common stock.

We expect that our common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCOW” upon conclusion of the offering, subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions, including having 300 “round lot” stockholders (stockholders owning more than 100 shares) and at least three broker-dealers making a market for our common stock. The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. Purchasers of common stock in this offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

Our stock value may be negatively affected by applicable regulations that restrict stock repurchases.

Applicable regulations generally restrict us from repurchasing our shares of common stock during the first year following the offering. Stock repurchases are a capital management tool that can enhance the value of a company’s stock, and our inability to repurchase our shares of common stock during the first year following the offering may negatively affect our stock price.

You may not revoke your decision to purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order.

Funds submitted or automatic deposit withdrawals authorized to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering. Because completion of the conversion and offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by Faust Financial, LLC, among other factors, there may be one or more delays in completing the conversion and offering. Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 3,542,000 shares or decreased to fewer than 2,618,000 shares.

The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.

If the subscription rights granted in connection with the offering are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights may be taxable in an amount equal to such value. Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination. We have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, that it is more likely than not that such rights have no value; however, such opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.

 

36


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The summary information presented below at each date or for each of the years presented is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of Old 1895 Bancorp. The information at and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Old 1895 Bancorp included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information at and for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements of Old 1895 Bancorp that are not included in this prospectus. The following information is only a summary, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes of Old 1895 Bancorp beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019      2018      2017      2016  
Selected Financial Condition Data:    (Dollars in thousands)  

Total assets

   $ 516,757      $ 428,009      $ 481,099      $ 468,361      $ 450,173  

Cash and cash equivalents

     92,526        11,707        7,923        12,497        7,779  

Marketable equity securities, stated at fair value (1)

     2,992        2,553        —          —          —    

Securities available-for-sale

     58,703        71,375        65,731        88,956        96,458  

Loans held for sale

     2,484        685        771        217        479  

Loans receivable, net

     329,073        310,674        369,830        331,206        312,523  

Premises and equipment, net

     6,275        6,681        8,163        7,661        8,925  

Mortgage servicing rights, net

     1,806        2,172        2,103        2,270        2,421  

FHLB stock

     3,032        913        1,261        1,436        2,170  

Accrued interest receivable

     912        963        1,106        1,214        1,163  

Bank owned life insurance

     13,485        13,085        13,400        13,732        13,321  

Other assets

     5,469        7,201        10,811        9,172        4,934  

Total liabilities

     456,749        369,344        442,918        429,367        412,833  

Deposits

     382,585        346,277        407,377        389,676        360,179  

FHLB advances

     68,398        17,623        30,010        34,693        48,224  

Accrued interest payable

     183        385        372        340        276  

Other liabilities

     5,583        5,059        5,159        4,658        4,154  

Total equity

     60,008        58,665        38,181        38,994        37,340  

 

(1)

We hold marketable equity securities consisting of mutual fund investments under deferred compensation plans which are held by a Rabbi trust. Prior to 2019, these balances were included in other asset and other liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019     2018     2017     2016  
Selected Operating Data:    (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest and dividend income

   $ 15,393      $ 17,235     $ 16,753     $ 15,256     $ 13,797  

Interest expense

     3,041        4,933       4,233       3,361       2,685  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     12,352        12,302       12,520       11,895       11,112  

Provision for loan losses

     500        (1,032     —         —         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     11,852        13,334       12,520       11,895       11,112  

Non-interest income

     6,880        3,144       2,939       2,892       4,155  

Non-interest expense (1)

     15,679        16,038       15,655       16,590       14,013  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     3,053        440       (196     (1,803     1,254  

Income tax expense (benefit) (2)

     1,736        (9     (177     (3,462     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,317      $ 449     $ (19   $ 1,659     $ 1,254  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

For the year ended December 31, 2019, non-interest expense included $588,000 of fees incurred in connection with the establishment and funding of our charitable foundation.

(2)

Income tax expense was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and included $934,000 increase in our deferred tax valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2020, the deferred tax valuation allowance was $934,000, reducing our net deferred tax asset to $3.4 million at that date. We did not have a deferred tax asset valuation allowance at December 31, 2019.

 

37


Table of Contents
     At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  

Performance Ratios:

          

Return on average assets (1)

     0.28     0.10     0.00     0.36     0.29

Return on average equity (2)

     2.23     0.90     (0.05 )%      4.02     3.26

Interest rate spread (3)

     2.57     2.58     2.70     2.67     2.70

Net interest margin (4)

     2.79     2.85     2.86     2.80     2.81

Efficiency ratio (5)

     83.70     97.30     101.70     112.19     91.79

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     132.80     124.00     116.54     116.31     116.80

Average loans to average deposits

     89.95     87.73     91.50     85.85     87.74

Equity to assets (6)

     12.35     10.66     8.04     8.95     9.02

Capital Ratios:

          

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)

     9.80     10.70     7.50     7.35     8.41

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     15.10     13.50     10.00     11.07     11.31

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     16.00     14.10     10.90     12.05     12.22

Common equity Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     15.10     13.50     10.00     11.07     11.31

Asset Quality Ratios:

          

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans

     0.82     0.64     0.88     0.93     0.95

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans

     210.02     99.35     209.77     163.90     100.39

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans (excluding PPP loans)

     0.86     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average outstanding loans during the period

     (0.06 )%      0.07     (0.05 )%      (0.03 )%      0.03

Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans

     0.39     0.64     0.42     0.57     0.95

Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans (excluding PPP loans)

     0.41     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets

     0.25     0.47     0.32     0.40     0.67

Other Data:

          

Number of offices

     6       6       9       9       8  

Number of full-time equivalent employees

     100       108       124       111       113  

 

(1)

Represents net income divided by average total assets. For the year ended December 31, 2017, reflects the reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation in the amount of $4.8 million.

(2)

Represents net income divided by average equity. For the year ended December 31, 2017, reflects the reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation in the amount of $4.8 million.

(3)

Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost on average interest-bearing liabilities.

(4)

Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets.

(5)

Represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.

(6)

Represents average equity divided by average total assets.

 

38


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could” or “may,” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

   

statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

   

statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

   

statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

   

estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

   

conditions relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, including the severity and duration of the associated economic slowdown either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

   

general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

   

changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

 

   

our ability to access cost-effective funding;

 

   

fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions;

 

   

demand for loans and deposits in our market area;

 

   

our ability to implement and change our business strategies;

 

   

competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

   

inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, our mortgage banking revenues, the fair value of financial instruments, including our mortgage servicing rights asset, or our level of loan originations, or increase the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans we have made and make;

 

   

adverse changes in the securities or secondary mortgage markets;

 

39


Table of Contents
   

changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees, capital requirements and insurance premiums;

 

   

changes in the quality or composition of our loan or investment portfolios;

 

   

technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected;

 

   

the inability of third-party providers to perform as expected;

 

   

a failure or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, including cyberattacks;

 

   

our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk;

 

   

our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

   

our ability to successfully integrate into our operations any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel we have acquired or may acquire and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames, and any goodwill charges related thereto;

 

   

changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

   

changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

   

our ability to retain key employees;

 

   

our compensation expense associated with equity allocated or awarded to our employees; and

 

   

changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

Additionally, the outbreak of COVID-19 will continue to adversely impact a broad range of industries in which our customers operate and impair their ability to fulfill their financial obligations to us. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 to be a global pandemic indicating that almost all public commerce and related business activities must be, to varying degrees, curtailed with the goal of decreasing the rate of new infections.

Notwithstanding any actions by national, state and local governments to mitigate the impact of COVID-19 or by us to address the adverse impacts of COVID-19, there can be no assurance that any of the foregoing activities will be successful in mitigating or preventing significant adverse effects on our business. We may also incur additional costs to remedy damages caused by such disruptions, which could adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations.

Congress, the President, and the Federal Reserve have taken several actions designed to cushion the economic fallout. Most notably, the CARES Act was signed into law at the end of March 2020 as a $2 trillion legislative package. The goal of the CARES Act is to prevent a severe economic downturn through various measures, including direct financial aid to American families and economic stimulus to significantly impacted industry sectors. The package also includes extensive emergency funding for hospitals and providers. In addition to the general impact of COVID-19, certain provisions of the CARES Act as well as other recent legislative and regulatory relief efforts are expected to continue to have a material impact on our operations. On December 27, 2020, the Relief Act became law and provided an additional $284 billion for the PPP, as well as extending the PPP through March 31, 2021. While it is not possible to know the full universe or extent of these impacts as of the date of this filing, we are disclosing potentially material items of which we are aware.

 

40


Table of Contents

The provisions of the CARES Act included an election to not apply the guidance on accounting for troubled debt restructurings to loan modifications, such as extensions or deferrals, related to COVID-19 made between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of (i) December 31, 2020 or (ii) 60 days after the end of the COVID-19 national emergency. The relief can only be applied to modifications for loans that were not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. We elected to adopt these provisions of the CARES Act. As of December 31, 2020, we had deferrals of $308,000 in interest, escrow and principal payments on $14.1 million in outstanding loans.

The CARES Act authorized the SBA to temporarily guarantee loans under a new loan program called the PPP. As a qualified SBA lender, we were automatically authorized to originate PPP loans. We actively participated in assisting our customers with applications for resources through the program until its closing on August 8, 2020. PPP loans originated by us have: (a) an interest rate of 1.0%, (b) two-year and five-year loan terms to maturity; and (c) principal and interest payments deferred for ten months after the end date of the borrower’s forgiveness period. The SBA will guarantee 100% of the PPP loans made to eligible borrowers. Up to the entire principal amount of the borrower’s PPP loan, including any accrued interest, is eligible to be reduced by the loan forgiveness amount calculated under the PPP. As of December 31, 2020, we have funded 246 PPP loans totaling $17.2 million.

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22. Except as required by applicable law or regulation, we do not undertake, and we specifically disclaim any obligation, to release publicly the results of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of the statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

 

41


Table of Contents

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $24.5 million and $33.7 million.

We intend to use the net proceeds as follows:

 

     2,618,000 Shares     3,080,000 Shares     3,542,000 Shares  
     Amount      Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount      Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount      Percent of
Net
Proceeds
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 26,180        $ 30,800        $ 35,420     

Less: offering expenses

     1,670          1,713          1,755     
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Net offering proceeds

   $ 24,510        100.0   $ 29,087        100.0   $ 33,665        100.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Distribution of net proceeds:

               

To PyraMax Bank, FSB

   $ 12,255        50.0   $ 14,544        50.0   $ 16,833        50.0

To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan

   $ 2,094        8.5   $ 2,464        8.5   $ 2,834        8.4

To fund cash contribution to new charitable foundation

   $ —          —       $ —          —       $ —          —    

Retained by New 1895 Bancorp

   $ 10,161        41.5   $ 12,079        41.5   $ 13,998        41.6

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will reduce PyraMax Bank, FSB’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if all the shares offered were not sold in the subscription and community offerings and instead a portion of the shares were sold in a syndicated community offering.

New 1895 Bancorp may use the proceeds it retains from the offering:

 

   

to invest in securities;

 

   

to repurchase shares of its common stock;

 

   

to finance the potential acquisition of financial institutions or financial services companies, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction;

 

   

to pay cash dividends to stockholders; and

 

   

for other general corporate purposes.

See “Our Dividend Policy” for a discussion of our expected dividend policy following the completion of the conversion. Under current federal regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval, or except to fund the granting of restricted stock awards (which would require notification to the Federal Reserve Board) or tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans.

PyraMax Bank, FSB may use the net proceeds it receives from the offering:

 

   

to fund new loans;

 

42


Table of Contents
   

to enhance existing products and services, hire additional employees and support growth and the development of new products and services;

 

   

to expand its banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity;

 

   

to invest in securities; and

 

   

for other general corporate purposes.

Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities. We have not determined specific amounts of the net proceeds that would be used for the purposes described above. The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on many factors, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, the attractiveness and availability of potential acquisitions to expand our operations, and overall market conditions. The use of the proceeds may also change depending on our ability to receive regulatory approval to establish new branches or acquire other financial institutions.

We expect our return on equity may be low until we are able to reinvest effectively the additional capital raised in the offering. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income, our return on equity may be below the industry average, which may negatively affect the value of our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance” and “—Our return on equity may be low following the offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.”

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

Following completion of the offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock. The board’s determination of whether to declare a dividend and the amount of any such dividend is subject to our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. No decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends in the future, or, if dividends are paid, that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.

New 1895 Bancorp will not be permitted to pay dividends on its common stock if its stockholders’ equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established by New 1895 Bancorp in connection with the conversion. The source of dividends will depend on the net proceeds retained by New 1895 Bancorp and earnings thereon, and dividends from PyraMax Bank, FSB. In addition, New 1895 Bancorp will be subject to state law limitations and federal bank regulatory policy on the payment of dividends. Maryland law generally limits dividends if the corporation would not be able to pay its debts in the usual course of business after giving effect to the dividend or if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the corporation’s total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights on dissolution are superior to those receiving the distribution.

After the completion of the conversion, PyraMax Bank, FSB will not be permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock owned by New 1895 Bancorp, its sole stockholder, if PyraMax Bank, FSB’s stockholder’s equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established in connection with the conversion. In addition, PyraMax Bank, FSB will not be permitted to make a capital distribution if, after making such distribution, it would be undercapitalized. PyraMax Bank, FSB must provide notice to the Federal Reserve Board and file an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency for approval of a capital distribution if the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of its net income for that year to date plus its retained net income for the preceding two years, or it would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution.

 

43


Table of Contents

Any payment of dividends by PyraMax Bank, FSB to New 1895 Bancorp that would be deemed to be drawn from PyraMax Bank, FSB’s bad debt reserves established before 1988, if any, would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by PyraMax Bank, FSB on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the pre-1988 bad debt reserves for such distribution. PyraMax Bank, FSB does not intend to make any distribution that would create such a federal tax liability.

We intend to file a consolidated federal tax return with PyraMax Bank, FSB. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by us to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal tax purposes. Additionally, during the three-year period following the conversion, we will not be permitted to make any capital distribution to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

Old 1895 Bancorp’s common stock is currently listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCOW.” Upon completion of the conversion, we expect the shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp will replace the existing shares of Old 1895 Bancorp and trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCOW.” In order to list our stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. As of [stockholder record date], Old 1895 Bancorp had 16 registered market makers in its common stock.

The following table sets forth the high and low trading prices for shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock for the periods indicated, as obtained from the Nasdaq Capital Market. We did not declare a dividend for any of the periods listed.

 

     Price Per Share  
     High      Low  

Year Ending December 31, 2021

     

Second quarter (through [stockholder record date])

   $        $    

First quarter

   $        $    

Year Ended December 31, 2020

     

Fourth quarter

   $ 10.32      $ 9.10  

Third quarter

   $ 9.89      $ 7.82  

Second quarter

   $ 10.15      $ 7.43  

First quarter

   $ 12.01      $ 7.45  

Year Ended December 31, 2019

     

Fourth quarter

   $ 10.85      $ 9.53  

Third quarter

   $ 9.90      $ 8.66  

Second quarter

   $ 9.90      $ 9.17  

First quarter

   $ 10.50      $ 9.16  

As of the close of business on [stockholder record date], there were 4,851,901 shares of common stock outstanding, including 2,169,729 publicly held shares (shares held by stockholders other than 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC), and approximately 258 stockholders of record.

On March 1, 2021, the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the conversion, and on [stockholder record date], the closing prices of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market were $10.18 per share and $___________ per share, respectively. On the effective date of the conversion, all publicly held shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock, including shares of common stock held by our officers and directors, will be converted automatically into and become the right to receive a number of shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio. See “The Conversion and Offering—

 

44


Table of Contents

Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Options to purchase shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock will be converted into options to purchase a number of shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, with the same aggregate exercise price. See “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock.”

 

45


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

At December 31, 2020, PyraMax Bank, FSB exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized.” The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of PyraMax Bank, FSB at December 31, 2020, and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of PyraMax Bank, FSB after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at $10.00 per share. The table also compares historical and pro forma capital levels to those required to be considered “well capitalized.” The table assumes that PyraMax Bank, FSB receives 50% of the net offering proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

     PyraMax Bank, FSB
Historical at

December 31, 2020
    PyraMax Bank, FSB Pro Forma at December 31, 2020
Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of:
 
    2,618,000 Shares     3,080,000 Shares     3,542,000 Shares  
     Amount      Percent
of Assets
    Amount     Percent
of Assets
    Amount     Percent
of Assets
    Amount     Percent
of Assets
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Equity

   $ 53,510        10.38   $ 62,624       11.93   $ 64,358       12.22   $ 66,092       12.51
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage capital (1)(2)

   $ 49,534        9.81   $ 58,648       11.41   $ 60,382       11.71   $ 62,116       12.00

Tier 1 leverage requirement

     25,243        5.00       25,699       5.00       25,786       5.00       25,872       5.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 24,291        4.81   $ 32,949       6.41   $ 34,596       6.71   $ 36,244       7.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital (1)(2)

   $ 49,534        15.14   $ 58,648       17.82   $ 60,382       18.33   $ 62,116       18.84

Tier 1 risk-based requirement

     26,177        8.00       26,323       8.00       26,351       8.00       26,379       8.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 23,357        7.14   $ 32,325       9.82   $ 34,031       10.33   $ 35,737       10.84
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (1)(2)

   $ 52,237        15.96   $ 61,351       18.65   $ 63,085       19.15   $ 64,819       19.66

Total risk-based requirement

     32,722        10.00       32,904       10.00       32,939       10.00       32,973       10.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 19,515        5.96   $ 28,447       8.65   $ 30,146       9.15   $ 31,846       9.66
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital (1)(2)

   $ 49,534        15.14   $ 58,648       17.82   $ 60,382       18.33   $ 62,116       18.84

Common equity tier 1 risk-based requirement

     21,269        6.50       21,388       6.50       21,410       6.50       21,433       6.50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 28,265        8.64   $ 37,260       11.32   $ 38,972       11.83   $ 40,683       12.34
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of capital infused into PyraMax Bank, FSB:

 

           

Net proceeds

 

  $ 12,255       $ 14,544       $ 16,832    

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans

 

    (1,047       (1,232       (1,417  

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

 

    (2,094       (2,464       (2,834  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma increase

 

  $ 9,114       $ 10,848       $ 12,581    
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1)

Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total average assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.

(2)

Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

 

46


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Old 1895 Bancorp at December 31, 2020 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of New 1895 Bancorp after giving effect to the conversion and offering based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.

 

     Old 1895
Bancorp
Historical at
December 31,
2020
    New 1895 Bancorp Pro Forma at December 31, 2020
Based upon the Sale in the  Offering at $10.00 per share of:
 
    2,618,000
Shares
    3,080,000
Shares
    3,542,000
Shares
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposits (1)

   $ 379,848     $ 379,848     $ 379,848     $ 379,848  

Borrowed funds

     68,398       68,398       68,398       68,398  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and borrowed funds

   $ 448,246     $ 448,246     $ 448,246     $ 448,246  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion) (2)

     —         —         —         —    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 90,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion); shares to be issued as reflected (2)(3)

     49       47       56       64  

Additional paid-in capital (2)

     20,134       43,592       48,161       52,731  

Mutual holding company capital contribution

     —         100       100       100  

Retained earnings (4)

     41,530       41,530       41,530       41,530  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,138       1,138       1,138       1,138  

Treasury stock, at cost (5)

     (1,228     (175     (175     (175

Common stock held by employee stock ownership plan (6)

     (1,615     (3,709     (4,079     (4,449

Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plans (7)

     —         (1,047     (1,232     (1,417
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 60,008     $ 81,477     $ 85,499     $ 89,522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Shares Outstanding

        

Shares offered for sale

     —         2,618,000       3,080,000       3,542,000  

Exchange shares issued

     —         2,110,944       2,483,463       2,855,982  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shares outstanding

     —         4,728,944       5,563,463       6,397,982  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets

     11.61     15.14     15.76     16.38

Tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets

     11.61     15.14     15.76     16.38

 

(1)

Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts to purchase shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.

(2)

Old 1895 Bancorp currently has 90,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. On a pro forma basis, common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock to be outstanding.

(3)

No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under one or more stock-based benefit plans. If the plans are implemented within the first year after the closing of the offering, an amount up to 10% of the shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock sold in the offering will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the plans. The implementation of such plans will require stockholder approval. No effect has been given to the exercise of options currently outstanding. See “Management.”

(4)

The retained earnings of PyraMax Bank, FSB will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.”

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

47


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

(5)

Reflects shares related to New 1895 Bancorp’s deferred compensation plan held in a Rabbi Trust and reclassified as treasury shares for accounting purposes.

(6)

Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the offering will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from New 1895 Bancorp. The loan will be repaid principally from PyraMax Bank, FSB’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since New 1895 Bancorp will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on New 1895 Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the dollar amount of the shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.

(7)

Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans. The funds to be used by such plans to purchase the shares will be provided by New 1895 Bancorp. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share purchase price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the purchase price in the offering. New 1895 Bancorp will accrue compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to such stock-based benefit plans and will credit capital in an amount equal to the charge to operations. Implementation of such plans will require stockholder approval.

 

48


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA

The following table summarizes historical data of Old 1895 Bancorp and pro forma data of New 1895 Bancorp at and for the year ended December 31, 2020. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the tables, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.

The net proceeds are based upon the following assumptions:

 

  (i)

100% of all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and no shares of common stock will be sold in the community offering;

 

  (ii)

our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering with a loan from New 1895 Bancorp. The existing loan obligation of our employee stock ownership plan, equal to $1.6 million at December 31, 2020, will be combined with the new loan. The combined loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest (at the prime rate of interest, as may be adjusted annually) over 25 years. Interest income that we earn on the loan will offset the interest paid by PyraMax Bank, FSB. The effect on earnings for the employee stock ownership plan is the cost of amortizing the combined loan over 25 years, net of historical expense for the period;

 

  (iii)

we will pay KBW a fee of 1.0% with respect to shares sold in the subscription offering and 1.5% with respect to shares sold in the community offering. No fee will be paid with respect to shares of common stock purchased by our qualified and non-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or stock purchased by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families, and no fee will be paid with respect to exchange shares; and

 

  (iv)

total expenses of the offering, other than the fees and commissions to be paid to KBW and other broker-dealers, will be $941,000.

In addition, the expenses of the offering may vary from those estimated, and the fees paid to KBW will vary from the amounts estimated if the amount of shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock sold varies from the amounts assumed above or if any shares are sold in the syndicated community offering.

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of the period at an assumed interest rate of 0.26% (on an after-tax basis). This represents the yield on the five-year U.S. Treasury Note at December 31, 2020, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate federal regulations provide that we assume in presenting pro forma data.

We further believe that the reinvestment rate is factually supportable because:

 

   

the yield on the U.S. Treasury Note can be determined and/or estimated from third-party sources; and

 

   

we believe that U.S. Treasury securities are not subject to credit losses due to a U.S. Government guarantee of payment of principal and interest.

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. For pro forma earnings per share calculations, we adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of the period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

 

49


Table of Contents

The pro forma data gives effect to the implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans. We have assumed that stock-based benefit plans will reserve for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering at the same price for which they were sold in the offering. We have assumed that awards of common stock granted under such plans vest over a five-year period.

We also have assumed that options will be granted under stock-based benefit plans to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We have assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.09 for each option.

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than 12 months following the completion of the offering.

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering,” we intend to contribute 50% of the net proceeds from the offering to PyraMax Bank, FSB, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering. We will use a portion of the proceeds we retain to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan. We will retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

The pro forma data does not give effect to:

 

   

withdrawals from deposit accounts to purchase shares of common stock in the offering;

 

   

our results of operations after the offering; or

 

   

changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the offering.

The following pro forma data may not be representative of the financial effects of the offering at the date on which the offering actually occurs, and should not be taken as indicative of future results of operations. Pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amounts of our assets and liabilities. The pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Moreover, pro forma stockholders’ equity per share does not give effect to the liquidation accounts to be established in the conversion or, in the unlikely event of a liquidation of PyraMax Bank, FSB, to the tax effect of the recapture of the bad debt reserve. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights.”

 

50


Table of Contents
     At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2020
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of:
 
     2,618,000
Shares
    3,080,000
Shares
    3,542,000
Shares
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 26,180     $ 30,800     $ 35,420  

Market value of shares issued in the exchange

     21,109       24,835       28,560  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma market capitalization

   $ 47,289     $ 55,635     $ 63,980  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 26,180     $ 30,800     $ 35,420  

Expenses

     (1,670     (1,713     (1,755
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds

     24,510       29,087       33,665  

Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan

     (2,094     (2,464     (2,834

Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plans

     (1,047     (1,232     (1,417
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted

   $ 21,369     $ 25,391     $ 29,414  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

      

Consolidated net earnings:

      

Historical

   $ 1,317     $ 1,317     $ 1,317  

Income on adjusted net proceeds

     56       67       77  

Income on mutual holding company asset contribution

     —         —         —    

Employee stock ownership plan (1)

     (61     (71     (83

Stock awards (2)

     (153     (180     (207

Stock options (3)

     (151     (177     (204
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $ 1,008     $ 956     $ 900  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (4):

      

Historical combined

   $ 0.30     $ 0.26     $ 0.22  

Income on adjusted net proceeds

     0.01       0.01       0.01  

Income on mutual holding company asset contribution

     —         —         —    

Employee stock ownership plan (1)

     (0.01     (0.01     (0.01

Stock awards (2)

     (0.04     (0.04     (0.04

Stock options (3)

     (0.03     (0.03     (0.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share (4)

   $ 0.23     $ 0.19     $ 0.15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price to pro forma net earnings per share

     43.48x       52.63x       66.67x  

Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations

     4,357,207       5,126,126       5,895,045  

At December 31, 2020

      

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Historical combined

   $ 60,008     $ 60,008     $ 60,008  

Estimated net proceeds

     24,510       29,087       33,665  

Equity increase from mutual holding company

     100       100       100  

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)

     (2,094     (2,464     (2,834

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (2)

     (1,047     (1,232     (1,417
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity (5)

   $ 81,477     $ 85,499     $ 89,522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity (5)

   $ 81,477     $ 85,499     $ 89,522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share (6):

      

Historical combined

   $ 12.69     $ 10.79     $ 9.38  

Estimated net proceeds

     5.18       5.23       5.26  

Equity increase from mutual holding company

     0.02       0.02       0.02  

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)

     (0.44     (0.44     (0.44

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (2)

     (0.22     (0.22     (0.22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (5) (6)

   $ 17.23     $ 15.37     $ 13.99  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (5) (6)

   $ 17.23     $ 15.37     $ 13.99  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

     58.04     65.07     71.47

Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share

     58.04     65.07     71.47

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per
share calculations

     4,728,944       5,563,463       6,397,982  

 

51


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Assumes that 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from New 1895 Bancorp, and the outstanding loan with respect to existing shares of Old 1895 Bancorp held by the employee stock ownership plan will be refinanced and consolidated with the new loan. PyraMax Bank, FSB intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. PyraMax Bank, FSB’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 25 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718-40, “Compensation—Stock Compensation—Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by PyraMax Bank, FSB, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 27%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 8,378, 9,856, and 11,334 shares were committed to be released during the year ended December 31, 2020 at the minimum, midpoint, and maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for net income per share calculations.

(2)

Assumes that one or more stock-based benefit plans reserve an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering. Stockholder approval of the plans and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from New 1895 Bancorp or through open market purchases. Shares in the stock-based benefit plans are assumed to vest over a period of five years. The funds to be used to purchase the shares will be provided by New 1895 Bancorp. This table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plan acquires the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the plan is amortized as an expense during the year ended December 31, 2020, and (iii) the plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 27%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 2.2%.

(3)

Assumes that options are granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering. Stockholder approval of the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were both $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.09 for each option and that the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period using an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 27%. The actual expense will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares used to satisfy the exercise of options comes from authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 5.3%.

(4)

Per share figures include publicly held shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock that will be issued in exchange for shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock in the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and the number of new shares assumed to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares and, in accordance with ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the period. See footnote 2, above. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

(5)

The retained earnings of PyraMax Bank, FSB will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.”

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

52


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

(6)

Per share figures include publicly held shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock that will be issued in exchange for shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock in the conversion. Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering, and (ii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the offering range, respectively. The exchange shares reflect an exchange ratio of 0.9729, 1.1446 and 1.3163 at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the offering range, respectively. The number of shares actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

 

53


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information at and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the other business and financial information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes of Old 1895 Bancorp provided elsewhere in this prospectus.

Impact of COVID-19 Outbreak

During the first quarter of 2020, global financial markets experienced significant volatility resulting from the spread of a novel coronavirus known as COVID-19. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic and the United States declared a National Public Health Emergency. The COVID-19 pandemic has restricted the level of economic activity in our markets. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the governments of the state of Wisconsin and of most other states have taken preventative or protective actions, such as imposing restrictions on travel and business operations, advising or requiring individuals to limit or forego time outside of their homes, and ordering temporary closures of businesses that have been deemed to be non-essential. These measures dramatically increased unemployment in the United States and our market. The unemployment rate for December 2020 was 5.5% in Wisconsin and 6.0% in the Milwaukee-Waukesha-West Allis, Wisconsin Metropolitan Statistical Area, as compared to 3.5% and 3.2%, respectively, for December 2019. The government and private sector responses to the COVID-19 pandemic have negatively impacted many businesses, and thereby threatened the repayment ability of some of our borrowers.

To address the economic impact of COVID-19 in the United States, the CARES Act was signed into law on March 27, 2020. The CARES Act included a number of provisions that affected us, including accounting relief for TDRs. The CARES Act also established the PPP through the SBA, which provided a uniform system to expedite the ability for us to lend money to small businesses to maintain employee payrolls through the crisis with guarantees from the SBA. Under the PPP, the borrower’s obligation to repay loan amounts may be forgiven if the borrower maintains employee payrolls and meets certain other requirements. In the event of any such forgiveness or partial forgiveness, the amount forgiven is remitted to us by the SBA. As of December 31, 2020, we have funded 246 PPP loans totaling $17.2 million, of which $13.1 million had been forgiven through December 31, 2020.

On December 27, 2020, the Relief Act became law and provided an additional $284 billion for the PPP, as well as extending the PPP through March 31, 2021. Among the changes to the PPP as a result of the Relief Act include: (1) an opportunity for a second PPP forgivable loan for small businesses and nonprofits with 300 or fewer employees that can demonstrate a loss of 25% of gross receipts in any quarter during 2020 compared to the corresponding quarter in 2019 (or demonstrating a loss of 25% of gross receipts for the calendar year 2020 compared to calendar year 2019);; (2) allowing qualified borrowers to apply for a PPP loan up to 2.5 times (or 3.5 times for small businesses in the restaurant and hospitality industries) the borrower’s average monthly payroll costs in the one-year period prior to the date on which the loan is made or calendar year 2019, limited to a maximum loan amount of $2.0 million; (3) the addition of personal protective equipment expenses, costs associated with outdoor dining, uninsured costs related to property damaged and vandalism or looting due to 2020 public disturbances, supplier costs and a broader category of operational expenses (including cloud computing services and other business software) as eligible and forgivable expenses; (4) simplifying the loan forgiveness process for loans of $150,000 or less; and (5) eliminating the requirement that EIDL Advances will reduce the borrower’s PPP loan forgiveness amount. Additionally, expenses paid with the proceeds of PPP loans that are forgiven (or are reasonably expected to be forgiven) are now tax-deductible, reversing previous guidance from the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service, which did not allow deductions on expenses paid for with PPP loan proceeds which were forgiven (or reasonably expected to be forgiven). We intend to fund additional PPP loans in response to applications from eligible customers.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board, took steps to bolster the economy by, among other things, reducing the federal funds rate and the discount-window borrowing rate to near zero. In response to the pandemic, we implemented protocols and processes to help protect our employees, customers and communities. These measures include:

 

   

operating our branches under a drive-through model with appointment-only lobby service for a period of time, leveraging our business continuity plans and capabilities that include critical operations teams being divided and dispersed to separate locations and, when possible, having employees work from home; and

 

   

offering assistance to our customers affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, which includes payment deferrals, waiving certain fees, suspending property foreclosures, and participating in the CARES Act and lending programs for businesses, including the PPP.

 

54


Table of Contents

We have implemented various consumer and commercial loan modification programs to provide our borrowers relief from the economic impacts of COVID-19. Based on guidance in the CARES Act, COVID-19 related modifications to loans that were current as of December 31, 2019 are exempt from TDR classification under “U.S. GAAP. In addition, the bank regulatory agencies issued interagency guidance stating that COVID-19 related short-term modifications (i.e., six months or less) granted to loans that were current as of the loan modification program implementation date are not TDRs.

As of December 31, 2020, we had deferrals of $308,000 in interest, escrow and principal payments on $14.1 million in outstanding loans. We have not deferred our recognition of interest income with respect to loans subject to modifications. Given the unprecedented uncertainty and rapidly evolving economic effects and social impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, the future direct and indirect impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition are highly uncertain. Should current economic conditions persist or continue to deteriorate, we expect that this macroeconomic environment will have a continued adverse effect on our business and results of operations, which could include, but not be limited to: decreased demand for our products and services, protracted periods of lower interest rates, increased non-interest expenses, including operational losses, and increased credit losses due to deterioration in the financial condition of our consumer and commercial borrowers, including declining asset and collateral values, which may continue to increase our provision for credit losses and net charge-offs.

For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic—The economic impact of the COVID-19 outbreak could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.”

Business Strategy

Our goal is to provide long-term value to our stockholders, customers and employees and the communities we serve by executing a safe and sound business strategy that produces increasing earnings. We believe there is a significant opportunity for a community-focused bank to provide a full range of financial services to commercial and retail customers in our market area, and the increased capital we will have after the completion of the offering will enable us to compete more effectively with other financial institutions.

Our current business strategy consists of the following:

 

   

Grow our balance sheet and improve profitability. Given our attractive market area, we believe we are well-positioned to increase the size of our balance sheet without a proportional increase in overhead expense or operating risk. Accordingly, we intend to increase, on a disciplined basis, our assets and liabilities, particularly loans and deposits. As we grow our assets, particularly higher-yielding commercial loans, while controlling our expenses, we anticipate improving our earnings.

 

   

Grow our loan portfolio prudently and on a managed basis with a focus on diversifying the portfolio, particularly in commercial real estate and commercial lending. Our principal business activity historically has been the origination of residential mortgage loans, supplemented with commercial real estate loans (which includes non-owner occupied commercial real estate, multi-family, owner occupied commercial real estate and one- to four-family non-owner occupied loans). We intend to retain our presence as a mortgage lender in our market area and continue to increase our origination commercial real estate and commercial loans (which includes commercial and industrial loans) including increasing our loan exposure in participations purchased. Over the last several years, we have incrementally increased the amount of some of our commercial real estate and commercial loan originations to preferred borrowers, and we intend to continue to originate similarly-sized loans within our present underwriting standards. The capital we are raising in the offering will support an increase in our lending limits, although we do not intend to originate loans up to our regulatory limit except in extraordinary circumstances.

Increasing the number of larger commercial real estate loans and commercial business loan originations involves risk, as described in “Risk Factors—We have a substantial amount of commercial real estate and commercial loans, and intend to continue to increase originations of these types of loans both directly and through participations. These loans involve credit risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations” and “—Our portfolio of loans with a higher risk of loss is increasing, which may lead to additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, which would reduce our profits or cause losses.”

 

   

Continue to increase core deposits, with an emphasis on low cost demand deposits. We seek core deposits to provide a stable source of funds to support loan growth at costs consistent with improving our net interest rate spread and margin. Core deposits also help us maintain loan-to-deposit ratios at levels consistent with regulatory expectations. We consider our core deposits to include checking accounts, money market accounts and statement savings. In particular, our Treasury Management unit focuses on generating and retaining business deposits, which assists in generating fee income. Core deposits increased to $292.2 million at December 31, 2020, from $202.2 million at December 31, 2019.

 

55


Table of Contents
   

Manage credit risk to maintain a low level of non-performing assets. We believe strong asset quality is a key to our long-term financial success. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having an experienced team of credit professionals, well-defined policies and procedures, appropriate loan underwriting criteria and active credit monitoring. In recent years we have conducted an extensive review of, and have enhanced, our credit, underwriting and loan processing policies and procedures. Our non-performing assets to total assets ratio was 0.25% at December 31, 2020, compared to 0.47% at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2019, the majority of our non-performing assets were related to residential real estate.

 

   

Continue to grow organically while being aware of acquisition opportunities. The funds raised from this offering will provide capital to execute our business plan which primarily consists of organic growth. The new full stock structure and capital will allow us to look at acquisitions of other financial institutions where it might yield potential financial benefits to our stockholders. We do not have any current plans with acquisitions and we know opportunities could be limited.

 

   

Continue to provide value to our community. Our goal is to provide long-term value to our customers, employees and the communities we serve by executing a safe and sound service-oriented business strategy that produces increasing earnings. We believe there is a significant opportunity for a community-focused bank to provide a full range of financial services to commercial and retail customers in our market area, and the increased capital we will have after the completion of the offering will enable us to compete more effectively with other financial institutions.

These strategies are intended to guide our investment of the net proceeds of the offering. We intend to continue to pursue our business strategy after the reorganization and the offering, subject to changes necessitated by future market conditions, regulatory restrictions and other factors.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expenses. We consider the accounting policies discussed below to be critical accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions that we use are based on historical experience and various other factors and are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, resulting in a change that could have a material impact on the carrying value of our assets and liabilities and our results of operations.

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As an “emerging growth company” we may delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

The following represent our critical accounting policies:

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover inherent, but unconfirmed, credit losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses which is charged against income. In determining the allowance for loan losses, management makes significant estimates and has identified this policy as one of our most critical accounting policies.

Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the allowance for loan losses. Consideration is given to a variety of factors in establishing this estimate including, but not limited to, current economic conditions, delinquency statistics, geographic and industry concentrations, the adequacy of the underlying collateral, the financial strength of the borrower, results of internal loan reviews and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change.

The analysis has two components, specific and general allowances. The specific allowance is for unconfirmed losses related to loans that are determined to be impaired. Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral, adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses. If the fair value of the loan is less than the loan’s carrying value, a charge is recorded for the difference. The general allowance, which is for loans

 

56


Table of Contents

reviewed collectively, is determined by segregating the remaining loans by type of loan, risk weighting (if applicable) and payment history. We also analyze historical loss experience, delinquency trends, general economic conditions and geographic and industry concentrations. This analysis establishes historical loss percentages and qualitative factors that are applied to the loan groups to determine the amount of the allowance for loan losses necessary for loans that are reviewed collectively. The qualitative component is critical in determining the allowance for loan losses as certain trends may indicate the need for changes to the allowance for loan losses based on factors beyond the historical loss history. Not incorporating a qualitative component could misstate the allowance for loan losses. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowances we have established which could result in a material negative effect on our financial results.

Fair Value Measurements. The fair value of a financial instrument is defined as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. We estimate the fair value of a financial instrument and any related asset impairment using a variety of valuation methods. Where financial instruments are actively traded and have quoted market prices, quoted market prices are used for fair value. When the financial instruments are not actively traded, other observable market inputs, such as quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, may be used, if available, to determine fair value. When observable market prices do not exist, we estimate fair value. These estimates are subjective in nature and any imprecision in estimating these factors can impact the amount of gain or loss recorded. A more detailed description of the fair values measured at each level of the fair value hierarchy and the methodology utilized by us can be found in Note 16 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements titled “Fair Value.”

Deferred Tax Assets. We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets. These judgments require us to make projections of future taxable income. The judgments and estimates we make in determining our deferred tax assets, which are inherently subjective, are reviewed on a regular basis as regulatory and business factors change. Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require us to record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. See Note 11 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements which appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

Total Assets. Total assets were $516.8 million at December 31, 2020, an increase of $88.8 million, or 20.7%, when compared to total assets of $428.0 million at December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to an increase in cash and cash equivalents of $80.8 million and an increase in net loans of $18.4 million. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in available for sale securities of $12.7 million at December 31, 2020.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents increased $80.8 million, or 690.3%, to $92.5 million at December 31, 2020, from $11.7 million at December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily due to the increase of $50.8 million in low cost FHLB advances and an increase in deposits of $35.3 million at December 31, 2020. Cash and cash equivalents are expected to decrease in 2021 as customers withdraw PPP loan proceeds and excess funds on deposit due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Available for Sale Securities. Available for sale securities decreased $12.7 million, or 17.8%, to $58.7 million at December 31, 2020, from $71.4 million at December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to sales of available-for-sale securities of $19.5 million as well as maturities, prepayments and calls of available for sale securities totaling $55.2 million. These were offset by purchases of available for sale securities totaling $59.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Loans Held for Sale. Loans held for sale increased $1.8 million, or 262.8%, to $2.5 million at December 31, 2020, from $685 during December 31, 2019. This increase was due primarily to increased volume of first mortgage residential real estate loan originations to be sold into the secondary market as a result of the declining interest rate environment.

Net loans. Net loans increased $18.4 million, or 5.9%, to $329.1 million at December 31, 2020, from $310.7 million at December 31, 2019. The increase was due primarily to a $22.4 million increase in commercial loans resulting from our participation in the PPP. At December 31, 2020, we had funded 246 PPP loans totaling $17.2 million. The increase was also due to an increase in first mortgage residential real estate loans of $3.5 million. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in consumer home equity lines of credit of $7.3 million due to normal payment and refinancing activity.

 

57


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2020, volumes of loan originations were as follows: $160.7 million in commercial real estate and other commercial loans, an increase of $83.1 million from the $77.6 million in originations of these loan types during the year ended December 31, 2019; $232.5 million in total residential real estate loans, an increase of $136.4 million over the $96.1 million in originations of these loan types during the year ended December 31, 2019; and $10.8 million in total consumer and consumer real estate loans, an increase of $3.5 million from the $7.3 million in originations of these loan types during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Loans purchased as of December 31, 2020 totaled $2.5 million, a decrease of approximately $5.2 million, or 67.5%, from the $7.7 million of loans purchased as of December 31, 2019. Loans purchased during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were commercial real estate and other commercial loans. PyraMax Bank’s strategy is to grow the loan portfolio organically, as opposed to regularly purchasing loans from other financial institutions.

Deposits. Deposits increased $35.2 million, or 10.2%, to $379.8 million at December 31, 2020, from $344.6 million at December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily due to an increase of noninterest bearing checking accounts of $36.2 million to $99.0 million at December 31, 2020 from $62.8 million at December 31, 2019. We believe that a significant factor underlying this increase is that our customers, including PPP borrowers, are maintaining greater than usual cash balances during the COVID-19 pandemic. We continued our marketing focus to concentrate on non-maturing deposits such as savings accounts and money market accounts, which increased $10.9 million and $37.7 million, respectively. These accounts carry lower interest rates and offer more flexibility in a changing rate environment. These increases were offset by a $54.8 million decrease in certificates of deposits to $87.6 million at December 31, 2020 from $142.4 million at December 31, 2019, including a decrease in brokered certificates of deposits of $24.1 million as we replaced maturing brokered certificates with lower cost FHLB advances.

FHLB Advances. Borrowings, consisting entirely of FHLB advances, increased $50.8 million, or 288.1%, to $68.4 million at December 31, 2020, from $17.6 million at December 31, 2019. The increase was due to $52.0 million in proceeds from FHLB advances during the year ended December 31, 2020, partially offset by principal repayments on existing advances of $1.2 million. The advances replaced $24.1 million in maturing higher-cost brokered certificates of deposit.

Total Equity. Total equity increased $1.3 million, or 2.3%, to $60.0 million at December 31, 2020, from $58.7 million at December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to net income of $1.3 million and other comprehensive income of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. We reclassified shares held in its deferred compensation plan to treasury stock at September 30, 2020, resulting in a reduction in total equity of $175,000. We also purchased treasury shares at a cost of $1.1 million under the current stock repurchase plan, resulting in a reduction in total equity of that amount.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

Net Income. We recorded net income of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which represented an increase of $868,000 from the net income of $449,000 recorded for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was due to an increase in noninterest income of $3.8 million partially offset by an increase in the provision for loan losses of $1.5 million and provision for income taxes of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Interest and Dividend Income. Interest and dividend income decreased $1.8 million, or 10.7%, to $15.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was due primarily to the declining interest rate environment brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic, resulting in accelerated prepayment and refinancing activity as borrowers took advantage of low interest rates partially offset by approximately $570,000 of PPP origination fees that were recognized in 2020. As a result, interest income from commercial, residential and consumer loans decreased $363,000, or 3.4%, $590,000, or 19.1% and $393,000, or 27.2%, respectively.

Average interest-earning assets increased $11.2 million, or 2.6%, to $442.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $431.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets decreased 52 basis points, to 3.48% at December 31, 2020, from 4.00% at December 31, 2019.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $1.9 million, or 38.4%, to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as rates on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 51 basis points due to the declining interest rate environment and our shift from certificates of deposits into lower cost FHLB advances as sources of funding during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased approximately $50,000, or 0.4%, to $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

58


Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded $500,000 in provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to a credit to our provision for loan losses of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The allowance for loan losses was $2.7 million, or 0.87%, of total loans (and 0.86% excluding PPP loans), at December 31, 2020, compared to $2.0 million, or 0.64% of total loans, at December 31, 2019. Nonaccrual loans constituted 0.39% of total gross loans (and 0.41% excluding PPP loans) at December 31, 2020 and 0.64% of gross loans at December 31, 2019. Net recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $203,000 compared to net charge-offs of $230,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income increased $3.7 million, or 118.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was due primarily to an increase in gains on sale of first mortgage residential real estate loans of $2.8 million, due to a decrease in market interest rates and an increase in refinancing activity, and an increase in gains on sale of available-for-sale securities of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense decreased $360,000, or 2.2%, to $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was due primarily to a $365,000 decrease to occupancy and equipment expenses due to recent branch closings.

Income Taxes. Income tax expense (benefit) was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and ($9,000) for the year ended December 31, 2019. Included in the 2020 period amount was a $934,000 increase in our deferred tax valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2020, the deferred tax asset valuation allowance was $934,000, reducing our net deferred tax asset to $3.4 million at that date. We did not have a deferred tax asset valuation allowance at December 31, 2019.

Deferred tax assets are deferred tax consequences attributable to deductible temporary differences and carryforwards. After the deferred tax asset has been measured using the applicable enacted tax rate and provisions of the enacted tax law, it is then necessary to assess the need for a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance is needed when, based on the weight of the available positive and negative evidence, if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred asset will not be realized. As required by generally accepted accounting principles, available evidence is weighted heavily on cumulative losses, with less weight placed on future projected profitability. Realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent on whether there will be sufficient future taxable income, including available tax strategies, of the appropriate character in the period during which deductible temporary differences reverse or within the carryforward periods available under tax law.

Due to recent changes in market conditions and current events related to COVID-19, the board and management continue to assess our deferred tax assets including forecasted future projected income and future reversals of existing temporary differences. As such, there may be additional deferred tax asset impairment in subsequent periods.

We have federal loss carryforwards of approximately $9.9 million as of December 31, 2020. Of this amount, $1.8 million represents a tax loss carryforward from the 2019 tax year which has an indefinite carryforward period due to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The remaining $8.1 million of losses begin to expire in 2029. We also have $400,000 of charitable contribution carryforwards that may be applied against future taxable income and begin to expire in 2022.

Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, for federal losses originating in tax years after January 1, 2018, we are allowed an indefinite carryforward period limited to 80% of each subsequent year’s net income. The CARES Act temporarily repealed this 80% limitation for the calendar year ended December 31, 2020.

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit realization of the existing deferred tax assets. Such objective historical evidence limits the ability to consider projections for future growth as subjective evidence.

On the basis of this evaluation, as of December 31, 2020, a valuation allowance of $934,000 has been recorded to recognize only the portion of the deferred tax asset that is more likely than not to be realized. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced or increased or if objective negative evidence is no longer present and additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as our projections for growth.

We believe that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain federal charitable contribution carryforwards, state net operating loss carryforwards, and state charitable contribution carryforwards will not be realized. In recognition of this risk, we have provided a valuation allowance of $934,000 on the deferred tax assets related to these carryforwards in 2020.

Average Balances and Yields. The following tables sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information at and for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as the effect thereof was not material. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense.

 

59


Table of Contents
     2020     2019  
     Outstanding
Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
     Average
Yield/Cost
    Outstanding
Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
     Average
Yield/Cost
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

              

Loans

   $ 324,858     $ 13,959        4.30   $ 347,736     $ 15,305        4.40

Securities available-for-sale

     63,885       1,349        2.11     67,069       1,588        2.37

Other interest-earning assets

     53,787       85        0.16     16,523       342        2.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     442,530       15,393        3.48     431,328       17,235        4.00
    

 

 

        

 

 

    

Non-interest-earning assets

     36,368            34,777       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 478,898          $ 466,105       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Interest-earning liabilities:

              

Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts

   $ 27,702     $ 46        0.17   $ 25,606     $ 59        0.23

Money market accounts

     77,313       448        0.58     64,095       715        1.12

Savings accounts

     53,658       58        0.11     50,452       66        0.13

Certificates of deposit

     107,250       1,768        1.65     182,636       3,802        2.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     265,923       2,320        0.87     322,789       4,642        1.44

FHLB advances

     58,920       721        1.22     17,376       291        1.68

Other interest-bearing liabilities

     8,396       —          —       7,687       —          —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     333,239       3,041        0.91     347,852       4,933        1.42
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Non-interest-bearing deposits

     86,849            65,915       

Other non-interest-bearing liabilities

     4,300            2,663       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     424,388            416,430       

Total stockholders’ equity

     54,510            49,675       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 478,898          $ 466,105       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest income

     $ 12,352          $ 12,302     
    

 

 

        

 

 

    

Net interest-earning assets

   $ 109,291          $ 83,476       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Interest rate spread (1)

          2.57          2.58

Net interest margin (2)

          2.79          2.85

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     132.80          124.00     

 

(1)

Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.

(2)

Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in average rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior period average rate). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume. There were no out-of-period items or adjustments included within the table below.

 

60


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,
2020 vs. 2019
 
     Increase (Decrease) Due to      Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     Volume      Rate  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

        

Loans

   $ (989      (357      (1,346

Securities

     (73      (166      (239

Other

     (435      178        (257
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     (1,497      (345      (1,842
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

        

NOW

     (5      18        13  

Money market deposits

     (201      468        267  

Savings

     (5      13        8  

Certificates of deposit

     1,352        682        2,034  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     1,141        1,181        2,322  

Borrowings

     (485      55        (430

Other

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     656        1,236        1,892  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ (841      891        50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Management of Market Risk

General. Our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk because, as a financial institution, the majority of our assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Therefore, a principal part of our operations is to manage interest rate risk and limit the exposure of our financial condition and results of operations to changes in market interest rates. Our Asset/Liability Committee is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the policy and guidelines approved by our board of directors.

Our asset/liability management strategy attempts to manage the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income, our primary source of earnings. Among the techniques we use to manage interest rate risk are:

 

   

originating commercial real estate and commercial loans, which tend to have shorter terms and higher interest rates than owner occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans, and which generate customer relationships that can result in larger non-interest-bearing checking accounts;

 

   

selling substantially all of our conforming and eligible jumbo, longer-term, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans and retaining the non-conforming and shorter-term, fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate, subject to market conditions and periodic review of our asset/liability management needs; and

 

   

reducing our dependence on jumbo and brokered certificates of deposit to support lending and investment activities and increasing our reliance on core deposits, including checking accounts and savings accounts, which are less interest rate sensitive than certificates of deposit.

Our board of directors is responsible for the review and oversight of our executive management team and other essential operational staff which are responsible for our asset/liability analysis. These officers act as an Asset/Liability Committee and are charged with developing and implementing an asset/liability management plan, and they meet at least quarterly to review pricing and liquidity needs and assess our interest rate risk. We currently utilize a third-party modeling program, prepared on a quarterly basis, to evaluate our sensitivity to changing interest rates, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the board of directors.

We do not engage in material hedging activities, such as engaging in futures, options or swap transactions, or investing in high-risk mortgage derivatives, such as collateralized mortgage obligation residual interests, real estate mortgage investment conduit residual interests or stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

61


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2020, the calculation of the estimated changes in our net interest income that would result from the designated immediate changes in the U.S. Treasury yield curve

 

Change in Interest

Rates (basis points) (1)

   Net Interest Income
Year 1 Forecast
     Year 1 Change
from Level
 
     (Dollars in thousands)         

+400

   $ 13,965        24.3

+300

     13,467        19.9

+200

     12,800        14.0

+100

     12,064        7.4

Level

     11,233        0

-100

     10,857        (3.3 )% 

 

 

(1)

Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

Economic Value of Equity. We monitor interest rate risk through the use of a simulation model that estimates the amounts by which the fair value of our assets and liabilities (our economic value of equity or “EVE”) would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. The quarterly reports developed in the simulation model assist us in identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling interest rate risk to ensure compliance within our policy guidelines.

The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2020, the estimated changes in our EVE that would result from the designated instantaneous changes in market interest rates. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.

 

            Estimated Increase (Decrease) in EVE

Basis Point (“bp”) Change in
Interest Rates (1)

   Estimated EVE (2)      Amount     Percent
     (Dollars in thousands)

400

   $ 74,740      $ 16,270     27.8%

300

     71,539        13,069     22.4%

200

     68,600        10,130     17.3%

100

     64,830        6,360     10.9%

—  

     58,470        —       —  

(100)

     57,828        (642   (1.1)%

 

(1)

Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

(2)

EVE is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.

The table above indicates that at December 31, 2020, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would have experienced a 1.1% decrease in our EVE. In the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates at December 31, 2020, we would have experienced a 17.3% increase in our EVE.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurement. Modeling changes in EVE require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the EVE table presented assumes that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the EVE table provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on EVE and will differ from actual results.

EVE calculations also may not reflect the fair values of financial instruments. For example, decreases in market interest rates can increase the fair values of our loans, deposits and borrowings.

 

62


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity describes our ability to meet the financial obligations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Liquidity is primarily needed to meet the borrowing and deposit withdrawal requirements of our customers and to fund current and planned expenditures. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and securities, proceeds from the sale of loans, and proceeds from maturities of securities. We also have the ability to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. At December 31, 2020, we had $68.4 million outstanding in advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. At December 31, 2020, we had $79.6 million in additional borrowing capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. Additionally, at December 31, 2020, we had a $10 million federal funds line of credit with the BMO Harris Bank, none of which was drawn at December 31, 2020. We also had a $7.0 million line of credit at the Federal Reserve based on pledged commercial real estate loans of approximately $11.7 million at December 31, 2020. We had not drawn on the Federal Reserve line as of December 31, 2020.

While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents and available-for-sale investment securities. The levels of these assets are dependent on our operating, financing, lending, and investing activities during any given period.

Our cash flows are comprised of three primary classifications: cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $1.2 million and $946,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities, which consists primarily of disbursements for loan originations and the purchase of investment securities, offset by principal collections on loans, and the sale of securities and proceeds from maturing securities and pay downs on securities, was $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to purchases of available for sale securities of $59.9 million and net loan originations of $19.0 million offset by proceeds from the sale and maturing of securities of $74.7 million. Net cash provided by investing activities was $58.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to net increase in loans of $60.1 million. Net cash provided by financing activities, consisting primarily of increases of $35.3 million in deposits and $52.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of FHLB advances, was $86.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Net cash used in financing activities was $55.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as $20.0 million in net proceeds from our initial public offering and $10.0 million in proceeds from issuance of FHLB advances were offset by $22.4 million of payments of outstanding FHLB advances and a $61.5 million decrease in deposits.

We are committed to maintaining a strong liquidity position. We monitor our liquidity position on a daily basis. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds to meet our current funding commitments. Based on our current strategy to increase core deposits and the continued use of Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago advances as well as brokered certificates of deposit as needed, we believe we will have the capacity to fund loan growth as well as maintain a strong liquidity position.

At December 31, 2020, we exceeded all of our regulatory capital requirements with a Tier 1 leverage capital level of $49.5 million, or 9.8% of adjusted total assets, which is above the well-capitalized required level of $25.2 million, or 5%; and total risk-based capital of $52.2 million, or 16.0% of risk-weighted assets, which is above the well-capitalized required level of $32.7 million, or 10%. There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2020 that management believes have changed the category.

Our board of directors authorized a stock repurchase plan in the first quarter of 2020 allowing us to repurchase up to 109,725 shares of stock. As of December 31, 2020, we had repurchased 109,725 shares at an average price of $9.60 under the approved stock repurchase plan.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our potential future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. For additional information, see Note 12 of the notes to the financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowings and deposits, and agreements with respect to securities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 1 of the notes to our financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

63


Table of Contents

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates, generally, have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than does inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

BUSINESS OF NEW 1895 BANCORP AND OLD 1895 BANCORP

New 1895 Bancorp

New 1895 Bancorp is a Maryland corporation that was organized in March 2021. Upon completion of the conversion, it will become the holding company of PyraMax Bank, FSB and will succeed to all of the business and operations of Old 1895 Bancorp and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, each of which will cease to exist upon completion of the conversion.

As part of the conversion, New 1895 Bancorp will receive the cash and securities held by Old 1895 Bancorp, the cash held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, and the net proceeds it retains from the offering. A portion of the net proceeds will be used to fund a loan to the PyraMax Bank, FSB employee stock ownership plan. New 1895 Bancorp will have no significant liabilities. It intends to use the support staff and offices of PyraMax Bank, FSB and will pay PyraMax Bank, FSB for these services. If New 1895 Bancorp expands or changes its business in the future, it may hire its own employees.

New 1895 Bancorp intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.” In the future, it may pursue other business activities, including mergers and acquisitions, investment alternatives and diversification of operations. There are, however, no current understandings or agreements for these activities.

New 1895 Bancorp will be a savings and loan holding company and subject to comprehensive regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

Old 1895 Bancorp

Since January 2019 we have operated in a two-tier mutual holding company structure. Old 1895 Bancorp is a federally chartered corporation that is our publicly-traded stock holding company and the parent company of PyraMax Bank, FSB. At December 31, 2020, Old 1895 Bancorp had consolidated assets of $516.8 million, deposits of $379.8 million and stockholders’ equity of $60.0 million. Old 1895 Bancorp’s parent company is 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company. At December 31, 2020, Old 1895 Bancorp had 4,851,901 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 2,682,172 shares, or 55.3%, were owned by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, and the remaining 2,169,729 shares were held by the public (including 48,767 shares issued to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin Community Foundation).

Pursuant to the terms of the plan of conversion and reorganization, which we refer to as the “plan of conversion,” we are converting from the mutual holding company corporate structure to the fully public stock holding company corporate structure. Upon completion of the conversion, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and Old 1895 Bancorp will cease to exist and New 1895 Bancorp will become the successor corporation to Old 1895 Bancorp. The conversion will be accomplished by the merger of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC with and into Old 1895 Bancorp, followed by the merger of Old 1895 Bancorp with and into New 1895 Bancorp. The shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock being offered for sale represent the majority ownership interest in Old 1895 Bancorp currently owned by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC. Public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp will receive shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp in exchange for their shares of Old 1895 Bancorp at an exchange ratio intended to preserve approximately the same aggregate ownership interest in New 1895 Bancorp as public stockholders had in Old 1895 Bancorp, adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, without giving effect to new shares purchased in the offering or cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares. The shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock owned by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will be canceled.

BUSINESS OF PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

PyraMax Bank is a stock savings bank headquartered in Greenfield, Wisconsin. PyraMax Bank was established in 1895 as South Milwaukee Savings and Loan Association and has operated continuously in the Milwaukee metropolitan area since that time. In 1993, the bank changed its name to South Milwaukee Savings Bank, S.A. In May 2000, a merger between South Milwaukee Savings Bank and Mitchell Savings Bank officially formed PyraMax Bank, SSB. The bank changed to a federal savings bank charter in 2003, changing its name to PyraMax Bank, FSB.

 

64


Table of Contents

From our founding in 1895, we operated as a traditional thrift institution, offering primarily residential mortgage loans and savings accounts, supplemented with multi-family and commercial real estate loans. In 2007, Richard Hurd was promoted to Chief Executive Officer and President of PyraMax Bank. Mr. Hurd began shifting PyraMax Bank’s focus to include more business-oriented products and services. In 2010, PyraMax Bank hired Charles Mauer as its Chief Credit Officer, continuing our increased focus on business-oriented lending. David Ball was hired as President and Chief Operating Officer effective February 2021. In this role he will oversee the daily operations of PyraMax Bank, FSB, design and implement business strategies and set comprehensive goals for profitability and growth. Mr. Hurd remains our Chief Executive Officer.

We conduct our operations from our three full-service banking offices in Milwaukee County, our two full-service banking offices in Waukesha County and our full-service banking office in Ozaukee County Wisconsin. We sold our branch located at 1605 West Mitchell Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin in January 2019. We also closed our leased branch office located at 318 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin and our owned branch office at 8001 West National Avenue, West Allis, Wisconsin effective December 31, 2019. We consider our primary lending market area to be Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties, however, we occasionally make loans secured by properties located outside of our primary lending market, usually to borrowers with whom we have an existing relationship and who have a presence within our primary market.

Our business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans (which includes non-owner occupied commercial real estate, multi-family, owner occupied commercial real estate and one- to four-family non-owner occupied loans), commercial loans (which includes commercial and industrial loans) and consumer loans. Commercial real estate growth has been the primary source of recent loan growth, and commercial business loan originations have also been emphasized.

Subject to market conditions, we expect to increase our focus on originating commercial real estate and commercial business loans in an effort to continue to diversify our overall loan portfolio, increase the overall yield earned on our loans and assist in managing interest rate risk. We also invest in securities, which have historically consisted of mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government sponsored enterprises, state and municipal securities, asset-backed securities and corporate collateralized mortgage-backed securities. We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including checking accounts, savings accounts and certificate of deposit accounts. Additionally, we have used borrowings, primarily advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, to fund our operations.

Reflecting our focus on our community, in connection with the offering, in 2019, we established a charitable foundation called 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin Community Foundation and funded it with $100,000 in cash and 48,767 shares of our common stock, for an aggregate contribution of $587,670 (based on the $10.00 per share offering price). The purpose of this foundation is to make contributions to support various charitable organizations operating in our community now and in the future.

PyraMax Bank has one subsidiary, PyraMax Insurance Services LLC, which offers a comprehensive set of insurance and risk management products for personal and business needs.

Our website address is www.pyramaxbank.com. Information on this website should not be considered a part of this report.

Market Area

We conduct our operations from our three full-service banking offices in Milwaukee County, Wisconsin our two full-service banking offices in Waukesha County, Wisconsin and our full-service banking office in Ozaukee County, Wisconsin. We consider our primary lending market area to be southeastern Wisconsin, however, we occasionally make loans secured by properties located outside of our primary lending market, usually to borrowers with whom we have an existing relationship and who have a presence within our primary market.

Milwaukee County contains a diverse cross section of employment sectors, with a mix of services, manufacturing, wholesale/retail trade, federal and local government, health care facilities and finance-related employment. Milwaukee County had an estimated population of 945,726 in 2019, the most recent year for which information is available.

Milwaukee County is primarily an urban community and is the fortieth wealthiest county in Wisconsin. Our Milwaukee County banking offices are located in more suburban areas, but are still in proximity to downtown Milwaukee.

PyraMax Bank works with the City of Milwaukee and neighborhood housing agencies to support home ownership in all markets in which we operate.

Waukesha County is primarily a suburban community and is the wealthiest county in Wisconsin, with a median household income of $87,277 from 2015 to 2019. Waukesha County had an estimated population of 404,198 in 2019. Waukesha County has a diversified economy, including numerous educational institutions and a wide-ranging hospitality industry.

 

65


Table of Contents

Ozaukee County is the second wealthiest county in Wisconsin, with a median household income of $85,215 from 2015 to 2019. Ozaukee County had an estimated population of 89,221 in 2019. Ozaukee County’s economy includes manufacturing, agricultural, healthcare, governmental and trade sectors.

Competition

We face significant competition within our market both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market area has a high concentration of financial institutions, including large money center and regional banks, community banks, fintech companies and credit unions. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we currently do not offer, such as trust services and private banking. Our competition for loans and deposits comes principally from commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from short-term money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies.

As of June 30, 2020 (the latest date for which information is available), our market share was 0.48% of total deposits in FDIC-insured institutions in Milwaukee County, Wisconsin, making us the 16th largest out of 29 banks in Milwaukee County. Our market share was 0.47% of total deposits in FDIC-insured institutions in Waukesha County, Wisconsin, making us the 29th largest out of 34 banks in Waukesha County. Our market share was 1.16% of total deposits in FDIC-insured institutions in Ozaukee County, Wisconsin, making us the 13th largest out of 15 banks in Ozaukee County.

Lending Activities

Our principal lending activity is in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial loans and consumer loans. Subject to market conditions and our asset-liability analysis, we expect to continue to increase our focus on commercial and commercial real estate loans, in an effort to diversify our overall loan portfolio and increase the overall yield earned on our loans. We compete by focusing on personalized service for consumers as well as businesses. Due to our structure, we are able to move quickly on client requests and are able to price competitively compared to our competitors. Our responsiveness has enabled us to grow and retain our customer base. Additionally, the Milwaukee market has demonstrated strong growth and diversity in the commercial segment. We believe that our focus on Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties enables us to utilize a limited sales force for maximum results. Our reputation for strong credit underwriting has also allowed us to build a network of smaller banks that purchase participations of loans which exceed our legal lending limit.

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of the loan portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Residential Real Estate Loans:

  

First mortgage

   $ 68,968       20.8   $ 65,450       21.0   $ 108,084       29.0   $ 106,120       31.8   $ 103,900       33.0

Construction

     2,954       0.9     2,041       0.6     2,097       0.6     3,358       1.0     4,619       1.5

Commercial Loans:

  

Real estate

     189,291       57.1     178,882       57.3     191,645       51.4     156,991       47.1     144,093       45.7

Land development

     1,492       0.5     1,623       0.5     2,187       0.6     2,687       0.8     1,508       0.5

Other

     46,184       13.9     34,072       10.9     30,508       8.2     19,715       5.9     14,505       4.6

Consumer Loans:

  

Home equity and lines of credit

     22,348       6.7     29,691       9.5     36,154       9.7     42,344       12.7     45,162       14.3

Other

     361       0.1     611       0.2     1,914       0.5     2,495       0.7     1,225       0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

   $ 331,598       100.0   $ 312,370       100.0   $ 372,589       100.0   $ 333,710       100.0   $ 315,012       100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred loan fees

   $ 178       $ 304       $ 503       $ 589       $ 519    

Less: allowance for loan losses

     (2,703       (2,000       (3,262       (3,093       (3,008  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans receivable, net

   $ 329,073       $ 310,674       $ 369,830       $ 331,206       $ 312,523    
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

66


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Maturities. The following tables set forth certain information at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 regarding the dollar amount of loan principal repayments becoming due during the periods indicated. The tables do not include any estimate of prepayments that significantly shorten the average loan life and may cause actual repayment experience to differ from that shown below. Demand loans, which are loans having no stated repayment schedule or no stated maturity, are reported as due in one year or less.

 

     At December 31, 2020  
     Residential
Real Estate
Loans
     Commercial
Loans
     Consumer
Loans
     Total Loans  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Amounts due in:

           

One year or less

   $ 2,825      $ 33,895      $ 8,199      $ 44,919  

More than one year through five years

     11,324        137,732        12,094        161,150  

More than five through fifteen years

     29,263        62,093        1,668        93,024  

More than fifteen years

     28,510        3,247        748        32,505  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 71,922      $ 236,967      $ 22,709      $ 331,598  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At December 31, 2019  
     Residential
Real Estate
Loans
     Commercial
Loans
     Consumer
Loans
     Total Loans  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Amounts due in:

           

One year or less

   $ 2,310      $ 36,596      $ 5,777      $ 44,683  

More than one year through five years

     10,254        114,211        21,588        146,053  

More than five through fifteen years

     26,718        59,573        2,090        88,380  

More than fifteen years

     28,209        4,197        847        33,254  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 67,492      $ 214,577      $ 30,302      $ 312,370  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed vs. Adjustable Rate Loans

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans at December 31, 2020 that are due after December 31, 2021 and have either fixed interest rates or floating or adjustable interest rates. The amounts shown below exclude unearned loan origination fees.

 

     Fixed Rates      Floating or Adjustable Rates      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Residential real estate loans

   $ 56,442      $ 12,655      $ 69,097  

Commercial loans

     172,920        30,152        203,072  

Consumer loans

     3,029        11,481        14,510  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 232,391      $ 54,288      $ 286,679  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2020, we have extended credit to four customers totaling $8.2 million indexed to the LIBOR. See “Risk Factors—Other Risks Related to Our Business—We will be required to transition from the use of the LIBOR interest rate index in the future.”

One- to four-family Residential Real Estate Lending. At December 31, 2020, we had $69.0 million of loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate, representing 20.8% of our total loan portfolio. We originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans. At December 31, 2020, 83.5% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans were fixed-rate loans, and 16.5% of such loans were adjustable-rate loans.

Our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans typically have terms of 10 to 30 years and are generally underwritten according to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines when the loan balance meets such guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.” We generally originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by Fannie Mae, which as of December 31, 2020 was generally $510,400 for single-family homes in our market area. The maximum conforming loan limits as established by Fannie Mae will increase to $548,250 for the year ended December 31, 2021. We sell, on both a servicing-released and servicing-retained basis, our

 

67


Table of Contents

conforming and eligible jumbo fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans. We also originate loans above the lending limit for conforming loans, which are referred to as “jumbo loans” that we may retain in our portfolio. Jumbo loans that we originate typically have 15 to 30 year terms and maximum loan-to-value ratios of 80%. At December 31, 2020, we had $5.8 million in jumbo loans, which represented 8.4% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Our average loan size for jumbo loans was approximately $480,000 at December 31, 2020. Generally, all of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans are secured by properties located in southeastern Wisconsin.

We generally limit the loan-to-value ratios of our mortgage loans without private mortgage insurance to 80% of the sales price or appraised value, whichever is lower. Loans where the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance may be made in excess of this limit.

Our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans carry terms to maturity ranging from 10 to 30 years and generally have fixed rates for initial terms of five years. We also offer initial terms of three or seven years, and adjust annually thereafter at a margin, which in recent years has been tied to a margin above the applicable U.S. Treasury rate. The maximum amount by which the interest rate may be increased or decreased is generally 2% per adjustment period, with a lifetime interest rate cap of generally 6% over the initial interest rate of the loan and a rate floor. We typically hold in our loan portfolio our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

Although adjustable-rate mortgage loans may reduce to an extent our vulnerability to changes in market interest rates because they periodically re-price, as interest rates increase the required payments due from the borrower also increase (subject to rate caps), increasing the potential for default by the borrower. At the same time, the ability of the borrower to repay the loan and the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. Upward adjustments of the contractual interest rate are also limited by our maximum periodic and lifetime rate adjustments.

Moreover, the interest rates on most of our adjustable-rate loans do not adjust for up to five years after origination. As a result, the effectiveness of adjustable-rate mortgage loans in compensating for changes in general interest rates may be limited during periods of rapidly rising interest rates.

We do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans on permanent one- to four-family residential real estate loans (where the borrower pays interest for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan). We also do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on the loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We do not have a “subprime lending” program for one- to four-family residential real estate loans (i.e., loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories).

Generally, residential mortgage loans that we originate include “due-on-sale” clauses, which give us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. All borrowers are required to obtain title insurance for the benefit of PyraMax Bank. We also require homeowner’s insurance and fire and casualty insurance and, where circumstances warrant, flood insurance on properties securing real estate loans.

Residential Real Estate Construction Lending. We originate loans to finance the construction of owner occupied one- to four-family residential properties to the prospective homeowners. At December 31, 2020, residential construction loan balances were $3.0 million, or 0.9% of our total loan portfolio, with an additional $5.5 million available to borrowers. The majority of these loans are secured by properties located in our primary market area.

Our owner occupied one- to four-family residential construction loans are generally structured as interest-only for 12 months. Construction loan values for one-to four-family residential properties generally will not exceed 80% during the construction phase of the mortgage, however, if private mortgage insurance is obtained we will consider loan-to-value limits up to 95%.

Once the construction project is satisfactorily completed, generally within 12 months, the loan will convert to an amortizing loan for the remaining term of the loan. Upon completion the loan will be evaluated for sale on the secondary market. The interest rate is generally a fixed rate for up to 30 years, or a five- to seven-year adjustable rate mortgage.

Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we generally require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. The construction phase is carefully monitored to minimize our risk. All construction projects must be completed in accordance with approved plans and approved by the municipality in which they are located. Loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses and as inspections by our approved inspectors warrant.

 

68


Table of Contents

Commercial Real Estate Lending. Consistent with our strategy to diversify our loan portfolio and increase our yield, we are focused on increasing our origination of commercial real estate loans. At December 31, 2020, we had $189.3 million in commercial real estate loans, representing 57.1% of our total loan portfolio. Of this aggregate amount, we had $71.2 million in non-owner occupied non-residential real estate, $65.8 million in multi-family residential real estate, $37.6 million in owner occupied non-residential real estate, $10.2 million in non-owner occupied residential real estate loans, $4.5 million in commercial real estate construction loans.

Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by industrial buildings, warehouses, office buildings and other special purpose commercial properties, primarily in Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties, Wisconsin. Our multi-family loans, which are classified as commercial real estate loans in the tabular presentation, are generally secured by properties consisting of five or more rental units in our market area. We also purchase and participate in commercial real estate loans from other financial institutions. Such loans are independently underwritten according to our policies.

Our commercial real estate loans generally have initial terms of five to ten years and amortization terms of 15 to 30 years, with a balloon payment at the end of the initial term, and may be fixed-rate or adjustable-rate loans. Our adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans are generally tied to a margin above the prime rate or the applicable U.S. Treasury rate. The maximum loan-to-value ratio of our commercial real estate loans is generally 80% of the lower of cost or appraised value of the property securing the loan. Generally we require personal guarantees.

We originate a variety of adjustable-rate multi-family residential real estate loans with terms and amortization periods generally up to 30 years, which may include balloon loans. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans adjust every five, seven or 10 years and generally are indexed to the prime rate or the corresponding U.S. Treasury rate, plus a margin. We generally include pre-payment penalties on multi-family residential real estate loans we originate.

At December 31, 2020, the average loan size of our outstanding commercial real estate loans was approximately $669,000. At December 31, 2020, our largest outstanding commercial real estate loan exposure totaled $6.5 million to finance a 13-building, 124-unit apartment complex. The second largest exposure was a $6.3 million loan to finance a 135-unit apartment complex. The third largest exposure was $5.9 million to finance a 105,000 square foot single tenant industrial building with 18,000 square foot of office space. All of these facilities were performing in accordance with their repayment terms at December 31, 2020.

We consider a number of factors in originating commercial real estate loans. We evaluate the qualifications and financial condition of the borrower, including project-level and global cash flows, credit history, and management expertise, as well as the value and condition of the property securing the loan. When evaluating the qualifications of the borrower, we consider the financial resources of the borrower, the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar property and the borrower’s payment history with us and other financial institutions. In evaluating the property securing the loan, the factors we consider include the net operating income of the mortgaged property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value of the mortgaged property and the debt service coverage ratio (the ratio of net operating income to debt service). We generally require a debt service ratio of at least 1.20x. All commercial real estate loans, with the exception of owner occupied real estate, of $500,000 or more are appraised by outside independent appraisers. Personal guarantees are generally obtained from the principals of commercial real estate loans. We require property and casualty insurance and flood insurance if the property is determined to be in a flood zone area.

In underwriting multi-family and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans, we consider a number of factors, which include the projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum debt service coverage ratio of 1.20x), the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower and the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar properties. Multi-family residential real estate loans are generally originated in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value or the purchase price of the property securing the loan, whichever is lower. When circumstances warrant, guarantees are obtained from multi-family and one-to four-family residential real estate customers. In addition, the borrower’s and guarantor’s financial information on such loans is monitored on an ongoing basis by requiring periodic financial statement updates. Multi-family loans may carry additional risk due to eviction moratoriums imposed in response to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and may lead to a disruption to the cash flow of the property. The vast majority of the tenants occupying our financed multi-family properties continue to pay rent.

Commercial real estate loans entail greater credit risks compared to one- to four-family residential real estate loans because they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property, as repayment of the loan generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service. Changes in economic conditions that are not in the control of the borrower or lender could affect the value of the collateral for the loan or the future cash flow of the property. Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced for commercial real estate than residential properties. If we foreclose on a commercial real estate loan, the marketing and liquidation period to convert the real estate asset to cash can be a lengthy process with substantial holding costs. In addition, vacancies, deferred maintenance, repairs

 

69


Table of Contents

and market stigma can result in prospective buyers expecting sale price concessions to offset their real or perceived economic losses for the time it takes them to return the property to profitability. Depending on the individual circumstances, initial charge-offs and subsequent losses on commercial real estate loans can be unpredictable and substantial.

We also originate loans to finance the construction of commercial properties, multi-family residential projects (including non-owner occupied one- to four-family residences) and professional complexes. At December 31, 2020, commercial construction loan balances were $4.4 million, or 1.3% of our total loan portfolio. Under these loans, an additional $3.3 million remains available to borrowers. The majority of these loans are secured by properties located in our primary market area.

Our commercial real estate construction loans are generally structured as interest-only payments during the anticipated construction time. The interest rate is generally fixed for five years at the five-year U.S. Treasury rate plus a margin of 1.9% to 2.4%. We generally offer commercial construction loans with a value up to 80% of the appraised value on a completed basis or the cost of completion, whichever is less. Personal guarantees are generally obtained from the principals of commercial real estate loans.

Construction loans generally involve greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner occupied real estate. In the event a loan is made on property that is not yet approved for the planned development or improvements, there is a risk that necessary approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. Risk of loss on a construction loan also depends upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction cost is inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Moreover, if the estimated value of the completed project is inaccurate, the borrower may hold a property with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the construction loan upon the sale of the property. Construction loans also carry the risk that construction will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs. In addition, repayment of these loans can be dependent on the sale or rental of the property to third parties, and the ultimate sale or rental of the property may not occur as anticipated.

Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we generally require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. The construction phase is carefully monitored to minimize our risk. All construction projects must be completed in accordance with approved plans and approved by the municipality in which they are located. Loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses and as inspections by our approved inspectors warrant.

Land Development Loans. We originate loans to finance the development of land for agricultural purposes and for the development of commercial and residential properties. Land development loans are generally secured by vacant land and/or property that is in the process of improvement. At December 31, 2020, we had one agricultural loan for $1.5 million, or 0.5% of our total loan portfolio. This loan is secured by a property located in our primary market area. At December 31, 2020, this loan was performing according to its original terms. Personal guarantees are generally obtained from the principals of commercial real estate loans.

Our land development loans may be structured as interest-only loans or amortizing. The interest rate generally floats, at the prime rate or prime rate plus 1%. We offer financing to purchase or refinance land for agricultural purposes or development with a maximum loan to value ratio of 65%. However, if we are providing financing to improve the land, the maximum loan to value ratio will generally be 80% of the appraised value on a completed basis or the cost of completion, whichever is less.

Land development loans generally involve greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner occupied real estate. In the event a loan is made on property that is not yet approved for the planned development, there is a risk that necessary approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. Risk of loss on a land development loan also depends upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of development costs is inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Moreover, if the estimated value of the completed project is inaccurate, the borrower may hold a property with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the construction loan upon the sale of the property. Land development loans also carry the risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs. In addition, repayment of these loans can be dependent on the sale of the property to third parties, and the ultimate sale or rental of the property may not occur as anticipated.

Before making a commitment to fund a land development loan, we generally require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. We generally monitor the land loan in a similar fashion to our comparable commercial real estate loan.

Commercial Lending. At December 31, 2020, we had $46.2 million of commercial loans, representing 13.9% of our total loan portfolio. Our commercial loan portfolio at December 31, 2020 included $17.2 million of PPP loans, most of which we expect will be forgiven or paid in 2021. We originate commercial loans and lines of credit secured by non-real estate business assets. These loans are made based primarily on historical and projected cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not behave as forecasted, and collateral securing loans may

 

70


Table of Contents

fluctuate in value because of economic or individual performance factors. Financial information is obtained from the borrowers to evaluate cash flow sufficiency to service debt and is periodically updated during the life of the loan. These loans are generally originated to small businesses in our primary market area. Our commercial loans are generally used by the borrowers for working capital purposes or for acquiring equipment, inventory or furniture, and are primarily secured by business assets other than real estate, such as business equipment, inventory and accounts receivable. Our commercial loans are generally term loans with terms of three to seven years and lines of credit with terms of one to two years, with a target loan size of $250,000 to $5.0 million. Our commercial and industrial lines of credit are generally priced on an adjustable-rate basis tied to the prime rate. Term loans are generally priced at a spread over the applicable U.S. Treasury rate. We generally obtain personal guarantees with commercial loans.

At December 31, 2020, the average loan size of our outstanding commercial loans was approximately $133,000, and our largest outstanding commercial and industrial loan exposure totaled $6.7 million to a company whose primary focus is selling forestry and timber related products and replacement parts. The second largest exposure totaled of $6.1 million to a company primarily involved in the health care industry . The third largest exposure was $6.0 million loan to a company primarily involved in the leasing and loan business. All of these facilities were performing in accordance with their repayment terms at December 31, 2020.

We typically originate commercial loans on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business, the experience and stability of the borrower’s management team, earnings projections and their underlying assumptions, and the value and marketability of any collateral securing the loan. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself and the general economic environment in our market area. Therefore, commercial loans that we originate have greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans. In addition, commercial loans often result in larger outstanding balances to single borrowers, or related groups of borrowers, and also generally require substantially greater evaluation and oversight efforts.

Consumer Lending. Our consumer lending portfolio, which totals $23.7 million of December 31, 2020 and represented 6.7% of our total loan portfolio, consisted almost entirely of home equity loans. At December 31, 2020, there were $22.3 million of outstanding balances on home equity lines of credit, which the lines of credit had an additional $25.7 million available to draw. We also offer a variety of consumer loans to individuals who reside or work in our market area, including home equity lines of credit, new and used automobile loans, boat loans, recreational vehicle loans and loans secured by certificates of deposit. At December 31, 2020, our consumer loan portfolio totaled $22.7 million, or 6.9% of our total loan portfolio. At December 31, 2020, $22.3 million of that amount, or 6.7% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of outstanding balances on home equity lines of credit, on which the lines of credit had $25.7 million available to draw. At December 31, 2020, we had $34,000 of unsecured consumer loans.

Generally, our home equity lines of credit are underwritten with a maximum loan to value of 85%, a minimum credit score of 640 and a maximum debt to income ratio of 43%.

Consumer loans generally have shorter terms to maturity, which reduces our exposure to changes in interest rates. In addition, management believes that offering consumer loan products helps to expand and create stronger ties to our existing customer base by increasing the number of customer relationships and providing cross-marketing opportunities.

Originations, Sales and Purchases of Loans

Our loan originations are generated by our loan personnel operating at our banking office locations. While we originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans, our ability to generate each type of loan depends upon relative borrower demand and the pricing levels as set in the local marketplace by competing banks, thrifts, credit unions, and mortgage banking companies. Our volume of real estate loan originations is influenced significantly by market interest rates, and, accordingly, the volume of our real estate loan originations can vary from period to period.

We consider our balance sheet as well as market conditions on an ongoing basis in making decisions as to whether to hold loans we originate for investment or to sell such residential loans to investors, choosing the strategy that is most advantageous to us from a profitability and risk management standpoint. We sell the majority of the fixed-rate conforming and eligible jumbo one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate, on both a servicing-released and servicing-retained basis, with limited or no recourse, while retaining some non-eligible fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans in order to manage the duration and time to repricing of our loan portfolio. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we sold $193.6 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans, of which $192.1 million were originated in 2020 and $1.5 million were originated prior to 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we sold $112.2 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

The loans that we originate to sell are closed in our name, and are subsequently sold to our investors who provide Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac conventional products as well as Federal Housing Administration and Veterans Affairs government loans. We recognize, at the time of sale, the cash gain or loss on the sale of the loans based on the difference between the net cash proceeds received and the carrying value of the loans sold. Subject to market and economic conditions, management intends to continue this sales activity in future periods to generate gain on sale income.

 

71


Table of Contents

Mortgage servicing rights, which are acquired when we sell a loan but retain the servicing rights, are recognized as a separate asset. As of December 31, 2020, we had $1.8 million in mortgage servicing rights. The fair value of our mortgage servicing rights is appraised by a third party provider. Servicing fee income is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal or a fixed amount per loan and are recorded as income when earned.

From time to time, we may purchase commercial real estate and commercial loan participations secured by properties and/or business assets within and outside of our primary lending market area in which we are not the lead lender. In these circumstances, we follow our customary loan underwriting and approval policies. At December 31, 2020, we had 11 loans totaling $2.5 million in which we were not the lead lender, all of which were performing in accordance with their original repayment terms. PyraMax Bank’s growth strategy is to increase our exposure in loan participations. We also have participated out portions of a loan that exceeded our loans-to-one borrower legal lending limit and for risk diversification. Historically, we have not purchased whole loans, however, pursuant to our growth strategy, we may purchase whole loans in the future.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority

Pursuant to federal law, the aggregate amount of loans that PyraMax Bank is permitted to make to any one borrower or a group of related borrowers is generally limited to 15% of PyraMax Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus (25% if the amount in excess of 15% is secured by “readily marketable collateral” or 30% for certain residential development loans). At December 31, 2020, based on the 15% limitation, PyraMax Bank’s loans-to-one-borrower limit was $7.8 million. On the same date, PyraMax Bank had no individual borrower with outstanding balances in excess of this amount. PyraMax Bank currently has and will continue to have an internal lending limit of $6.0 million, however with the approval of the board of directors loans may be approved up to the legal lending limit of PyraMax Bank. In the future the board of directors may consider increasing or decreasing this internal limit.

Our lending is subject to written underwriting standards and origination procedures. Decisions on loan applications are made on the basis of detailed information submitted by the prospective borrower, credit histories that we obtain, and property valuations (consistent with our appraisal policy) prepared by outside independent licensed appraisers approved by our board of directors as well as internal evaluations, where permitted by regulations. The loan information is primarily designed to determine the borrower’s ability to repay the requested loan, and the more significant items are verified through use of credit reports, bank statements and tax returns.

All loan approval amounts are based on the aggregate loans, including total balances of outstanding loans and the proposed loan to the individual borrower and any related entity. Our President and Chief Executive Officer have individual authorization to approve loans up to an aggregate exposure to one borrower of $2.0 million. Our Chief Credit Officer has individual authorization to approve loans up to an aggregate exposure of $1.0 million. Our Vice President-Credit Administration has individual authorization to approve loans up to an aggregate exposure of $500,000. Our Officers Loan Committee, which consists of our President, Chief Brand Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Lending Officer, Vice President-Credit Administration and all commercial lenders, can approve loans up to $2.0 million in the aggregate. Loans in excess of $2.0 million require the approval of our board of directors, or, if exigent circumstances exist, the Chief Credit Officer and President may approve such loans if the board of directors is unavailable and such approval is based on a recommendation of the Chief Credit Officer and is subsequently approved by the board of directors.

In addition, the following individuals have retail consumer loan authority for individual loans: our Chief Brand Officer can approve retail loans up to $200,000; our Vice President-Retail Operations and Senior Underwriters can approve retail loans up to $150,000; our Junior Underwriters can approve retail loans up to $100,000; and one Branch Executive Officer can approve retail loans up to $75,000 while all other Branch Executive Officers can approve retail loans up to $1,000.

Our Chief Brand Officer, Vice President-Retail Loan Operations, and Senior Underwriters and Underwriters have authority to approve conforming mortgage loans up to the secondary market limit.

Generally, we require title insurance or abstracts on our mortgage loans as well as fire and extended coverage casualty insurance in amounts at least equal to the principal amount of the loan or the value of improvements on the property, depending on the type of loan.

From time to time, a loan applicant may not meet one or more of the loan policy or loan program requirements, resulting in a denial of the loan application. The loan officer may seek an exception, by providing detailed information to explain the policy/program exception along with other pertinent information. The following individuals have the authority to approve these requests with the indicated loan limits for commercial mortgage loans and consumer loans: the board of directors may approve loans with exceptions up to the legal lending limit of PyraMax Bank; the Officers Loan Committee and our President and Chief Executive Officers may approve loans with exceptions up to $2.0 million; and our Chief Credit Officer may approve loans with exceptions up to

 

72


Table of Contents

$1.0 million; Vice President-Credit Administration may approve loans with exceptions up to $500,000. Our Chief Brand Officer has the authority to approve exceptions on conforming mortgage loans up to the secondary market limits, however, the loan would still need to qualify for sale in the secondary market after granting the exception. Our Chief Brand Officer and Resolution Officer have exception authority for consumer loans with limits of $200,000 and $100,000, respectively.

Delinquencies and Non-Performing Assets

Delinquency Procedures for Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family Residential and Consumer Loans. When an owner-occupied residential real estate or consumer loan payment becomes 16 days past due, we contact the customer by mailing a late notice, and loan officers and/or members of our loan collection department may contact the customer. If a loan payment becomes 30 days past due, we mail an additional late notice, and we also place telephone calls to the borrower. These loan collection efforts continue until a loan becomes 90-120 days past due, at which point we would generally refer the loan for foreclosure proceedings unless management determines that it is in the best interest of PyraMax Bank to work further with the borrower to arrange a workout plan. The foreclosure process generally would begin when a loan becomes 120 days delinquent. From time to time we may accept deeds in lieu of foreclosure.

Delinquency Procedures for Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans. When a commercial loan or commercial real estate loan becomes 10 days past due, we contact the customer by mailing a late notice. The loan officer assigned to the account may also contact the borrower. If the loan continues to run past due, the loan officer will continue to contact the borrower to determine the cause of the past due payment(s) and arrange for payments. This information will be discussed with the Chief Credit Officer to determine the nature of the past due payment and, if necessary, to develop a plan to bring the past due payment(s) current and determine if the likelihood of repayment is in question. The loan will also be evaluated for a change to the risk rating. Depending on the circumstances, the lender and Chief Credit Officer may develop a plan to protect PyraMax Bank’s interest in the loan. If necessary, PyraMax Bank will engage an attorney to pursue further collection efforts.

Our High Risk Loan Committee, which consists of our President, Chief Credit Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Lending Officer provides oversight of stressed commercial and retail loans to mitigate identified risks.

Loans Past Due and Non-performing Assets. Loans are reviewed on a regular basis. Management determines that a loan is impaired or non-performing when it is probable at least a portion of the loan will not be collected in accordance with the original terms due to a deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower or the value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. When a loan is determined to be impaired, the measurement of the loan in the allowance for loan losses is based on present value of expected future cash flows, except that all collateral-dependent loans are measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. Non-accrual loans are loans for which collectability is questionable and, therefore, interest on such loans will no longer be recognized on an accrual basis. All loans that become 90 days or more delinquent are placed on non-accrual status unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is fully reversed, and further income is recognized only to the extent received on a cash basis or cost recovery method. 

When we acquire real estate as a result of foreclosure, the real estate is classified as foreclosed assets. Foreclosed assets are recorded at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. Soon after acquisition, we order a new appraisal, or evaluation when acceptable, to determine the current market value of the property. Any excess of the recorded value of the loan satisfied over the market value of the property is charged against the allowance for loan losses, or, if the existing allowance is inadequate, charged to expense, in either case during the applicable period of such determination. After acquisition, all costs incurred in maintaining the property are expensed. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property, however, are capitalized to the extent of estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell.

Non-performing Loans. We generally cease accruing interest on our loans when contractual payments of principal or interest have become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing. A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, unpaid interest credited to income is reversed. Interest received on non-accrual loans generally is applied against principal or interest and is recognized on a cash basis. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.

Non-accrual loans decreased to $1.3 million, or 0.39% of total loans, at December 31, 2020 from $2.0 million, or 0.64% of total loans, at December 31, 2019. The decrease in non-accrual loans was primarily due to a decrease in non-accrual loans in the residential real estate loan category.

 

73


Table of Contents

Troubled Debt Restructurings. Loans are accounted for as troubled debt restructurings when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties that lead to a restructuring of the loan, and PyraMax Bank grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. These concessions include a modification of terms, such as a reduction of the stated interest rate or loan balance, a reduction of accrued interest, an extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, or some combination thereof to facilitate payment. Troubled debt restructurings are considered impaired loans. No additional loan commitments were outstanding to our troubled debt restructured borrowers at December 31, 2020.

Loans on non-accrual status at the date of modification are initially classified as non-accrual troubled debt restructurings. At December 31, 2020, we had $219,000 in non-accrual troubled debt restructurings, none of which were in the process of foreclosure as of December 31, 2020. Our policy provides that troubled debt restructured loans are returned to accrual status after a period of satisfactory and reasonable future payment performance under the terms of the restructuring. Satisfactory payment performance is generally no less than six consecutive months of timely payments. At December 31, 2020, we had $432,000 in accruing troubled debt restructurings.

Interest income that would have been recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 had non-accruing loans been current according to their original terms amounted to $58,000. In addition, there was an immaterial amount of interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2020 had accruing troubled debt restructurings been current according to their original terms.

Our primary regulatory, the Federal Reserve, and the other federal banking regulators have issued guidance that would allow us not to treat a loan modification as a trouble debt restructuring if we conclude that short-term (e.g., six months) modifications are made in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or other delays in payment that are insignificant related to loans in which the borrower is less than 30 days past due on its contractual payment at the time a modification program is implemented. Separately, Section 4013 of the CARES Act permits us not to apply the troubled debt restructuring accounting with respect to loans that we modify in response to the COVID-19 pandemic if (1) the borrower was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019, and (2) the modifications are related to arrangements that defer or delay the payment of principal or interest, or change the interest rate of the loan. Through December 31, 2020, we did not rely on either the regulatory guidance of Section 4013 of the CARES Act as a basis not to classify a modified loan as a troubled debt restructuring.

Foreclosed Assets. Foreclosed assets consist of property acquired through formal foreclosure, in-substance foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, and are recorded at the lower of recorded investment or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Write-downs from recorded investment to fair value, which are required at the time of foreclosure, are charged to the allowance for loan losses. After transfer, adjustments to the carrying value of the properties that result from subsequent declines in value are charged to operations in the period in which the declines occur. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, no loans were transferred into foreclosed assets. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, one loan of $134,000 was transferred into foreclosed assets.

Classified Assets. Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as “special mention” by our management.

When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances in an amount deemed prudent by management to cover probable accrued losses in the loan portfolio. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to cover probable accrued losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the regulatory authorities, which may require the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

In accordance with our loan policy, we regularly review the problem loans in our portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. Loans are listed on the “watch/special mention list” where management has some concern that the collateral or debt service ability may not be adequate, although the collectability of the contractual loan payments is still probable. If a loan deteriorates in asset quality, the classification is changed to “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” depending on the circumstances and the evaluation. For commercial loans, “substandard” ratings are assigned to loans that do not have adequate collateral and/or debt service ability such that collectability of the contractual loan payments is no longer probable. For commercial loans, “doubtful” ratings are assigned to loans that do not have adequate collateral and/or debt service ability, and collectability of the contractual loan payments is unlikely. Generally, loans 90 days or more past due are placed on non-accrual status and classified “substandard.” Management reviews the status of each impaired loan on our watch list on a quarterly basis.

 

74


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the nature of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, specific impaired loans, and economic conditions. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the present value of estimated cash flows. Because of uncertainties associated with regional economic conditions, collateral values, and future cash flows on impaired loans, it is reasonably possible that management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and the related allowance may change materially in the near-term. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense and reduced by full and partial charge-offs, net of recoveries. Changes in the allowance relating to impaired loans are charged or credited to the provision for loan losses. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on various factors, including, but not limited to, management’s ongoing review and grading of loans, facts and issues related to specific loans, historical loan loss and delinquency experience, trends in past due and non-accrual loans, existing risk characteristics of specific loans or loan pools, the fair value of underlying collateral, current economic conditions and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses.

As an integral part of their examination process, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency will periodically review our allowance for loan losses, and as a result of such reviews, we may have to adjust our allowance for loan losses. However, regulatory agencies are not directly involved in the process for establishing the allowance for loan losses as the process is our responsibility and any increase or decrease in the allowance is the responsibility of management.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth certain ratios related to our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Allowance for loan losses at end of period

   $ 2,703     $ 2,000  

Non-accrual loans at end of period

   $ 1,287     $ 2,013  

Total loans at end of period

   $ 331,598     $ 312,370  

Allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding at end of period

     0.82     0.64

Non-accrual loans to total loans outstanding at end of period

     0.39     0.64

Non-accrual loans to total loans (excluding PPP loans)

     0.86     N/A  

Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans at end of period

     210.03     99.35

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans outstanding during period – Commercial loans

     (0.01)     —    

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans outstanding during period – Residential real estate loans

     (0.12)     0.09

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans outstanding during period – Consumer loans

     (0.43)     0.46

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans outstanding during period – Total

     (0.06)     0.07

The allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans ratio increased to 210.03% at December 31, 2020, compared to 99.35% at December 31, 2019 due to a reduction in non-accrual loans and an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Non-accrual loans decreased $726,000, or 36.06%, to $1.3 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $2.0 million at December 31, 2019. We recorded provision expense of $500,000 during the year ended December 31, 2020 to reflect the unknown risk within our loan portfolio due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category, the total loan balances by category, and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

75


Table of Contents
     At December 31,  
     2020     2019  
     Allowance
for Loan
Losses
     Percent of
Allowance
in Category
to Total
Allocated
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
     Percent of
Allowance
in Category
to Total
Allocated
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Residential real estate

   $ 745        27.5     21.7   $ 573        28.7     21.6

Commercial

     1,609        59.6     71.5     1,235        61.7     68.7

Consumer

     349        12.9     6.8     192        9.6     9.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allocated allowance

   $ 2,703        100.0     100.0   $ 2,000        100.0     100.0
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

At December 31, 2020, our allowance for loan losses represented 0.82% of total loans and 210.03% of non-accrual loans, and at December 31, 2019, our allowance for loan losses represented 0.64% of total loans and 99.35% of non-accrual loans. There were $(203,000) and $230,000 in net loan charge-offs (recoveries) during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, the existing allowance for loan losses may not be adequate and management may determine that increases in the allowance are necessary if the quality of any portion of our loan portfolio deteriorates as a result. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Investment Activities

General. The goals of our investment policy are to provide and maintain liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and loan funding needs, to help mitigate interest rate and market risk, to diversify our assets, and to generate a reasonable rate of return on funds within the context of our interest rate and credit risk objectives. Our board of directors is responsible for adopting our investment policy. The investment policy is reviewed annually by the board of directors. Authority to make investments under the approved investment policy guidelines is delegated to our president and chief executive officer and our chief financial officer. All investment transactions are reviewed at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the board of directors. All of our investment securities are classified as available-for-sale.

We have legal authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises and municipal governments, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, investment grade corporate bonds and investment grade marketable equity securities. We also are required to maintain an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago stock. While we have the authority under applicable law to invest in derivative securities, we had no investments in derivative securities at December 31, 2020 or December 31, 2019.

 

76


Table of Contents

Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The following table sets forth the stated maturities and weighted average yields of investment securities at December 31, 2020. Weighted average yields are calculated by multiplying the effective yield by the amortized cost on an individual security basis divided by the total security class amortized cost. Weighted average yields on tax-exempt securities are presented on a tax equivalent basis using a combined federal and state marginal tax rate of 27.2%. Certain mortgage-backed securities have adjustable interest rates and will reprice annually within the various maturity ranges. These repricing schedules are not reflected in the table below. Weighted average yield calculations on investment securities available for sale do not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of equity.

 

     One Year or Less     More than One Year to Five
Years
    More than Five Years to
Ten Years
    More than Ten
Years
    Total  
     Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Weighted
Average
Yield
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Securities available-for-sale:

                            

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 1,239        2.06   $ 4,008        2.23   $ 1,077        2.89   $ 5,246        1.74   $ 11,570      $ 11,803        2.05

Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

     —          —       4,542        2.41     8,355        2.46     23,989        1.80     36,886        38,039        2.02

Asset-backed securities

     —          —       770        1.16     —          —       6,461        1.24     7,231        7,281        1.23

Certificates of deposit

     —          —       1,208        2.73     250        2.92     —          —       1,458        1,580        2.77
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 1,239        2.06   $ 10,528        2.29   $ 9,682        2.52   $ 35,696        1.69   $ 57,145      $ 58,703        1.95
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

77


Table of Contents

Obligations of State and Political Subdivision (“Municipal”) Securities. At December 31, 2020, we had municipal securities totaling $11.8 million, which constituted 20.1% of our securities portfolio. Our current municipal securities have a weighted average maturity of 6.52 years. These securities often provide slightly higher after-tax yields than U.S. government and agency securities and mortgage-backed securities, but are not as liquid as other investments, so we typically maintain investments in municipal securities, to the extent appropriate, for generating returns in our investment portfolio.

Government-sponsored Mortgage-Backed Securities. At December 31, 2020, we had government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities totaling $38.0 million, which constituted 64.8% of our securities portfolio. Mortgage-backed securities are securities issued in the secondary market that are collateralized by pools of mortgages. Certain types of mortgage-backed securities are commonly referred to as “pass-through” certificates because the principal and interest of the underlying loans is “passed through” to investors, net of certain costs, including servicing and guarantee fees. We invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities backed by one- to four-family mortgages. All of our mortgage-backed securities are either backed by Ginnie Mae, a U.S. government agency, the SBA, or government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

Residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises are more liquid than individual mortgage loans because there is an active trading market for such securities. In addition, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities may be used to collateralize our borrowings. Investments in residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual payments will be greater or less than the prepayment rate estimated at the time of purchase, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such interests, thereby affecting the net yield on our securities. Current prepayment speeds determine whether prepayment estimates require modification that could cause amortization or accretion adjustments.

Corporate Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. At December 31, 2020, we had no corporate collateralized mortgage obligations. While these securities generally provide lower yields than other investments in our securities investment portfolio, we maintain these investments, to the extent we deem appropriate, for liquidity purposes, as collateral for borrowings and for prepayment protection.

Asset-backed Securities. At December 31, 2020 we had asset-backed securities comprised of pools of student loans totaling $7.3 million, which constituted 12.4% of our securities portfolio. All of our asset-backed securities are investment grade and have interest rates tied to an index (LIBOR).

Certificates of Deposit. At December 31, 2020, we had certificates of deposit totaling $1.6 million, which constituted 2.7% of our securities portfolio. While these securities generally provide lower yields than other investments in our securities investment portfolio, we maintain these investments, to the extent we deem appropriate, for liquidity purposes.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. We held common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago in connection with our borrowing activities totaling $3.0 million at December 31, 2020. The Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago common stock is carried at cost. We may be required to purchase additional Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago stock if we increase borrowings in the future.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance. We invest in bank-owned life insurance to provide us with a funding source for certain of our benefit plan obligations. Bank-owned life insurance also generally provides us non-interest income that is non-taxable. At December 31, 2020, our balance in bank-owned life insurance totaled $13.5 million and was issued by two insurance companies, each of which was rated AA+ by Standard & Poors.

Sources of Funds

General. Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. We also use borrowings, primarily Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago advances, to supplement cash flow needs, lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk purposes and to manage the cost of funds. In

 

78


Table of Contents

addition, we receive funds from scheduled loan payments, loan and mortgage-backed securities prepayments, maturities and calls of available-for-sale securities, retained earnings and income on earning assets. While scheduled loan payments and income on earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.

Deposits. Our deposits are generated primarily from residents within our primary market area. We offer a selection of deposit accounts, including non-interest-bearing checking accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts, money market accounts, statement savings, health savings and certificates of deposit. Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate. At December 31, 2020, our core deposits, which are deposits other than certificates of deposit, were $292.2 million, representing 76.9% of total deposits. As part of our business strategy, we intend to continue our effort to increase our core deposits.

Interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts that we offer allows us to be competitive in generating deposits and to respond with flexibility to changes in our customers’ demands. Our ability to gather deposits is impacted by the competitive market in which we operate, which includes numerous financial institutions of varying sizes offering a wide range of products. We believe that deposits are a stable source of funds, but our ability to attract and maintain deposits at favorable rates will be affected by market conditions, including competition and prevailing interest rates.

Our strategy is to not be the market leader in overall pricing for deposits. We find it more profitable to concentrate on specific special rate and term accounts, which allows us to add accounts without impacting our overall liability costs for existing accounts. We concentrate on odd-month, longer term certificates and larger minimum balance non-maturity deposits to generate new funds. Additionally, we have an established Treasury Management department, which concentrates on gathering deposits from both existing commercial loan clients and new commercial prospects. We anticipate that Treasury Management activities will continue to have a positive impact on lower cost deposits and will aid in retaining full service clients.

The following tables set forth the distribution of total deposit accounts, by account type, for the periods indicated.

 

     2020     2019  
     Amount      Percent     Rate     Amount      Percent     Rate  
                  (Dollars in thousands)               

Noninterest-bearing checking accounts

   $ 98,970        26.1     0.00   $ 62,768        18.21     —    

Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts

     30,630        8.1     0.17     25,432        7.38     0.23

Money market accounts

     103,724        27.2     0.58     65,999        19.15     1.12

Savings accounts

     58,895        15.5     0.11     47,981        13.92     0.13

Certificates of deposit (1)

     87,629        23.1     1.65     142,416        41.34     2.08
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 379,848        100.0     0.67   $ 344,596        100.0     1.11
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in these amounts are brokered deposits of $5.5 million and $29.6 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

As of December 31, 2020, the amount of total uninsured deposits (i.e., deposits that exceeded the $250,000 FDIC insurance limit) was $131.5 million. As of December 31, 2019, the amount of total uninsured deposits was $78.8 million.

The portion of time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit, all of which are certificates of deposits, was $2.2 million as of December 31, 2020.

 

79


Table of Contents

The following table indicates the amount of time deposits in uninsured accounts by time remaining until maturity at December 31, 2020.

 

Maturity Period

   Dollar Amount  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

At December 31, 2020:

  

Three months or less

   $ 1,643  

Over three through six months

     1,449  

Over six through twelve months

     4,695  

Over twelve months

     931  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,718  
  

 

 

 

Borrowed Funds. We may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago upon the security of our capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago and certain mortgage loans. Such advances may be made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. We use such advances to provide funding as a supplement to our deposits. To the extent such borrowings have different terms to repricing than our deposits, they can change our interest rate risk profile. At December 31, 2020, we had $68.4 million in advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. At December 31, 2020 our available and unused portion of this borrowing agreement totaled $79.6 million, although we may access additional advances if we purchase additional Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago capital stock.

Additionally, at December 31, 2020 we had a $10.0 million federal funds rate line of credit with the BMO Harris Bank, none of which was drawn at December 31, 2020. We also had a $7.0 million line of credit at the Federal Reserve based on pledged commercial real estate loans of approximately $11.7 million at December 31, 2020. We had not drawn on the Federal Reserve line as of both December 31, 2020 and 2019.

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our borrowings at and for the periods shown:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Maximum balance outstanding at any month-end during period

   $ 69,528     $ 42,657  

Average balance outstanding during period

   $ 58,920     $ 17,376  

Weighted average interest rate during period

     1.22     1.68

Balance outstanding at end of period

   $ 68,398     $ 17,623  

Weighted average interest rate at end of period

     1.18     1.46

Subsidiary and Other Activities

PyraMax Bank, FSB is the wholly owned subsidiary of Old 1895 Bancorp, which in turn has a wholly owned subsidiary, PyraMax Insurance Services LLC.

Expense and Tax Allocation

PyraMax Bank entered into an agreement on January 8, 2019 with Old 1895 Bancorp to provide it with certain administrative support services for compensation not less than the fair market value of the services provided. In addition, PyraMax Bank and the Company entered into an agreement on January 8, 2019 to establish a method for allocating and for reimbursing the payment of their consolidated tax liability.

 

80


Table of Contents

Personnel

As of December 31, 2020, we had 96 full-time and 100 full-time equivalent employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

As a federal savings bank, PyraMax Bank, FSB is subject to examination and regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and is also subject to examination by the FDIC as its deposit insurer. The federal system of regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which PyraMax Bank, FSB may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, and not for the protection of security holders. PyraMax Bank, FSB also is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, which is one of the 11 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

Under this system of regulation, the regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory, enforcement, rulemaking and examination activities and policies, including rules or policies that: establish minimum capital levels; restrict the timing and amount of dividend payments; govern the classification of assets; provide oversight for the adequacy of loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes; and establish the timing and amounts of assessments and fees. Moreover, as part of their examination authority, the banking regulators assign numerical ratings to banks and savings institutions relating to capital, asset quality, management, liquidity, earnings, interest rate sensitivity and other factors. These ratings are inherently subjective and the receipt of a less than satisfactory rating in one or more categories may result in enforcement action by the banking regulators against a financial institution. A less than satisfactory rating may also prevent a financial institution, such as PyraMax Bank, FSB or its holding company, from obtaining necessary regulatory approvals to access the capital markets, pay dividends, acquire other financial institutions or establish new branches.

In addition, we must comply with significant anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations, Community Reinvestment Act laws and regulations, and fair lending laws and regulations. Many financial “consumer protection” statutes are implemented by regulations issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. For federal savings banks of PyraMax Bank FSB’s asset size, compliance with such statutes and regulations is determined by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency through its examinations. Government agencies have the authority to impose monetary penalties and other sanctions on institutions that fail to comply with these laws and regulations, which could significantly affect our business activities, including our ability to acquire other financial institutions or expand our branch network.

As a savings and loan holding company following the conversion, New 1895 Bancorp will be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. It will be required to file certain reports with the Federal Reserve Board and will be subject to examination by and the enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve Board. New 1895 Bancorp will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.

Any change in applicable laws or regulations, whether by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the operations and financial performance of New 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank, FSB.

Set forth below is a brief description of material regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to PyraMax Bank, FSB and New 1895 Bancorp. The description is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed, and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on PyraMax Bank, FSB and New 1895 Bancorp.

 

81


Table of Contents

Federal Banking Regulation

Business Activities. A federal savings bank derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and applicable federal regulations. Under these laws and regulations, PyraMax Bank may generally invest in mortgage loans secured by residential real estate without an aggregate limit and may invest in commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities and certain other assets, subject to applicable limits. PyraMax Bank may also establish, subject to specified investment limits, “operating subsidiaries” that engage in activities permitted for PyraMax, FSB itself and service corporation subsidiaries that may engage in certain activities not otherwise permissible for PyraMax Bank, including real estate investment and securities and insurance brokerage.

Effective July 1, 2019, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency issued a final rule implementing a section of the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”) which permits an eligible federal savings bank with assets of $20.0 billion or less as of December 31, 2017 to elect to operate with the business powers of a national bank, generally subject to the same limitations and restrictions, without converting to a national bank charter. A federal savings bank that makes the so-called “covered savings association” election must divest any activities or investments that are not permitted for a national bank. PyraMax Bank had not made such an election as of December 31, 2020.

Capital Requirements. Federal regulations require federally insured depository institutions to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0%, a total capital to risk-based assets ratio of 8.0%, and a 4.0% Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio.

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for calculating risk-based capital ratios, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests) are multiplied by a risk-weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. Common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital includes certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus, meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations. In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency takes into consideration not only these numeric factors, but qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where deemed necessary.

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.

EGRRCPA required the federal banking agencies, including the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, to establish a “community bank leverage ratio” of between 8% and 10% for institutions with assets of less than $10 billion. Institutions with a capital level at or exceeding the ratio and otherwise meeting the specified requirements, and electing the alternative framework, are considered to comply with the applicable regulatory capital requirements, including the risk-based requirements. Final rules issued by the agencies established the community bank leverage ratio at 9% Tier 1 capital to total average assets, effective January 1, 2020. A qualifying institution may opt in and out of the community bank leverage ratio framework on its quarterly call report. An institution that temporarily ceases to meet any qualifying criteria is provided with a two quarter grace period to regain compliance. Failure to meet the qualifying criteria within the grace period or maintain a leverage ratio of 8% or greater requires the institution to comply with the generally applicable regulatory capital requirements.

 

82


Table of Contents

The CARES Act lowered the community bank leverage ratio to 8%, with a federal regulation making the reduced ratio effective April 23, 2020. The Company did not opt in to the community bank leverage ratio framework for the year ended December 31, 2020. Another regulation was issued to transition back to the 9% community bank leverage ratio by increasing the ratio to 8.5% for calendar year 2021 and to 9% thereafter.

At December 31, 2020, PyraMax Bank, FSB’s capital exceeded all applicable requirements.

Loans-to-One Borrower. Generally, a federal savings bank, including a covered savings association, may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the excess is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. At December 31, 2020, PyraMax Bank, FSB was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.

Capital Distributions. Federal regulations govern capital distributions by a federal savings bank, which include cash dividends and other transactions charged to the savings bank’s capital account. A federal savings bank must file an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency for approval of a capital distribution if:

 

   

the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the savings bank’s net income for that year to date plus the savings bank’s retained net income for the preceding two years;

 

   

the savings bank would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;

 

   

the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or regulatory condition; or

 

   

the savings bank is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings, generally due to an unsatisfactory CAMELS rating or being subject to a cease and desist order or formal written agreement that requires action to improve the institution’s financial condition.

Even if an application is not otherwise required, every savings bank that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as PyraMax Bank, FSB, must still file a notice with the Federal Reserve Board at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution.

A notice or application related to a capital distribution may be disapproved if:

 

   

the federal savings bank would be undercapitalized following the distribution;

 

   

the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or

 

   

the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.

In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act generally provides that an insured depository institution may not make any capital distribution if, after making such distribution, the institution would fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirement. A federal savings bank also may not make a capital distribution that would reduce its regulatory capital below the amount required for the liquidation account established in connection with its conversion to stock form.

 

83


Table of Contents

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All insured depository institutions have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income borrowers. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to assess the federal savings bank’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. A savings bank’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.

In June 2020, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency issued a final rule clarifying and expanding the activities that qualify for Community Reinvestment Act credit and, according to the agency, seeking to create a more consistent and objective method for evaluating Community Reinvestment Act performance. The final rule was effective October 1, 2020, but compliance with certain of the revised requirements is not mandatory for institutions of PyraMax Bank, FSB’s asset size until January 1, 2024.

The Community Reinvestment Act requires all institutions insured by the FDIC to publicly disclose their rating. PyraMax Bank, FSB received a “outstanding” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent federal examination.

Transactions with Related Parties. An insured depository institution’s authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and federal regulation. An affiliate is generally a company that controls, or is under common control with, an insured depository institution such as PyraMax Bank, FSB. New 1895 Bancorp will be an affiliate of PyraMax Bank, FSB because of its control of PyraMax Bank, FSB. In general, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are subject to certain quantitative limits and collateral requirements. In addition, federal regulations prohibit a savings bank from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary. Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve the purchase of low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates.

PyraMax Bank, FSB’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions generally require that extensions of credit to insiders:

 

   

be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and

 

   

not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of PyraMax Bank, FSB’s capital.

In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by PyraMax Bank, FSB’s board of directors. Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional limits based on the type of extension involved.

Enforcement. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings banks and has authority to bring enforcement action against all “institution-affiliated parties,” including directors, officers, stockholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on a federal savings bank. Formal enforcement action by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution and the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a

 

84


Table of Contents

finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1.0 million per day. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance or recommend to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular federal savings bank. If such action is not taken, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to take the action under specified circumstances.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. Interagency guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to implement an acceptable compliance plan. Failure to implement such a plan can result in further enforcement action, including the issuance of a cease and desist order or the imposition of civil money penalties.

Branching. A federal savings bank that has not elected “covered savings association” status generally has authority to establish branches in any state or states of the United States and its territories. Such authority is subject to Office of the Comptroller of the Currency approval for new branches.

Prompt Corrective Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulators take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For this purpose, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Under applicable regulations, an institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 3.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on the payment of dividends, and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment. An undercapitalized bank’s compliance with a capital restoration plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more additional restrictions, including a regulatory order to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, ceasing receipt of deposits from correspondent banks, dismissal of directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

 

85


Table of Contents

The previously referenced final rule establishing an elective “community bank leverage ratio” regulatory capital framework provides that a qualifying institution whose capital exceeds the community bank leverage ratio and opts to use that framework will be considered “well-capitalized” for purposes of prompt corrective action.

At December 31, 2020, PyraMax Bank, FSB met the criteria for being considered “well capitalized.”

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured financial institutions such as PyraMax Bank, FSB, generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor. The FDIC charges insured depository institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, institutions deemed less risky of failure pay lower assessments. Assessments for institutions of less than $10 billion of assets are based on financial measures and supervisory ratings derived from statistical modeling estimating the probability of an institution’s failure within three years.

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of PyraMax Bank, FSB. We cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.

Privacy Regulations. Federal regulations generally require that PyraMax Bank, FSB disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares a customer’s “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, PyraMax Bank, FSB is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having their personal information shared with unaffiliated third parties and not to disclose account numbers or access codes to non-affiliated third parties for marketing purposes. PyraMax Bank, FSB currently has a privacy protection policy in place and believes that such policy is in compliance with the regulations.

USA PATRIOT Act. PyraMax Bank, FSB is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act, which gives federal agencies additional powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The USA PATRIOT Act contains provisions intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies and imposes affirmative obligations on financial institutions, such as enhanced recordkeeping and customer identification requirements.

Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements. Federal savings banks are prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

 

86


Table of Contents

Other Regulations

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by PyraMax Bank, FSB are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Loan operations are also subject to state and federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

   

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

   

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

   

Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies; and

 

   

Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

The deposit operations of PyraMax Bank, FSB also are subject to, among others, the:

 

   

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

   

Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and

 

   

Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

PyraMax Bank, FSB is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 11 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Members of the Federal Home Loan Bank are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. PyraMax Bank, FSB was in compliance with this requirement at December 31, 2020. Based on redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. PyraMax Bank, FSB reviews for impairment, based on the ultimate recoverability, the cost basis of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago stock. At December 31, 2020, no impairment had been recognized.

Holding Company Regulation

New 1895 Bancorp will be a unitary savings and loan holding company subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board will have enforcement authority over New 1895 Bancorp and its non-savings institution subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a risk to PyraMax Bank, FSB.

 

87


Table of Contents

As a savings and loan holding company, New 1895 Bancorp’s activities will be limited to those activities permissible by law for financial holding companies (if New 1895 Bancorp makes an election to be treated as a financial holding company and meets the other requirements to be a financial holding company) or multiple savings and loan holding companies. New 1895 Bancorp has no present intention to make an election to be treated as a financial holding company. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. Such activities include lending and other activities permitted for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, insurance and underwriting equity securities. Multiple savings and loan holding companies are authorized to engage in activities specified by federal regulation, including activities permitted for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act.

Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or savings and loan holding company without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, and from acquiring or retaining control of any depository institution not insured by the FDIC. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Federal Reserve Board must consider such factors as the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on and the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors. A savings and loan holding company may not acquire a savings institution in another state and hold the target institution as a separate subsidiary unless it is a supervisory acquisition or the law of the state in which the target is located authorizes such acquisitions by out-of-state savings and loan holding companies.

Savings and loan holding companies with less than $3 billion in consolidated assets are exempt from consolidated regulatory capital requirements, unless the Federal Reserve Board determines otherwise in particular cases.

The Federal Reserve Board has promulgated regulations implementing the “source of strength” doctrine that require holding companies, including savings and loan holding companies, to act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.

The Federal Reserve Board has issued supervisory policies regarding the payment of dividends and the repurchase of shares of common stock by bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Federal Reserve Board guidance provides for prior regulatory consultation with respect to capital distributions in certain circumstances, such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of capital distributions previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. Federal Reserve Board guidance also states that a holding company should inform the Federal Reserve Board supervisory staff before redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock if the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or if the repurchase or redemption would result, at the end of a quarter, in a net reduction in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. These regulatory policies may affect the ability of New 1895 Bancorp to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

Change in Control Regulations

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire “control” of a savings and loan holding company, such as New 1895 Bancorp, unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquirer has the power, directly or indirectly, to exercise a

 

88


Table of Contents

controlling influence over the management or policies of the institution. There is a presumption of control upon the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock under certain circumstances, such as where the holding company involved has its shares registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a final rule, effective September 30, 2020, that revises its framework for determining whether a company has a “controlling influence” over a bank or savings and loan holding company for purposes of the Bank and Savings and Loan Holding Company Acts.

Federal Securities Laws

New 1895 Bancorp common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the conversion and offering. New 1895 Bancorp will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock issued in New 1895 Bancorp’s public offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates of New 1895 Bancorp may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of New 1895 Bancorp will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If New 1895 Bancorp meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of New 1895 Bancorp that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of the outstanding shares of New 1895 Bancorp, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to improve corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. We have policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and we review and document such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

Emerging Growth Company Status

New 1895 Bancorp is an emerging growth company. For as long as New 1895 Bancorp continues to be an emerging growth company, it may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As an emerging growth company, New 1895 Bancorp also will not be subject to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which would require that our independent auditors review and attest as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have also elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

New 1895 Bancorp expects that it will cease to be an emerging growth company on December 31, 2024, which is the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the mutual holding company reorganization of PyraMax Bank, FSB on January 8, 2019.

 

89


Table of Contents

TAXATION

PyraMax Bank, PyraMax Insurance Services LLC, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. are subject to federal and state income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal and state taxation is intended only to summarize material income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, Old 1895 Bancorp, PyraMax Bank and PyraMax Insurance Services LLC.

Old 1895 Bancorp is no longer subject to federal tax examinations for years before 2017 and state tax examinations before 2016.

Federal Taxation

Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, Old 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank currently report their income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and use a tax year ending December 31 for filing their federal income tax returns. Old 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Small Business Protection Act of 1996 eliminated the use of the reserve method of accounting for income taxes on bad debt reserves by savings institutions. For taxable years beginning after 1995, PyraMax Bank has been subject to the same bad debt reserve rules as commercial banks. It currently utilizes the specific charge-off method under Section 582(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”).

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, for federal losses originating in tax years after January 1, 2018, Old 1895 Bancorp is allowed an indefinite carryforward period limited to 80% of each subsequent year’s net income. The CARES Act temporarily repealed this 80% limitation for the calendar year ended December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2020, Old 1895 Bancorp had a federal net operating loss carryover of $9.9 million that will begin to expire in 2029. Of this $9.9 million, $1.8 million has no expiration due to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. Old 1895 Bancorp also has $0.4 million of charitable contribution carryforwards that may be applied against future taxable income and begin to expire in 2022.

Corporate Dividends. Old 1895 Bancorp may generally exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from PyraMax Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.

State Taxation

Old 1895 Bancorp is subject to the Wisconsin corporate franchise (income) tax. Wisconsin imposes a corporate franchise tax of 7.9% on the combined taxable incomes of the members of Old 1895 Bancorp’s consolidated income tax group, which will include PyraMax Bank and PyraMax Bank Insurance Services, LLC.

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. Wisconsin law allows financial institutions to carry forward a Wisconsin net operating loss to the succeeding 20 taxable years. At December 31, 2020, Old 1895 Bancorp had Wisconsin net operating loss carryover of $20.2 million that will begin to expire in 2023. Old 1895 Bancorp also has $0.4 million of charitable contribution carryforwards that may be applied against future taxable income and begin to expire in 2022.

MANAGEMENT

Our Directors and Executive Officers

Our board of directors is comprised of eight members. Directors serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors are elected at each annual meeting. The following sets forth certain information regarding the members of our board of directors, and executive officers who are not directors, including the terms of office of board members. Except as indicated herein, there are no arrangements or understandings between any director and any other person pursuant to which the director was selected. Age information is as of December 31, 2020, and term as a director includes service with PyraMax Bank, FSB.

 

90


Table of Contents

With respect to directors, the biographies contain information regarding the person’s business experience and the experiences, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the board of directors to determine that the person should serve as a director. Each director of New 1895 Bancorp is also a director of PyraMax Bank, FSB and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

The following directors of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. have terms ending in 2021:

David Ball joined 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. and PyraMax Bank, FSB in February 2021 as a Director, President and Chief Operating Officer. In this role he will oversee the daily operations of PyraMax Bank, FSB, design and implement business strategies and set comprehensive goals for profitability and growth. Prior to being employed by PyraMax Bank, Mr. Ball was most recently the Managing Director of Correspondent Banking at BMO Harris from 2004 until February 2021. Mr. Ball has over 30 years of banking experience prior to joining PyraMax Bank, with a depth of experience in finance, commercial lending and management. Age 52.

Joseph Murphy has served on the board of directors of PyraMax Bank, FSB since December 2005. He was City Attorney for the City of South Milwaukee from 1982 to 2016. Mr. Murphy was a principal shareholder in Murphy & Leonard, LLP (formerly Murphy & Brennan), a Milwaukee law firm concentrating in commercial litigation, municipal law, real estate, estate planning and family law from 1981 to 2016. Mr. Murphy was an Assistant District Attorney in Milwaukee County from 1977 to 1981. Mr. Murphy retired in 2017. Mr. Murphy’s extensive and varied background as an attorney and in real estate are valuable to our Board of Directors. Age 73.

Gary Zenobi was appointed to the board of directors in 1992. Mr. Zenobi is a retired certified public accountant who owned his own certified public accounting firm, GAZ LLC, from 2010 to 2015. He was a partner in the accounting firm of Bartlett & Zenobi, SC. from 1994 to 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Zenobi owned his own firm Gary A. Zenobi, S.C. from 1988 to 1994. Mr. Zenobi also worked at the CPA firms Jannsen & Co. SC from 1977 to 1987 and Bersch and Co. SC from 1973 to 1976. He was the Comptroller of American Medical Services, Inc. from 1970 to 1973 and began his career working for Touche Ross from 1967 to 1970. Mr. Zenobi is a certified public accountant and his diverse background and broad experience in public accounting enhances our Board of Director’s oversight of financial reporting. His work experience qualifies him to be a member of the Audit Committee as an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Age 75.

The following directors of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. have terms ending in 2022:

Monica Baker was appointed Senior Vice President-Chief Brand Officer in January 2014. Ms. Baker joined PyraMax Bank, FSB in 1993 as the Vice President of Marketing/Human Resources/Savings. In 2000, she was promoted to Senior Vice President of Marketing/Human Resources and in 2010 she was promoted to Senior Vice President of Marketing/Human Resources/Retail Lending. Ms. Baker has been on the board of directors since 2006. Prior to being employed with PyraMax Bank, FSB Ms. Baker was the Human Resources Officer at Maritime Savings Bank. She brings with her over 34 years of banking experience, focused on retail banking, retail lending, human resources and marketing. Ms. Baker holds her Master of Business Administration Degree from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and undergraduate with a double major in Human Resources and Marketing from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Ms. Baker’s extensive experience in retail banking, retail lending, human resources and marketing are valuable to our board of directors in assessing the performance of PyraMax Bank, FSB. Age 52.

James Spiegelberg was appointed to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s board of directors in 2006. He owns Spiegelberg Financial Services, a full-service tax, accounting and financial services firm. Mr. Spiegelberg has over 27 years of accounting experience. Mr. Spiegelberg was Vice President of Finance, TransWorld Express Airlines from 1987 to 1989 and Vice President of Finance & Administration, JBL Professional from 1989 to 1993. Prior to that, he was Director of Accounting, Jet America Airlines from 1985 to 1987. Mr. Spiegelberg began his professional experience with Touche Ross as an auditor from 1981 to 1983. After successfully passing the CPA exam, he accepted a position in Internal Audit with Rexnord Corporation from 1983 to 1985. In 2001, Mr. Spiegelberg became an Investment Advisor Representative and also holds health and life insurance licenses, which adds valuable knowledge and experience to our board of directors. His work experience qualifies him to be a member of the Audit Committee as an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Age 62.

 

91


Table of Contents

Directors with terms ending following the fiscal year ending December 31, 2023:

Darrell Francis has served on the board of directors of PyraMax Bank, FSB since June 1986. He was appointed Chairman of the Board in July 2007. He owns and operates a private dental practice in Wisconsin and has performed general dentistry since 1976. Dr. Frances has been a member of the South Milwaukee Police and Fire Commission for over 25 years. He is the former President of the South Milwaukee Lion’s Club and was previously on the Board of Directors of Southshore-YMCA. Mr. Francis has extensive knowledge of local markets and the communities served by PyraMax Bank, FSB. Age 68.

Richard Hurd was appointed Chief Executive Officer of PyraMax Bank, FSB in 2007. Prior to that, Mr. Hurd was the Chief Operating Officer from 2004 to 2007. Mr. Hurd has been a board member since 2004. He joined PyraMax Bank, FSB in 2001. Prior to joining PyraMax Bank, FSB Mr. Hurd had 30 years of banking experience at First Wisconsin National Bank, Marine Bank and Bank One Corporation. Mr. Hurd’s banking experience and knowledge of financial markets enhance the breadth of experience of our board of directors. Age 68.

John Talsky was appointed to the board of directors in 2001. Mr. Talsky is an attorney who has owned a law firm specializing in estate planning and related services since 1973. Mr. Talsky is the Village of Greendale Board of Zoning Appeals Member, Chairman (1990 to Present). Mr. Talsky’s broad legal experience enables him to bring a unique perspective to the board of directors. Age 71.

Executive Officers Who are Not Directors

Richard J. Krier joined PyraMax Bank, FSB in April 2011 as Senior Vice President Chief Financial Officer. In this role he oversees the Bank’s financial reporting and finance functions. Prior to being employed by PyraMax Bank, Mr. Krier served as the Chief Financial Officer of Partnership Community Bancshares from 2008 until 2011, and was employed at Ozaukee Bank from 1990 to 2008 in a variety of administrative and financial roles including Chief Financial Officer from 2004 to 2008. Mr. Krier has over 30 years of broad-based banking experience in the areas of financial management, operations, performance measurement and decision support. Mr. Krier is also a certified public accountant. Age 61.

Charles Mauer joined PyraMax Bank, FSB in June 2010 as PyraMax Bank, FSB’s Chief Credit Officer. He is responsible for the overall management of PyraMax Bank, FSB’s Credit Administration Department, including loan underwriting, loan review, lending support, loan policies, procedures and processes to ensure the overall quality of PyraMax Bank, FSB’s loan portfolio. Mr. Mauer has over 30 years of commercial, consumer and mortgage lending as well as credit administration experience. Prior to working at PyraMax Bank, FSB, he was a First Vice President of Credit Administration at Ozaukee Bank where he also managed client relationships for over 20 years. In 2007, Ozaukee Bank was acquired by BMO Harris. Mr. Mauer remained with BMO Harris for three years serving as Senior Vice President—Concurrence Officer. Age 61.

Thomas K. Peterson jointed PyraMax Bank, FSB as Senior Vice President, Chief Lending Officer in January 2017. Prior to being employed by PyraMax Bank, FSB, Mr. Peterson was the Commercial Business Segment Leader for the Milwaukee-Madison Markets for Associated Bank from 2014 to 2017, and was the Commercial Business Team Leader for the Milwaukee Unit from 2010 to 2014. Mr. Peterson has over 36 years of banking experience, including various commercial banking roles at Ozaukee Bank, Harris-BMO and Associated Bank. Age 64.

Board Independence

The board of directors has determined that each of our directors, other than Richard Hurd, David Ball and Monica Baker, would be considered independent under the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards. In determining the independence of our directors, the board of directors considered relationships between PyraMax Bank, FSB and our directors that are not required to be reported under “Transactions With Certain Related Persons,” below, consisting of deposit accounts that our directors maintain at PyraMax Bank, FSB. In addition, we utilize the services of Director Talsky’s law firm, of which he is the owner, and the services of a law firm in which Director Murphy’s son is a partner.

 

92


Table of Contents

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

Federal law generally prohibits publicly traded companies from making loans to their executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from the prohibition for loans made by federally insured financial institutions, such as PyraMax Bank, FSB, to their executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. At December 31, 2020, all of our loans to directors and executive officers were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to PyraMax Bank, FSB, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. These loans were performing according to their original repayment terms at December 31, 2020, and were made in compliance with federal banking regulations.

PyraMax Bank, FSB has not entered into any transactions since January 1, 2019 in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any related persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than the services of a law firm in which Director Murphy’s son is a partner. PyraMax Bank paid this law firm approximately $30,000 in 2020 and $64,000 in 2019.

Executive Compensation

The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2020 certain information as to the total remuneration paid by PyraMax Bank, FSB to its Chief Executive Officer, Richard Hurd, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020. Each individual listed in the table below is referred to as a “named executive officer.”

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and principal position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Bonus(1)
($)
     Stock
Awards(2)
($)
     Option
Awards(2)

($)
     All Other
Compensation(3)
($)
     Total
($)
 

Richard Hurd

     2020        305,906        88,748        184,475        119,109        37,890        736,128  

Chief Executive Officer

     2019        287,753        87,008        —          —          36,645        411,406  

Thomas Peterson

     2020        195,841        56,811        66,725        35,329        18,169        372,875  

Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer

     2019        184,202        55,697        —          —          19,118        259,017  

Monica Baker

     2020        197,126        56,811        104,829        66,620        37,198        462,584  

Senior Vice President and Chief Brand Officer

     2019        184,202        55,697        —          —          38,686        278,585  

 

(1)

Amounts in this column represent a discretionary bonus.

(2)

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, the reported amount represents the full grant date value of each award. Since awards vest at a rate of 20% per year beginning in 2021, none of the named executive officers recognized any income from the awards during 2020. The assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in footnote 20 to our audited financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. For stock option awards, amounts reported are grant date fair values computed based upon the Black-Scholes option valuation model, and the actual value, if any, that may be realized will depend on the excess of the stock price over the exercise price on the date the option is exercised. Therefore, there is no assurance that the value of an option realized by a named executive officer will be at or near the value shown above. For restricted stock awards, the amount shown reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted to each named executive officer in 2020.

(3)

The amounts in this column reflect what PyraMax Bank, FSB paid for, or reimbursed, the applicable named executive officer for the various benefits and perquisites received. For the 2019 fiscal year, the amounts in this column were increased by $3,400, $3,020 and $3,253 for each of Messrs. Hurd and Peterson and Ms. Baker to reflect ESOP allocations, the information for which was not available at the time of the filing of the 2020 Annual Meeting proxy statement. This column does not reflect perquisites and personal benefits received by our named executive officers, the aggregate value of which is less than $10,000. A break-down of the various elements of compensation in this column for calendar year 2020 is set forth in the following table:

 

93


Table of Contents

All Other Compensation

 

Name

   Employee Stock
Ownership Plan
($)
     401(k) Match
($)
     Board Fees
($)
     Total All Other
Compensation
($)
 

Richard Hurd

     2,790        17,100        18,000        37,890  

Thomas Peterson

     2,572        15,597        —          18,169  

Monica Baker

     2,693        16,505        18,000        37,198  
           

 

* 

Richard Hurd deferred 100% of 2020 Board fees into the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan.

Benefit Plans and Agreements

Employment Agreements. In 2019, PyraMax Bank, FSB entered into employment agreements with the named executive officers: Richard B. Hurd, Chief Executive Officer; Thomas Peterson, Senior Vice President, Chief Lending Officer; and Monica Baker, Senior Vice President and Chief Brand Officer, and four other executives. In February 2021, PyraMax Bank, FSB, retained David R. Ball as its Chief Operating Officer and President and Mr. Hurd relinquished the role of President to concentrate on his duties as Chief Executive Officer. In connection with Mr. Ball’s employment, he entered into an employment agreement with PyraMax Bank, FSB.

Mr. Hurd’s and Mr. Ball’s employment agreements each have an initial term of three years. At least 30 days prior to the anniversary date of the agreement and each anniversary date thereafter the disinterested members of the board of directors must conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and affirmatively approve any extension of the agreement for an additional year or determine not to extend the term of the agreement. If the board of directors determines not to extend the term, it shall provide the executive with a written notice of non-renewal prior to the anniversary date. On December 18, 2020, the board of directors extended the term of Mr. Hurd’s employment agreement until January 8, 2024.

The employment agreements with Mr. Peterson and Ms. Baker and the other executives each have an initial term of eighteen months. On the first anniversary date of the effective date of the agreements the disinterested members of the board of directors may choose to conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and affirmatively approve any extension of the agreements for an additional twelve months or determine not to extend the term of the agreement. If the board of directors determines not to extend the term, it shall provide with a written notice of non-renewal, and the agreements will terminate as the end of the initial term. On December 18, 2020, the board of directors extended the terms of each of Mr. Peterson’s and Ms. Baker’s employment agreements until July 8, 2022, respectively.

The employment agreements provide for base salaries for Messrs. Hurd, Ball and Peterson, and Ms. Baker in the amounts of $[TBD], $290,000, $[TBD], and $[TBD], respectively. The base salaries may be increased, but not decreased (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers). In addition to base salary, the executives will be entitled to participate in any bonus programs (including a discretionary bonus and a performance-based bonus) and benefit plans that are made available to management employees. Mr. Hurd’s and Mr. Ball’s employment agreements provide for country club membership fees (Mr. Ball’s agreement also provides for the PyraMax Bank to pay his initiation fees). The executives will be reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses incurred. In addition, Mr. Ball’s employment agreement provides that he will receive 300 hours of paid time off each year.

In the event of an executive’s involuntary termination of employment for reasons other than cause, disability or death, or in the event of the executive’s resignation for “good reason,” the executive will receive a severance payment equal to the base salary and bonus(es) that the executive would have earned during the remaining term of the employment agreement. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 30 days following the executive’s date of termination. In addition, the executive will be entitled to continued life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage, at PyraMax Bank, FSB’s expense, substantially comparable to the coverage maintained for the executive and the executive’s dependents prior to the executive’s termination. For purposes of the employment agreements, “good reason” is defined as: (i) the failure to appoint or re-elect the executive to his executive position or a material change in executive’s function, duties, or responsibilities, which change would cause the executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope; (ii) a relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment by more than 35 miles from the executive’s principal place of employment as of the initial

 

94


Table of Contents

effective date of the employment agreement; (iii) a material reduction in benefits and perquisites, including base salary (except for any reduction that is part of a good faith, overall reduction of such benefits applicable to all officers or employees of PyraMax Bank, FSB); (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of PyraMax Bank, FSB; or (v) a material breach of the employment agreement by PyraMax Bank, FSB. In order to be entitled to the benefit set forth above, an executive will be required to enter into a release of claims against 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. and PyraMax Bank, FSB.

In the event of executive’s involuntary termination of employment other than for cause, disability or death, or in the event of the executive’s resignation for “good reason,” following the effective date of a change in control of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. or PyraMax Bank, FSB, the executive will be entitled to (in lieu of the payments and benefits described in the previous paragraph) a severance payment equal to one and one-half (1.5) times (three (3) times, for Mr. Hurd) the sum of (i) the executive’s highest special rate of base salary payable at any time under the agreement, plus (ii) the highest bonus paid to the executive with respect to the prior three completed fiscal years. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 10 days following the executive’s date of termination. In addition, the executive would be entitled, at PyraMax Bank, FSB’s (or PyraMax Bank, FSB’s successor’s) expense, to the continuation of substantially comparable life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage for the executive and the executive’s dependents 18 months (36 months, for Mr. Hurd) following the executive’s termination.

Should the executives become disabled, they will be entitled to disability benefits, if any, provided under a long-term (or short-term) disability plan sponsored by PyraMax Bank, FSB and will receive continued non-taxable medical and dental benefit coverage substantially comparable to that maintained for executive and his dependents prior to becoming disabled until the earlier of (i) the date the executive returns to full-time employment of PyraMax Bank, FSB, (ii) the executive is employed full-time by another employer, (iii) 12 months from the date of executive’s termination due to disability. In the event of an executive’s death while employed, the executive’s estate or beneficiary will be paid his base salary for six months following death, and his family will continue to receive non-taxable medical and dental coverage for 12 months after his death.

Upon any termination of employment (other than a termination in connection with a change in control), the executives will be required to adhere to one-year non-competition covenant and will be prohibited from soliciting employees of PyraMax Bank, FSB or any affiliate for the purpose of having such person(s) terminate employment with PyraMax Bank, FSB or its affiliates and provide services or accept employment with a competing business. The executives also agree that during their employment and following such employment, the executives will maintain and will not disclose the confidential information of PyraMax Bank, FSB.

401(k) Plan. PyraMax Bank, FSB maintains the PyraMax Bank, FSB 401(k) Savings Plan, a tax-qualified defined contribution plan for eligible employees (the “401(k) Plan”). The named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan just like other eligible employees of PyraMax Bank, FSB. An eligible employee must complete one month of service and attain the age of 18 to be eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan by making elective deferrals (including Roth elective deferrals). In order to receive a safe harbor matching contribution or employer discretionary profit sharing contribution on the next payroll date after both attaining age 18 and completing six months of service. If an eligible employee does not elect whether or not to make elective deferrals after notice of eligibility from PyraMax Bank, FSB, the employee will be deemed to have made an automatic election to defer six percent of his or her compensation.

Under the 401(k) Plan a participant may elect to defer, on a pre-tax basis, the maximum amount as permitted by the Internal Revenue Code. For 2021, the salary deferral contribution limit is $19,500, provided, however, that a participant over age 50 may contribute an additional $6,500 to the 401(k) Plan for a total of $26,000. In addition to salary deferral contributions, PyraMax Bank, FSB may make safe harbor matching contributions and discretionary profit sharing contributions to the 401(k) Plan. Currently, PyraMax Bank, FSB makes a safe-harbor matching contribution to the 401(k) Plan equal to 100% of a participant’s salary deferrals, up to the first six percent of the participant’s compensation.

A participant is always 100% vested in his or her salary deferral contributions and safe-harbor matching contributions. Employer discretionary profit sharing contributions vest based on a participant’s years of service with PyraMax Bank, FSB, at the rate of 0% after one year of service, and then 20% after each of second through fourth year of service, accelerating to 100% after the fifth year of service. Participants also become fully vested upon their

 

95


Table of Contents

death, disability or the attainment of their retirement age. Participants have the ability to direct the investment of their account balances among a number of investment alternatives, including Old 1895 Bancorp common stock. In connection with the second-step offering, PyraMax Bank, FSB intends to allow participants in the 401(k) Plan to use up to 50% of their account balances under the plan (other than amounts invested in Old 1895 Bancorp common stock or attributable to participant loans) to purchase New 1895 Bancorp stock in the offering. Generally, unless the participant elects otherwise, the participant’s account balance will be distributed as a result of the participant’s termination of employment. Participants are also permitted to receive distributions from the 401(k) Plan during employment under certain circumstances, including for hardship withdrawals and participant loans. Expense recognized in connection with the 401(k) Plan totaled approximately $414,000 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan. PyraMax Bank, FSB has adopted an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the employee stock ownership plan on the first entry date commencing on or after the eligible employee’s completion of 1,000 hours of service during a continuous 12-month period.

In connection with the offering of shares of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp, the employee stock ownership plan trustee purchased 175,528 shares with the proceeds of a 25 year loan. In connection with the offering of shares of New 1895 Bancorp, the trustee is expected to purchase, on behalf of the employee stock ownership plan up to 8% of the shares of New 1895 Bancorp. We expect that this purchase will be made in the offering. We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will fund its stock purchase with a loan from New 1895 Bancorp equal to the sum of aggregate purchase price of the new shares common stock plus the outstanding balance of the existing loan, which will be consolidated with the new loan. The loan will be repaid principally through PyraMax Bank, FSB’s contribution to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the anticipated 25-year term of the new loan. The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be a fixed rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal, on the closing date of the offering. See “Pro Forma Data.”

The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan in an unallocated suspense account, and shares will be released from the suspense account on a pro-rata basis as the loan is repaid. The trustee will allocate the shares released among participants on the basis of each participant’s proportional share of compensation relative to all participants. Each participant will vest in his or her benefit at a rate of 20% per year, such that the participant will be fully vested upon completion of five years of credited service, including years of credited service prior to the adoption of the employee stock ownership plan. A participant also will become fully vested automatically in his or her benefit upon normal retirement, death or disability, a change in control, or termination of the employee stock ownership plan. Generally, a participant will receive a distribution from the employee stock ownership plan upon separation from service.

The employee stock ownership plan permits a participant to direct the trustee as to how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to his or her account. The trustee votes unallocated shares and allocated shares for which participants do not provide instructions on any matter in the same ratio as those shares for which participants provide instructions, subject to fulfillment of the trustee’s fiduciary responsibilities.

Under applicable accounting requirements, PyraMax Bank, FSB will record a compensation expense for the employee stock ownership plan at the fair market value of the shares as they are committed to be released from the unallocated suspense account to each participant’s account. The compensation expense resulting from the release of the common stock from the suspense account and allocation to plan participants will result in a corresponding reduction in 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.’s earnings.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. PyraMax Bank, FSB has entered into a Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferral Plan”) for the benefit of its directors and senior executives. The Plan is a nonqualified plan of deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Only those persons designated by PyraMax Bank, FSB are able to participate by entering into a compensation deferral agreement and electing to defer up to 100% of such participant’s regular salary, bonus, commissions or director’s fees,

 

96


Table of Contents

as applicable. PyraMax Bank, FSB, may, but is not obligated to, make discretionary contributions to the Deferral Plan from time to time, which contributions are not required to be uniform among the participants. A participant will be 100% vested in his or her deferrals and earnings thereon, however, any discretionary amounts contributed by PyraMax Bank, FSB, are vested based on the participant’s years of service, at the rate of 20% per year, such that a participant will be fully vested after five years of service. A participant will also become fully vested in his or her employer discretionary contributions in the event of the participants death or disability while employed, or in the event of a change in control. The amounts deferred under the terms of the Deferral Plan are deemed to be invested in investment options similar to those available under PyraMax Bank, FSB’s 401(k) Savings Plan. In connection with the offering of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp, the Deferral Plan was amended to give the participants a one-time election to invest all or a portion of their accounts in the Deferral Plan in common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp. In connection with the offering of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp, the Deferral Plan will be amended again to give participants a one-time opportunity to elect to invest all or a portion of their accounts (other than the portion invested in Old 1895 Bancorp common stock in common stock of New 1895 Bancorp.

2020 Equity Incentive Plan. On March 27, 2020, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. stockholders approved the 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Equity Incentive Plan”), which provides for the grant of stock-based awards to our directors and executive officers. The 2020 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance or delivery to participants of up to 333,854 shares of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. common stock pursuant to grants of incentive and non-qualified stock options and restricted stock awards. Of this number, the maximum number of shares of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. common stock that may be issued under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to the exercise of stock option is 238,467, and the maximum number of shares of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. common stock that may be issued as restricted stock awards is 95,387 shares.

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.’s employees and outside directors are eligible to receive awards under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan. Awards may be granted in a combination of restricted stock awards, incentive stock options, and nonqualified stock options, except that non-employees may not be granted incentive stock options. The exercise price of stock options granted under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan may not be less than the fair market value on the date the stock option is granted. Stock options are subject to vesting conditions and restrictions. Stock awards under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan will be granted only in whole shares of common stock. All shares of restricted stock and all stock option grants will be subject to conditions established by the board of directors that are set forth in the applicable award agreement. On March 28, 2020, pursuant to the terms of the plan, each non-employee director received a grant of 4,769 shares of restricted stock and 11,923 non-qualified stock options, each of which vest over a five-year period commencing one year from the date of the grant.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End. The following table sets forth information with respect to outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2020 for the named executive officers.

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END

 

Name

   Option awards      Stock awards  
   Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
     Option
exercise
price
($)
     Option
expiration date
     Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not Vested
(#)
     Market Value of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not Vested
($) (1)
 

Richard Hurd

     —          59,000        7.85        4/24/2030        23,500        234,060  

Thomas Peterson

     —          17,500        7.85        4/24/2030        8,500        84,660  

Monica Baker

     —          33,000        7.85        4/24/2030        13,354        133,006  

 

(1)

Based on a closing price of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock of $9.96 as of December 31, 2020.

 

97


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to our directors other than to directors who are also our named executive officers. Information with respect to director compensation paid to directors who are also named executive officers is included above in “—Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Directors Compensation Table

 

Name

   Fees earned
or paid in
cash(1)
($)
     Stock
Awards(2)
($)
     Option
Awards(2)
($)
     All
Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Darrell Francis

     49,200        37,580        21,814        —         108,594  

Joseph Murphy

     41,400        37,580        21,814        —         100,794  

James Spiegelberg

     41,400        37,580        21,814        —         100,794  

John Talsky

     41,400        37,580        21,814        29,567  (3)      130,361  

Gary Zenobi

     41,400        37,580        21,814        —         100,794  

 

(1)

For the year ended December 31, 2020, each independent director of PyraMax Bank, FSB was paid a monthly retainer of $3,450, and Mr. Francis was paid $7,800 in 2020 for his duties as Chairman of the Board. Directors Francis and Spiegelberg deferred $49,200 and $41,400, respectively, of their fees to the Deferral Plan.

(2)

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, the reported amount represents the full grant date value of each award. Since awards vest at a rate of 20% per year beginning in 2021, none of the named executive officers recognized any income from the awards during 2020. The assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in footnote 20 to our audited financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. For stock option awards, amounts reported are grant date fair values computed based upon the Black-Scholes option valuation model, and the actual value, if any, that may be realized will depend on the excess of the stock price over the exercise price on the date the option is exercised. Therefore, there is no assurance that the value of an option realized by a non-employee director will be at or near the value shown above. For restricted stock awards, the amount shown reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted to each non-employee director in 2020.

(3)

Mr. Talsky received a retainer of $24,000 and additional legal fees of $5,567 for hours worked in 2020 on real estate matters for PyraMax Bank, FSB, through his law firm, Talsky & Talsky, SC.

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion

Stock-Based Benefit Plans. Following the offering, we intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted stock awards (including restricted stock units). The stock-based benefit plans will not be adopted sooner than six months after the offering, and, if adopted within 12 months after the offering, stockholders must approve the plans by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast. If the stock-based benefit plans are established more than 12 months after the offering, stockholders must approve the plans by a majority of votes cast. Also, if adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the aggregate number of shares reserved for the exercise of stock options or available for stock awards under the stock-based benefit plans would be limited to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering.

The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plans if we adopt such plans within 12 months after the offering:

 

   

non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

   

any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

   

any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

98


Table of Contents
   

any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and restricted stock plans, in the aggregate, may not acquire more than 10% of the shares sold in the offering, unless PyraMax Bank, FSB has tangible capital of 10% or more, in which case tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and restricted stock plans may acquire up to 12% of the shares sold in the offering;

 

   

the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans;

 

   

accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of New 1895 Bancorp or PyraMax Bank, FSB; and

 

   

our executive officers or directors must exercise or forfeit their options if PyraMax Bank, FSB becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action or receives a capital directive.

We have not determined whether we will present stock-based benefit plans for stockholder approval before or after 12 months after the completion of the conversion.

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

The actual value of the shares awarded under stock-based benefit plans would be based in part on the price of New 1895 Bancorp’s common stock at the time the shares are awarded. The following table presents the total value of all shares of restricted stock that would be available for issuance under the new stock-based benefit plans, assuming the shares are awarded when the market price of our common stock ranges from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.

 

Share Price

     104,720 Shares
Awarded at Minimum of
Offering Range
     123,200 Shares
Awarded at Midpoint of
Offering Range
     141,680 Shares Awarded at
Maximum of Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except share price information)  
$ 8.00      $ 838      $ 986      $ 1,133  
  10.00        1,047        1,232        1,417  
  12.00        1,257        1,478        1,700  
  14.00        1,466        1,725        1,984  

The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the new stock-based benefit plans will be based in part on the price of shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp at the time the options are granted. The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share. The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the stock options, and the actual value of the stock options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.

 

Exercise Price

     Grant-Date Fair
Value Per Option
     261,800 Options at
Minimum of Offering Range
     308,000 Options at
Midpoint of Offering Range
     354,200 Options at
Maximum of
Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except exercise price and fair value information)  
$ 8.00      $ 2.47      $ 647      $ 761      $ 876  
  10.00        3.09        809        952        1,094  
  12.00        3.71        971        1,142        1,313  
  14.00        4.33        1,133        1,332        1,532  

The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to read this prospectus carefully, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22.

 

99


Table of Contents

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

The following table provides the beneficial ownership of shares of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp held by our directors and executive officers, individually and as a group, and all individuals known to management to own more than 5% of our common stock at [stockholder record date]. For purposes of this table, a person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of any shares of common stock over which he has, or shares, directly or indirectly, voting or investment power or as to which he has the right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days after [stockholder record date].

 

     Number of
Shares
     Percent
Outstanding
(1)
 

5% Beneficial Owners:

     

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

        %  

Directors:

     

Darrell Francis

     (2      *  

Richard Hurd

     (3      *  

John Talsky

     (4      *  

Joseph Murphy

     (5      *  

Gary Zenobi

     (6      *  

Monica Baker

     (7   

James Spiegelberg

     (8   

David Ball

     (9      *  

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors:

     

Richard J. Krier

     (10      *  

Charles Mauer

     (11      *  

Thomas K. Peterson

     (12      *  

All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)

        %  

 

*

Less than 1%.

(1)

Based on 4,851,901 shares outstanding at [stockholder record date].

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

 

100


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The table below sets forth, for each of New 1895 Bancorp’s directors and executive officers, and for all of these individuals as a group, the following information:

 

  (i)

the number of exchange shares to be held upon completion of the conversion, based upon their beneficial ownership of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock at [stockholder record date], as set forth in “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock”;

 

  (ii)

the proposed purchases of subscription shares, assuming sufficient shares of common stock are available to satisfy their subscriptions; and

 

  (iii)

the total shares of common stock to be held upon completion of the conversion.

In each case, it is assumed that subscription shares are sold at the minimum of the offering range. See “The Conversion and Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” Federal regulations prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the offering for one year after the date of purchase.

 

     Number of
Exchange
Shares to Be
Held (1)
     Proposed Purchases of Stock in
the Offering (2)
     Total Common Stock to
be Held at Minimum of
Offering Range (1)(3)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Shares
     Amount      Number of
Shares
     Percentage
of Shares
Outstanding
 

Darrell Francis

         $             *

Richard Hurd

                 *  

John Talsky

                 *  

Joseph Murphy

                 *  

Gary Zenobi

              

Monica Baker

              

James Spiegelberg

                 *  

David Ball

                 *  

Richard J. Krier

                 *  

Charles Mauer

                 *  

Thomas K. Peterson

                 *  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group

         $              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

*

Less than 1%.

(1)

Based on information presented under “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock,” and assuming an exchange ratio of 0.9729 at the minimum of the offering range.

(2)

Includes proposed subscriptions, if any, by associates.

(3)

Assuming an exchange ratio of 1.3163 at the maximum of the offering range, directors and executive officers would beneficially own ________ shares, or _____________% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

101


Table of Contents

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

The boards of directors of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and Old 1895 Bancorp have approved the plan of conversion. The plan of conversion must also be approved by the stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp and the members of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (i.e., eligible depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB). Special meetings of stockholders and members have been called for this purpose. We have filed applications with the Federal Reserve Board with respect to the conversion and with respect to New 1895 Bancorp becoming the holding company for PyraMax Bank, FSB. The approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. We have also filed an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to amendments to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s charter. The approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. Any approval by the Federal Reserve Board or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion.

General

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will be merged into Old 1895 Bancorp and as a result 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will cease to exist. Old 1895 Bancorp, which owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of PyraMax Bank, FSB, will merge into a new Maryland corporation named New 1895 Bancorp and as a result Old 1895 Bancorp will cease to exist. As part of the conversion, the 55.4% ownership interest of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC in Old 1895 Bancorp will be offered for sale in the offering. When the conversion is completed, New 1895 Bancorp will own all of the outstanding common stock of PyraMax Bank, FSB and public stockholders will own all of the outstanding common stock of New 1895 Bancorp. A diagram of our corporate structure before and after the conversion is set forth in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.

Under the plan of conversion, at the completion of the conversion and offering, each share of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock owned by persons other than 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will be converted automatically into the right to receive new shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock determined pursuant to an exchange ratio. The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the exchange of existing shares of Old 1895 Bancorp for new shares of New 1895 Bancorp the public stockholders will own the same aggregate percentage of shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp that they owned in Old 1895 Bancorp immediately before the conversion, excluding any shares they purchased in the offering and their receipt of cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, and adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC.

We intend to retain between $10.2 million and $14.0 million of the net proceeds of the offering and to contribute between $12.3 million and $16.8 million of the net proceeds to PyraMax Bank, FSB. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, supplemental account holders, and other members (qualifying depositors). In addition, we may offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee.

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or after the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the Federal Reserve Board. See “—Community Offering.”

 

102


Table of Contents

We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings in a syndicated community offering in which KBW will be sole manager. See “—Syndicated Community Offering.”

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of New 1895 Bancorp. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

The following is a brief summary of the conversion and offering and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each office of PyraMax Bank, FSB. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC’s application for conversion, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Federal Reserve Board. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part. Copies of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (www.sec.gov). See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Reasons for the Conversion and Offering

Our primary reasons for converting and undertaking the offering are to:

 

   

Enhance our regulatory capital position to support growth. A strong capital position is essential to achieving our long-term objectives of growing PyraMax Bank, FSB and building stockholder value. Although PyraMax Bank, FSB exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the proceeds from the offering will materially strengthen our capital position and enable us to support our potential growth and expansion through larger legal lending limits. The augmented regulatory capital will be essential to the continued implementation of our business strategy.

 

   

Transition our organization to a stock holding company structure, which gives us greater flexibility to access the capital markets compared to our existing mutual holding company structure. The stock holding company structure gives us greater flexibility to access the capital markets to support our growth through possible future equity and debt offerings. We have no current plans, agreements or understandings regarding any additional equity or debt offerings.

 

   

Improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock. We expect that the larger number of shares that will be outstanding after completion of the conversion and offering will result in a more liquid and active market for New 1895 Bancorp common stock. A more liquid and active market will make it easier for our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and will give us greater flexibility in implementing capital management strategies.

 

   

Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions. The funds raised from this offering will provide capital to execute our business plan which primarily consists of organic growth. The new full stock structure and capital will allow us to look at acquisitions of other financial institutions where it might yield potential financial benefits to our stockholders. We do not have any current plans with acquisitions and we know opportunities could be limited. In addition, although we intend to remain an independent financial institution, the stock holding company structure may make us a more attractive acquisition candidate for other institutions. Applicable regulations prohibit anyone from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our stock for three years following completion of the conversion without regulatory approval.

 

103


Table of Contents

Approvals Required

The affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by the members of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (i.e., eligible depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB) is required to approve the plan of conversion. By their approval of the plan of conversion, the members of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will also be approving the merger of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC with and into Old 1895 Bancorp. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp held by the public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp (i.e., all stockholders other than 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC) also are required to approve the plan of conversion. We have filed applications with the Federal Reserve Board with respect to the conversion and with respect to New 1895 Bancorp becoming the holding company for PyraMax Bank, FSB. The approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency must also approve an amendment to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s charter to establish a liquidation account. The approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock.

Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders

At the completion of the conversion, each publicly held share of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock will be converted automatically into the right to receive a number of shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock. The number of shares of common stock will be determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, which ensures that the public stockholders will own the same percentage of common stock in New 1895 Bancorp after the conversion as they held in Old 1895 Bancorp immediately before the conversion, exclusive of their purchase of additional shares of common stock in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, and adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC. The exchange ratio will not depend on the market value of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock held by the public, the independent valuation of New 1895 Bancorp prepared by Faust Financial, LLC, and the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering. The exchange ratio is expected to range from approximately 0.9729 shares for each publicly held share of Old 1895 Bancorp at the minimum of the offering range to 1.3163 shares for each publicly held share of Old 1895 Bancorp at the maximum of the offering range.

 

104


Table of Contents

The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the appraised value of New 1895 Bancorp as of February 8, 2021, assuming public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp own 44.7% of the outstanding shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC has cash of $100,000 immediately before the completion of the conversion. The table also shows how many shares of New 1895 Bancorp a hypothetical owner of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock would receive in the exchange for 100 shares of common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares issued in the offering.

 

     Shares to be Sold in
This Offering
    Shares of New 1895 Bancorp
to be Issued for Shares of Old
1895 Bancorp
    Total Shares of
Common Stock
to be Issued in
Exchange and
Offering
     Exchange
Ratio
     Equivalent
Value of
Shares Based
Upon Offering
Price (1)
     Equivalent
Pro Forma
Tangible
Book Value
Per
Exchanged
Share (2)
     Whole
Shares to be

Received for
100 Existing
Shares (3)
 
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Minimum

     2,618,000        55.4     2,110,944        44.6     4,728,944        0.9729      $ 9.73      $ 16.76        97  

Midpoint

     3,080,000        55.4     2,483,463        44.6     5,563,463        1.1446        11.45        17.59        114  

Maximum

     3,542,000        55.4     2,855,982        44.6     6,397,982        1.3163        13.16        18.42        131  

 

(1)

Represents the value of shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock to be received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Old 1895 Bancorp, pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $10.00 per share offering price.

(2)

Represents the pro forma tangible book value per share at each level of the offering range multiplied by the respective exchange ratio. At December 31, 2020, Old 1895 Bancorp’s tangible book value per share was $12.37.

(3)

Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares.

 

105


Table of Contents

Options to purchase shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock that are outstanding immediately before the completion of the conversion will be converted into options to purchase shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price per share to be adjusted based upon the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, term and vesting period of the options will remain unchanged.

Effects of Conversion

Continuity. The conversion will not affect the normal business of PyraMax Bank, FSB of accepting deposits and making loans. PyraMax Bank, FSB will continue to be a federally chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. After the conversion, PyraMax Bank, FSB will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors of Old 1895 Bancorp serving at the time of the conversion will be the directors of New 1895 Bancorp upon the completion of the conversion.

Effect on Deposit Accounts. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of PyraMax Bank, FSB at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the FDIC to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates and other evidences of their accounts.

Effect on Loans. No loan outstanding from PyraMax Bank, FSB will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed before the conversion.

Effect on Voting Rights of Depositors. Depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB are members of, and have voting rights in, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, as to all matters requiring a vote of members. Upon completion of the conversion, depositors will no longer have voting rights. All voting rights in PyraMax Bank, FSB will be vested in New 1895 Bancorp as the sole stockholder of PyraMax Bank, FSB. The stockholders of New 1895 Bancorp will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to New 1895 Bancorp common stock.

Tax Effects. We have received an opinion of counsel with regard to the federal income tax consequences of the conversion and an opinion of our tax advisor with regard to the Wisconsin income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, Old 1895 Bancorp, PyraMax Bank, FSB, the public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp (except for cash paid for fractional shares), eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders, or other members. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”

Effect on Liquidation Rights. Each depositor in PyraMax Bank, FSB has both a deposit account in PyraMax Bank, FSB and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This ownership interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and PyraMax Bank, FSB; however, there has never been a liquidation of a solvent mutual holding company. Any depositor who opens a deposit account prior to the completion of the offering receives a pro rata ownership interest in 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

Consequently, depositors in a stock depository institution that is a subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which would be realizable only in the unlikely event that 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and PyraMax Bank, FSB are liquidated completely. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

 

106


Table of Contents

Under the plan of conversion, Eligible Account Holders (as defined below) and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (as defined below) will receive an interest in liquidation accounts maintained by New 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank, FSB in an aggregate amount equal to (i) 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC’s ownership interest in Old 1895 Bancorp’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition included in this prospectus, plus (ii) the value of the net assets of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC before the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Old 1895 Bancorp). New 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank, FSB will hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in PyraMax Bank, FSB after the conversion. The liquidation accounts are intended to preserve for Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts with PyraMax Bank, FSB a liquidation interest in the residual net worth, if any, of New 1895 Bancorp or PyraMax Bank, FSB (after the payment of all creditors, including depositors to the full extent of their deposit accounts) in the event of a liquidation of (a) New 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank, FSB or (b) PyraMax Bank, FSB. See “—Liquidation Rights.”

Under the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board that govern mutual-to-stock conversions of mutual holding companies, non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts do not meet the definition of qualifying deposits, and, therefore, a holder of a non-interest-bearing demand deposit account would not qualify as an eligible account holder or as a supplemental eligible account holder for purposes of obtaining a purchase priority in the offering or having the right to an interest in the liquidation account that is required to be established in connection with the conversion.

However, because we afforded subscription rights to holders of non-interest-bearing demand accounts in our 2019 offering in connection with our reorganization into the mutual holding company structure, we submitted to the Federal Reserve Board a request for a waiver from this regulation and the Federal Reserve Board has granted the request. As a result, a depositor of PyraMax Bank, FSB who has an eligible non-interest-bearing demand deposit account as of the eligibility record date or the supplemental eligibility record date will be deemed to be an eligible account holder or a supplemental eligible account holder, as applicable, by reason of this account.

The inclusion of depositors with non-interest-bearing demand deposits as eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders will have a dilutive effect on other qualifying depositors with respect to their stock purchase priorities. It will also have a dilutive effect on the interest of all other eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders with respect to the liquidation account that will be established in connection with the conversion.

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

The plan of conversion and applicable regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock to-be-issued, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained Faust Financial, LLC to prepare an independent pro forma valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation and one valuation update, Faust Financial, LLC will receive a fee of $50,000, as well as payment for reimbursable expenses. During the past three years, we have not paid any fees to Faust Financial, LLC. We have agreed to indemnify Faust Financial, LLC and its employees and affiliates for certain costs and expenses in connection with claims or litigation relating to the appraisal and arising out of any misstatement or untrue statement of a material fact in information supplied to Faust Financial, LLC by us or by an intentional omission by us to state a material fact in the information provided, except where Faust Financial, LLC has been negligent or at fault.

 

107


Table of Contents

The independent valuation was prepared by Faust Financial, LLC in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements of Old 1895 Bancorp. Faust Financial, LLC also considered the following factors, among others:

 

   

the present results and financial condition of Old 1895 Bancorp and the projected results and financial condition of New 1895 Bancorp;

 

   

the economic and demographic conditions in Old 1895 Bancorp’s existing market area;

 

   

certain historical, financial and other information relating to Old 1895 Bancorp;

 

   

a comparative evaluation of the operating and financial characteristics of Old 1895 Bancorp with those of other publicly traded savings institutions;

 

   

the effect of the conversion and offering on New 1895 Bancorp’s stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;

 

   

the proposed dividend policy of New 1895 Bancorp; and

 

   

the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

The independent valuation is also based on an analysis of a comparable group of publicly traded savings institution holding companies that Faust Financial, LLC considered comparable to New 1895 Bancorp under regulatory guidelines applicable to the independent valuation. Under these guidelines, a minimum of ten comparable group companies are selected from the universe of all publicly traded savings institutions with relatively comparable financial and other operating characteristics. Such companies must also be traded on a securities exchange (such as Nasdaq or the New York Stock Exchange). The comparable group companies selected for New 1895 Bancorp also consisted of fully-converted stock institutions that were not subject to an actual or rumored acquisition and that had been publicly traded for at least one year. In addition, Faust Financial, LLC limited the comparable group to companies meeting one of the following two selection criteria: (1) Midwest and Mid-Atlantic institutions with assets between $200 million and $950 million, tangible equity-to-tangible assets ratios of greater than 7.0% and reported return on equity of less than 12% and positive earnings.; and (2) Southwest institutions with assets between $200 million and $950 million, tangible equity-to-tangible assets ratios of greater than 7.0% and reported return on equity of less than 12% and positive earnings.

The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma effect of the offering. Consistent with federal appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: (i) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (ii) the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and (iii) the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based on the current market valuations of the comparable group companies. Faust Financial, LLC placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-book approach in estimating pro forma market value. Faust Financial, LLC considered the pro forma price-to-earnings approach to be relatively less meaningful in preparing the appraisal, given our low earnings. The price-to-assets approach was also considered to be less meaningful for a company like us, as we have equity in excess of regulatory capital requirements and positive core earnings.

In applying each of the valuation methods, Faust Financial, LLC considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of New 1895 Bancorp with the comparable group. Faust Financial, LLC made a downward adjustment for profitability and earnings capacity. Faust Financial, LLC made no adjustments for financial condition and efficiency of asset utilization, asset / liability and interest rate risk management, primary market economic and demographic considerations, projected dividend capacity and intended dividend policy, marketability of the issued stock, management, and effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.

 

108


Table of Contents

The downward adjustment for profitability and earnings capacity took into consideration our less favorable profitability, including on a pro-forma basis as percent of equity relative to the comparable group and our lower earnings capacity, including the components driving our recent balance sheet growth, our less favorable efficiency ratio and greater reliance on non-interest income to cover operating expenses.

Included in Faust Financial, LLC’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of New 1895 Bancorp after the conversion that were used in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return of 0.26% on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock issued in the offering by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 per share purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning assumptions included in the independent valuation and used in preparing pro forma data. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

The independent valuation states that as of February 8, 2021, the estimated pro forma market value of New 1895 Bancorp was $55.6 million. Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $47.3 million and a maximum of $64.0 million. The aggregate offering price of the shares will be equal to the valuation range multiplied by the adjusted percentage of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock owned by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range, the adjusted percentage of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock owned by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range is 2,618,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range is 3,080,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range is 3,542,000 shares.

The board of directors of New 1895 Bancorp reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 

   

Old 1895 Bancorp’s financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

a comparison of financial performance ratios of Old 1895 Bancorp to those of other financial institutions of similar size;

 

   

market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions; and

 

   

the historical trading price of the publicly held shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock.

All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The board of directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by Faust Financial, LLC in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended, with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, as a result of subsequent developments in the financial condition of Old 1895 Bancorp or PyraMax Bank, FSB or market conditions generally. If the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of New 1895 Bancorp to less than $47.3 million or more than $64.0 million, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by means of a post-effective amendment to New 1895 Bancorp’s registration statement.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for New 1895 Bancorp (on a pro forma basis) at and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, and for the comparable group companies based on earnings and other information at and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, with stock prices at February 8, 2021, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the comparable group, and based upon the information in the following table, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 25.9% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 27.5% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a premium of 144.6% on a price-to-earnings basis and 81.4% on a price-to-core-earnings basis. Our board of directors, in reviewing and approving the appraisal, considered the range of price-to-earnings multiples and the range of price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in

 

109


Table of Contents

the offering. Faust Financial, LLC placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-book approach, including price-to-tangible book value, in estimating pro forma market value. Faust Financial, LLC gave the pro forma price-to-earnings approach less weight, given our low earnings. The price-to-assets approach was also considered to be less meaningful for a company like us, as we have equity in excess of regulatory capital requirements and positive core earnings. The estimated appraised value and the resulting premium/discount took into consideration the potential financial effect of the conversion and offering as well as the trading price of Old 1895 Bancorp’s common stock. The closing price of the common stock was $10.18 per share on March 1, 2021, the last trading day immediately preceding the announcement of the conversion, and $9.85 per share on February 8, 2021, the effective date of the appraisal.

 

     Price-to-earnings
multiple (1)
     Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible book
value ratio
 

New 1895 Bancorp (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)

       

Maximum

     55.80x        71.47     71.47

Midpoint

     46.34x        65.07     65.07

Minimum

     33.49x        58.04     58.04

Valuation of comparable group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)

       

Averages

     25.54x        87.76     89.71

Medians

     13.72x        88.66     90.12

 

(1)

Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by Faust Financial, LLC in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our shares of common stock. Faust Financial, LLC did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did Faust Financial, LLC independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers PyraMax Bank, FSB as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of PyraMax Bank, FSB. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above $10.00 per share.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $64.0 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 3,542,000 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $47.3 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 2,618,000 shares, then we will promptly return, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may terminate the plan of conversion. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted by the Federal Reserve Board to complete the offering. If we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation due to a change in the independent valuation, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond [final extension date], which is two years after the special meeting of members to approve the plan of conversion.

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and New 1895 Bancorp’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and New 1895 Bancorp’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis.

 

110


Table of Contents

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of Faust Financial, LLC and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are filed as exhibits to the documents specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and on the purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders. Each depositor of PyraMax Bank, FSB with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) at the close of business on December 31, 2019 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of $400,000 (40,000 shares) of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the product of the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders. Eligible Account Holders’ subscription rights are also subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining unallocated shares will be allocated to each remaining Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in same the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on December 31, 2019. In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list all accounts could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or executive officers of Old 1895 Bancorp or who are associates of such persons that are based on deposits made by such persons during the 12 months preceding December 31, 2019 will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders.

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans. Our tax-qualified employee plans, including PyraMax Bank, FSB’s employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, although our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and by our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, each depositor of PyraMax Bank, FSB with a Qualifying Deposit at the close of business on [supplemental eligibility record date], who is not an Eligible Account Holder (a “Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”), will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to $400,000 (40,000 shares) of common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the product of the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and

 

111


Table of Contents

the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. Supplemental Eligible Account Holders’ subscription rights are also subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest at [supplemental eligibility record date]. In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list all accounts could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Priority 4: Other Members. To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, by our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and by Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor of PyraMax Bank, FSB at the close of business on [member record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (collectively, “Other Members”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to $400,000 (40,000 shares) of common stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining shares will be allocated in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Other Member Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest at [member record date]. In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list all accounts could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Expiration Date. The subscription offering will expire at 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each account holder can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint, or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights which have not been exercised before the expiration date will become void.

We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares of common stock has been sold in the offering. If at least 2,635,000 shares have not been sold in the offering by [extension date] and the Federal Reserve Board has not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, for funds received in the subscription and community offerings, and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If the Federal Reserve Board grants an extension beyond [extension date], we will resolicit purchasers in the offering as described under “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings—Expiration Date.”

 

112


Table of Contents

Community Offering

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and Other Members, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to members of the general public in a community offering. Shares would be offered in the community offering with the following preferences:

 

  (i)

Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee; and

 

  (ii)

Other members of the general public.

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to $400,000 (40,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in those counties whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If an oversubscription occurs due to the orders of members of the general public, the allocation procedures described above will apply to the orders of such persons. In connection with the allocation process, orders received for shares of common stock in the community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus with respect to the community means any person who occupies a dwelling within the local community, has a present intent to remain within the local community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the local community together with an indication that such presence within the local community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to determine whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

Expiration Date. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering, and is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, and must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering, unless extended. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and we are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [extension date], in which case we will resolicit purchasers.

Syndicated Community Offering

If feasible, our board of directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated community offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a wide distribution of our shares of common stock.

If a syndicated community offering is held, KBW will serve as sole manager. In such capacity, KBW may form a syndicate of other brokers-dealers who are member firms of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Neither KBW nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares

 

113


Table of Contents

of the common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, KBW has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering. We have not selected any particular broker-dealers to participate in a syndicated community offering and will not do so until before the commencement of the syndicated community offering. The shares of common stock will be sold at the same price per share ($10.00 per share) that the shares are sold in the subscription offering and the community offering.

If there is a syndicated community offering, it is currently expected that investors would follow the same general procedures applicable to purchasing shares in the subscription and community offerings (the use of stock order forms and the submission of funds directly to New 1895 Bancorp for the payment of the purchase price of the shares ordered) except that payment must be in immediately available funds (bank checks, money orders, deposit account withdrawals from accounts at PyraMax Bank, FSB or wire transfers). See “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings.” “Sweep” arrangements and delivery versus payment settlement will only be used in a syndicated community offering to the extent consistent with Rules 10b-9 and 15c2-4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and then-existing guidance and interpretations thereof of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding the conduct of “min/max” offerings.

A syndicated community offering must terminate no more than 45 days following the expiration of the subscription offering, unless extended with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if necessary.

If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or if there are an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of such unsubscribed shares. The Federal Reserve Board and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority must approve any such arrangement.

Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

The plan of conversion includes the following additional limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

  (i)

No person may purchase fewer than 25 shares of common stock, to the extent those shares are available for purchase;

 

  (ii)

Tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering;

 

  (iii)

Except for the employee stock ownership plan, as described above, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than $500,000 (50,000 shares) of common stock in all categories of the offering combined;

 

  (iv)

The number of shares of common stock that an existing Old 1895 Bancorp public stockholder may purchase in the offering, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such stockholder, when combined with the shares that the stockholder and his or her associates will receive in exchange for existing Old 1895 Bancorp common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp to be issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion and offering; and

 

  (v)

The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by executive officers and directors of PyraMax Bank, FSB and their associates, in the aggregate, when combined with shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp issued in exchange for existing shares of Old 1895 Bancorp, may not exceed 25% of the total shares issued in the conversion.

 

114


Table of Contents

Depending upon market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with regulatory approval and without further approval of members of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount of shares of common stock and who indicated on their stock order forms a desire to be resolicited in the event of an increase will be given the opportunity to increase their orders up to the then applicable revised limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by persons who choose to increase their orders. If the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares sold in the offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for shares of common stock exceeding 5% of the shares sold in the offering may not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares sold in the offering.

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

  (i)

any corporation or organization (other than PyraMax Bank, FSB, New 1895 Bancorp, Old 1895 Bancorp or 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC or a majority-owned subsidiary of any of those entities) of which the person is a senior officer, partner or, directly or indirectly, 10% beneficial stockholder;

 

  (ii)

any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, it does not include any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and

 

  (iii)

any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either has the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of Old 1895 Bancorp or PyraMax Bank, FSB.

The term “acting in concert” means:

 

  (i)

knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

  (ii)

a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) will also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.

We have the sole discretion to determine whether prospective purchasers are “associates” or “acting in concert.” We may presume that certain persons are acting in concert based upon, among other things, joint account relationships or the fact that persons share a common address (whether or not related by blood or marriage) or may have filed joint Schedules 13D or 13G with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to Old 1895 Bancorp or other companies. Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors.

Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by directors and certain officers of New 1895 Bancorp or PyraMax Bank, FSB and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of New 1895 Bancorp or PyraMax Bank, FSB for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under FINRA guidelines, members of the FINRA and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in

 

115


Table of Contents

accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of New 1895 Bancorp.”

Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent and Underwriter Compensation

Subscription and Community Offerings. To assist in the marketing of our shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, we have retained KBW, which is a broker-dealer registered with the FINRA. KBW will assist us on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings by:

 

   

consulting with us on the marketing implications of the plan of conversion;

 

   

reviewing with us the financial impact of the offering, based upon the independent appraisal;

 

   

reviewing all offering documents, including the prospectus, stock order forms and marketing materials (it being understood that the preparation and filing of any and all such documents will be our responsibility and that of our counsel);

 

   

assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the offering;

 

   

assisting us in scheduling and preparing meetings with potential investors and/or other broker-dealers, if necessary; and

 

   

providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably requested to promote the successful completion of the offering.

For these services, KBW has received a non-refundable management fee of $30,000 and will receive at the closing of the offering a fee of 1% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the subscription offerings and 1.5% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the community offering, excluding shares purchased by or on behalf of: (i) any employee benefit plan or trust of New 1895 Bancorp or PyraMax Bank, FSB established for the benefit of its directors, officers and employees; and (ii) any director, trustee, officer or employee of New 1895 Bancorp or PyraMax Bank, FSB or members of their immediate families (whether directly or through a personal trust). We have agreed that the offering fee payable to KBW will not be less than $315,000. The management fee, to the extent actually paid at or before closing, will be credited against the offering fee.

Syndicated Community Offering. If shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated community offering, we will pay a fee of 6.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering to KBW and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated community offering.

Expenses. KBW also will be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, not to exceed $30,000, and fees and expenses of its legal counsel not to exceed $100,000. Such total expenses may be increased to not exceed $155,000 in certain circumstances in the event a syndicated community offering occurs or there is a delay in or resolicitation as part of the offering. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if KBW’s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agency agreement, KBW will receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. KBW shall have earned in full, and be entitled to be paid in full, all fees then due and payable at such date of termination. We have separately agreed to pay KBW up to $55,000 in fees and expenses for serving as records management agent, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements. Our directors and executive officers have agreed with KBW, subject to certain exceptions, that during the period beginning on the date of the prospectus and ending 90 days after the closing of the offering, without KBW’s prior written consent, they will not, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant

 

116


Table of Contents

for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of New 1895 Bancorp stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for New 1895 Bancorp stock, (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of New 1895 Bancorp stock, or (iii) announce any intention to take any of the foregoing actions, whether any such transaction is to be settled by the delivery of stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, our directors and executive officers have agreed that they will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for New 1895 Bancorp common stock.

Records Management

We have also engaged KBW as conversion and records management agent in connection with the conversion and the subscription and community offerings. In its role as conversion and records management agent, KBW will assist us in the offering by:

 

   

reviewing our deposit accounts and create a master file of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC’s members (i.e., depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB) as of the key record dates;

 

   

assisting us in designing and preparing proxy forms and stock order forms;

 

   

tabulating proxies from members;

 

   

acting as or supporting the inspector of election at 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC’s special meeting of members and Old 1895 Bancorp’s special meeting of stockholders;

 

   

operating and managing the Stock Information Center; and

 

   

processing stock order forms.

KBW will receive fees of $30,000 for these services, of which $10,000 has been paid as of the date of this prospectus. These fees can be increased by up to $10,000 if there are unusual or additional items or duplication of service required as a result of a material change in the regulations or the plan of conversion or a material delay or other similar events. KBW will also be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $15,000.

Indemnity

We will indemnify KBW against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as well as certain other claims and litigation arising out of KBW’s engagement with respect to the conversion.

Solicitation of Offers by Officers and Directors

Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock in the subscription and community offerings. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of PyraMax Bank, FSB may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of KBW. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

 

117


Table of Contents

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings

Expiration Date. The subscription and community offerings will expire at 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend one or both for up to 45 days, with the approval of Federal Reserve Board, if required. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without notice to purchasers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extension date] would require the Federal Reserve Board’s approval. If the offering is so extended, all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to the notice of extension, we will promptly return your funds, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the offering range is decreased below the minimum of the offering range or is increased above the maximum of the offering range, all subscribers’ stock orders will be cancelled, their deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled, and funds submitted to us will be returned promptly, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, for funds received in the subscription and community offerings. We will then resolicit the subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place a new stock order for a period of time.

To ensure each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the [expiration date] expiration date of the offering, in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days before the expiration date or hand delivered any later than two days before the expiration date. Execution of a stock order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Stock order forms will be distributed only with a prospectus.

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, from the date of receipt as described above.

Use of Order Forms in the Subscription and Community Offerings. To purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, you must properly complete an original stock order form and remit full payment. We are not required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled stock order forms. All stock order forms must be received (not postmarked) on or before 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date]. We are not required to accept stock order forms that are not received by that time, are not signed or are otherwise executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms. We have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided or by overnight delivery to the address listed on the stock order form. You may hand-deliver your stock order form to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s corporate office located at 7001 West Edgerton Avenue, Greenfield, Wisconsin. The Stock Information Center will be open Monday through Friday, between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central Time. The Stock Information Center will not be open on bank holidays. Hand-delivered stock order forms will be accepted only at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at our other offices. Do not mail stock order forms to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s offices.

Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time before completion of the offering. If you are ordering shares in the offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.

 

118


Table of Contents

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by PyraMax Bank, FSB, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Payment for Shares. Payment for all shares of common stock must accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares in the subscription and community offerings may be made by:

 

  (i)

personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. Do not remit cash; or

 

  (ii)

authorization of withdrawal from the types of PyraMax Bank, FSB deposit account(s) designated on the stock order form.

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit account(s) at PyraMax Bank, FSB are provided on the stock order form. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contractual rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the rate of ___% per annum after the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s). Checks and money orders received in the subscription and community offerings will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at PyraMax Bank, FSB and will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated.

You may not remit cash, any type of third-party checks (including those payable to you and endorsed over to New 1895 Bancorp) or a PyraMax Bank, FSB line of credit check. You may not designate on your stock order form direct withdrawal from a retirement account at PyraMax Bank, FSB. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds.” Additionally, you may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from PyraMax Bank, FSB deposit accounts with check-writing privileges. Instead, a check should be provided. If you request a direct withdrawal from an account with check-writing privileges, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and will immediately withdraw the amount from the specified account(s). If permitted by the Federal Reserve Board, in the event we resolicit persons who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount, as described above in “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” such purchasers who wish to increase their purchases will not be able to use personal checks to pay for the additional shares, but instead must pay for the additional shares using immediately available funds. Wire transfers will not otherwise be accepted, except as described below.

Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [extension date]. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to the notice of extension, we will promptly return your funds, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. We may resolicit purchasers for a specified period of time.

Regulations prohibit PyraMax Bank, FSB from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

We have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time before 48 hours before the completion of the conversion. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

 

119


Table of Contents

If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or New 1895 Bancorp to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase. In addition, if our 401(k) plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering.

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds. If you are interested in using funds in your IRA at PyraMax Bank, FSB or other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you must do so through an account offered by a custodian that can hold common stock. By regulation, PyraMax Bank, FSB’s IRAs are not capable of holding common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use funds that are currently in an IRA held at PyraMax Bank, FSB, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will instead have to be transferred to an independent trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm, which offers the type of retirement accounts that can hold common stock. The purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing a stock order. A one-time and/or annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian. You may select the custodian of your choice. You may, but are under no obligation to, select KBW or one of its affiliated broker dealers, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“SN”) or Century Securities Associates (“CSA”), as your IRA custodian. If you do purchase shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock using funds from a KBW, SN or CSA IRA account, you acknowledge that KBW, SN or CSA, as applicable, did not recommend or give you advice regarding such purchase. Other than the standard account fees and compensation associated with all IRA accounts, KBW, SN and CSA do not receive additional fees or compensation as a result of the purchase of New 1895 Bancorp common stock through a KBW, SN or CSA IRA or retirement account in addition to the fees that KBW receives for the offering. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Individuals interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account, whether held at PyraMax Bank, FSB or elsewhere, to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center for guidance as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] offering deadline. Processing these transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock. All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A book entry statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the conversion and offering or the next business day. Until a statement reflecting your ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to you, you may not be able to sell the shares of common stock that you purchased, even though the shares of common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Other Restrictions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply:

 

  (i)

a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion reside in such state;

 

120


Table of Contents
  (ii)

the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us or our employees to register, under the securities laws of such state, as a broker or dealer or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or

 

  (iii)

such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

Applicable banking regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other Members, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. When registering your stock purchase on the stock order form, you cannot add the name(s) of others for joint or beneficial stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. You may only add those who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts you held at your date of eligibility, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise before completion of the offering

We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

Stock Information Center

Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, call our Stock Information Center at [stock center number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central Time, and will be closed on bank holidays.

Liquidation Rights

Liquidation Before the Conversion. In the unlikely event that 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC is liquidated before the conversion, all claims of creditors of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC remaining, these assets would first be distributed to depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB pro rata based on the value of their accounts at PyraMax Bank, FSB.

Liquidation Following the Conversion. The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a liquidation account by New 1895 Bancorp for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to (i) 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC’s ownership interest in Old 1895 Bancorp’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition contained in this prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC before the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Old 1895 Bancorp). The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a parallel liquidation account in PyraMax Bank, FSB to support the New 1895 Bancorp liquidation account if New 1895 Bancorp does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under the New 1895 Bancorp liquidation account.

 

121


Table of Contents

In the unlikely event that PyraMax Bank, FSB were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first. However, except with respect to the liquidation account to be established in New 1895 Bancorp, a depositor’s claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest. Depositors generally would not have an interest in the value of the assets of PyraMax Bank, FSB or New 1895 Bancorp above that amount.

The liquidation account established by New 1895 Bancorp is intended to provide qualifying depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB with a liquidation interest (exchanged for the liquidation interests such persons had in 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC) after the conversion in the event of a complete liquidation of New 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank, FSB or a liquidation solely of PyraMax Bank, FSB. Specifically, in the unlikely event that either (i) PyraMax Bank, FSB or (ii) New 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank, FSB were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by a distribution to depositors as of the close of business on December 31, 2019 and [supplemental eligibility record date] of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by New 1895 Bancorp. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of PyraMax Bank, FSB only, when New 1895 Bancorp has insufficient assets (other than the stock of PyraMax Bank, FSB) to fund the liquidation account distribution owed to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and PyraMax Bank, FSB has positive net worth, then PyraMax Bank, FSB shall immediately make a distribution to fund New 1895 Bancorp’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s interest in the liquidation account maintained by New 1895 Bancorp as adjusted periodically pursuant to the plan of conversion and federal regulations. If New 1895 Bancorp is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of PyraMax Bank, FSB, then the New 1895 Bancorp liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the PyraMax Bank, FSB liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the New 1895 Bancorp liquidation account.

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, after two years from the date of conversion and upon the written request of the Federal Reserve Board, New 1895 Bancorp will transfer, or, upon the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, may transfer the liquidation account and the depositors’ interests in such account to PyraMax Bank, FSB and the liquidation account shall thereupon be subsumed into the liquidation account of PyraMax Bank, FSB.

Under the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution or depository institution holding company in which New 1895 Bancorp or PyraMax Bank, FSB is not the surviving institution, would not be considered a liquidation. In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution or company.

Each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder will have an initial pro-rata interest in the liquidation account as set forth in the plan of conversion and the applicable rules and policies of the Federal Reserve Board based on the deposits held by such eligible account holder or supplemental eligible account holder on the applicable eligibility or supplemental eligibility record date. However, the interest in the liquidation account of each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder will be subject to reduction as set forth in the plan of conversion and the applicable rules and policies of the Federal Reserve Board if the amount of their deposits on any December 31 annual closing date is less than the amount of their deposits on the eligibility or supplemental eligibility record date, as applicable. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositors. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to stockholders.

 

122


Table of Contents

Material Income Tax Consequences

Completion of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to the federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, Old 1895 Bancorp, PyraMax Bank, FSB, New 1895 Bancorp, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other Members. Unlike private letter rulings, an opinion of counsel or a tax advisor is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and those authorities may disagree with the opinion. In the event of a disagreement, there can be no assurance that New 1895 Bancorp or PyraMax Bank, FSB would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, Old 1895 Bancorp, PyraMax Bank, FSB and New 1895 Bancorp have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which include the following:

 

  1.

The merger of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC with and into Old 1895 Bancorp will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  2.

The constructive exchange of Eligible Account Holders’ and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders’ liquidation interests in 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC for liquidation interests in Old 1895 Bancorp will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

  3.

None of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, Old 1895 Bancorp, Eligible Account Holders nor Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC to Old 1895 Bancorp and the assumption by 1895 Bancorp of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC’s liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in Old 1895 Bancorp.

 

  4.

The basis of the assets of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and the holding period of the assets to be received by Old 1895 Bancorp will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC immediately before the exchange.

 

  5.

The merger of Old 1895 Bancorp with and into New 1895 Bancorp will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code and, therefore, will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code. Neither Old 1895 Bancorp nor New 1895 Bancorp will recognize gain or loss as a result of such merger.

 

  6.

The basis of the assets of Old 1895 Bancorp and the holding period of such assets to be received by New 1895 Bancorp will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Old 1895 Bancorp immediately before the exchange.

 

  7.

Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in Old 1895 Bancorp for interests in the liquidation account in New 1895 Bancorp.

 

  8.

The exchange by the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the liquidation interests that they constructively received in Old 1895 Bancorp for interests in the liquidation account established in New 1895 Bancorp will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

  9.

Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock (including fractional share interests) received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock surrendered in the exchange.

 

  10.

Each stockholder’s holding period in its New 1895 Bancorp common stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Old 1895 Bancorp common stock surrendered was held, provided that the Old 1895 Bancorp common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange.

 

123


Table of Contents
  11.

Except with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares, current stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock for New 1895 Bancorp common stock.

 

  12.

Cash received by any current stockholder of Old 1895 Bancorp in lieu of a fractional share interest in shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock will be treated as having been received as a distribution in full payment in exchange for a fractional share interest of New 1895 Bancorp common stock, which the stockholder would otherwise be entitled to receive. Accordingly, a stockholder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the basis of the fractional share. If the common stock is held by the stockholder as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be capital gain or loss.

 

  13.

It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase New 1895 Bancorp common stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.

 

  14.

It is more likely than not that at the effective date of the conversion the fair market value of the benefit provided by the liquidation account of PyraMax Bank, FSB supporting the payment of the New 1895 Bancorp liquidation account in the event either PyraMax Bank, FSB (or New 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank, FSB) were to liquidate after the conversion (including a liquidation of PyraMax Bank, FSB or PyraMax Bank, FSB and New 1895 Bancorp following a purchase and assumption transaction with a credit union) when New 1895 Bancorp lacks sufficient net assets to pay the liquidation account distribution due is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the PyraMax Bank, FSB liquidation account as of the effective date of the conversion.

 

  15.

It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of the New 1895 Bancorp common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

  16.

No gain or loss will be recognized by New 1895 Bancorp on the receipt of money in exchange for New 1895 Bancorp common stock sold in the offering.

We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address the material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, Old 1895 Bancorp, PyraMax Bank, FSB, New 1895 Bancorp, persons receiving subscription rights, and stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp. With respect to items 13 and 15 above, Luse Gorman, PC noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally nontransferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. Luse Gorman, PC further noted that Faust Financial, LLC has issued a letter that the subscription rights have no ascertainable fair market value. Luse Gorman, PC also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman, PC believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the

 

124


Table of Contents

subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on the distribution of such rights. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences if subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

The opinion as to item 14 above is based on the position that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received any payment attributable to liquidation of a solvent bank and/or holding company (other than as set forth below); (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in PyraMax Bank, FSB are reduced; (iv) holders of an interest in a liquidation account have received payments of their interests in very few instances (out of hundreds of transactions involving mergers, acquisitions and the purchase of assets and assumption of liabilities of holding companies and subsidiary banks) and these instances involved the purchase and assumption of a bank’s assets by a credit union; and (v) the PyraMax Bank, FSB liquidation account payment obligation arises only if New 1895 Bancorp lacks sufficient assets to fund the liquidation account or if PyraMax Bank, FSB (or PyraMax Bank, FSB and New 1895 Bancorp) enters into a transaction to transfer PyraMax Bank, FSB’s assets and liabilities to a credit union.

In addition, we have received a letter from Faust Financial, LLC stating its belief that the benefit provided by the PyraMax Bank, FSB liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account if (i) New 1895 Bancorp lacks sufficient net assets or (ii) PyraMax Bank, FSB (or PyraMax Bank, FSB and New 1895 Bancorp) enters into a transaction to transfer PyraMax Bank, FSB’s assets and liabilities to a credit union, does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman, PC believes it is more likely than not that such rights in the PyraMax Bank, FSB liquidation account have no value. If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value as of the effective time of the conversion, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.

The opinion of Luse Gorman, PC, unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date. The Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable rulings for transactions substantially similar to the proposed conversion and offering, but those rulings may not be cited as precedent by any taxpayer other than the taxpayer to whom a ruling is addressed. We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.

We have also received an opinion from Wipfli LLP that the Wisconsin income tax consequences are consistent with the federal income tax consequences.

The federal and state tax opinions have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to New 1895 Bancorp’s registration statement.

Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or certain officers of PyraMax Bank, FSB, Old 1895 Bancorp, New 1895 Bancorp or 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except if the individual dies. Restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of New 1895 Bancorp also will be restricted by the insider trading rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

125


Table of Contents

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, certain officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion, may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our common stock by any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any stock option or restricted stock plans.

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF

OLD 1895 BANCORP

General. As a result of the conversion, stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp will become stockholders of New 1895 Bancorp. The differing rights of stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp and stockholders of New 1895 Bancorp result from differences between federal and Maryland law and regulations, and differences between Old 1895 Bancorp’s federal stock charter and bylaws and New 1895 Bancorp’s Maryland articles of incorporation and bylaws.

This discussion is not intended to be a complete statement of the differences affecting the rights of stockholders, but rather summarizes the material differences and similarities affecting the rights of stockholders. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws.

Authorized Capital Stock. The authorized capital stock of Old 1895 Bancorp consists of 90,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share.

The authorized capital stock of New 1895 Bancorp consists of 90,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Under Maryland General Corporation Law and New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation, the board of directors may increase or decrease the number of authorized shares without stockholder approval. Stockholder approval is required to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Old 1895 Bancorp.

Old 1895 Bancorp’s charter and New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation both authorize the board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and, for any series of preferred stock, to determine the terms and rights of the series, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion and redemption rates and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, our board of directors has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management to attempt to block a hostile tender offer, merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control. We currently have no plans for the issuance of additional shares for such purposes.

Issuance of Capital Stock. Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC is required to own not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock. 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will no longer exist following completion of the conversion.

New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation do not contain restrictions on the issuance of shares of capital stock to directors, officers or controlling persons, whereas Old 1895 Bancorp’s charter restricts such issuances to general public offerings, or to directors for qualifying shares, unless the share issuance or the plan under which they would generally be issued has been approved by stockholders. However, stock-based compensation plans, such as stock option plans and restricted stock plans, would have to be submitted for approval by New 1895 Bancorp stockholders due to requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and to qualify stock options for favorable federal income tax treatment.

Voting Rights. Neither Old 1895 Bancorp’s charter or bylaws nor New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation or bylaws provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. For additional information regarding voting rights, see “—Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders” below.

 

126


Table of Contents

Payment of Dividends. Old 1895 Bancorp’s ability to pay dividends depends, to a large extent, upon PyraMax Bank, FSB’s ability to pay dividends to Old 1895 Bancorp, which is restricted by federal regulations and by federal income tax considerations related to savings banks. Additionally, current regulations of the Federal Reserve Board substantially restrict the ability of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, to waive dividends declared by Old 1895 Bancorp. Accordingly, because any dividends declared and paid by Old 1895 Bancorp must be paid to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC along with all other stockholders, the amount of dividends available for all other stockholders is less than if 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC were to waive the receipt of dividends.

The same restrictions will apply to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s ability to pay of dividends to New 1895 Bancorp. In addition, with respect to dividends to stockholders, Maryland law generally limits dividends if the corporation would not be able to pay its debts in the usual course of business after giving effect to the dividend or if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the corporation’s total liabilities plus the amount that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend. New 1895 Bancorp also will not be permitted to pay dividends on its common stock if its stockholders’ equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established by New 1895 Bancorp in connection with the conversion.

Board of Directors. Old 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws and New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation require the board of directors to be divided into three classes and that the members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors are elected and qualified, with one class being elected annually.

Under Old 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws, any vacancies on the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the board of directors. Persons elected by the board of directors of Old 1895 Bancorp to fill vacancies may only serve until the next election of directors by stockholders. Under New 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws, any vacancy occurring on the board of directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors, and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been elected and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

Limitations on Liability. The charter and bylaws of Old 1895 Bancorp do not limit the personal liability of directors or officers.

New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation provide that directors and officers will not be personally liable for monetary damages to New 1895 Bancorp for certain actions as directors or officers, except for (i) receipt of an improper personal benefit, (ii) actions or omissions that are determined to have materially involved active and deliberate dishonesty, or (iii) to the extent otherwise provided by Maryland law. These provisions might, in certain instances, discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors or officers for a breach of their duties even though such an action, if successful, might benefit New 1895 Bancorp.

Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents. As generally allowed under current Federal Reserve Board regulations and Old 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws, Old 1895 Bancorp will indemnify its current and former directors, officers and employees for any amount for which that person becomes liable under a judgment in, and any reasonable costs incurred in connection with, any litigation involving such person’s activities as a director, officer or employee if such person obtains a final judgment on the merits in his or her favor. In addition, indemnification is permitted in the case of a settlement, a final judgment against such person, or final judgment other than on the merits, if a majority of disinterested directors determines that such person was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her employment as he or she could reasonably have perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the circumstances was in the best interests of Old 1895 Bancorp or its stockholders. Old 1895 Bancorp also is permitted to pay ongoing expenses incurred by a director, officer or employee if a majority of disinterested directors concludes that such person may become entitled to indemnification.

 

127


Table of Contents

The articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp provide that it shall indemnify (i) its current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent required or permitted by Maryland law, including the advancement of expenses, and (ii) other employees or agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the board of directors and Maryland law, all subject to any applicable federal law and regulation. Maryland law allows New 1895 Bancorp to indemnify any person for expenses, liabilities, settlements, judgments and fines in suits in which such person has been made a party by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of New 1895 Bancorp. No such indemnification may be given if the acts or omissions of the person are adjudged to be in bad faith and material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding, if such person is liable to the corporation for an unlawful distribution, or if such person personally received a benefit to which he or she was not entitled. The right to indemnification includes the right to be paid the expenses incurred in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.

Special Meetings of Stockholders. Old 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the chairman, the president, a majority of the members of the board of directors or the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting.

New 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the president, the chief executive officer, the chairperson or by a majority vote of the total authorized directors, and shall be called upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Old 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws provide that stockholders may submit nominations for election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders and may propose any new business to be taken up at such a meeting by filing the proposal in writing with Old 1895 Bancorp at least five days before the date of any such meeting.

New 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to New 1895 Bancorp not less than 90 days nor more than 100 days before the anniversary date of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced to a date that is more than 30 days before the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of New 1895 Bancorp at the principal executive office of the corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

Management believes that it is in the best interests of New 1895 Bancorp and its stockholders to provide sufficient time to enable management to disclose to stockholders information about a dissident slate of nominations for directors. This advance notice requirement may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any dissident slate of nominations, should management determine that doing so is in the best interests of stockholders generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the stockholders that such proposals be adopted. In certain instances, such provisions could make it more difficult to oppose management’s nominees or proposals, even if stockholders believe such nominees or proposals are not in stockholders’ best interests.

Stockholder Action Without a Meeting. Under Old 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws and under Maryland law with respect to New 1895 Bancorp, action may be taken by stockholders without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on the action consent to taking such action without a meeting.

Stockholder’s Right to Examine Books and Records. A federal regulation, which is applicable to Old 1895 Bancorp, provides that stockholders may inspect and copy specified books and records after proper written notice for a proper purpose. Maryland law provides that a stockholder may inspect a company’s bylaws, stockholder minutes, annual statement of affairs and any voting trust agreements.

 

128


Table of Contents

Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders. New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation provide that no record owner of any of New 1895 Bancorp’s outstanding common stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock will be permitted to vote any shares in excess of such 10% limit. Old 1895 Bancorp’s charter contained a similar provision, but with respect to shares held by persons other than 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC; this provision would have expired in 2024, following the fifth anniversary of PyraMax Bank, FSB’s initial mutual holding company reorganization.

In addition, federal regulations provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the conversion and offering, no person, acting singly or together with associates in a group of persons acting in concert, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of New 1895 Bancorp’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Where any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of New 1895 Bancorp’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, the securities beneficially owned by such person in excess of 10% may not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and will not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

Director Qualifications. New 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws provide that certain individuals are not eligible for election or appointment as a director, including an individual who (i) in the past ten years, has been subject to a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, from a financial or securities regulatory agency; (ii) has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; or (iii) is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime. The bylaws also include a residency requirement, and prohibit service on the board of directors where an individual: is, at the same time, associated with a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization that engages in financial services related business activities or solicits customers in the same market area as New 1895 Bancorp or any of its subsidiaries; does not agree in writing to comply with all of New 1895 Bancorp’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy and confirm in writing his or her qualifications under the bylaws; is a party to any agreement or arrangement with a party other than New 1895 Bancorp or a subsidiary that (1) provides him or her with material benefits which are tied to or contingent on New 1895 Bancorp entering into a merger, sale of control or similar transaction in which it is not the surviving institution, (2) materially limits his or her voting discretion as a member of the board of directors, or (3) materially impairs his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of New 1895 Bancorp; or has lost more than one election for service as a director of the New 1895 Bancorp.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between New 1895 Bancorp and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of New 1895 Bancorp’s voting stock after the date on which New 1895 Bancorp had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of New 1895 Bancorp at any time after the date on which New 1895 Bancorp had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period before the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of New 1895 Bancorp. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between New 1895 Bancorp and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of New 1895 Bancorp and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of New 1895 Bancorp, and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of New 1895

 

129


Table of Contents

Bancorp other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if New 1895 Bancorp’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

Current federal regulations do not provide a vote standard for business combinations involving federal mid-tier stock holding companies, like Old 1895 Bancorp.

Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets. As a result of an election made in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation, a merger or consolidation of New 1895 Bancorp requires approval of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast by stockholders. However, no approval by stockholders is required for a merger if:

 

   

the plan of merger does not make an amendment to the articles of incorporation that would be required to be approved by the stockholders;

 

   

each stockholder of the surviving corporation whose shares were outstanding immediately before the effective date of the merger will hold the same number of shares, with identical designations, preferences, limitations, and rights, immediately after; and

 

   

the number of shares of any class or series of stock outstanding immediately after the effective time of the merger will not increase by more than 20% over the total number of voting shares outstanding immediately before the merger.

In addition, under certain circumstances the approval of the stockholders will not be required to authorize a merger with or into a 90%-owned subsidiary of New 1895 Bancorp.

Under Maryland law, a sale of all or substantially all of New 1895 Bancorp’s assets other than in the ordinary course of business, or a voluntary dissolution of New 1895 Bancorp, requires the approval of its board of directors and the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes of stockholders entitled to be cast on the matter.

Current federal regulations do not provide a vote standard for mergers, consolidations or sales of assets by federal mid-tier stock holding companies, like Old 1895 Bancorp.

Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of New 1895 Bancorp (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of New 1895 Bancorp and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon New 1895 Bancorp’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

 

   

the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, New 1895 Bancorp and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which New 1895 Bancorp and its subsidiaries operate or are located;

 

   

whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of New 1895 Bancorp;

 

   

whether a more favorable price could be obtained for New 1895 Bancorp’s stock or other securities in the future;

 

130


Table of Contents
   

the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of New 1895 Bancorp and its subsidiaries;

 

   

the future value of the stock or any other securities of New 1895 Bancorp or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;

 

   

any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;

 

   

the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and

 

   

the ability of New 1895 Bancorp to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

Old 1895 Bancorp’s charter and bylaws do not contain a similar provision.

Dissenters Rights of Appraisal. Under Maryland law, stockholders of New 1895 Bancorp will not have dissenters’ appraisal rights in connection with a plan of merger or consolidation to which New 1895 Bancorp is a party as long as the common stock of New 1895 Bancorp trades on a national securities exchange.

Current federal regulations do not provide for dissenters’ appraisal rights for stockholders of federal mid-tier stock holding companies, like Old 1895 Bancorp.

Forum Selection for Certain Stockholder Lawsuits. The articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp provide that, unless New 1895 Bancorp consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of New 1895 Bancorp, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of New 1895 Bancorp to New 1895 Bancorp or New 1895 Bancorp’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine will be conducted in a state or federal court located within the State of Maryland, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This exclusive forum provision does not apply to claims arising under the federal securities laws. Under the articles of incorporation, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of New 1895 Bancorp shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the exclusive forum provision of the articles of incorporation. This exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum it finds favorable for disputes with New 1895 Bancorp and its directors, officers, and other employees or may cause a stockholder to incur additional expense by having to bring a claim in a judicial forum that is distant from where the stockholder resides, or both.

Old 1895 Bancorp’s charter and bylaws do not contain a similar provision.

Amendment of Governing Instruments. No amendment of Old 1895 Bancorp’s charter may be made unless it is first proposed by the board of directors, then approved or pre-approved by the Federal Reserve Board, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting. Amendments to Old 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws require either preliminary approval by or post-adoption notice to the Federal Reserve Board as well as approval of the amendment by a majority vote of the authorized board of directors, or by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp at any legal meeting.

 

131


Table of Contents

New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation may be amended, upon the submission of an amendment by the board of directors to a vote of the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole board of directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

  (i)

the limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (ii)

the division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;

 

  (iii)

the ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

  (iv)

the requirement that directors may only be removed for cause and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by stockholders;

 

  (v)

the ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;

 

  (vi)

the ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire New 1895 Bancorp;

 

  (vii)

the authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

 

  (viii)

the validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (ix)

the number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;

 

  (x)

the indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by New 1895 Bancorp;

 

  (xi)

the limitation of liability of officers and directors to New 1895 Bancorp for money damages;

 

  (xii)

the inability of stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors;

 

  (xiii)

the advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations;

 

  (xiv)

the requirement that the forum for certain actions or disputes will be a state or federal court located within the State of Maryland; and

 

  (xv)

the provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xiv) of this list.

New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of New 1895 Bancorp’s directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.

 

132


Table of Contents

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NEW 1895 BANCORP

Although the board of directors of New 1895 Bancorp is unaware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of New 1895 Bancorp after the conversion, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of New 1895 Bancorp and its stockholders from takeovers which the board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of New 1895 Bancorp or its stockholders.

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Maryland law, New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, PyraMax Bank, FSB’s charter and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description is necessarily general and is not intended to be a complete description of the document or regulatory provision in question. New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are included as part of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC’s application for conversion filed with the Federal Reserve Board and New 1895 Bancorp’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Maryland Law and Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of New 1895 Bancorp

Maryland law, as well as New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that may discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of New 1895 Bancorp more difficult.

Directors. The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of the board of directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including restrictions on affiliations with competitors of PyraMax Bank, FSB, restrictions based upon prior legal or regulatory violations and a residency requirement. Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

Restrictions on Calling Special Meetings. The articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by the president, the chairperson, by a majority of the whole board of directors or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting. The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Limitation of Voting Rights. The articles of incorporation provide that no record owner of any of New 1895 Bancorp’s outstanding common stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock will be permitted to vote any shares in excess of such 10% limit. This provision has been included in the articles of incorporation in reliance on Section 2-507(a) of the Maryland General Corporation Law, which entitles stockholders to one vote for each share of stock unless the articles of incorporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limit or deny voting rights.

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office. The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of New 1895 Bancorp’s then-outstanding common stock entitled to vote (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights”).

 

133


Table of Contents

Authorized but Unissued Shares. After the conversion, New 1895 Bancorp will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of New 1895 Bancorp.” The articles of incorporation authorize 10,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. New 1895 Bancorp is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of New 1895 Bancorp that the board of directors does not approve, it may be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of New 1895 Bancorp. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Amendments to the articles of incorporation must be approved by the board of directors and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole board of directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend certain provisions. A list of these provisions is provided under “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp—Amendment of Governing Instruments.”

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of New 1895 Bancorp’s directors or by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast by stockholders at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast.

The provisions requiring the affirmative vote of 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast for certain stockholder actions have been included in the articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp in reliance on Section 2-104(b)(4) of the Maryland General Corporation Law, which permits the articles of incorporation to require a greater proportion of votes than the proportion that would otherwise be required for stockholder action under the Maryland General Corporation Law.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. Maryland law restricts mergers, consolidations, sales of assets and other business combinations between New 1895 Bancorp and an “interested stockholder.” See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights for Stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp—Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets.”

Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of New 1895 Bancorp (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of New 1895 Bancorp and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to, certain enumerated factors. For a list of these enumerated factors, see “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights for Stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp—Evaluation of Offers.”

Purpose and Anti-Takeover Effects of New 1895 Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Our board of directors believes that the provisions described above are prudent and will reduce our vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors. These provisions also will assist us in the orderly deployment of the offering proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the conversion. We believe these provisions are in the best interests of New 1895 Bancorp and its stockholders. Our board of directors believes that it will be in the best position to determine the true value of New 1895 Bancorp and to negotiate more effectively for what may be in the best interests of all our

 

134


Table of Contents

stockholders. Accordingly, our board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of New 1895 Bancorp and all of our stockholders to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the board of directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also the view of our board of directors that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price reflective of the true value of New 1895 Bancorp and that is in the best interests of all our stockholders.

Takeover attempts that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors present the risk of a takeover on terms that may be less favorable than might otherwise be available. A transaction that is negotiated and approved by our board of directors, on the other hand, can be carefully planned and undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value for our stockholders, with due consideration given to matters such as the management and business of the acquiring corporation.

Although a tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above the current market price, such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, stockholders may be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise that is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to those of the remaining stockholders.

Despite our belief as to the benefits to stockholders of these provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, these provisions also may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that would not be approved by our board of directors, but pursuant to which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have any opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also make it more difficult to remove our board of directors and management. Our board of directors, however, has concluded that the potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.

Federal Conversion Regulations

Federal Reserve Board regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquire stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person before completion of its conversion. Further, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. The Federal Reserve Board has defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a bank or its holding company, or to an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding company’s behalf for resale to the general public, are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.

Change in Control Law and Regulations

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, a federal law, no person may acquire control of an insured savings bank or its parent holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. The Federal Reserve Board takes into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings bank without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

135


Table of Contents

Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the Federal Reserve Board that the acquirer has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings and loan holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with New 1895 Bancorp, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that parties seeking to rebut control will be provided an opportunity to do so in writing.

The Federal Reserve Board adopted a final rule, effective September 30, 2020, that revised its framework for determining whether a company has a “controlling influence” over a bank or savings and loan holding company for purposes of the Bank and Savings and Loan Holding Company Acts.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NEW 1895 BANCORP

General

New 1895 Bancorp is authorized to issue 90,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. New 1895 Bancorp currently expects to issue in the offering and exchange up to 6,397,982 shares of common stock, at the maximum of the offering range. New 1895 Bancorp will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable.

The shares of common stock will represent non-withdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

Common Stock

Dividends. New 1895 Bancorp may pay dividends on its common stock if, after giving effect to such dividends, it would be able to pay its debts in the usual course of business and its total assets would exceed the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights on dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividends. However, even if New 1895 Bancorp’s assets are less than the amount necessary to satisfy the requirement set forth above, New 1895 Bancorp may pay dividends from: its net earnings for the fiscal year in which the distribution is made; its net earnings for the preceding fiscal year; or the sum of its net earnings for the preceding eight fiscal quarters. The payment of dividends by New 1895 Bancorp is also subject to limitations that are imposed by applicable regulation, including restrictions on payments of dividends that would reduce New 1895 Bancorp’s assets below the then-adjusted balance of its liquidation account. The holders of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If New 1895 Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

Voting Rights. Upon completion of the offering and exchange, the holders of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp will have exclusive voting rights in New 1895 Bancorp. They will elect New 1895 Bancorp’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of New 1895 Bancorp’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If New 1895 Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require the approval of 80% of our outstanding common stock.

 

136


Table of Contents

As a federally chartered stock savings bank, corporate powers and control of PyraMax Bank, FSB are vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of PyraMax Bank, FSB and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of PyraMax Bank, FSB are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of PyraMax Bank, FSB, which will be New 1895 Bancorp, and voted at the direction of New 1895 Bancorp’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of New 1895 Bancorp will not have direct control of PyraMax Bank, FSB.

Liquidation. In the unlikely event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of PyraMax Bank, FSB, New 1895 Bancorp, as the holder of 100% of PyraMax Bank, FSB’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of PyraMax Bank, FSB available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of PyraMax Bank, FSB, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the unlikely event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of New 1895 Bancorp, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities (including payments with respect to its liquidation account), all of the assets of New 1895 Bancorp available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

Preemptive Rights. Holders of the common stock of New 1895 Bancorp will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

Preferred Stock

None of New 1895 Bancorp’s authorized shares of preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

Forum Selection for Certain Stockholder Lawsuits

The articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp provide that, unless New 1895 Bancorp consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of New 1895 Bancorp, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of New 1895 Bancorp to New 1895 Bancorp or New 1895 Bancorp’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine will be conducted in a state or federal court located within the State of Maryland, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This exclusive forum provision does not apply to claims arising under the federal securities laws. Under the articles of incorporation, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of New 1895 Bancorp shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the exclusive forum provision of the articles of incorporation. This exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum it finds favorable for disputes with New 1895 Bancorp and its directors, officers, and other employees or may cause a stockholder to incur additional expense by having to bring a claim in a judicial forum that is distant from where the stockholder resides, or both.

TRANSFER AGENT

The transfer agent and registrar for New 1895 Bancorp’s common stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York.

 

137


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Old 1895 Bancorp as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended have been included in this prospectus and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of Wipfli LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Faust Financial, LLC has consented to the publication in this prospectus of the summary of its report setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp upon completion of the conversion and offering and of its letters with respect to subscription rights and the liquidation accounts.

LEGAL MATTERS

Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, D.C., counsel to New 1895 Bancorp, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, Old 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank, FSB, has issued to New 1895 Bancorp its opinions regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. Wipfli LLP, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, has provided an opinion to us regarding the Wisconsin income tax consequences of the conversion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for KBW and, in the event of a syndicated community offering, for any other co-managers, by Nutter McClennen & Fish LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

New 1895 Bancorp has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report, which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge through the Securities and Exchange Commission’s web site (www.sec.gov), which contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including New 1895 Bancorp. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC has filed an application for conversion with the Federal Reserve Board, and New 1895 Bancorp has filed a savings and loan holding company application with the Federal Reserve Board. To obtain a copy of the applications filed with the Federal Reserve Board, you may contact Colette Fried, Applications Manager of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, at (312) 322-6846. The plan of conversion is available for inspection, upon request, at each of PyraMax Bank, FSB’s offices.

In connection with the offering, New 1895 Bancorp will register its common stock under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, New 1895 Bancorp and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion, New 1895 Bancorp has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the completion of the offering.

 

138


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Wipfli LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.

March 5, 2021

 

F-1


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2020     2019  

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 87,977     $ 11,507  

Fed funds sold

     4,549       200  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     92,526       11,707  

Marketable equity securities, stated at fair value

     2,992       2,553  

Available for sale securities, stated at fair value

     58,703       71,375  

Loans held for sale

     2,484       685  

Loans, net

     329,073       310,674  

Premises and equipment, net

     6,275       6,681  

Mortgage servicing rights, net

     1,806       2,172  

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock, at cost

     3,032       913  

Accrued interest receivable

     912       963  

Cash value of life insurance

     13,485       13,085  

Other assets

     5,469       7,201  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 516,757     $ 428,009  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Deposits

   $ 379,848     $ 344,596  

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     2,737       1,681  

FHLB advances

     68,398       17,623  

Accrued interest payable

     183       385  

Other liabilities

     5,583       5,059  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     456,749       369,344  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock (par value $0.01 per share)
Authorized - 90,000,000 shares at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019
Issued - 4,961,626 at December 31, 2020 and 4,876,677 December 31, 2019
(includes 84,949 and 0 unvested shares, respectively)
Outstanding - 4,834,401 at December 31, 2020 and 4,876,677 at December 31, 2019
(includes 84,949 and 0 unvested shares, respectively)

     49       49  

Additional Paid in Capital

     20,134       19,981  

Unallocated common stock of Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP), 161,486 and 168,507 shares as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

     (1,615     (1,685

Less treasury stock at cost, 127,225 and 0 shares, at December 31, 2020 and

December 31, 2019, respectively

     (1,228     —    

Retained earnings

     41,530       40,213  

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

     1,138       107  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     60,008       58,665  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 516,757     $ 428,009  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

    

 

F-2


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except share per share data)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  

Interest and dividend income:

    

Loans, including fees

   $ 13,959     $ 15,305  

Securities, taxable

     1,349       1,588  

Other

     85       342  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     15,393       17,235  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

    

Interest-bearing deposits

     2,320       4,642  

Borrowed funds

     721       291  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     3,041       4,933  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     12,352       12,302  

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     500       (1,032
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     11,852       13,334  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

    

Service charges and other fees

     814       856  

Loan servicing

     546       948  

Net gain on sale of loans

     3,499       715  

Net gain on sale of securities

     1,023       —    

Increase in cash value of insurance

     400       399  

Death benefit gain

     —         158  

Other

     598       68  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     6,880       3,144  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest expense:

    

Salaries and employee benefits

     9,674       9,571  

Advertising and promotions

     110       199  

Data processing

     761       795  

Occupancy and equipment

     1,361       1,726  

FDIC assessment

     112       84  

OREO expense, net of gains on sale of foreclosed assets

     (6     (84

Other

     3,667       3,747  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     15,679       16,038  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     3,053       440  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

     1,736       (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,317     $ 449  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

    

Basic

   $ 0.28     $ 0.10  

Diluted

   $ 0.28     $ 0.10  

Average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     4,642,171       4,703,782  

Diluted

     4,685,208       4,703,782  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  

Net income

   $ 1,317     $ 449  

Other comprehensive income:

    

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period

     2,435       2,315  

Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income

     (1,023     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, before tax effect

     1,412       2,315  

Tax effect of other comprehensive income items

     381       625  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

     1,031       1,690  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $     2,348         $ 2,139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid In
Capital
    Treasury
Stock
    Unallocated
Common
Stock
ESOP
    Retained
Earnings
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balance, December 31, 2018

   $ —        $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 39,764      $ (1,583   $ 38,181  

Net income

     —          —         —         —         449        —         449  

Other comprehensive income

     —          —         —         —         —          1,690       1,690  

Net proceeds of offering

     49        19,980       —         —         —          —         20,029  

Purchase of ESOP Shares

     —          —         —         (1,755     —          —         (1,755

ESOP shares committed to be released (7,021 shares)

     —          1       —         70       —          —         71  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

   $ 49      $ 19,981     $ —       $ (1,685   $ 40,213      $ 107     $ 58,665  

Net income

     —          —         —         —         1,317        —         1,317  

Other comprehensive income

     —          —         —         —         —          1,031       1,031  

Common stock reclassified to treasury stock

     —          —         (175     —         —          —         (175

Repurchase of common stock

     —          —         (1,053     —         —          —         (1,053

ESOP shares committed to be released (7,021 shares)

     —          (3     —         70       —          —         67  

Stock compensation expense

     —          156       —         —         —          —         156  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2020

   $ 49      $ 20,134     $ (1,228   $ (1,615   $ 41,530      $ 1,138     $ 60,008  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 1,317     $ 449  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

    

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     500       (1,032

Depreciation

     661       695  

Net amortization of investment securities

     232       264  

Net loss (gain) on disposal of premises and equipment

     33       (96

Net change in marketable equity securities

     (614     (124

Stock compensation expense

     156       —    

Impairment of mortgage servicing rights

     369       —    

Write-down on premises and equipment

     —         90  

Deferred income taxes

     1,650       20  

Net gain on sale of foreclosed assets

     —         (103

Net gain on sale of available for sale securities

     (1,023     —    

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale

     (195,425     (112,070

Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale

     197,125       112,872  

Net gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale

     (3,499     (716

ESOP compensation

     67       71  

Net change in cash value of life insurance

     (400     (399

Gain on death benefit

     —         (158

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Mortgage servicing rights

     (3     (69

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

     (248     1339  

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     322       (87
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,220       946  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Proceeds from sales of available for sale securities

     19,515       —    

Maturities, prepayments and calls of available for sale securities

     55,217       10,308  

Purchase of available for sale securities

     (59,857     (13,901

Net (increase) decrease in loans

     (18,899     60,054  

Net proceeds from sales of premises and equipment

     —         801  

Capital expenditures for premises and equipment

     (288     (668

Proceeds from life insurance policies

     —         872  

Net (increase) decrease in FHLB stock

     (2,119     348  

Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets

     —         237  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (6,431     58,051  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

     35,252       (61,541

Net increase in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     1,056       441  

Proceeds from stock offering

     —         20,029  

Purchase of ESOP shares

     —         (1,755

Proceeds from the issuance of FHLB advances

     52,000       10,000  

Principal payments on FHLB advances

     (1,225     (22,387

 

F-6


Table of Contents
     Years ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  

Purchase of common stock for treasury

     (1,053     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     86,030       (55,213
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     80,819       3,784  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     11,707       7,923  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 92,526     $ 11,707  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 3,242     $ 4,920  

Cash paid (received) during the year for income taxes

   $ (5   $ (209

Noncash activities:

    

Loans transferred to loans held for sale

   $ 124     $ 29,360  

Loans transferred to foreclosed assets

     —         134  

Bank premises transferred to other assets held for sale

     —         660  

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. common stock held by PyraMax Bank reclassified to treasury stock

     175       —    

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed in January 2019 to serve as the mid-tier stock holding company for PyraMax Bank, FSB (the “Bank”) upon the reorganization of the Bank into the two-tier mutual holding company structure. The reorganization was completed on January 8, 2019. Prior to January 8, 2019, the Company had no assets or liabilities and had not conducted any business activities other than organizational activities. Accordingly, the audited consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in these consolidated financial statements relate solely to the Bank for periods prior to January 8, 2019.

On January 8, 2019, PyraMax Bank, FSB (the “Bank”) converted to a stock savings bank and is now organized in the mutual holding company structure. The Bank issued all of its outstanding stock to the Company, which sold 2,145,738 shares of common stock to the public at $10.00 per share, including 175,528 shares purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”). In connection with the reorganization, the Company also issued 48,767 shares of common stock to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin Community Foundation, Inc. and 2,682,172 shares of common stock to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, the federally-chartered mutual holding company.

The cost of the reorganization and the issuing of the common stock totaling $1,816 were deferred and deducted from the sales proceeds of the offering.

The Bank operates as a full-service financial institution, providing a full range of financial services, including the granting of commercial, residential, and consumer loans and acceptance of deposits from individual customers and small businesses in the metropolitan Milwaukee, Wisconsin, area. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial and nonfinancial institutions providing financial products. In addition, the Bank is subject to the regulations of certain regulatory agencies and undergoes periodic examination by those regulatory agencies.

The Bank has one subsidiary, PyraMax Insurance Services LLC, which offers a comprehensive set of insurance and risk products for personal and business needs.

Impact of COVID-19

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) as a global pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the United States and around the world. The declaration of a global pandemic indicates that almost all public commerce and related business activities must be, to varying degrees, curtailed with the goal of decreasing the rate of new infections. The outbreak of COVID-19 could continue to adversely impact a broad range of industries in which the Company’s customers operate and impair their ability to fulfill their financial obligations to the Company. On March 3, 2020, the Federal Open Market Committee reduced the target federal funds rate by 50 basis points to 1.00%. This rate was further reduced to a target range of 0% to 0.25% on March 16, 2020. These reductions in interest rates and other effects of the COVID-19 outbreak may continue to adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. As a result of the spread of the COVID-19 coronavirus, economic uncertainties have arisen which may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the JOBS Act), which was signed into law on April 5, 2012, has made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act,

 

F-8


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

 

a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.” The Company qualifies as an “emerging growth company” and believes that it will continue to qualify as an “emerging growth company” until five years from the completion of the stock offering.

As an “emerging growth company,” the Company has elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, the financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

Use of Estimates

In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, mortgage servicing rights, the fair values of financial instruments, and the valuation of deferred income tax assets.

Revenue Recognition

Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), establishes principles for reporting information about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from the entity’s contracts to provide goods or services to customers. The core principle requires an entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that it expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services recognized as performance obligations are satisfied.

The Company completed its overall assessment of revenue streams and related contracts affected by the Topic 606 guidance. The majority of the Company’s revenue-generating transactions are not subject to Topic 606, including all interest and dividend income generated from financial instruments. Certain noninterest income items, including loan servicing income, gain on sales of loans, gain on sales of securities, and other noninterest income have been evaluated to not fall within the scope of Topic 606. Elements of noninterest income that is within the scope Topic 606 are as follows:

Fee income on deposit accounts – Revenue from fees charged on deposit accounts is earned through deposit-related services; as well as account maintenance and management, overdraft, non-sufficient funds and other deposit-related fees. Revenue is recognized either over time, corresponding with the deposit accounts’ monthly cycle, or at a point in time when transactional based fees and services occur. The review of service charges assessed on deposit accounts included the amount of variable consideration that is a part of the monthly charges. It was found that the waiver of service charges due to insufficient funds and dormant account fees is immaterial and would not require a change in the accounting treatment for these fees under the new revenue standards. Recognition of revenue under Topic 606 did not materially change the timing or magnitude of revenue recognition

 

F-9


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

 

Sale of foreclosed assets – Revenue from the sale of foreclosed assets is recognized at a point in time when control of the promised asset transfers to the buyer. The Company uses the following indicators to determine when control of a promised asset has been transferred: the seller has a present right to payment for the asset; the buyer has legal title of the asset; the seller has transferred physical possession of the asset; the buyer has the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the asset; or the buyer has accepted the asset. Recognition of revenue under Topic 606 did not materially change the timing or magnitude of revenue recognition

Merchant card arrangement fees – Customers use a Bank-issued debit or credit card to purchase goods and services, and the Company earns interchange fees on these transactions, typically a percentage of the sale amount of the transaction. The Company records the amount due when it receives the settlement from the payment network. Payments from the payment network are received and recorded into income on a daily basis. There are no contingent debit or credit card interchange fees recorded by the Company that could be subject to a clawback in future periods. Recognition of revenue under Topic 606 did not materially change the timing or magnitude of revenue recognition

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing accounts in other financial institutions, and federal funds sold, all of which have original maturities of three months or less.

Marketable Equity Securities

The Company holds marketable equity securities, which have a readily determinable fair value, and consist of mutual fund investments and common equity. These securities are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, due to change in fair value, reflected in other noninterest income. Gains and losses on the sale of marketable equity securities are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific-identification method. The portion of unrealized gains and losses for the period related to marketable equity securities still held as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $561 and $142, respectively.

Available for Sale Securities

Securities classified as available for sale are those securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Any decision to sell a security classified as available for sale would be based on various factors, including significant movements in interest rates, changes in the maturity mix of the Company’s assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital requirements, and other similar factors. Securities classified as available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses are reported as increases or decreases in other comprehensive income, net of the related deferred tax effect. Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of specific securities sold, are included in earnings. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific-identification method. Interest and dividends on available securities are recognized as income when earned. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the estimated lives of the securities.

Declines in fair value of securities that are deemed to be other than temporary, if applicable, are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers the

 

F-10


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

 

length of time and the extent to which fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient enough to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Gains or losses on sales of mortgage loans are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related mortgage loan sold.

Loans

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for deferred loan fees and costs, charge-offs, and an allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is accrued and credited to income based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan-origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when, in the opinion of management, there is an indication that the borrower may be unable to make payments as they become due. When loans are placed on non-accrual status or charged off, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is subsequently accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method until qualifying for return to accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at the level considered adequate by management to provide for losses that are probable as of the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense as losses are estimated to have occurred. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. In determining the adequacy of the allowance balance, the Company makes evaluations of the loan portfolio and related off-balance sheet commitments, considers current economic conditions and historical loss experience, and reviews specific problem loans and other factors.

When establishing the allowance for loan losses, management categorizes loans into risk categories generally based on the nature of the collateral and the basis of repayment. These risk categories and their relevant risk characteristics are as follows:

Commercial real estate: These loans are dependent on the industries tied to these loans. Commercial real estate loans are secured primarily by office and industrial buildings, warehouses, small retail shopping facilities, and various special-purpose properties, including hotels and restaurants. Financial information is obtained from borrowers and/or the individual project to evaluate cash flow sufficiency to service debt and is periodically updated during the life of the loan. Loan performance may be adversely affected by factors impacting the general economy or conditions specific to the real estate market, such as geographic location and/or property type,

 

F-11


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

 

Land development: These loans are secured by vacant land and/or property that are in the process of improvement, including (a) land development preparatory to erecting vertical improvements or (b) the on-site construction of industrial, commercial, residential, or farm buildings. Repayment of these loans can be dependent on the sale of the property to third parties or the successful completion of the improvements by the builder for the end user. In the event a loan is made on property that is not yet improved for the planned development, there is the risk that necessary approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. Construction loans also run the risk that improvements will not be completed on time or in accordance with specifications and projected costs.

Commercial Other: This loan category is comprised of commercial and industrial loans. Commercial and industrial loans are extended primarily to small and middle market customers. Such credits typically comprise working capital loans, asset acquisition loans, and loans for other business purposes. Loans to closely held businesses are generally guaranteed in full by the owners of the business. Commercial and industrial loans are made based primarily on the historical and projected cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of the borrowers, however, may not behave as forecasted and collateral securing loans may fluctuate in value due to economic or individual performance factors. Minimum standards and underwriting guidelines have been established for commercial and industrial loans.

Residential real estate: These loans are generally to individuals and are underwritten by evaluating the credit history of the borrower, the ability of the borrower to meet the debt service requirements of the loan and total debt obligations, the underlying collateral, and the loan to collateral value. Underwriting standards for residential real estate owner-occupied loans are heavily influenced by statutory requirements, which include, but are not limited to, loan-to-value and affordability ratios, risk-based pricing strategies, and documentation requirements.

Consumer: These loans may take the form of installment loans, demand loans, or single payment loans, and are extended to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures. These loans generally include direct consumer automobile loans and credit card loans. Also included in this category are junior liens on 1-4 family residential properties. These loans are generally smaller in size and are underwritten by evaluating the credit history of the borrower, the ability of the borrower to meet the debt service requirements of the loan and total debt obligations.

Management regularly evaluates the allowance for loan losses using the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, composition of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective since it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change.

A loan is impaired when, based on current information, it is probable that the Company will not collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Management determines whether a loan is impaired on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the payment status, collateral value, length and reason of any payment delays, the borrower’s prior payment record, and any other relevant factors. Large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, such as residential mortgage and consumer loans, are collectively evaluated in the allowance for loan losses analysis and are not subject to impairment analysis unless such loans have been subject to a restructuring agreement. Specific allowances for impaired loans are based on discounted

 

F-12


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

 

cash flows of expected future payments using the loan’s initial effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

In addition, various regulatory agencies periodically review the allowance for loan losses. These agencies may require the Company to make additions to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments of collectability based on information available to them at the time of their examination.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Loans are accounted for as troubled debt restructurings when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties that lead to a restructuring of the loan, and the Company grants a “concession” to the borrower that they would not otherwise consider. These concessions include a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate or loan balance, a reduction of accrued interest, an extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than a current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, or some combination thereof to facilitate repayment. Troubled debt restructurings are considered impaired loans.

Premises and Equipment

Depreciable assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Provisions for depreciation are computed on straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company sells residential mortgage loans in the secondary market and, on a selective basis, retains the right to service the loans sold. Upon sale, a mortgage servicing rights asset is capitalized, which represents the then current fair value of future net cash flows expected to be realized for performing servicing activities. Mortgage servicing rights, when purchased, are initially recorded at fair value. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized over the period of estimated net servicing income, and assessed for impairment at each reporting date. Mortgage servicing rights are carried at the lower of the initial capitalized amount, net of accumulated amortization, or estimated fair value, and are included in other assets, net in the consolidated balance sheets. To the extent that the Company sells mortgage servicing rights, a gain is recognized for the amount of which sale proceeds exceed the remaining unamortized cost of the servicing rights that were sold. Recognized gains on sale of mortgage servicing rights are included in other noninterest income in the consolidated statements of operations.

The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as costs to service, a discount rate, the custodial earnings rate, ancillary income, default rates and losses, and prepayment speeds. The fair value of mortgage servicing rights may change because of changes in the discount rates, prepayment expectations, default rates, and other factors. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized into income in proportion to and over the period of the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans.

Mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment at each reporting date and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The evaluation

 

F-13


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

 

includes stratifying the mortgage servicing rights by predominant characteristics such as interest rates and terms and estimating fair value of each stratum. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual stratum to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount for the stratum.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

The Company’s investment in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is carried at cost. The Company is required to hold the stock as a member of the FHLB, and transfer of the stock is substantially restricted. The stock is pledged as collateral for outstanding FHLB advances. The stock is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis.

Foreclosed Assets

Assets acquired through or in lieu of loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management, and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net foreclosed asset expense. There were no foreclosed assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. There were approximately $56 and $240 of residential real estate loans in process of foreclosure at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Cash value of life insurance

The Company purchased bank owned life insurance on the lives of certain employees. The Company is the beneficiary of the life insurance policies. The cash surrender value of life insurance is reported at the amount that would be received in cash if the policies were surrendered. Increases in the cash value of the policies and proceeds of death benefits received are recorded in noninterest income. The increase in cash value of life insurance is not subject to income taxes, as long as the Company has the intent and ability to hold the policies until the death benefits are received.

Income Taxes

Amounts provided for income tax expense are based on income reported for financial statement purposes and do not necessarily represent amounts currently payable under tax laws. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually for differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets. These judgments require us to make projections of future taxable income. The judgments and estimates we make in determining our deferred tax assets, which are inherently subjective, are reviewed on a regular basis as regulatory and business factors change. Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require us to increase the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. The differences relate principally to the allowances for loan losses, deferred

 

F-14


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

 

compensation, and mortgage servicing rights. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the consolidated financial statements only if the position is more likely than not to be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. Based on its evaluation, the Company has concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in its consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax issues as components of income tax expense. During the periods shown, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties related to income tax expense in its statements of operations.

Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has employee benefit plans for qualified employees. The Company’s policy is to fund contributions as accrued.

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance-sheet financial instruments including commitments to extend credit, unfunded commitments under lines of credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they become payable.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Rate Lock Commitments

The Company enters into commitments to originate loans, whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. Accordingly, such commitments, along with any related fees received from potential borrowers, are recorded at fair value in other assets or liabilities, with changes in fair value recorded in the net gain or loss on sale of mortgage loans. Fair value is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements and for fixed-rate commitments also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

 

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) is shown on the statements of comprehensive income (loss). The Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income is composed of the unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax and is shown on the statements of changes in equity. Reclassification adjustments out of other comprehensive income for gains realized on sales of securities available for sale comprise the entire balance of “net gain on sale of securities” on the statements of operations. As part of this reclassification, income tax expense of approximately $276 and $0 was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, in “provision (credit) for income taxes” on the statements of operations.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2019 consolidated financial statements to conform to the 2020 classifications.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The following Accounting Standards Updates (ASU) have been issued by the FASB and may impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements in future reporting periods.

ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326). ASU 2016-13 requires organizations to measure all expected credit losses for financial instruments held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption will be permitted for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. On November 15, 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates, amending the effective date for this standard. ASU 2016-13 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Management has elected to defer adoption to the new effective date and is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-13 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU affects any entity that enters into a lease, and is intended to increase the transparency and comparability of financial reporting. The ASU requires, among other changes, a lessee to recognize on its balance sheet a lease asset and a lease liability for those leases previously classified as operating leases. The lease asset will represent the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and the lease liability will represent the discounted value of the required lease payments to the lessor. The ASU will also require entities to disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. On November 15, 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates, amending the effective date for this standard. On June 3, 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and Leases

 

F-16


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

 

(Topic 842): Effective Dates for Certain Entities, updating the effective date for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Management has elected to defer adoption to the new effective date and is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2020-04, Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to GAAP guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens of the expected market transition from LIBOR and other interbank offered rates to alternative rates, such as SOFR. For instance, entities can elect not to apply certain modification accounting requirements to contracts affected by reference rate reform, if certain criteria are met. An entity that makes this election would not have to remeasure the contracts at the modification date or reassess a previous accounting determination. Entities can also elect various optional expedients that would allow them to continue applying hedge accounting for hedging relationships affected by reference rate reform, if certain criteria are met. ASU 2020-04 is effective March 12, 2020, through December 31, 2022. The Company is in the process of determining which optional expedients to elect, if any, as well as the timing and application of those elections. At this time, the Company does not expect any elections to have a significant impact on its financial statements.

NOTE 2 — Cash and Due from Banks

Under Regulation D, savings institutions are generally required to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank, based upon a percentage of deposits. Effective March 26, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board reduced reserve requirement ratios to zero percent, eliminating the requirement to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. This reduction in reserve requirement ratios does not have a defined timeframe and may be revised by the Federal Reserve Board in the future. The total required reserve balance was $0 as of both December 31, 2020 and 2019.

In the normal course of business, the Company maintains cash and due from bank balances with correspondent banks. Balances in these accounts may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s insured limit of $250. Management believes these financial institutions have strong credit ratings and that the credit risk related to these deposits is minimal.

NOTE 3 — Available for Sale Securities

Amortized costs and fair values of available for sale securities are summarized as follows:

 

            Gross      Gross         
     Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized      Estimated  
December 31, 2020    Cost      Gains      Losses      Fair Value  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 11,570      $ 244      $ (11    $ 11,803  

Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

     36,886        1,165        (12      38,039  

Asset-backed securities

     7,231        57        (7      7,281  

Certificates of deposit

     1,458        122        —          1,580  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale securities

   $ 57,145      $ 1,588      $ (30    $ 58,703  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 3 — Available for Sale Securities – (continued)

 

            Gross      Gross         
     Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized      Estimated  
December 31, 2019    Cost      Gains      Losses      Fair Value  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 9,779      $ 67      $ (20    $ 9,826  

Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

     56,975        416        (357      57,034  

Corporate collateralized mortgage obligations

     284        5        —          289  

Asset-backed securities

     2,484        —          (19      2,465  

Certificates of deposit

     1,707        54        —          1,761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale securities

   $ 71,229      $ 542      $ (396    $ 71,375  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair values of securities are estimated based on financial models or prices paid for similar securities. It is possible interest rates could change considerably, resulting in a material change in estimated fair value.

The Company’s mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by government sponsored enterprises are guaranteed by one of the following government enterprises: Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae. Available for sale securities with a carrying value of $2.0 million and $3.0 million were pledged as collateral to secure customer deposit accounts at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

The following table presents the portion of the Company’s portfolio which has gross unrealized losses, reflecting the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

     Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
     Fair      Unrealized     Fair      Unrealized     Fair      Unrealized  
December 31, 2020    Value      Loss     Value      Loss     Value      Loss  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 4,235      $ (11   $ —        $ —       $ 4,235      $ (11

Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

     4,984        (12     —          —         4,984        (12

Asset-backed securities

     —          —         638        (7     638        (7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,219      $ (23   $ 638      $ (7   $ 9,857      $ (30
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
     Fair      Unrealized     Fair      Unrealized     Fair      Unrealized  
December 31, 2019    Value      Loss     Value      Loss     Value      Loss  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 2,052      $ (14   $ 667      $ (6   $ 2,719      $ (20

Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

     15,830        (106     16,747        (251     32,577        (357

Asset-backed securities

     2,394        (18     71        (1     2,465        (19
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20,276      $ (138   $ 17,485      $ (258   $ 37,761      $ (396
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 3 — Available for Sale Securities – (continued)

 

At December 31, 2020, the Company had 5 debt securities with unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 0.3% from the Company’s amortized cost basis. At December 31, 2019, the Company had 30 debt securities with unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 1.0% from the Company’s amortized cost basis. These unrealized losses relate principally to the changes in interest rates and are not caused by changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the quality of any underlying assets, or applicable credit enhancements. In analyzing whether unrealized losses on debt securities are other than temporary, management considers whether the securities are issued by a government body or agency, whether a rating agency has downgraded the securities, industry analysts’ reports, the financial condition and performance of the issuer, and the quality of any underlying assets or credit enhancements. Since management has the ability to hold debt securities for the foreseeable future, no declines are deemed to be other than temporary.

The amortized cost and fair value of available for sale securities by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities in mortgage-backed securities since the anticipated maturities are not readily determinable. Therefore, these securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following maturity summary listed below:

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Amortized      Fair  
     Cost      Value  

Due in one year or less

   $ 1,239      $ 1,255  

Due after one through 5 years

     5,217        5,419  

Due after 5 through 10 years

     1,326        1,435  

Due after 10 years

     5,246        5,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     13,028        13,383  

Mortgage-related securities

     36,886        38,039  

Asset-backed securities

     7,231        7,281  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 57,145      $ 58,703  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the proceeds from sales of securities available for sale, as well as gross gains and losses, for each of the periods listed below:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Proceeds from sales of available for sale securities

   $ 19,515      $ —    

Gross gains

     1,023        —    

Gross losses

     —          —    

 

F-19


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 4 — Loans

Major classifications of loans are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Commercial:

     

Real estate

   $ 189,291      $ 178,882  

Land development

     1,492        1,623  

Other

     46,184        34,072  

Residential real estate:

     

First mortgage

     68,968        65,450  

Construction

     2,954        2,041  

Consumer:

     

Home equity and lines of credit

     22,348        29,691  

Other

     361        611  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     331,598        312,370  

Net deferred loan costs

     178        304  

Allowance for loan losses

     (2,703      (2,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loans

   $ 329,073      $ 310,674  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposit accounts in an overdrawn position and reclassified as loans totaled $141 and $114 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act authorized the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) to temporarily guarantee loans under a new loan program called the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). As a qualified SBA lender, we were automatically authorized to originate PPP loans. The Company actively participated in assisting our customers with applications for resources through the program until its closing on August 8, 2020. PPP loans originated by the Company have: (a) an interest rate of 1.0%, (b) two-year and five-year loan terms to maturity; and (c) principal and interest payments deferred for ten months after the end date of the borrowers forgiveness period. The SBA will guarantee 100% of the PPP loans made to eligible borrowers. The entire principal amount of the borrower’s PPP loan, including any accrued interest, is eligible to be reduced by the loan forgiveness amount under the PPP. As of December 31, 2020, we have funded 246 PPP loans with outstanding balances totaling $17.2 million, included within the commercial loan balances above.

The Company provides several types of loans to its customers, including commercial, residential, construction and consumer loans. Significant loan concentrations are considered to exist when there are amounts loaned to one borrower, or to multiple borrowers engaged in similar activities, that would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions. While credit risks tend to be geographically concentrated in the Company’s metropolitan Milwaukee market area, and while a significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by commercial and residential real estate, there are no significant concentrations whose primary sources of repayment are reliant upon an individual or group of related borrowers.

During the normal course of business, the Company may transfer a portion of a loan as a participation loan to another financial institution in order to manage portfolio risk. In order to be eligible for sales treatment, all

 

F-20


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 4 — Loans – (continued)

 

cash flows from the loan must be divided proportionately, and rights of each loan holder must have the same priority, the loan holders must have no recourse to the transferor other than standard representations and warranties, and no loan holder can have the right to pledge or exchange the entire loan. As December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, the Company had transferred $29.6 million and $26.2 million in participation loans which were eligible for sales treatment to other financial institutions, all of which were being serviced by the Company.

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment is as follows:

 

December 31, 2020    Commercial      Residential      Consumer      Total  

Beginning balance

   $ 1,235      $ 573      $ 192      $ 2,000  

Provision for loan losses

     360        100        40        500  

Loans charged off

     —          (60      (8      (68

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

     14        132        125        271  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

   $ 1,609      $ 745      $ 349      $ 2,703  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
December 31, 2019    Commercial      Residential      Consumer      Total  

Beginning balance

   $ 1,448      $ 1,250      $ 564      $ 3,262  

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     (222      (599      (211      (1,032

Loans charged off

     (214      (83      (269      (566

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

     223        5        108        336  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

   $ 1,235      $ 573      $ 192      $ 2,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Information about how loans were evaluated for impairment and the related allowance for loan losses follows:

 

December 31, 2020    Commercial      Residential      Consumer      Total  

Loans:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 10,573      $ 411      $ 21      $ 11,005  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     226,394        71,511        22,688        320,593  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 236,967      $ 71,922      $ 22,709      $ 331,598  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,609        745        349        2,703  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 1,609      $ 745      $ 349      $ 2,703  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 4 — Loans – (continued)

 

December 31, 2019    Commercial      Residential      Consumer      Total  

Loans:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 6,931      $ 1,078      $ 32      $ 8,041  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     207,646        66,413        30,270        304,329  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 214,577      $ 67,491      $ 30,302      $ 312,370  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —        $ 62      $ 5      $ 67  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,235        511        187        1,933  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 1,235      $ 573      $ 192      $ 2,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Information regarding impaired loans follows:

 

     Recorded
Investment
     Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Investment
     Interest
Recognized
 

December 31, 2020

              

Loans with no related allowance for loan losses:

 

           

Commercial:

              

Real estate

   $ 6,277      $ 6,277        NA      $ 6,268      $ 332  

Land development

     1,492        1,492        NA        503        40  

Other

     2,804        2,804        NA        2,301        138  

Residential real estate and consumer:

              

First mortgage

     411        495        NA        568        261  

Home equity and lines of credit

     21        51        NA        24        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans with no related allowance for loan losses

     11,005        11,119        NA        9,664        774  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with related allowance for loan losses:

              

Residential real estate and consumer:

              

First mortgage

     —          —          —          36        —    

Home equity and lines of credit

     —          —          —          4        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans with related allowance for loan losses

     —          —          —          40        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Grand totals

   $ 11,005      $ 11,119      $ —        $ 9,704      $ 774  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

              

Loans with no related allowance for loan losses:

 

           

Commercial:

              

Real estate

   $ 5,840      $ 5,840        NA      $ 1,824      $ 87  

Land development

     —          —          NA        126        —    

Other

     1,091        1,091        NA        488        23  

Residential real estate and consumer:

              

First mortgage

     1,016        1,350        NA        1,056        18  

Home equity and lines of credit

     27        56        NA        29        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans with no related allowance for loan losses

     7,974        8,337        NA        3,523        128  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 4 — Loans – (continued)

 

     Recorded
Investment
     Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Investment
     Interest
Recognized
 

Loans with related allowance for loan losses:

              

Residential real estate and consumer:

              

First mortgage

     62        62        62        43        —    

Home equity and lines of credit

     5        6        5        16        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans with related allowance for loan losses

     67        68        67        59        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Grand totals

   $ 8,041      $ 8,405      $ 67      $ 3,582      $ 128  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Management regularly monitors impaired loan relationships. In the event facts and circumstances change, additional reserves may be necessary.

There were no additional funds committed to impaired loans as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Company regularly evaluates various attributes of loans to determine the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses. The credit quality indicators monitored differ depending on the class of loan.

“Pass” ratings are assigned to loans with adequate collateral and debt service ability such that collectability of the contractual loan payments is highly probable.

“Watch / Special mention” ratings are assigned to loans where management has some concern that the collateral or debt service ability may not be adequate, though the collectability of the contractual loan payments is still probable.

“Substandard” ratings are assigned to loans that do not have adequate collateral and/or debt service ability such that collectability of the contractual loan payments is no longer probable.

“Doubtful” ratings are assigned to loans that do not have adequate collateral and/or debt service ability, and collectability of the contractual loan payments is unlikely.

Information regarding the credit quality indicators most closely monitored for commercial loans by class follows:

 

December 31, 2020    Pass      Watch and Special
Mention
     Substandard      Total  

Real estate

   $ 163,961      $ 19,272      $ 6,058      $ 189,291  

Land development

     —          —          1,492        1,492  

Other

     37,675        5,705        2,804        46,184  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 201,636      $ 24,977      $ 10,354      $ 236,967  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
December 31, 2019    Pass      Watch and Special
Mention
     Substandard      Total  

Real estate

   $ 168,834      $ 4,418      $ 5,630      $ 178,882  

Land development

     —          1,623        —          1,623  

Other

     27,522        5,517        1,033        34,072  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 196,356      $ 11,558      $ 6,663      $ 214,577  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no loans rated as doubtful at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 4 — Loans – (continued)

 

Residential real estate and consumer loans are generally evaluated based on whether or not the loan is performing according to the contractual terms of the loan.

Information regarding the credit quality indicators most closely monitored for residential real estate and consumer loans by class follows:

 

December 31, 2020    Performing      Non
Performing
     Total  

Residential real estate:

        

First mortgages

   $ 67,817      $ 1,151      $ 68,968  

Construction

     2,954               2,954  

Consumer:

        

Home equity and lines of credit

     22,212        136        22,348  

Other

     361               361  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 93,344      $ 1,287      $ 94,631  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
December 31, 2019    Performing      Non
Performing
     Total  

Residential real estate:

        

First mortgages

   $ 63,760      $ 1,690      $ 65,450  

Construction

     2,041               2,041  

Consumer:

        

Home equity and lines of credit

     29,548        143        29,691  

Other

     611               611  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 95,960      $ 1,833      $ 97,793  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loan aging and non-accrual information follows:

 

December 31, 2020    Current
Loans
     Loans Past
Due 30-89
Days
     Loans Past
Due 90+ Days
    

Total Loans

   Non-accrual
Loans
        

Commercial:

              

Real estate

   $ 189,050      $ 241      $ —        $189,291    $ —       

Land development

     1,492        —          —        1,492      —       

Other

     46,151        33        —        46,184      —       

Residential real estate:

              

First mortgage

     68,147        684        137      68,968      1,151     

Construction

     2,954        —          —        2,954      —       

Consumer:

              

Home equity and lines of credit

     22,204        121        23      22,348      136     

Other

     361        —          —        361      —       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

    

Total

   $ 330,359      $ 1,079      $ 160      $331,598    $ 1,287     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

    
        Total non-accrual loans to total loans        0.39
        Total non-accrual loans to total assets        0.25

 

F-24


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 4 — Loans – (continued)

 

December 31, 2019    Current
Loans
     Loans Past
Due 30-89
Days
     Loans Past
Due 90+
Days
     Total
Loans
     Non-accrual
Loans
        

Commercial:

              

Real estate

   $ 178,702      $ —        $ 180      $ 178,882      $ 180     

Land development

     1,623        —          —          1,623        —       

Other

     33,924        148        —          34,072        —       

Residential real estate:

              

First mortgage

     63,854        1,059        537        65,450        1,690     

Construction

     2,041        —          —          2,041        —       

Consumer:

              

Home equity and lines of credit

     29,678        13        —          29,691        143     

Other

     611        —          —          611        —       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 310,433      $ 1,220      $ 717      $ 312,370      $ 2,013     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
        Total non-accrual loans to total loans        0.64
        Total non-accrual loans to total assets        0.47

There are no loans 90 or more days past due and accruing interest as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Non-performing loans are as follows:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Non-accrual loans, other than troubled debt restructurings

   $ 1,068      $ 1,416  

Non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings

     219        597  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans (NPLs)

   $ 1,287      $ 2,013  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restructured loans, accruing

   $ 432      $ 446  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no loans modified as troubled debt restructurings during years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

The provisions of the March 2020 CARES Act included an election to not apply the guidance on accounting for troubled debt restructurings to loan modifications, such as extensions or deferrals, related to COVID-19 made between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of (i) December 31, 2020 or (ii) 60 days after the end of the COVID-19 national emergency. The relief can only be applied to modifications for loans that were not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. The Company elected to adopt these provisions of the CARES Act. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had deferrals of $308 in interest, escrow and principal payments on $14.1 million in outstanding loans.

The Company considers a troubled debt restructuring in default if it becomes past due more than 90 days. No troubled debt restructurings defaulted within twelve months of their modification date during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 5 — Foreclosed Assets

There were no foreclosed assets held as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

A summary of the Company’s foreclosed asset activity is presented below.

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Foreclosed assets, beginning of period

   $ —        $ —    

Loans receivable transferred

     —          134  

Gain on sales

     —          103  

Proceeds from sales

     —          (237

Write downs

     —          —    

Other

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreclosed assets, end of period

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 6 — Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and are summarized as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Land

   $ 863      $ 863  

Buildings

     7,845        7,829  

Leasehold improvements

     209        633  

Furniture and equipment

     5,929        6,343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

     14,846        15,668  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     8,571        8,987  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

   $ 6,275      $ 6,681  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation of premises and equipment totaled $661 and $695 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

There was no impairment of premises and equipment during the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company had impairment on premises and equipment of $90 during the year ended December 31, 2019. The impairment loss was taken on a building held for sale, which was transferred to other assets on the balance sheet at December 31, 2019.

The Company leases premises from nonrelated entities. Rent expense under these non-cancelable leases totaled $93 and $223 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has $20 in future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable leases, before considering available renewal options, to be paid during the first quarter of 2021.

NOTE 7 — Mortgage Servicing Rights

Loans serviced for others are not included in the balance sheets. The unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $345.1 million at December 31, 2020, and $336.7 million at December 31, 2019.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 7 — Mortgage Servicing Rights – (continued)

 

The following is a summary of changes in the balance of mortgage servicing rights for the periods indicated below:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Beginning balance

   $ 2,172      $ 2,103  

Additions

     770        527  

Amortization

     (767      (458

Adjustments to valuation allowance

     (369       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balances

   $ 1,806      $ 2,172  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value at beginning of period

   $ 2,404      $ 3,371  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value at end of period

   $ 1,806      $ 2,404  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The valuation allowance as of December 31, 2020 was $369. There was no valuation allowance as of December 31, 2019. The Company did not sell any mortgage servicing rights during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

The estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights was determined using a valuation model that calculates the present value of expected future servicing and ancillary income, net of expected servicing costs. The model incorporates various assumptions such as discount rates, prepayment speeds, and ancillary income and servicing costs. As of December 31, 2020, the model used discount rates ranging from 10% to 13.5% and prepayment speeds ranging from 18% to 46%, respectively, both of which were based on market data from independent organizations. As of December 31, 2019, the model used discount rates of 10% to 14% and prepayment speeds ranging from 7% to 45%.

The following table shows the estimated future amortization of mortgage servicing rights for the next five years. The projections of amortization expense are based on existing asset balances as of as of December 31, 2020. The actual amortization expense the Company recognizes in any given period may be significantly different depending on changes in interest rates, market conditions, and regulatory requirements.

 

For the period ending December 31, 2021

     382  

2022

     357  

2023

     334  

2024

     311  

2025

     285  

Thereafter

     137  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,806  
  

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 8 — Deposits

The composition of deposits is as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Non-interest bearing checking

   $ 98,970      $ 62,768  

Interest bearing checking

     30,630        25,432  

Money market

     103,724        65,999  

Statement savings accounts

     58,895        47,981  

Certificates of deposit

     87,629        142,416  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 379,848      $ 344,596  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit that met or exceeded the FDIC insurance limit of $250 totaled $8.7 million and $16.5 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows:

 

     Years ended
December 31,
 
     2020      2019  

Interest bearing checking

   $ 46      $ 59  

Money market

     448        715  

Statement savings accounts

     58        66  

Certificates of deposit

     1,768        3,802  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,320      $ 4,642  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:

 

2021

     81,521  

2022

     3,938  

2023

     630  

2024

     860  

2025

     680  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 87,629  
  

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 9 — FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings

A summary of FHLB advances follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2020      2019  
     Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount  
     (dollars in thousands)               

Fixed rate, COVID-19 Relief Advance, maturing May 2021

     0.00   $ 4,000        N/A     $ —    

Fixed rate, fixed term advance, maturing July 2021

     1.41     7,000        1.41     7,000  

Fixed rate, fixed term advance, maturing February 2022

     1.62     6,500        N/A       —    

Fixed rate, fixed term advance, maturing February 2023

     1.62     6,500        N/A       —    

Putable advance, maturing October 2029 first option date Nov 2020

     1.03     10,000        1.03     10,000  

Putable advance, maturing February 2030 first option date Feb 2023

     0.98     5,000        N/A       —    

Putable advance, maturing March 2030 first option date March 2025

     0.89     10,000        N/A       —    

Advance structured note, payments due monthly, maturing February 2030

     7.47     584        7.47     623  

Advance structured note, payments due monthly, maturing April 2030

     1.05     9,365        N/A       —    

Advance structured note, payments due monthly, maturing May 2030

     1.19     9,449        N/A       —    
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     $ 68,398        $ 17,623  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

A summary of the scheduled maturities of FHLB advances follows:

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Weighted Average
Rate
    Amount  

2021

     0.95     12,956  

2022

     1.54     8,481  

2023

     1.54     8,506  

2024

     1.28     2,032  

2025

     1.30     2,059  

Thereafter

     1.07     34,364  
    

 

 

 

Total

     $ 68,398  
    

 

 

 

Actual maturities may differ from the scheduled principal maturities due to call options on the various advances.

The Company maintains a master contract agreement with the FHLB, which provides for borrowing up to the lesser of 22.22 times the FHLB stock owned, a determined percentage of the book value of the Company’s qualifying real estate loans, or a determined percentage of the Company’s assets. The FHLB provides both fixed and floating rate advances. Floating rates are tied to short-term market rates of interest such as London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR), federal funds, or Treasury bill rates. FHLB advances are subject to a prepayment penalty if they are repaid prior to maturity. The Company had pledged approximately $149.1 million at December 31, 2020, and $125.5 million at December 31, 2019, of qualifying real estate mortgage loans. FHLB advances were also secured by $3.0 million at December 31, 2020 and $913 at December 31, 2019 of FHLB stock owned by the Company. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s available and unused portion of this borrowing agreement totaled $79.6 million and $107.0 million, respectively. Additional borrowing would require additional purchase of FHLB stock.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 9 — FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings (continued)

 

Additionally, at December 31, 2020 we had a $10.0 million federal funds rate line of credit with the BMO Harris Bank, none of which was drawn at December 31, 2020. The Company also had a $7.0 million line of credit at the Federal Reserve based on pledged commercial real estate loans of approximately $11.7 million at December 31, 2020. The Company had not drawn on the Federal Reserve line as of December 31, 2020.

NOTE 10 — Employee Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k)-profit sharing plan covering substantially all employees certain age and minimum service requirements. The Company may then match a discretionary percentage of each eligible participant’s contribution. The expense charge to operations for the Company’s matching contributions were $414 and $356 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

NOTE 11 — Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements consists of the following components:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
         2020              2019      

Current tax expense (benefit):

     

Federal

   $ 86      $ (26

State

     —          (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current tax expense (benefit)

     86        (29
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense:

     

Federal

     589        19  

State

     127        1  

Valuation allowance

     934     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax expense

     1,650        20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision (credit) for income taxes

   $ 1,736      $ (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of the sources of differences between income taxes at the federal statutory rate and the provision (credit) for income taxes follows:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  
     Amount     % of Pretax
Income
    Amount     % of Pretax
Income
 

Reconciliation of statutory to effective rates:

        

Federal income taxes at statutory rate

   $ 641       21.00   $ 92       21.00

Adjustments for:

        

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     —         0.00     —         0.00

Increase in cash value of life insurance

     (84     -2.75     (117     -26.70

Change in valuation allowance

     934       30.60             0.00

Other, net

     245       8.03     16       3.65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 1,736       56.88   $ (9     -2.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 11 — Income Taxes – (continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

The net deferred tax asset in the accompanying balance sheet includes the following amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 735      $ 542  

Deferred compensation

     859        692  

Accrued employee benefits

     122        136  

Carryforwards

     3,492        4,743  

Premises and equipment

     6        11  

ESOP release of shares

     17        —    

Other

     57        14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 5,288      $ 6,138  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Loan fees

   $ 48      $ 82  

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities

     420        39  

Mortgage servicing rights

     491        589  

FHLB stock dividends

     26        28  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ 985      $ 738  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset/liability

     4,303        5,400  

Valuation allowance

     (934      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 3,369      $ 5,400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and ($9) for the year ended December 31, 2019. Included in income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was a $934 increase in our deferred tax valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2020, the deferred tax asset valuation allowance was $934, reducing our net deferred tax assets to $3.4 million at that date. We did not have a deferred tax asset valuation allowance at December 31, 2019.

Deferred tax assets are deferred tax consequences attributable to deductible temporary differences and carryforwards. After the deferred tax asset has been measured using the applicable enacted tax rate and provisions of the enacted tax law, it is then necessary to assess the need for a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance is needed when, based on the weight of the available positive and negative evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred asset will not be realized. As required by generally accepted accounting principles, available evidence is weighted heavily on cumulative losses, with less weight placed on future projected profitability. Realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent on whether there will be sufficient future taxable income, including available tax strategies of the appropriate character in the period during which deductible temporary differences reverse or within the carryforward periods available under tax law.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 11 — Income Taxes – (continued)

 

The Company has federal loss carryforwards of approximately $9.9 million as of December 31, 2020. Of this amount, $1.8 million represents a tax loss carryforward from the 2019 tax year has an indefinite carryforward period due to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The remaining $8.1 million of losses begin to expire in 2029. The Company also has $0.4 million of charitable contribution carryforwards that may be applied against future taxable income and begin to expire in 2022.

Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, for federal losses originating in tax years after January 1, 2018, the Company is allowed an indefinite carryforward period limited to 80% of each subsequent year’s net income. The CARES Act temporarily repealed this 80% limitation for the calendar year ended December 31, 2020.

The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards totaling approximately $20.2 million that may be applied against future state taxable income and begin to expire in 2023 as of December 31, 2020. The Company also has $0.4 million of charitable contribution carryforwards that may be applied against future taxable income and begin to expire in 2022.

With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to federal or state examinations by taxing authorities for years before 2017 for Federal and 2016 for State.

NOTE 12 — Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company may be involved in various legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. No legal proceedings existed at December 31, 2020.

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These instruments include commitments to extend credit and commitments to sell loans. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual, or notional, amount of these commitments. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance- sheet instruments. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, and some of the commitments may not be drawn upon to the total extent of the commitment, the notional amount of these commitments does not necessarily represent future cash requirements of the Company.

The contract amounts of credit-related financial instruments at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are summarized below:

 

December 31, 2020    Fixed Rate      Variable Rate      Total  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 12,084      $ 41,778      $ 53,862  

Standby letters of credit, variable

     23        2,150        2,173  

Credit enhancement under the FHLB of Chicago

Mortgage Partnership Finance Program

     1,087               1,087  

Commitments to sell loans

     53,847               53,847  

Overdraft protection program commitments

     4,104               4,104  

 

F-32


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 12 — Commitments and Contingencies – (continued)

 

December 31, 2019    Fixed Rate      Variable Rate      Total  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 21,745      $ 36,108      $ 57,853  

Standby letters of credit, variable

     —          —          —    

Credit enhancement under the FHLB of Chicago

Mortgage Partnership Finance Program

     841        —          841  

Commitments to sell loans

     10,917        —          10,917  

Overdraft protection program commitments

     4,129        —          4,129  

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer at fixed or variable rates, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The amount of collateral obtained upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable; inventory; property, plant and equipment; real estate; and stocks and bonds. Commitments to sell loans represent commitments obtained by the Company from a secondary market agency to purchase mortgages from the Company at specified interest rates and within specified periods of time.

Standby letters of credit are conditional lending commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Generally, all standby letters of credit have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company generally holds collateral supporting these commitments. Standby letters of credit are not reflected in the financial statements, since recording the fair value of these guarantees would not have a significant impact on the financial statements.

The Company participates in the FHLB Mortgage Partnership Finance Program (the “Program”). In addition to entering into forward commitments to sell mortgage loans to a secondary market agency, the Company enters into firm commitments to deliver loans to the FHLB through the Program. Under the Program, loans are funded by the FHLB, and the Company receives an agency fee reported as a component of gain on sale of loans. The Company had $1.9 million of commitments to deliver loans through the Program as of December 31, 2020. Once delivered to the Program, the Company provides a contractually agreed-upon credit enhancement and performs servicing of the loans. Under the credit enhancement, the Company is liable for losses on loans delivered to the Program after application of any mortgage insurance and a contractually agreed-upon credit enhancement provided by the Program subject to an agreed-upon maximum. The Company receives a fee for this credit enhancement. The Company records a liability for expected losses in excess of anticipated credit enhancement fees. As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, the Company had no liability outstanding.

Unfunded commitments under overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit may or may not require collateral and may or may not contain a specific maturity date.

NOTE 13 — Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, investments, and loans. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are held in demand accounts with various institutions. The Company’s investments are held in a variety of interest-bearing investments including obligations from states and political subdivisions, government sponsored agencies and certificates of deposit. Such certificates of deposits are generally in excess of insured limits. The Company has not experienced any

 

F-33


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 13 — Concentration of Credit Risk – (continued)

 

historical losses on its investments of cash and cash equivalents. Practically all of the Company’s loans and commitments have been granted to customers in the Company’s market area. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, the ability of their debtors to honor their contracts is dependent on the economic conditions of the counties surrounding the Company. The concentration of credit by type of loan is set forth in Note 4.

NOTE 14 — Employee Stock Ownership Plan

The Company established a tax qualified Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) for the benefit of its employees in conjunction with the Reorganization, effective January 1, 2019. Eligible employees become 20% vested in their accounts after 1 year of service, 40% vested after 2 years of service, 60% vested after 3 years of service, 80% vested after 4 years of service, and 100% vested after 5 or more years of service, or earlier, upon death, disability or attainment of normal retirement age.

The ESOP purchased 175,528 shares of the Company’s common stock, which was funded by a loan from the Company. Unreleased ESOP shares collateralize the loan payable, and the cost of the shares is recorded as contra-equity account in the stockholders’ equity of the Company. Shares are to be released as debt payments are made by the ESOP to the loan. The ESOP’s sources of repayment of the loan can included dividends, if any, on the unallocated stock held by the ESOP, and discretionary contributions from the Company to the ESOP and earnings thereon.

Compensation expense for the ESOP is recorded at an amount equal to the shares allocated by the ESOP multiplied by the average fair market value of the shares during the period. The Company recognizes compensation expense ratably over the year based upon the Company’s estimate of the number of shares expected to be allocated by the ESOP. Unearned compensation applicable to the ESOP is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet. The difference between the average fair market value and the cost of the shares allocated by the ESOP is recorded as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity. The Company recognized $67 and $71 in compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

The following table provides the allocated and unallocated shares of common stock associated with the ESOP as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

     2020      2019  

Beginning ESOP shares

     168,507        175,528  

Shares committed to be released

     (7,021      (7,021
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unallocated shares

     161,486        168,507  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of unallocated shares
(based on $9.96 and $10.78 share price as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively)

   $ 1,608      $ 1,817  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 15 — Related-Party Transactions

A summary of loans to directors, executive officers, and their affiliates follows:

 

     Years ended
December 31,
 
     2020      2019  

Beginning balance

   $ 1,172      $ 1,289  

New loans

     512        378  

Repayments

     (650      (495
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,034      $ 1,172  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits from directors, executive officers, and their affiliates totaled $940 and $1.7 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Company utilizes the services of law firms in which certain of the Company’s directors are partners. Fees paid to the firms were $30 and $43 during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

NOTE 16 — Fair Value

ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures defines fair values, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This accounting standard applies to reported balances that are required or permitted to be measured at fair value under existing accounting pronouncements. The standard also emphasizes that fair value (i.e., the price that would be received in an orderly transaction that is not a forced liquidation or distressed sale at the measurement date), among other things, is based on exit price versus entry price, should include assumptions about risk such as nonperformance risk in liability fair values, and is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. When considering the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, this accounting standard establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy).

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels.

Level 1 inputs – In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs use quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access.

Level 2 inputs – Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs use inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets where there are few transactions and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

Level 3 inputs – Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability.

In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement

 

F-35


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 16 — Fair Value – (continued)

 

falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

Some assets and liabilities, such as securities available for sale, are measured at fair value on a recurring basis under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Other assets and liabilities, such as impaired loans, may be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

Following is a description of the Company’s valuation methodology and significant inputs used for each asset and liability measured at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis, as well as the classification of the asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy.

Securities – Marketable equity securities and securities available-for-sale may be classified as Level 1 or Level 2 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. Level 1 securities include equity securities traded on a national exchange. The fair value measurements of Level 1 securities are based on the quoted market price of those securities. Level 2 securities include U.S. government and agency securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions, corporate debt securities and mortgage-related securities. The fair value measurements of Level 2 securities are obtained from independent pricing services and are based on recent sales of similar securities and other observable market data.

Impaired loans – Loans are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. However, loans determined to be impaired may be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. The fair value measurements of collateral-dependent impaired loans are based on the fair values of the underlying collateral. Independent appraisals are obtained to determine the fair values of underlying collateral, and generally utilize one or more valuation methodologies, typically includes comparable sales and income approaches. Management routinely evaluates the fair value measurements of independent appraisers and adjusts those valuations based on differences noted between actual selling prices of collateral and the most recently appraised value. Such adjustments are usually significant, which results in a Level 3 classification. All other impaired loan measurements are based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the applicable effective interest rate and are not considered fair value measurements.

Rate lock commitments—Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. Accordingly, such commitments, along with any related fees received from potential borrowers, are recorded at fair value in other assets or liabilities, with changes in fair value recorded in the net gain or loss on sale of mortgage loans. Fair value is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements and for fixed-rate commitments also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. While there are Level 2 and 3 inputs used in the valuation models, the Company has determined that one or more of the inputs significant in the valuation of both of the mortgage banking derivatives fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The change in fair value is recorded through an adjustment to the statement of operations, within mortgage banking income.

Mortgage servicing rights – The Company utilizes an independent valuation from a third party which uses a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of mortgage servicing rights. The model utilizes prepayment assumptions to project cash flows related to the mortgage servicing rights based upon the current interest rate environment, which is then discounted to estimate an expected fair value of the mortgage servicing rights. The model considers characteristics specific to the underlying mortgage portfolio, such as: contractually

 

F-36


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 16 — Fair Value – (continued)

 

specified servicing fees, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges and costs to service. Given the significance of the unobservable inputs utilized in the estimation process, mortgage servicing rights are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The Company records the mortgage servicing rights at the lower of amortized cost or fair value.

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below, along with the level of the fair value hierarchy of the inputs utilized to determine such fair value:

 

     Recurring Fair Value
Measurements Using
        
December 31, 2020    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Marketable equity securities

   $ 2,992      $ —        $ —        $ 2,992  

Available for sale securities:

           

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —          11,803        —          11,803  

Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

     —          38,039        —          38,039  

Asset-backed securities

     —          7,281        —          7,281  

Certificates of deposit

        1,580        —          1,580  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,992      $ 58,703      $ —        $ 61,695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Recurring Fair Value
Measurements Using
        
December 31, 2019    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Marketable equity securities

   $ 2,553      $ —        $ —        $ 2,553  

Available for sale securities:

           

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —          9,826        —          9,826  

Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

     —          57,034        —          57,034  

Corporate collateralized mortgage obligations

     —          289        —          289  

Asset-backed securities

     —          2,465        —          2,465  

Certificates of deposit

     —          1,761        —          1,761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,553      $ 71,375      $ —        $ 73,928  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. There were no loans that were considered impaired with a specific valuation allowance as of December 31, 2020. Loans with a carrying amount of $67 were considered impaired and were written down to their estimated fair value of $0 as of December 31, 2019. As a result, the Company recognized a specific valuation allowance against these impaired loans totaling $67 as of December 31, 2019.

Mortgage servicing rights are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. At December 31, 2020, mortgage servicing rights with a carrying value of $2.2 million were considered impaired and written down to their estimated fair value of $1.8 million. As a result, the Company recognized a specific valuation allowance against mortgage servicing rights of $369. There was no impairment on mortgage servicing rights as of December 31, 2019.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 16 — Fair Value – (continued)

 

For Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows:

 

     Fair Value at
December 31,
2020
               Significant Unobservable
Input Value
 
     Valuation Technique    Significant Unobservable
Input(s)
   Minimum
Value
    Maximum
Value
 

Impaired loans

   $ —        Market and/or income
approach
   Management discount to
appraised values
     10.0     20.0

Rate lock commitments

     354      Pricing model    Pull through rate      75.0     100.0

Mortgage servicing rights

     1,806      Pricing models    Prepayment rate      18.0     46.2
         Discount rate      10.0     13.5
         Cost to service    $ 84.00     $ 85.00  

The Company estimates fair value of all financial instruments regardless of whether such instruments are measured at fair value. The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company to estimate fair value of financial instruments not previously discussed.

Cash and cash equivalents  Fair value approximates the carrying value.

Loans held for sale  Fair value is based on commitments on hand from investors or prevailing market prices.

Loans  Fair value of variable rate loans that reprice frequently is based on carrying values. Fair value of other loans is estimated by discounting future cash flows using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings. Fair value of impaired and other non-performing loans is estimated using discounted expected future cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral, if applicable.

FHLB stock — Fair value is the redeemable (carrying) value based on the redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank.

Accrued interest receivable and payable — Fair value approximates the carrying value.

Cash value of life insurance — Fair value is based on reported values of the assets.

Deposits and advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance — Fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as demand deposits, savings, and money market accounts, including advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance, by definition, is the amount payable on demand on the reporting date. Fair value of fixed rate time deposits is estimated using discounted cash flows applying interest rates currently being offered on similar time deposits.

FHLB Advances — Fair value of fixed rate, fixed term borrowings is estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current rates at which similar borrowings would be made. Fair value of borrowings with variable rates or maturing within 90 days approximates the carrying value of those borrowings.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 16 — Fair Value – (continued)

 

The carrying value and estimated fair value of financial instruments follow:

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Carrying Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 92,526      $ 92,526      $ —        $ —    

Available for sale securities

     58,703        —          58,703        —    

Loans held for sale

     2,484        —          2,484        —    

Loans

     329,073        —          —          332,882  

Rate lock commitments

     354        —          —          354  

Accrued interest receivable

     912        912        —          —    

Cash value of life insurance

     13,485        —          —          13,485  

FHLB stock

     3,032        —          —          3,032  

Marketable securities

     2,992        2,992        —          —    

Financial liabilities:

           

Deposits

     379,848        292,219        —          87,884  

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     2,737        2,737        —          —    

FHLB advances

     63,398        —          —          70,561  

Accrued interest payable

     183        183        —          —    
     December 31, 2019  
     Carrying Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,707      $ 11,707      $ —        $ —    

Available for sale securities

     71,375        —          71,375        —    

Loans held for sale

     685        —          685        —    

Loans

     310,674        —          —          310,993  

Accrued interest receivable

     963        963        —          —    

Cash value of life insurance

     13,085        —          —          13,085  

FHLB stock

     913        —          —          913  

Marketable securities

     2,553        2,553        —          —    

Financial liabilities:

           

Deposits

     344,596        202,180        —          142,708  

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     1,681        1,681        —          —    

FHLB advances

     17,623        —          —          17,976  

Accrued interest payable

     385        385        —          —    

Limitations  The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between market participants, other than in a forced liquidation. Fair value is best determined based on quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may

 

F-39


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 16 — Fair Value – (continued)

 

not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument. Consequently, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company.

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters that could affect the estimates. Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business. Deposits with no stated maturities are defined as having a fair value equivalent to the amount payable on demand. This prohibits adjusting fair value derived from retaining those deposits for an expected future period of time. This component, commonly referred to as a deposit base intangible, is neither considered in the above amounts, nor is it recorded as an intangible asset on the balance sheets. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

NOTE 17 — Equity and Regulatory Matters

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1, and Total capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. It is management’s opinion, as of December 31, 2020, that the Bank met all applicable capital adequacy requirements.

As of December 31, 2020, the Bank is categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum regulatory capital ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2020 that management believes have changed the category.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 17 — Equity and Regulatory Matters – (continued)

 

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following tables:

 

     Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
    To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

December 31, 2020

               

PyraMax Bank

               

Leverage (Tier 1)

   $ 49,534        9.8   $ 20,195        4.0   $ 25,243        5.0

Risk-based:

               

Common Tier 1

     49,534        15.1     14,725        4.5     21,269        6.5

Tier 1

     49,534        15.1     19,633        6.0     26,177        8.0

Total

     52,237        16.0     26,177        8.0     32,722        10.0

December 31, 2019

               

PyraMax Bank

               

Leverage (Tier 1)

   $ 46,316        10.7   $ 17,392        4.0   $ 21,740        5.0

Risk-based:

               

Common Tier 1

     46,316        13.5     15,391        4.5     22,232        6.5

Tier 1

     46,316        13.5     20,522        6.0     27,362        8.0

Total

     48,316        14.1     27,362        8.0     34,203        10.0

NOTE 18 — Deferred Compensation

The Company has obligations to certain retired and active employees and directors under deferred compensation plans. A liability is recorded for the value of the deferred compensation obligations amounting to $3.2 million and $2.6 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company holds marketable equity securities consisting of mutual fund investments and common stock deferred under the plans, which are held in a Rabbi Trust. The Company may sell these securities on a periodic basis in order to pay retirement benefits to plan retirees. There are no gain or losses realized from the sales of marketable equity securities. Benefits paid total $56 and $111 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Company has entered into various salary continuation agreements with key officers. The agreements provide for the payment of specified amounts upon each employee’s retirement or death. The liability outstanding under the agreements was $299 and $362 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The amount charged to operations was $31 and $37 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Company is the beneficiary of insurance policies on the lives of certain key employees. These policies had a cash value of $13.5 million and $13.1 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, an increase in value of $400. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company received no proceeds from life insurance, and recorded no gain on life insurance benefit received. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company received proceeds from life insurance of $872, and recorded a gain on life insurance benefit received in the amount of $158.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 19 — Earnings Per Share (EPS)

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted for weighted average unallocated ESOP shares, during the applicable period. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the dilutive effect of stock compensation using the treasury stock method. Antidilutive options are disregarded in earnings per share calculations.

Earnings per common share for the year ended December 31 is presented in the following table.

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  
     (dollars in thousands, except per
share amounts)
 

Net income

   $ 1,317      $ 449  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding for basic EPS

     

Weighted average shares outstanding

     4,807,158        4,876,677  

Less: Weighted average unallocated ESOP shares

     164,987        172,895  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding for basic EPS

     4,642,171        4,703,782  

Additional dilutive shares

     43,037        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding for dilutive EPS

     4,685,208        4,703,782  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic income per share

   $ 0.28      $ 0.10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted income per share

   $ 0.28      $ 0.10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 20 — Stock Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation Plan

On March 27, 2020, the Company’s stockholders approved the 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Equity Incentive Plan”). A total of 238,467 stock options and 95,387 restricted shares were approved for award. The stock options granted to employees and non-employee directors under this plan vest in five installments with the first installment vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The exercise price for all stock options granted is equal to the quoted NASDAQ market close price on the date that the awards were granted and expire ten years after the grant date, if not exercised. The restricted stock awards granted to employees and non-employee directors under this plan vest in five installments with the first installment vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Plan

The fair value of stock options granted is estimated on the grant date using a Black-Scholes pricing model. The fair value of restricted shares is equal to the quoted NASDAQ market closing price on the date of grant. The fair value of stock grants is recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the grants. Compensation expense is included in salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 20 — Stock Based Compensation – (continued)

 

Assumptions are used in estimating the fair value of stock options granted. The weighted average expected life of the stock options represent the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the historical results from the previous awards. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected volatility is based on the actual volatility of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. stock for the weighted average life time period prior to issuance date. The following assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of options granted in the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

     2020  

Dividend yield

     0.00

Risk-free interest rate

     0.45

Expected volatility

     24.00

Weighted average expected life

     6.5  

Weighted average per share value of options

   $ 1.98  

Based on the assumptions above, the estimated weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted was $431 during the year ended December 31, 2020.

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the period ended December 31, 2020 is presented below.

 

Stock Options    Shares      Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining in
Contractual
Term (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding December 31, 2019

     —        $ —          —          —    

Granted

     218,115        7.89        9.30        451,154  

Exercised

     —          —          —          —    

Forfeited

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding December 31, 2020

     218,115        7.89        9.30        451,154  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2020

     —        $ —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company amortizes the expense related to stock options as compensation expense over the vesting period. The Company recognized $61 in stock option expense during the twelve month period ended December 31, 2020.

At December 31, 2020, the Company had $370 in estimated unrecognized compensation costs related to outstanding stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.3 years.

 

Restricted Stock    Shares      Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2019

     —        $ —    

Granted

     84,949        7.87  

Vested

     —          —    

Forfeited

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2020

     84,949      $ 7.87  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands)

 

NOTE 20 — Stock Based Compensation – (continued)

 

The Company amortizes the expense related to restricted stock awards as compensation expense over the vesting period. The Company recognized $95 in restricted stock expense during the twelve month period ended December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2020, the Company had $574 of unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock shares that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.3 years.

NOTE 21 — Subsequent Event

On March 2, 2021, the Boards of Directors of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. and the PyraMax Bank, FSB adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully public form. 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will be merged into 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will no longer exist. 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. will then merge into a new Maryland corporation, also named 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. As part of the conversion, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC’s ownership interest in 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. will be offered for sale in a public offering. The existing publicly held shares of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., which represent the remaining ownership interest in 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., will be exchanged for new shares of common stock of the new Maryland corporation.

The Plan provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of special “liquidation accounts” for the benefit of certain depositors of the Bank in an amount equal to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC’s ownership interest in the equity of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. as of the date of the latest balance sheet contained in the prospectus plus the value of the net assets of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.). The liquidation accounts will be reduced annually to the extent that eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits. Direct costs of the conversion and public offering will be deferred and reduce the proceeds from the shares sold in the public offering.

The current Coronavirus pandemic has continued to have an economic impact on the United States and the international community. While the Company has not experienced a material adverse impact as of the date of these financial statements, the future impact, if any, cannot be determined.

Management has reviewed the Company’s operations for potential disclosure or financial statement impacts related to events occurring after December 31, 2020, but prior to the release of these consolidated financial statements. Based on the results of this review, no other subsequent event disclosures or financial statement impacts to these consolidated financial statements are required.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

 

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. or PyraMax Bank, FSB. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. or PyraMax Bank, FSB since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

Up to 3,542,000 Shares

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

(Proposed Holding Company for PyraMax Bank, FSB)

COMMON STOCK

par value $0.01 per share

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

LOGO

[Prospectus date]

 

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

 

 

Until                     , 2021, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

Dear Fellow Stockholder:

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (sometimes referred to as “Old 1895 Bancorp”) is soliciting stockholder votes regarding the mutual-to-stock conversion of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC. Pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, our organization will convert from a partially public company to a fully public company by selling a minimum of 2,618,000 shares of common stock of a newly formed company, also named 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (“New 1895 Bancorp”), which will become the holding company for PyraMax Bank, FSB.

The Proxy Vote

We must receive the approval of our stockholders before we can proceed with the transactions contemplated by the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. Enclosed is a proxy statement/prospectus describing the proposals being presented at our special meeting of stockholders. Please vote the enclosed proxy card today. Our Board of Directors urges you to vote “FOR” approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and “FOR” approval of the other matters to be presented at the special meeting.

The Exchange

Upon the completion of the conversion, your shares of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. common stock will be exchanged for shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock. The number of new shares that you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that is described in the proxy statement/prospectus. Shortly after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each stockholder of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. who holds stock certificates. The transmittal form will explain the procedure to follow to exchange your shares. Do not deliver your certificate(s) before you receive the transmittal form. Shares of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. that are held in “street name” (e.g., in a brokerage account) and shares that are held in “book entry form” (i.e., electronically with the transfer agent) will be converted automatically at the completion of the conversion—no action or documentation will be required of you.

The Stock Offering

We are offering for sale shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp at a price of $10.00 per share. The shares are first being offered in a subscription offering to eligible depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB. 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.’s public stockholders do not have priority rights to purchase shares in the subscription offering unless they are also eligible depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB. However, if we do not sell sufficient shares in the subscription offering to complete the offering, shares would be available for sale in a community offering to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.’s public stockholders and others not eligible to subscribe for shares in the subscription offering. If you are interested in subscribing for shares of our common stock, contact our Stock Information Center at [stock center number] to receive a stock order form and a prospectus. The stock offering period is expected to expire on [expiration date].

If you have any questions, please refer to the Questions & Answers section in this document.

Thank you for your support as a stockholder of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Sincerely,

Richard Hurd

Chief Executive Officer

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS OF 1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC. (A MARYLAND CORPORATION)

AND

PROXY STATEMENT OF 1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC. (A FEDERAL

CORPORATION)

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., which we refer to as “Old 1895 Bancorp” in this document, is converting from the mutual holding company structure to a fully public stock holding company structure. Currently, PyraMax Bank, FSB is a wholly owned subsidiary of Old 1895 Bancorp, a federal corporation, and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC owns 55.3% of Old 1895 Bancorp’s common stock. The remaining 44.7% of Old 1895 Bancorp’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, a newly formed Maryland corporation also named 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., which we refer to in this document as “New 1895 Bancorp,” will replace Old 1895 Bancorp as the holding company of PyraMax Bank, FSB. Each share of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 0.9729 and 1.3163 shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp, so that immediately after the conversion Old 1895 Bancorp’s public stockholders will own the same percentage of New 1895 Bancorp common stock as they owned of Old 1895 Bancorp’s common stock immediately before the conversion, excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, and reflecting certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC. The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock held by the public at the completion of the conversion, certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, the final independent appraisal of New 1895 Bancorp and the number of shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph. It will not depend on the market price of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock. See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders” for a discussion of the exchange ratio. Based on the $___________ per share closing price of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock as of the last trading day before the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, unless at least ______________ shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the ___________ and the ___________ of the offering range), the initial value of the New 1895 Bancorp common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Old 1895 Bancorp common stock you currently own. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering and the Exchange—The market value of New 1895 Bancorp common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock exchanged.”

Concurrently with the exchange offer, we are offering for sale up to 3,542,000 shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp, representing the ownership interest of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC in Old 1895 Bancorp as well as certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC. We are offering the shares of common stock to eligible depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB, to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s tax qualified benefit plans and, if necessary, to the public, including Old 1895 Bancorp stockholders, at a price of $10.00 per share. The conversion of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and the offering and exchange of common stock by New 1895 Bancorp are referred to herein as the “conversion and offering.” Once the conversion and offering are completed, PyraMax Bank, FSB will be a wholly owned subsidiary of New 1895 Bancorp, and 100% of the common stock of New 1895 Bancorp will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, Old 1895 Bancorp and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will cease to exist.

Old 1895 Bancorp’s common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the trading symbol “BCOW,” and we expect the shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCOW.”

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, which may be referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” Old 1895 Bancorp is holding a special meeting of stockholders at [meeting location] on [meeting date], at [meeting time], Central time, to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion.

In order to approve the plan of conversion, we must obtain the affirmative vote of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Old 1895 Bancorp stockholders, including votes representing shares held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Old 1895 Bancorp stockholders other than 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC. Old 1895 Bancorp’s board of directors unanimously recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” approval of the plan of conversion.


Table of Contents

This document serves as the proxy statement for the special meeting of stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp and the prospectus for the shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock to be issued in exchange for shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock. We urge you to read this entire document carefully. You can also obtain information about us from documents that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by New 1895 Bancorp of its shares of common stock in the offering, which is being made pursuant to a separate prospectus. Stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp are not required to participate in the stock offering.

This proxy statement/prospectus contains information that you should consider in evaluating the plan of conversion. In particular, you should carefully read the section captioned “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 for a discussion of certain risk factors relating to the conversion and offering.

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

For answers to your questions, read this proxy statement/prospectus, including the Questions and Answers section, beginning on page 1. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to [proxy solicitor], Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern time. Banks and brokers can call [broker number], and all others can call [stockholder number] (toll-free).

The date of this proxy statement/prospectus is [document date], and it is first being mailed to stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp on or about __________, 2021.


Table of Contents

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

7001 West Edgerton Avenue

Greenfield, Wisconsin 53220

(414) 421-8200

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

On [meeting date] at [meeting time], Central time, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. will hold a special meeting of stockholders at [meeting location].

At the meeting, stockholders will consider and act on the following:

 

  1.

The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization, whereby 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and Old 1895 Bancorp will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure, as more fully described in the attached proxy statement/prospectus;

 

  2.

The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies if there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion;

Stockholders will also act on the following three informational proposals:

 

  3.

Approval of a provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation;

 

  4.

Approval of a provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to New 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws;

 

  5.

Approval of a provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New 1895 Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock; and

Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.

NOTE: The board of directors is not aware of any other business to come before the meeting.

The provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3 through 5 were approved as part of the process in which our board of directors approved the plan of conversion and reorganization (the “plan of conversion”). These proposals are informational in nature only because the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.

The board of directors has fixed the close of business on [record date], as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and at any adjournment or postponement thereof.

Upon written request addressed to the Corporate Secretary of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. at the above address, stockholders may obtain an additional copy of this proxy statement/prospectus and/or a copy of the plan of conversion. In order to assure timely receipt of these materials, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. must receive the written request by [request date].

Complete, sign and date the enclosed proxy card, which is solicited by the board of directors, and mail it in the enclosed envelope today. Alternatively, you may vote by mobile or Internet as described on the proxy card. Your proxy will not be used if you attend the meeting and vote in person.

 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Monica Baker

Corporate Secretary

Greenfield, Wisconsin

[document date]


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY

     6  

RISK FACTORS

     10  

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

     11  

PROPOSAL 1 — APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

     14  

PROPOSAL 2 — ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING

     16  

PROPOSALS 3 THROUGH 5 — INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS RELATING TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF NEW 1895 BANCORP

     16  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     19  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     19  

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     19  

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

     19  

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     19  

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     19  

CAPITALIZATION

     19  

PRO FORMA DATA

     19  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     19  

BUSINESS OF NEW 1895 BANCORP AND OLD 1895 BANCORP

     19  

BUSINESS OF PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

     19  

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     19  

TAXATION

     19  

MANAGEMENT

     20  

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

     20  

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     20  

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF OLD 1895 BANCORP

     20  

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NEW 1895 BANCORP

     20  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NEW 1895 BANCORP

     20  

TRANSFER AGENT

     20  

EXPERTS

     20  

LEGAL MATTERS

     20  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     20  

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

     20  

ADVANCE NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED AT AN ANNUAL MEETING

     20  

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS

     22  

FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

     22  

OTHER MATTERS

     22  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF 1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

     F-1  


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF 1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

REGARDING THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

You should read this document for more information about the conversion. We have filed an application with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) with respect to the conversion and offering and with respect to New 1895 Bancorp becoming the holding company for PyraMax Bank, FSB. We have also filed an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to amendments to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s Charter. The approvals of the Federal Reserve Board and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency are required before we can consummate the conversion and offering. Any approval by the Federal Reserve Board or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion. Consummation of the conversion is also subject to approval of the plan of conversion by Old 1895 Bancorp’s stockholders, and to the satisfaction of certain other conditions.

 

Q.

WHAT ARE STOCKHOLDERS BEING ASKED TO APPROVE?

 

A.

Old 1895 Bancorp stockholders as of the close of business on [record date] are being asked to vote on the plan of conversion pursuant to which 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will convert from the mutual to the stock form of organization. As part of the conversion, a newly formed Maryland corporation, New 1895 Bancorp, is offering its common stock to eligible depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB, to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s tax qualified benefit plans and to the public. The shares offered represent 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC’s current ownership interest in Old 1895 Bancorp, adjusted for certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC. Your vote is very important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” approval of the plan of conversion, we cannot implement the plan of conversion and complete the stock offering.

In addition, Old 1895 Bancorp stockholders are being asked to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies if there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion.

Stockholders also are asked to vote on the following informational proposals with respect to the articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp:

 

   

Approval of a provision requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation;

 

   

Approval of a provision requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to New 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws; and

 

   

Approval of a provision to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New 1895 Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are included as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which our board of directors approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized above as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring, or rendering more difficult, attempts by third parties to obtain control of New 1895 Bancorp if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

1


Table of Contents
Q.

WHAT ARE THE REASONS FOR THE CONVERSION AND RELATED OFFERING?

 

A.

The primary reasons for the conversion and offering are to:

 

   

enhance our regulatory capital position to support growth;

 

   

transition our organization to a stock holding company structure, which gives us greater flexibility to access the capital markets compared to our existing mutual holding company structure;

 

   

improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock;

 

   

facilitate our stock holding company’s ability to pay dividends to our public stockholders; and

 

   

facilitate future mergers and acquisitions.

As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration in a merger or acquisition since 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC is required to own a majority of Old 1895 Bancorp’s outstanding shares of common stock. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and therefore will enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise. We currently have no arrangements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition. See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Reasons for the Conversion” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

 

Q.

WHAT WILL STOCKHOLDERS RECEIVE FOR THEIR EXISTING OLD 1895 BANCORP SHARES?

 

A.

As more fully described in “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders,” depending on the number of shares sold in the offering, each share of common stock that you own at the time of the completion of the conversion will be exchanged for between 0.9729 shares at the minimum and 1.3163 shares at the maximum of the offering range of New 1895 Bancorp common stock (cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional shares). For example, if you own 100 shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock, and the exchange ratio is 1.3163 (at the maximum of the offering range), after the conversion you will receive 131 shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock and $6.30 in cash, the value of the fractional share based on the $10.00 per share purchase price of stock in the offering.

If you own shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock in a brokerage account in “street name” or electronically with our transfer agent in “book entry” form, your shares will be automatically exchanged within your account, and you do not need to take any action to exchange your shares of common stock or receive cash in lieu of fractional shares. If you own shares in the form of Old 1895 Bancorp stock certificates, after the completion of the conversion and offering, our exchange agent will mail to you a transmittal form with instructions to surrender your stock certificates. A statement reflecting your ownership of shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp and a check representing cash in lieu of fractional shares will be mailed to you within five business days after the exchange agent receives a properly executed transmittal form and your existing Old 1895 Bancorp stock certificate(s). All shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock will be issued in book-entry form, meaning that New 1895 Bancorp will not issue stock certificates. Do not submit your stock certificate(s) until you receive a transmittal form.

 

2


Table of Contents
Q.

WHY WILL THE SHARES THAT I RECEIVE BE BASED ON A PRICE OF $10.00 PER SHARE RATHER THAN THE TRADING PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK BEFORE COMPLETION OF THE CONVERSION?

 

A.

The shares will be based on a price of $10.00 per share because that is the price at which New 1895 Bancorp will sell shares in its offering. The amount of common stock New 1895 Bancorp will issue at $10.00 per share in the offering and the exchange is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of New 1895 Bancorp by Faust Financial, LLC. Faust Financial, LLC, an appraisal firm experienced in the appraisal of financial institutions, has estimated that, as of February 8, 2021, this market value was $55.6 million. Based on Federal Reserve Board regulations, the market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $47.3 million and a maximum of $64.0 million. Based on this valuation and the valuation range, the number of shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp that existing public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp will receive in exchange for their shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock is expected to range from 2,110,944 to 2,855,982, with a midpoint of 2,483,463 (a value of approximately $21.1 million to $28.6 million, with a midpoint of $24.8 million, based on a price of $10.00 per share). The number of shares received by the existing public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp is intended to maintain their existing ownership in our organization (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, and as adjusted to reflect certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC). The independent appraisal is based in part on Old 1895 Bancorp’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a comparable group of ten publicly traded savings banks and savings and loan holding companies that Faust Financial, LLC considered comparable to Old 1895 Bancorp.

 

Q.

DOES THE EXCHANGE RATIO DEPEND ON THE TRADING PRICE OF OLD 1895 BANCORP COMMON STOCK?

 

A.

No. The exchange ratio will not be based on the market price of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock. Instead, the exchange ratio will be based on the appraised value of New 1895 Bancorp. The purpose of the exchange ratio is to maintain the ownership percentage of public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, and as adjusted to reflect certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC). Therefore, changes in the price of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock between now and the completion of the conversion and offering will not affect the calculation of the exchange ratio.

 

Q.

SHOULD I SUBMIT MY STOCK CERTIFICATE(S) NOW?

 

A.

No. If you hold stock certificate(s), instructions for exchanging the certificates will be sent to you by our exchange agent after the completion of the conversion and offering. If your shares are held in “street name” (e.g., in a brokerage account) or electronically with our transfer agent in “book entry” form, in either case rather than in certificate form, the share exchange will be reflected automatically in your account upon completion of the conversion.

 

Q.

HOW DO I VOTE?

 

A.

Mark, sign and date each proxy card enclosed, and return the card(s) to us in the enclosed proxy reply envelope. Alternatively, you may vote by Internet or mobile by following the instructions on the proxy card. For information on submitting your proxy, please refer to instructions on the enclosed proxy card. YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT. PLEASE VOTE TODAY.

 

3


Table of Contents
Q.

IF MY SHARES ARE HELD IN STREET NAME, WILL MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE AUTOMATICALLY VOTE ON THE PLAN ON MY BEHALF?

 

A.

No. Your broker, bank or other nominee will not be able to vote your shares without instructions from you. You should instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, using the directions that they provide to you.

 

Q.

WHY SHOULD I VOTE? WHAT HAPPENS IF I DON’T VOTE?

 

A.

Your vote is very important. We believe the conversion and offering are in the best interests of our stockholders. Not voting all the proxy card(s) you receive will have the same effect as voting “against” the approval of the plan of conversion. Without sufficient favorable votes FOR approval of the plan of conversion, we cannot complete the conversion and offering.

 

Q.

WHAT IF I DO NOT GIVE VOTING INSTRUCTIONS TO MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE?

 

A.

Your vote is important. If you do not instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, the unvoted proxy will have the same effect as a vote “against” the plan of conversion.

 

Q.

MAY I PLACE AN ORDER TO PURCHASE SHARES IN THE COMMUNITY OFFERING, IN ADDITION TO THE SHARES THAT I WILL RECEIVE IN THE EXCHANGE?

 

A.

Yes. If you would like to receive a prospectus and stock order form, you must call our Stock Information Center at [stock center number], Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central time. The Stock Information Center is closed on bank holidays.

Eligible depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB and PyraMax Bank, FSB’s tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including the employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan) have priority subscription rights allowing them to purchase common stock in a subscription offering. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be available for sale to the public in a community offering, as described in this document. If orders for New 1895 Bancorp common stock in a community offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares will be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) as follows: first, to cover orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee; and thereafter, to cover orders of the general public.

Stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp are subject to an ownership limitation. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a stockholder and his or her associates or individuals acting in concert with the stockholder, plus any shares a stockholder and these individuals receive in the exchange for existing shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the total shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion.

Properly completed and signed stock order forms, with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) no later than 1:00 p.m., Central time, on [expiration date].

 

Q.

WILL THE CONVERSION HAVE ANY EFFECT ON DEPOSIT AND LOAN ACCOUNTS AT PYRAMAX BANK, FSB?

 

A.

No. The account number, amount, interest rate and withdrawal rights of deposit accounts will remain unchanged. Deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit. Loans and rights of borrowers will not be affected. Depositors will no longer have voting rights in 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC as to matters currently requiring such vote. 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will cease to exist after the conversion and offering. Only stockholders of New 1895 Bancorp will have voting rights after the conversion and offering.

 

4


Table of Contents

OTHER QUESTIONS?

For answers to other questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to [proxy solicitor], Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern time. Banks and brokers can call [broker number], and all others can call [stockholder number] (toll-free). Questions about the stock offering may be directed to our Stock Information Center at [stock center number], Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central time. The Stock Information Center is closed on bank holidays.

 

5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights material information from this proxy statement/prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. To understand the conversion and other proposals fully, you should read this entire document carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Proposal 1 — Approval of The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization,” “Proposal 2 — Adjournment of the Special Meeting,” “Proposals 3 through 5 — Informational Proposals Relating to the Articles of Incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

The Special Meeting

Date, Time and Place. Old 1895 Bancorp will hold its special meeting of stockholders at [meeting location] on [meeting date], at [meeting time], Central time.

The Proposals. Stockholders will be voting on the following proposals at the special meeting:

 

  1.

The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization whereby: (a) 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and Old 1895 Bancorp will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure; (b) New 1895 Bancorp, a Maryland corporation, will become the new stock holding company of PyraMax Bank, FSB; (c) the outstanding shares of Old 1895 Bancorp, other than those held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, will be converted into shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp; and (d) New 1895 Bancorp will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, a community offering and, if necessary, a syndicated offering;

 

  2.

The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies if there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion;

Stockholders will also vote on the following informational proposals:

 

  3.

Approval of a provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation;

 

  4.

Approval of a provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to New 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws;

 

  5.

Approval of a provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New 1895 Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock; and

Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.

Vote Required for Approval of Proposals by the Stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion. To approve the plan of conversion, we must obtain the affirmative vote of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Old 1895 Bancorp stockholders, including votes representing shares held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Old 1895 Bancorp stockholders other than 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC.

Proposal 1 must also be approved by the members of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (i.e., depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB) at a special meeting called for that purpose. Depositors will receive separate proxy materials from 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC regarding the conversion.



 

6


Table of Contents

Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Old 1895 Bancorp stockholders at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies if there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.

Informational Proposals 3 through 5. The provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Old 1895 Bancorp approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of New 1895 Bancorp, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.

Revocability of Proxies

You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Old 1895 Bancorp in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a signed, later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.

Vote by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

Management anticipates that 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, our majority stockholder, will vote all of its shares of common stock in favor of all the matters set forth above. If 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC votes all of its shares in favor of each proposal, the approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, and the informational proposals would be assured.

As of [record date], the directors and executive officers of Old 1895 Bancorp beneficially owned ____________ shares (excluding exercisable options), or approximately __________% of the outstanding shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock, and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC owned 2,682,172 shares, or approximately 55.3% of the outstanding shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock.

Vote Recommendations

Your board of directors unanimously recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the plan of conversion, “FOR” approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, and “FOR” approval of the Informational Proposals 3 through 5.

Our Business

[same as prospectus]



 

7


Table of Contents

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

The boards of directors of Old 1895 Bancorp, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, PyraMax Bank, FSB and New 1895 Bancorp have adopted a plan of conversion pursuant to which PyraMax Bank, FSB will reorganize from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure. Public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp will receive shares in New 1895 Bancorp in exchange for their shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock based on an exchange ratio. See “—The Exchange of Existing Shares of Old 1895 Bancorp Common Stock.” This conversion to a stock holding company structure also includes the offering by New 1895 Bancorp of shares of its common stock to eligible depositors of PyraMax Bank, FSB and to the public, including Old 1895 Bancorp stockholders, in a subscription offering and, if necessary, in a community offering and/or in a separate offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus as the syndicated offering. Following the conversion and offering, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and Old 1895 Bancorp will no longer exist, and New 1895 Bancorp will be the parent company of PyraMax Bank, FSB.

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp approve the plan of conversion. Old 1895 Bancorp’s stockholders will vote on the plan of conversion at Old 1895 Bancorp’s special meeting. This document is the proxy statement used by Old 1895 Bancorp’s board of directors to solicit proxies for the special meeting. It is also the prospectus of New 1895 Bancorp regarding the shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock to be issued to Old 1895 Bancorp’s stockholders in the share exchange. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by New 1895 Bancorp of its shares of common stock in the subscription offering and any community offering or syndicated community offering, which will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus.

Our Organizational Structure

[same as prospectus]

Business Strategy

[same as prospectus]

Reasons for the Conversion

[same as prospectus]

See “Proposal 1 — Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

[same as prospectus]

The Exchange of Existing Shares of Old 1895 Bancorp Common Stock

[same as prospectus]

How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price

[same as prospectus]

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “Proposal 1 — Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

[same as prospectus]



 

8


Table of Contents

Our Dividend Policy

[same as prospectus]

Purchases and Ownership by Officers and Directors

[same as prospectus]

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

[same as prospectus]

Market for Common Stock

[same as prospectus]

Tax Consequences

[same as prospectus]

Changes in Stockholders’ Rights for Existing Stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp

As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp will become stockholders of New 1895 Bancorp. Some rights of stockholders of New 1895 Bancorp will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Old 1895 Bancorp. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Maryland chartering documents and bylaws, and from distinctions between federal and Maryland law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New 1895 Bancorp are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of New 1895 Bancorp and all of its stockholders. The differences in stockholder rights in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New 1895 Bancorp include the following provisions chosen by the board: (i) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for new business or to nominate directors; (ii) approval by at least 80% of the outstanding shares required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation; (iii) a limit on voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New 1895 Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock; (iv) director qualifications; and (v) a greater percentage of outstanding shares that is required for stockholders to call a special meeting. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp” for a discussion of these differences.

Dissenters’ Rights

Stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp do not have dissenters’ rights in connection with the conversion and offering.

Important Risks in Owning New 1895 Bancorp’s Common Stock

Before you vote on the conversion, you should read the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 10 of this proxy statement/prospectus.



 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors when deciding how to vote on the conversion.

[business risks are same as prospectus]

Risks Related to the Offering and the Exchange

The market value of New 1895 Bancorp common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock exchanged.

The number of shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock held by the public before the completion of the conversion and offering, the final independent appraisal of New 1895 Bancorp common stock prepared by Faust Financial, LLC and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. The exchange ratio will ensure that public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock will own the same percentage of New 1895 Bancorp common stock after the conversion and offering as they owned of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock immediately before completion of the conversion and offering (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, and adjusted to reflect certain assets held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC). The exchange ratio will not depend on the market price of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock.

The exchange ratio ranges from 0.9729 shares at the minimum and 1.3163 shares at the maximum of the offering range of New 1895 Bancorp common stock per share of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock. Shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock issued in the share exchange will have an initial value of $10.00 per share. Depending on the exchange ratio and the market value of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock at the time of the exchange, the initial market value of the New 1895 Bancorp common stock that you receive in the share exchange could be less than the market value of the Old 1895 Bancorp common stock that you currently own. Based on the most recent closing price of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock before the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, which was $__________, unless at least ______________ shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the __________ and the ____________ of the offering range), the initial value of the New 1895 Bancorp common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Old 1895 Bancorp common stock you currently own.

There may be a decrease in stockholders’ rights for existing stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp.

As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp will become stockholders of New 1895 Bancorp. Some rights of stockholders of New 1895 Bancorp will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Old 1895 Bancorp. The reduction in stockholder rights results from distinctions between the federal and Maryland chartering documents and bylaws, and from differences between federal and Maryland law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New 1895 Bancorp are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of New 1895 Bancorp and all of its stockholders. The differences in stockholder rights in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New 1895 Bancorp include the following provisions: (i) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for new business or to nominate directors; (ii) approval by at least 80% of the outstanding shares is required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation; (iii) a limit on voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New 1895 Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock; (iv) director qualifications; and (v) a greater percentage of outstanding shares that is required for stockholders to call a special meeting. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp” for a discussion of these differences.

[remaining risk factors are same as prospectus]

 

10


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

General

This proxy statement/prospectus is being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation by the board of directors of Old 1895 Bancorp of proxies to be voted at the special meeting of stockholders to be held at [meeting location] on [meeting date], at [meeting time], Central time, and any adjournment or postponement thereof.

The primary purpose of the special meeting is to consider and vote upon the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (the “plan of conversion”).

In addition, stockholders will vote on a proposal to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies if there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion. Stockholders also will vote on informational proposals with respect to the articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp.

Voting for or against approval of the plan of conversion includes a vote for or against the conversion of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC to a stock holding company as contemplated by the plan of conversion. Voting in favor of the plan of conversion will not obligate you to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering and will not affect the balance, interest rate or federal deposit insurance of any deposits at PyraMax Bank, FSB.

Who Can Vote at the Meeting

You are entitled to vote your Old 1895 Bancorp common stock if our records show that you held your shares as of the close of business on [record date]. If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are considered the beneficial owner of shares held in street name and these proxy materials are being forwarded to you by your broker or nominee. As the beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker or nominee how to vote.

As of the close of business on [record date], there were 4,851,901shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock outstanding. Each share of common stock has one vote.

Attending the Meeting

If you are a stockholder as of the close of business on [record date], you may attend the meeting. However, if you hold your shares in street name (i.e. through a bank or broker), you will need proof of ownership to be admitted to the meeting. A recent brokerage statement or a letter from a bank or broker are examples of proof of ownership. If you want to vote your shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock held in street name in person at the meeting, you will have to get a written proxy in your name from the broker, bank or other nominee who holds your shares.

Quorum; Vote Required

The special meeting will be held only if there is a quorum. A quorum exists if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, is present at the meeting. If you return valid proxy instructions or attend the meeting in person, your shares will be counted for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum, even if you abstain from voting. Broker non-votes also will be counted for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum. A broker non-vote occurs when a broker, bank or other nominee holding shares for a beneficial owner does not vote on a particular proposal because the nominee does not have discretionary voting power with respect to that item and has not received voting instructions from the beneficial owner.

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. To approve the plan of conversion, we must obtain the affirmative vote of (i) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting, including votes representing shares held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, and (ii) a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting, other than shares held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC.

 

11


Table of Contents

Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Old 1895 Bancorp stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies if there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.

Informational Proposals 3 through 5: Approval of certain provisions in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation. The provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Old 1895 Bancorp approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of New 1895 Bancorp, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.

Shares Held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and Our Officers and Directors

As of [record date], 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC beneficially owned 2,682,172 shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock, or approximately 55.3% of our outstanding shares. We expect that 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC will vote all of its shares in favor of each the proposals presented.

As of [record date], our officers and directors beneficially owned ___________ shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock (excluding exercisable options), or approximately _____________% of our outstanding shares and ___________% of the outstanding shares held by stockholders other than 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC.

Voting by Proxy

Our board of directors is sending you this proxy statement/prospectus to request that you allow your shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock to be represented at the special meeting by the persons named in the enclosed proxy card. All shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock represented at the meeting by properly executed and dated proxies will be voted according to the instructions indicated on the proxy card. If you sign, date and return a proxy card without giving voting instructions, your shares will be voted as recommended by our board of directors. Our board of directors recommends that you vote FOR approval of the plan of conversion, FOR approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, and FOR approval of each of Informational Proposals 3 through 5.

If any matters not described in this proxy statement/prospectus are properly presented at the special meeting, the board of directors will use their judgment to determine how to vote your shares. We do not know of any other matters to be presented at the special meeting.

If your Old 1895 Bancorp common stock is held in street name, you will receive instructions from your broker, bank or other nominee that you must follow to have your shares voted. Your broker, bank or other nominee may allow you to deliver your voting instructions via mobile device or the Internet. Refer to the instruction form provided by your broker, bank or other nominee that accompanies this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

12


Table of Contents

Revocability of Proxies

You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Old 1895 Bancorp in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a signed, later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.

Solicitation of Proxies

This proxy statement/prospectus and the accompanying proxy card are being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the special meeting by the board of directors. Old 1895 Bancorp will pay the costs of soliciting proxies from its stockholders. To the extent necessary to permit approval of the plan of conversion and the other proposals being considered, [proxy solicitor], our proxy solicitor, and directors, officers or employees of Old 1895 Bancorp and PyraMax Bank, FSB may solicit proxies by mail, telephone and other forms of communication. We will reimburse such persons for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such solicitation. For its services as information agent and stockholder proxy solicitor, we will pay [proxy solicitor] $_____________ plus out-of-pocket expenses and charges for telephone calls made and received in connection with the solicitation.

We will also reimburse banks, brokers, nominees and other fiduciaries for the expenses they incur in forwarding the proxy materials to you.

Participants in the Employee Stock Ownership Plan and 401(k) Plan

If you participate in PyraMax Bank, FSB Employee Stock Ownership Plan or if you hold Old 1895 Bancorp common stock through the PyraMax Bank, FSB 401(k) Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), you will receive a vote authorization form that reflects all shares you may direct the trustees to vote on your behalf under the plans. Under the terms of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, the Employee Stock Ownership Plan trustee votes all shares held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, but each Employee Stock Ownership Plan participant may direct the trustee how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to his or her account. The Employee Stock Ownership Plan trustee, subject to the exercise of its fiduciary duties, will vote all unallocated shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan and allocated shares for which no voting instructions are received in the same proportion as shares for which it has received timely voting instructions. The deadline for returning your vote authorization form to the plan’s trustee is ___________________, 2021.

If you are a participant in the 401(k) Plan who has a portion of your account balance in the 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. Stock Fund, you will receive a vote authorization form that allows you to direct the 401(k) Plan trustee to vote the Old 1895 Bancorp shares attributable to your account. If a participant does not direct the 401(k) Plan trustee as to how to vote his or her shares in the 401(k) Plan, the 401(k) Plan trustee will be instructed by PyraMax Bank, FSB to vote such interest in the same proportion as it has received voting instructions from other 401(k) Plan participants, subject to the trustee’s fiduciary duties. The deadline for returning your vote authorization form is __________, 2021.

The board of directors unanimously recommends that you sign, date and mark the enclosed proxy “FOR” approval of each of the above described proposals, including the adoption of the plan of conversion, and return it in the enclosed envelope today. Voting the proxy card will not prevent you from voting in person at the special meeting. For information on submitting your proxy, refer to the instructions on the enclosed proxy card.

Your prompt vote is very important. Failure to vote will have the same effect as voting against the plan of conversion.

 

13


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 1 — APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

The boards of directors of Old 1895 Bancorp and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC have approved the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” The plan of conversion must also be approved by the members of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and the stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp, and is subject to the satisfaction of certain other conditions. Special meetings of members and stockholders have been called for this purpose. The approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required before we can consummate the conversion and stock offering. We have also filed an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to the amendments to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s Charter, and the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. Any approval by the Federal Reserve Board or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of reorganization.

General

[same as prospectus]

The board of directors unanimously recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

[Remaining sections same as prospectus under “The Conversion and Offering,” with the following added:]

Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates

The conversion of existing outstanding shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock into the right to receive shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock will occur automatically at the completion of the conversion. As soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each public stockholder of Old 1895 Bancorp who holds physical stock certificates. The transmittal form will contain instructions on how to surrender certificates evidencing Old 1895 Bancorp common stock in exchange for shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock in book entry form, to be held electronically on the books of our transfer agent. New 1895 Bancorp will not issue stock certificates. We expect that a statement reflecting your ownership of shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp common stock will be distributed within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms, Old 1895 Bancorp stock certificates and other required documents. Shares held by public stockholders in street name (such as in a brokerage account) or electronically with our transfer agent in “book entry” form will be exchanged automatically upon the completion of the conversion; no transmittal forms will be mailed relating to these shares.

No fractional shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Old 1895 Bancorp when the conversion is completed. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued to a stockholder who holds a stock certificate, we will pay by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. Payment for fractional shares will be made as soon as practicable after the receipt by the exchange agent of the transmittal forms and the surrendered Old 1895 Bancorp stock certificates. If your shares of common stock are held in street name, you will automatically receive cash in lieu of fractional shares in your account.

Do not forward your stock certificates until you have received transmittal forms, which will include forwarding instructions. After the conversion, stockholders will not receive shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock and will not be paid dividends on the shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock until existing certificates representing shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock are surrendered for exchange in compliance with the terms of the transmittal form. When stockholders surrender their certificates, any unpaid dividends will be paid without interest. For all other purposes, however, each certificate that represents shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock outstanding at the effective date of the conversion will be considered to evidence ownership of shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock into which those shares have been converted by virtue of the conversion.

 

14


Table of Contents

If a certificate for Old 1895 Bancorp common stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed, our exchange agent will issue a new stock certificate upon receipt of appropriate evidence as to the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, appropriate evidence as to the ownership of the certificate by the claimant, and appropriate and customary indemnification, which is normally effected by the purchase of a bond from a surety company at the stockholder’s expense.

All shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock that we issue in exchange for existing shares of Old 1895 Bancorp common stock will be considered to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of common stock, subject, however, to our obligation to pay any dividends or make any other distributions with a record date before the effective date of the conversion that may have been declared by us on or before the effective date, and which remain unpaid at the effective date.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

Applicable banking regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other Members, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. When registering your stock purchase on the stock order form, you cannot add the name(s) of others for joint stock registration unless they are also named on the qualifying deposit or loan account, and you cannot delete names of others except in the case of certain orders placed through an IRA, Keogh, 401(k) or similar plan, and except in the event of the death of a named eligible depositor. Taking either of these actions may jeopardize your subscription rights. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise before completion of the offering.

We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

Stock Information Center

Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The telephone number is [stock center number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

Liquidation Rights

[same as prospectus]

Material Income Tax Consequences

[same as prospectus]

Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

[same as prospectus]

 

15


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 2 — ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING

If there are not sufficient votes to constitute a quorum or to approve the plan of conversion at the time of the special meeting, the proposals may not be approved unless the special meeting is adjourned to a later date or dates in order to permit further solicitation of proxies. In order to allow proxies that have been received by Old 1895 Bancorp at the time of the special meeting to be voted for an adjournment, if necessary, Old 1895 Bancorp has submitted the question of adjournment to its stockholders as a separate matter for their consideration. The board of directors of Old 1895 Bancorp recommends that stockholders vote FOR approval of the adjournment proposal. If it is necessary to adjourn the special meeting, no notice of the adjourned special meeting is required to be given to stockholders (unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if a new record date is fixed), other than an announcement at the special meeting of the hour, date and place to which the special meeting is adjourned.

The board of directors unanimously recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies if there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion.

PROPOSALS 3 THROUGH 5 — INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS RELATING TO THE ARTICLES OF

INCORPORATION OF NEW 1895 BANCORP

By their approval of the plan of conversion as set forth in Proposal 1, the board of directors of Old 1895 Bancorp has approved each of the informational proposals numbered 3 through 5, each of which relate to provisions included in the articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp Each of these informational proposals is discussed in more detail below.

As a result of the conversion, the public stockholders of Old 1895 Bancorp, whose rights are presently governed by the charter and bylaws of Old 1895 Bancorp, will become stockholders of New 1895 Bancorp, whose rights will be governed by the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New 1895 Bancorp. The following informational proposals address the material differences between the governing documents of the two companies. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the charter and bylaws of Old 1895 Bancorp and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New 1895 Bancorp. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of those documents.

The provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3 through 5 were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Old 1895 Bancorp approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. Old 1895 Bancorp’s stockholders are not being asked to approve these informational proposals at the special meeting. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals set forth below, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of New 1895 Bancorp, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

Informational Proposal 3—Approval of a Provision in New 1895 Bancorps Articles of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote to Amend Certain Provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp. No amendment of the charter of Old 1895 Bancorp may be made unless it is first proposed by the board of directors, then preliminarily approved by the Federal Reserve Board, and thereafter approved by the majority of the total shares eligible to be cast at a legal meeting. The articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp generally may be amended by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole board of directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that any amendment of Section C, D, E or F of Article 5 (Preferred Stock, Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities, Majority Vote and Quorum),

 

16


Table of Contents

Article 7 (Directors), Article 8 (Bylaws), Article 9 (Evaluation of Certain Offers), Article 10 (Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers), Article 11 (Limitation of Liability), Article 12 (Selection of Forum) and Article 13 (Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation) must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, except that the board of directors may amend the articles of incorporation without any action by the stockholders to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of capital stock.

These limitations on amendments to specified provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation are intended to ensure that the referenced provisions are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend those provisions, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, as a 55.3% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the charter.

The requirement of a super-majority stockholder vote to amend specified provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the articles of incorporation is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquirer. The board of directors believes that the provisions limiting certain amendments to the articles of incorporation will put the board of directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of New 1895 Bancorp and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of a provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation.

Informational Proposal 4—Approval of a Provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote of Stockholders to Approve Stockholder Proposed Amendments to New 1895 Bancorp’s Bylaws. An amendment to Old 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws proposed by stockholders must be approved by the majority of the total shares cast at a legal meeting, subject to applicable approval by the Federal Reserve Board. The articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp provide that stockholders may only amend the bylaws by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

The requirement of a super-majority stockholder vote to amend the bylaws of New 1895 Bancorp is intended to ensure that the bylaws are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote of stockholders. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend the bylaws, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, as a 55.3% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the bylaws. Also, the board of directors of both Old 1895 Bancorp and New 1895 Bancorp may by a majority vote amend either company’s bylaws, subject to the receipt of any applicable regulatory approval in the case of Old 1895 Bancorp.

This super-majority vote requirement in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the bylaws is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquirer. The board of directors believes that the provision limiting amendments to the bylaws will put the board of directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of New 1895 Bancorp and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

The board of directors unanimously recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder proposed amendments to New 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws.

Informational Proposal 5—Approval of a Provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation to Limit the Voting Rights of Shares Beneficially Owned in Excess of 10% of New 1895 Bancorp’s Outstanding Voting Stock. The articles of incorporation of New 1895 Bancorp provide that in no event shall any

 

17


Table of Contents

person, who directly or indirectly beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled or permitted to vote on any matter, be entitled or permitted to vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the 10% limit. Beneficial ownership is determined pursuant to the federal securities laws and includes, but is not limited to, shares as to which any person and his or her affiliates (i) have the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options and (ii) have or share investment or voting power (but shall not be deemed the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, and that are not otherwise beneficially, or deemed by New 1895 Bancorp to be beneficially, owned by such person and his or her affiliates).

The foregoing restriction does not apply to any employee benefit plans of New 1895 Bancorp or any subsidiary or a trustee of a plan.

The provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation limiting the voting rights of beneficial owners of more than 10% of New 1895 Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock is intended to limit the ability of any person to acquire a significant number of shares of New 1895 Bancorp common stock and thereby gain sufficient voting control so as to cause New 1895 Bancorp to effect a transaction that may not be in the best interests of New 1895 Bancorp and its stockholders generally. This provision will not prevent a stockholder from seeking to acquire a controlling interest in New 1895 Bancorp, but it will prevent a stockholder from voting more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock unless that stockholder has first persuaded the board of directors of the merits of the course of action proposed by the stockholder. The board of directors of New 1895 Bancorp believes that fundamental transactions generally should be first considered and approved by the board of directors as it generally believes that it is in the best position to make an initial assessment of the merits of any such transactions and that its ability to make the initial assessment could be impeded if a single stockholder could acquire a sufficiently large voting interest so as to control a stockholder vote on any given proposal. This provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation makes an acquisition, merger or other similar corporate transaction less likely to occur, even if such transaction is supported by most stockholders, because it can prevent a holder of shares in excess of the 10% limit from voting the excess shares in favor of the transaction. Thus, it may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect.

The charter of Old 1895 Bancorp currently contains a comparable provision, which provides that, until 2024, following the fifth anniversary of the initial mutual holding company reorganization of PyraMax Bank, FSB, no person, other than 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Old 1895 Bancorp held by persons other than 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, and that any shares acquired in excess of this limit will not be entitled to be voted and will not be counted as voting stock in connection with any matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New 1895 Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock.

 

18


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

[same as prospectus]

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

[same as prospectus]

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

[same as prospectus]

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

[same as prospectus]

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

[same as prospectus]

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

[same as prospectus]

CAPITALIZATION

[same as prospectus]

PRO FORMA DATA

[same as prospectus]

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

[same as prospectus]

BUSINESS OF NEW 1895 BANCORP AND OLD 1895 BANCORP

[same as prospectus]

BUSINESS OF PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

[same as prospectus]

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

[same as prospectus]

TAXATION

[same as prospectus]

 

19


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

[same as prospectus]

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

[same as prospectus]

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

[same as prospectus]

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING

STOCKHOLDERS OF OLD 1895 BANCORP

[same as prospectus]

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NEW 1895 BANCORP

[same as prospectus]

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NEW 1895 BANCORP

[same as prospectus]

TRANSFER AGENT

[same as prospectus]

EXPERTS

[same as prospectus]

LEGAL MATTERS

[same as prospectus]

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

[same as prospectus]

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

In order to be eligible for inclusion in our proxy materials for our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, any stockholder proposal to take action at such meeting needed to be received at our executive office, located at 7001 West Edgerton Avenue, Greenfield, Wisconsin 53220, no later than December 10, 2021. Any such proposals shall be subject to the requirements of the proxy rules adopted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

ADVANCE NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED AT AN ANNUAL MEETING

Provisions of Old 1895 Bancorp’s Bylaws. Under Old 1895 Bancorp’s Bylaws, a stockholder must follow certain procedures to nominate persons for election as directors or to introduce an item of business at a meeting of stockholders. These procedures provide, generally, that stockholders desiring to make nominations for directors, or to bring a proper subject of business before the meeting, must do so by a written notice timely received (generally not less than five days in advance of such meeting, subject to certain exceptions) by the Secretary of Old 1895 Bancorp.

 

20


Table of Contents

Provisions of New 1895 Bancorp’s Bylaws. New 1895 Bancorp’s Bylaws provide an advance notice procedure for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders. In order for a stockholder to properly bring business before an annual meeting, or to propose a nominee to the board of directors, New 1895 Bancorp’s Secretary must receive written notice not earlier than the 100th day nor later than the 90th day before the anniversary date of the prior year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days before the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, then, to be timely, notice by the stockholder must be so received not later than the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.

The notice with respect to stockholder proposals that are not nominations for director must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on New 1895 Bancorp’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of New 1895 Bancorp which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

The notice with respect to director nominations must include: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the board of directors of New 1895 Bancorp; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the director qualification provisions of Article II, Section 12 of New 1895 Bancorp’s Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on New 1895 Bancorp’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of New 1895 Bancorp which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation.

The 2022 annual meeting of stockholders is expected to be held on May 13, 2022. If the conversion is completed, advance written notice for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before the next annual meeting must be given to us no earlier than February 3, 2022 and no later than February 13, 2022. If notice is received before February 3, 2022 or after February 13, 2022, it will be considered untimely, and we will not be required to present the matter at the stockholders meeting. If the conversion is not completed, advance written notice for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before the next annual meeting must be given to us by May 8, 2022. If notice is received after May 8, 2022, it will be considered untimely, and we will not be required to present the matter at the stockholders meeting.

 

21


Table of Contents

Nothing in this proxy statement/prospectus shall be deemed to require us to include in our proxy statement and proxy relating to an annual meeting any stockholder proposal that does not meet all of the requirements for inclusion established by the Securities and Exchange Commission in effect at the time such proposal is received.

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS

FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

The Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement/Prospectus, and Proxy Card are available at _____________________________________.

OTHER MATTERS

As of the date of this document, the board of directors is not aware of any business to come before the special meeting other than the matters described above in the proxy statement/prospectus. However, if any matters should properly come before the special meeting, it is intended that the holders of the proxies will act in accordance with their best judgment.

 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Monica Baker
Corporate Secretary

Greenfield, Wisconsin

[document date]

 

22


Table of Contents
PART II:

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

     Estimated  

Amount

      

Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses

   $ 450,000  

Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses

     140,000  

Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses (1)

     455,000  

Records Management Fees and Expenses

     25,000  

Data Conversion Fees and Expenses

     45,000  

Appraisal Fees and Expenses

     55,000  

Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees

     160,000  

Filing Fees (NASDAQ, FINRA, SEC)

     17,000  

Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses

     20,000  

Business Plan Fees and Expenses

     60,000  

Stock Certificate Fees and Expenses

     10,000  

Other

     10,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,447,000  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Estimated at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming 100% of the shares are sold in the subscription offering.

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such. References to the MGCL refer to Maryland General Corporation Law:

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard

 

II-1


Table of Contents

for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Not Applicable.

 

Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are:

(a) List of Exhibits

1.1    Engagement Letter between 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. and PyraMax Bank, FSB and Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a Stifel Company
1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between PyraMax Bank, FSB, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. and Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a Stifel Company*
2    Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC
3.1    Articles of Incorporation of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.
3.2    Bylaws of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.
4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.
5    Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1    Federal Income Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC
8.2    State Income Tax Opinion of Wipfli LLP
10.1    Employment Agreement between PyraMax Bank, FSB and Richard Hurd
10.2    Employment Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2021, by and between PyraMax Bank, FSB and David Ball
10.3    Employment Agreement between PyraMax Bank, FSB and Monica Baker
10.4    Employment Agreement between PyraMax Bank, FSB and Thomas K. Peterson
10.5    Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
21    Subsidiaries of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2    Consent of Faust Financial, LLC
23.3    Consent of Wipfli LLP
24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1    Engagement letter with Faust Financial, LLC to serve as appraiser
99.2    Letter of Faust Financial, LLC with respect to value of Subscription Rights
99.3    Appraisal Report of Faust Financial, LLC
99.4    Marketing Materials*
99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*
99.6    Letter of Faust Financial, LLC with respect to Liquidation Rights
99.7    Form of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. Stockholder Proxy Card

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

 

(b)

Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is inapplicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 

Item 17.

Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(ii)To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii)To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

(ii)Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(6) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Greenfield, State of Wisconsin on March 11, 2021.

 

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.
By:  

/s/ Richard B. Hurd

  Richard B. Hurd
  Chief Executive Officer
  (Duly Authorized Representative)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors and officers of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (the “Corporation”) hereby severally constitute and appoint Richard B. Hurd as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said individual may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Corporation to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Corporation’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said individual shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard B. Hurd

Richard B. Hurd

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 11, 2021

/s/ David R. Ball

David R. Ball

   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director   March 11, 2021

/s/ Richard J. Krier

Richard J. Krier

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 11, 2021

/s/ Darrell Francis

Darrell Francis

   Chairman of the Board   March 11, 2021

/s/ Monica Baker

Monica Baker

   Senior Vice President and Director   March 11, 2021

/s/ Joseph Murphy

Joseph Murphy

   Director   March 11, 2021

/s/ James Spiegelberg

James Spiegelberg

   Director   March 11, 2021

/s/ John Talsky

John Talsky

   Director   March 11, 2021

/s/ Gary Zenobi

Gary Zenobi

   Director   March 11, 2021

Exhibit 1.1

 

LOGO

January 11, 2021

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7001 West Edgerton Ave.,

Greenfield, WI 53220

 

Attention:

  

  Mr. Richard Hurd

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

Re: Services of Conversion Agent and Data Processing Records Management Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter agreement (this “Agreement”) confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (“KBW”) by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. and PyraMax Bank, FSB (collectively with any of its successors or any new stock holding company formed to effect the second step offering, the “Bank”), on behalf of both itself and the Company (as defined herein), to act as the conversion agent and the data processing records management agent (KBW in such capacities, the “Agent”) to the Company in connection with the Bank’s proposed reorganization from the mutual holding company form to the full stock form of organization, including the offer and sale of the common stock (the “Conversion”) pursuant to the Company’s proposed Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan of Conversion”). The sale will be to eligible persons in a subscription offering (the “Subscription Offering”), with any remaining unsold shares of Common Stock to then be offered to the general public in a community offering (the “Community Offering”) and if necessary, through a syndicate of broker-dealers organized by KBW (a “Syndicated Community Offering”) (the Subscription Offering, Community Offering, and any Syndicated Community Offering are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”).

This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of KBW’s engagement solely in its capacity as Agent. It is acknowledged that the terms of KBW’s engagement by the Company as exclusive financial advisor in the Conversion and as sole bookrunning manager in the Offerings is set forth in a separate agreement entered into by and between KBW and the Bank (on behalf of both itself and the Company) on or about the date hereof (such separate agreement, the “Advisory Agreement”).

 

1.

Description of Services.

As Agent, and as the Company may reasonably request, KBW will provide the services further described below (the “Services”):

  1.

Consolidation of Accounts and Development of a Central File, including, but not limited to the following:

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 2 of 12

 

   

Consolidate accounts having the same ownership and separate the consolidated file information into necessary groupings to satisfy mailing requirements;

   

Create the master file of account holders as of key record dates; and

   

Provide software for the operation of the Company’s Stock Information Center, including subscription management and proxy solicitation efforts.

 

  2.

Preparation of Proxy Forms; Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services, including, but not limited to the following:

   

Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of proxy materials for voting;

   

Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including proxy grams and additional solicitation materials;

   

Proxy and ballot tabulation; and

   

Support the Inspector of Election for the Company’s special meeting of members, if requested, assuming the election is not contested.

 

  3.

Subscription Services, including, but not limited to the following:

   

Assist the Company in establishing and managing a Stock Information Center;

   

Advise on the physical location of the Stock Information Center including logistical and materials requirements;

   

Assist in educating Company personnel;

   

Establish recordkeeping and reporting procedures;

   

Supervise the Stock Information Center during the Offerings;

   

Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of offering materials for subscribing for shares of Common Stock;

   

Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including additional solicitation materials;

   

Common Stock order form processing and production of daily reports and analysis;

   

Provide supporting account information to the Company’s legal counsel for “blue sky” research and applicable registration;

   

Assist the Company’s transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock ownership statements;

   

Perform interest and refund calculations and provide a file to enable the Company or its transfer agent to generate interest and refund checks.

 

  4.

Records Processing Services: KBW will provide records processing services (the “Records Processing Services”) contemplated hereby. The parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that KBW expects to subcontract certain Records Processing Services, including without limitation certain integral data processing functions, to any one or more of its affiliates or to any other party (including non-affiliate third parties).

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 3 of 12

 

2.

Duties and Obligations.

KBW, as Agent, hereby agrees to perform the Services in a commercially reasonable manner and to comply with all timely, appropriate and lawful instructions received from duly authorized representatives of the Company. KBW makes no warranties regarding the rendering of the Services (including, without limitation, warranties of merchantability, security, accuracy, non- infringement, and fitness for a particular purpose), and no additional warranties may be implied from the terms of this Agreement. The Company will: (i) inform all of its authorized representatives, which may include attorneys, agents and advisors, that KBW shall act as the exclusive Agent and that they are authorized and directed to communicate with KBW and to promptly provide KBW with all information that is reasonably requested; (ii) cause KBW to have adequate notice of, and permit KBW to attend, meetings (whether in person or otherwise) where KBW’s attendance is, in the discretion of KBW, relevant, advisable or necessary; (iii) cause KBW to receive, as they become available, copies of the documents relating to the Plan of Conversion, the Conversion and the Offerings, to the extent KBW believes that such documents are necessary or appropriate for it to perform the Services and (iv) cause KBW to have adequate advance notice of any proposed changes to the Plan of Conversion, the proposed Services or the timetable of the Offerings. Failure by the Company to keep KBW timely and adequately informed or to provide KBW with complete and accurate necessary information on a timely basis shall excuse KBW’s delay in the performance of its Services and may be grounds for KBW to terminate the Services pursuant to this Agreement.

The actions to be taken by KBW hereunder are deemed by the parties to be ministerial only and not discretionary. KBW, in its capacity as Agent under this Agreement, shall not be called upon at any time to give any advice regarding implementing the Plan of Conversion. The Company shall have the sole responsibility to make any and all decisions with respect to implementing the Plan of Conversion, including but not limited to decisions regarding which customer bank accounts are to be included in accountholder records provided to KBW.

KBW expects to subcontract certain data processing functions integral to the Services with any one or more of its affiliates or with any other party. The fees and expenses of such subcontractor shall not be billed to the Company, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties hereto in writing. Such subcontractor shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Agreement set forth under the heading “Confidentiality and Consumer Privacy.”

 

3.

Fees Payable to KBW.

For the Services described above, the Company agrees to pay KBW a non-refundable cash fee of $30,000 (the “Services Fee”). Such fee is based upon the requirements of current banking regulations, the Company’s Plan of Conversion as currently contemplated, and the expectation that member data will be processed as of three key record dates. Any material changes in applicable regulations or the Plan of Conversion, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees not exceeding $10,000

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 4 of 12

 

payable to KBW. The Services Fee shall be payable as follows: (i) $10,000 shall be payable immediately upon execution of this Agreement, which shall be non-refundable and deemed to be earned in full when paid and (ii) all remaining amounts shall be payable immediately upon the completion of the Offerings.

 

4.

Costs and Expenses; Reimbursement.

The Company will bear all of expenses in connection with the Offerings and the matters contemplated by this Agreement. The Company shall also reimburse KBW for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Services, regardless of whether the Offerings are consummated, provided that such out-of-pocket expenses shall not exceed $15,000, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Typical expenses include, but are not limited to, additional programming costs, postage, overnight delivery, telephone and travel. Not later than two days before the closing of the Offerings, KBW will provide the Company with documentation of all reimbursable expenses of KBW, to be paid at closing. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to or in any way impair the indemnification, contribution or liability limitation provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

5.

Reliance on Information Provided.

The Company agrees to provide KBW with such information as KBW may reasonably require to carry out the Services under this Agreement (all such information so provided, the “Information). The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on and assume the accuracy and completeness of such Information in performing the Services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified or analyzed the accuracy or completeness of the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility or liability for the accuracy or completeness of the Information (including, without limitation, accountholder records provided or processed) or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets.

KBW, as Agent, may further rely upon the instructions and representations (whether oral or in writing) of the Company’s duly authorized representatives, without inquiry or investigation. KBW shall not be responsible for any action taken in reliance upon any signature, endorsement, assignment, certificate, order, request, notice or instruction (whether written or oral), or other instrument or document reasonably believed by it to be valid, genuine and sufficient in carrying out its duties hereunder. KBW shall not be liable or responsible, and shall be fully authorized and protected for, acting or failing to act in accordance with any oral instructions or requests.

KBW may consult with legal counsel chosen in good faith as to KBW’s obligations or performance under this Agreement, and KBW shall not incur any liability in acting in good faith in accordance with any advice from such counsel with respect to KBW’s obligations or performance under this Agreement.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 5 of 12

 

6.

Confidentiality and Consumer Privacy.

KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information provided to it in connection with its engagement hereunder may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company (such Information, the “Confidential Information”). KBW agrees that, except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, it will treat as confidential all Confidential Information; provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and who have been instructed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW or its representatives in violation of this Agreement, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW or its representatives by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual obligation of confidentiality to the Company. It is understood by the parties hereto that the receiving party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to hold the Confidential Information confidential if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve the confidentiality of its own similar information.

KBW further acknowledges that a portion of the Information provided to it in connection with its engagement hereunder will include nonpublic personal data regarding Company customers and bank account records. KBW agrees that such information shall be deemed to be “Confidential Information” under this Agreement and shall not be used or disclosed except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

If at any time KBW is served with any judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, motion, writ, or other form of judicial or administrative process which in any way affects any property of the Company, KBW is authorized to comply therewith in any reasonable manner as it or its legal counsel of its own choosing deems appropriate; provided that the Agent shall, if permissible by law or regulation, endeavor to give notice thereof to the Company. If KBW complies with any such judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, writ or other form of judicial or administrative process, KBW shall not be liable to any of the parties, or to any other person or entity, even though such order, judgment, decree, writ or process may be subsequently modified or vacated or otherwise determined to have been without legal force or effect.

 

7.

Limitations of Responsibilities.

KBW, as Agent, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than the contractual obligations specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or statements of ownership or the shares of Common Stock represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 6 of 12

 

genuineness of any offer in connection with the Offerings or otherwise; (c) shall not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its sole judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with indemnity satisfactory to it; and (d) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

The duties, responsibilities and obligations of KBW, as Agent, shall be limited to those expressly set forth herein, and no duties, responsibilities or obligations shall be inferred or implied. KBW, in its capacity as Agent, shall not be subject to, nor required to comply with, any other agreement between or among any or all of the parties hereto and/or any other person or entity, even though reference thereto may be made herein or therein, or to comply with any direction or instruction (other than those contained herein or delivered in accordance with this Agreement) from any person or entity other than the Company. Except as may otherwise specifically be set forth herein, KBW shall not be required to, and shall not, expend or risk any of its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties hereunder.

KBW, as Agent in furnishing services to the Company under this Agreement, is acting only as an independent contractor and is not a fiduciary of, nor will its entering into this Agreement give rise to fiduciary duties to, the Company. KBW does not undertake by this Agreement or otherwise to perform any obligation of the Company, whether regulatory, contractual, or otherwise. KBW has the sole right and obligation to supervise, manage, contract, direct, procure, perform or cause to be performed, all work to be performed by it under this Agreement unless otherwise provided in this Agreement. The Company understands and agrees that KBW may perform services substantially similar to those to be performed hereunder for others, and nothing herein is intended to restrict or prohibit KBW from performing such services for others.

No implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against KBW, and KBW, in its capacity as such, shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement between the Company and any other person or entity other than this Agreement, and KBW shall have no duty to inquire into, or to take into account its knowledge of, the terms and conditions of any agreement made or entered into in connection with this Agreement.

 

8.

Indemnification; Contribution; Limitations of Liability.

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, and reasonably related to or arising out of the engagement of KBW pursuant to, and the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this Agreement , and will reimburse any Indemnified

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 7 of 12

 

Party for all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence.

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, in no event shall KBW’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.

The Company also agrees that neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall have any liability to the Company for or in connection with such engagement except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company which are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution. For the sole purpose of enforcing and otherwise giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any court in which any claim which is subject to this agreement is brought against KBW or any other Indemnified Party.

KBW shall not be responsible nor liable for delays, errors or omissions arising from, relating to or made in connection with circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to, acts or omissions of the Company or any of its advisors or agents, acts of governmental authorities, acts of civil commotion or riot, insurrection, acts of military authority,

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 8 of 12

 

war or acts of war or terrorism, national emergencies, labor difficulties, fire, flood, weather- related problems, acts of God or nature, mechanical or electrical breakdown, computer problems, failure or unavailability of communications or power supply or any change in law or regulation materially affecting KBW or the Company.

In no event shall KBW be liable for: (i) acting in accordance with or relying upon any instruction, request, notice, demand, certificate, order or document from the Company or any authorized representative acting on its behalf or (ii) for any consequential, indirect, incidental, punitive, exemplary or special damages of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits) even if KBW has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Any liability of KBW shall be limited to the amount of fees paid to KBW for the Services performed by KBW as Agent pursuant to this Agreement. A claim by Company for a return of fees paid to KBW by the Company for the Services performed as Agent pursuant to this Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for any damages. This limitation of liability is intended to apply to the full extent allowed by law, regardless of the grounds or nature of any claim asserted.

The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of KBW, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not KBW is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit, or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of KBW from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

It is understood that KBW’s engagement referred to above may be embodied in one or more separate written agreements and that, in connection with such engagement, KBW may also be requested to provide additional services or to act for the Company in one or more additional capacities. The indemnification provided hereunder shall apply to said engagement, any such additional services or activities and any modification, and shall remain in full force and effect following the completion or termination of KBW’s engagement or this Agreement.

 

9.

Commencement and Termination.

This Agreement shall commence immediately upon execution hereof by all parties and shall continue in force until the consummation or termination of the Conversion or the Offerings or the termination of this Agreement. This Agreement may only be terminated by the Company for cause due to action by KBW constituting a material violation of applicable law or a material breach of this Agreement, which breach remains uncured for ten (10) business days after written notice of such breach is delivered by the Company to KBW. This Agreement may only be terminated by KBW in the event of one or more of the following: (i) termination of the Advisor Agreement; (ii) circumstances described in this Agreement in the second paragraph under the heading “Miscellaneous”; (iii) action by the Company constituting a material violation of applicable law or a material breach of this Agreement (including as described in this Agreement in the first paragraph under the heading “Duties and Obligations” or failure to pay the fees and

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 9 of 12

 

expenses of KBW as set forth herein), which breach remains uncured for ten (10) business days after written notice of breach is delivered by KBW to the Company or (iv) any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, rehabilitation, guaranty fund action, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or against the Company, the Company shall become insolvent, or cease paying its obligations as they become due.

 

10.

Survival of Obligations.

The covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, including those set forth under “Indemnification; Contribution; Limitations of Liability” above, will remain in full force and effect and will survive the consummation of the Conversion and the Offerings or the termination of this Agreement, and KBW, its affiliates, the officers, directors, employees and agents of KBW and any of its affiliates, and any person controlling KBW and any of its affiliates, shall be entitled to the benefit of the covenants and agreements thereafter.

 

11.

Miscellaneous.

The parties hereto acknowledge that there are no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement, which is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto. No other person or entity or their respective heirs, successors and assigns shall be deemed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim hereto.

In the event of any ambiguity or uncertainty hereunder or in any notice, instruction or other communication received by KBW hereunder, KBW will provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to resolve such uncertainty or ambiguity and in the event that such uncertainty or ambiguity is unresolved KBW may, in its sole discretion, take any action it deems appropriate or refrain from taking any action unless and until KBW receives written instructions from the Company clarifying the ambiguity or uncertainty, and KBW shall not be liable for acting or the failure to take any action during this period. In the event of any disagreement between the Company and any other person or entity resulting in adverse claims and demands being made herein or affected hereby, KBW shall be entitled to refuse to comply with any such claims or demands as long as such disagreement may continue, and in so refusing, shall make no delivery or other disposition under this Agreement, and in so doing shall be entitled to continue to refrain from acting until: (i) the right of adverse claimants shall have been finally settled by binding arbitration or finally adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) all differences shall have been settled by agreement among the adverse claimants and the Company or other persons or entities and KBW shall have been notified in writing of such agreement signed by the Company and the adverse person(s) or entity(ies). In the event of such disagreement, KBW may, but need not, tender into the registry or custody of any court of competent jurisdiction all property in KBW’s possession pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, together with such legal proceedings as KBW deems appropriate, and thereupon KBW shall be discharged from all further duties under this Agreement. The filing of any such legal proceeding shall not deprive KBW of compensation or expenses paid or payable hereunder for Services, and KBW shall not

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 10 of 12

 

be liable with respect to any suspension of performance, delay or otherwise as a result of the tendering of such property. KBW shall have no obligation to take any legal action in connection with this Agreement or towards its enforcement, or to appear in, prosecute or defend any action or legal proceeding which would or might involve KBW in any cost, expense, loss or liability unless indemnification, satisfactory to KBW, in its sole discretion, shall be furnished by the Company. KBW shall be indemnified for all reasonable costs (including employee time at the employee’s hourly rate determined by his annual salary) and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with any such action.

This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes any other agreements, either oral or written, among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof, but not any engagement, underwriting, agency or other agreements among the parties pursuant to which KBW is acting as the Company’s financial advisor, underwriter, placement agent, investment banker or in any similar capacity, including without limitation the Advisory Agreement. Except as specifically set forth herein, each party hereto acknowledges that no representation, inducement, promise or agreement, written, oral or otherwise, has been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which is not embodied or expressly stated herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding in relation to the Services. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that: (i) KBW has made full and complete disclosure to the Company of the possibility or existence of any conflict of interest resulting from KBW serving as both data processing records management agent pursuant to this Agreement and as financial advisor, underwriter, placement agent, investment banker or in any similar capacity pursuant to the Advisory Agreement or any other separate agreement and (ii) having received full disclosure thereof, the Company hereby waives any such conflict of interest and consents to KBW serving in such dual capacity.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this Agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, which taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. All section headings used herein are for convenience and ease of reference only and do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to for the purpose of defining, interpreting, construing or enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement. All pronouns and variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the party or parties to this Agreement may require.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 11 of 12

 

This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any purported assignment made in violation of the foregoing shall be void and have no legal effect; except that consent is not required for an assignment to a KBW affiliate or successor in interest. This Agreement may be modified only by a written amendment signed by all of the parties hereto and no waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless expressed in a writing signed by the party to be charged. No waiver of the breach of any provision or term of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

Should any term or provision, or portion of such provision, of this Agreement be invalid or unenforceable, the scope thereof or the period covered thereby or otherwise, such term, provision, or portion of such provision, shall be deemed to be reduced and limited to enable KBW or the Company, as applicable, to enforce it to the maximum extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied under the jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If any term or provision of this Agreement is held or deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, by a court of competent jurisdiction, such term or provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement which shall be construed to preserve, to the maximum extent permissible, the intent and purposes of this Agreement. Any such invalidity or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such terms or provisions in any other jurisdiction.

All media releases, public announcements and public disclosures by either party or its agents relating to this Agreement or the subject matter of this Agreement, but not including any announcement intended solely for internal distribution at such party or any disclosure required by legal, accounting or regulatory requirements beyond the reasonable control of such party, shall be coordinated with and approved by the other party prior to the release thereof, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

12.

Notices.

Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, all notices, demands, requests or other communications which may be or are required to be given, served or sent by any party to any other party pursuant to this Agreement, other than in the normal course of conducting the Services, can be by certified or registered mail, personal delivery or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication with proof of delivery addressed as follows:

 

  (a)

If to the Agent:

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

70 W Madison, Suite 2401

Chicago, IL 60602

Attn: Patricia A. McJoynt

Telephone: (312) 423-8272

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 12 of 12

 

Fax: (312) 423-8232

If to the Company:

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7001 West Edgerton Ave.,

Greenfield, WI 53220

Attn: Richard Hurd

Each party may designate by notice in writing a new address/addressee to which any notice, demand, request or communication may thereafter be provided. If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

By:

  

/s/ Patricia A. McJoynt

     

Date: 1.11.2021

  

Patricia A. McJoynt

     
  

Managing Director

     

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, MHC

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

  

/s/ Richard Hurd

     

By:

  

Richard Hurd

     

Date:     January 19, 2021

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

     

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


LOGO

January 11, 2021

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7001 West Edgerton Ave.,

Greenfield, WI 53220

 

Attention:

  

Mr. Richard Hurd

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (“KBW”) to act as the exclusive financial advisor to1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. and PyraMax Bank, FSB (collectively with any of its successors or any new stock holding company formed to effect the second step offering, the “Bank”) in connection with the Bank’s proposed reorganization from the mutual holding company form to the full stock form of organization pursuant to the Bank’s proposed Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Conversion”), including the offer and sale of certain shares of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of a holding company (the “Holding Company”) to be formed by the Bank to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining shares offered to the general public in a Community Offering (as defined herein) (a Subscription Offering, a Community Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering (as defined herein) are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”). In addition, KBW will act as Conversion Agent and Data Processing Records Management Agent in connection with the Offerings pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement between the Bank and KBW. The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.

 

1.

Advisory/Offering Services

As the Company’s exclusive financial advisor, KBW will provide financial and logistical advice to the Company and will assist the Company’s management, legal counsel, accountants and other advisors in connection with the Conversion and the Offerings, and related issues. We anticipate our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

  1.

Providing advice on the financial and securities market implications of the Conversion and any related corporate documents, including the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization;

  2.

Assisting in structuring the Offerings, including developing and assisting in implementing a marketing strategy for the Offerings;

  3.

Serving as sole bookrunning manager in connection with the Offerings;

  4.

Reviewing all offering documents related to the Offerings, including the prospectus (the

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 2 of 9

 

 

“Prospectus”) and any related offering materials, stock order forms, letters, brochures and other related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

  5.

Assisting the Company in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;

  6.

Assisting the Company in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the Offerings, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;

  7.

Assisting the Company in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the Offerings;

  8.

Meeting with the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) and/or management of the Company to discuss any of the above services; and

  9.

Performing such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the Conversion and the Offerings as may be agreed upon by KBW and the Company.

 

2.

Due Diligence Review

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigations and inquiries relating to the Company, and its directors, officers, agents and employees, as KBW and their counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances (the “Due Diligence Review”).

The Company agrees it will make available to KBW all information, whether or not publicly available, which KBW reasonably requests (the “Information”), and will permit KBW to discuss with the Board of Directors and management the operations and prospects of the Company. KBW will treat all Confidential Information (as defined herein) as confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 hereof. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on and assume the accuracy and completeness of the Information in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified or analyzed the accuracy or completeness of same, and (b) does not assume responsibility or liability for the accuracy or completeness of the Information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets. The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW will rely upon Company management as to the reasonableness and achievability of any financial and operating forecasts and projections provided to KBW or which KBW is directed to use, and that KBW will assume, at the Company’s direction, that all financial forecasts and projections have been reasonably prepared by Company management on a basis reflecting the best then currently available estimates and judgments of management as to the expected future financial performance of the Company, and that such forecasts and projections will be realized in the amounts and in the time periods currently estimated.

 

3.

Regulatory Filings

The Company will cause the registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) and the Prospectus

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 3 of 9

 

to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and will cause all other offering documents in respect of the Conversion and the Offerings to be filed, as necessary or appropriate, with applicable regulatory agencies including the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and the appropriate federal and/or state bank regulatory agencies. In addition, the Company and KBW agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offerings, and that the Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offerings including KBW’s participation therein and shall furnish KBW a copy thereof addressed to KBW or upon which counsel shall state KBW may rely.

 

4.

Fees

For the services hereunder, the Company shall pay the following non-refundable cash fees to KBW, in the amounts and at the times set forth below:

 

  (a)

Management Fee: A non-refundable cash fee in an amount of $30,000 (the “Management Fee”) shall be payable by the Company to KBW, as follows: (i) $15,000 shall be paid immediately upon the execution of this Agreement and (ii) the remaining $15,000 shall be paid immediately upon the initial filing of the Registration Statement (whether or not such filing is publicly available). Each payment in respect of the Management Fee shall be deemed to have been earned in full when due. Should the Offerings or this Agreement be terminated for any reason, KBW shall be deemed to have earned in full, and be entitled to be paid in full, all fees then due and payable as of such date of termination.

 

  (b)

Success Fee: A Success Fee shall be paid based on 1% of the aggregate purchase price of Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering and 1.5% of the aggregate purchase price of Common Stock sold in the Community Offering, excluding shares purchased by the Company’s officers, directors, or employees (or members of their immediate family), including any IRAs for the benefit of such persons, any ESOP, tax- qualified or stock based compensation plans or similar plan created by the Company for some or all of its directors or employees, or any charitable foundation established by the Company (or any shares contributed to such a foundation), subject to the payment of a minimum Success Fee $315,000 and shall be paid upon the completion of the Offerings. The Management Fee described in 4(a), to the extent then already paid, will be credited against the Success Fee. The obligation to pay to KBW the full Success Fee upon completion of the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering shall survive any termination of this agreement, including any termination occurring prior to the completion of such Offerings.

 

  (c)

Fees for Syndicated Community Offering: If any shares of the Common Stock remain unsold after the completion of the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, at the request of the Company, KBW will seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-dealers (a “Syndicated Community Offering”), to assist on a best

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 4 of 9

 

 

efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a selected dealers agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and KBW. KBW will endeavor to distribute the Common Stock among broker-dealers in a fashion which best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the Conversion. In the event of a Syndicated Community Offering, KBW will be paid a transaction fee not to exceed 6% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering. The Success Fee described in 4(b) will be credited against the transaction fee. From this fee, KBW will pass onto selected broker-dealers (if any), who assist in the Syndicated Community Offering, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment. Fees with respect to purchases affected with the assistance of a broker/dealer other than KBW shall be transmitted by KBW to such broker/dealer.

 

  (d)

In connection with the Subscription Offering, if, as a result of any resolicitation of subscribers undertaken by the Company, KBW reasonably determines that it is required or requested to provide significant services, KBW will be entitled to additional compensation for such services, which additional compensation will not exceed $25,000.

The terms of any Agency Agreement (as defined herein) to be entered into between the Company and KBW in connection with the Offerings shall contain fee provisions no less favorable to KBW than those set forth above. To the extent required under applicable FINRA rules and regulations, the payment of compensation by the Company to KBW pursuant to this Section 4 is subject to FINRA’s review thereof.

 

5.

Additional Services

KBW further agrees to provide general financial advisory assistance to the Company that is not in the context of any contemplated transaction, for a period of three years following completion of the Offerings, including general strategic planning, the creation of a capital management strategy designed to enhance the value of the Company, including the formation of a dividend policy and share repurchase program, assistance with shareholder relations matters, general advice on mergers and acquisitions, and other related financial matters, without the payment by the Company of any fees in addition to those set forth in Section 4 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company to obtain such services from KBW. If KBW acts as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with any specific transactions, the terms of such engagement will be set forth in a separate agreement between the Company and KBW.

 

6.

Expenses

The Company will bear all expenses of the proposed Offerings customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, “Blue Sky,” and FINRA filing and registration fees; the

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 5 of 9

 

fees of the Company’s accountants, attorneys, appraiser, business plan consultant, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and syndicate expenses associated with the Offerings; the fees set forth in Section 4; and fees for “Blue Sky” legal work. If KBW incurs any expenses on behalf of Company in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement, the Company will reimburse KBW for such expenses.

KBW will also be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, not to exceed $30,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph), related to the Offerings, including, but not limited to, costs of travel, meals and lodging, clerical assistance, photocopying, telephone, facsimile, and couriers. KBW will also be reimbursed for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $100,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph). These expense caps assume no unusual circumstances or delays, and no resolicitation in connection with the Offerings. The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in the event unusual circumstances arise or a delay or resolicitation occurs (including but not limited to a delay in the Offerings which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering documents), such expense caps may be increased by additional amounts, not to exceed an additional $10,000 in the case of additional out-of-pocket expenses of KBW and an additional $15,000 in the case of additional fees and expenses of KBW’s legal counsel. In no event shall out-of-pocket expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, exceed $155,000. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to or in any way impair or limit the indemnification or contribution provisions contained herein.

 

7.

Limitations

The Company acknowledges that all opinions and advice (written or oral) given by KBW to the Company in connection with KBW’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company for the purposes of its evaluation of the proposed Offerings. Unless otherwise expressly stated in an opinion letter issued by KBW or otherwise expressly agreed, no one other than the Company is authorized to rely upon this engagement of KBW or any statements or conduct by KBW. The Company agrees that any such opinion or advice, as well as this Agreement (including any of the terms hereof) shall not be used, reproduced, disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner, or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to KBW be made by the Company or any of its representatives, without the prior written consent of KBW.

It is expressly understood and agreed that KBW is not undertaking to provide any advice relating to legal, regulatory, accounting or tax matters. In furtherance thereof, the Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) it and its affiliates have relied and will continue to rely on the advice of its own legal, tax and accounting advisors for all matters relating to the Conversion and the Offerings, and all other matters and (b) neither it, or any of its affiliates, has received, or has relied upon, the advice of KBW or any of its affiliates regarding matters of law, regulation, taxation or accounting.

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW has been retained to act solely as financial advisor to the Company and not as an advisor to or agent of any other person, and the Company’s engagement of KBW is not intended to confer rights upon any person not a party to this Agreement

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 6 of 9

 

(including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company) as against KBW or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents. In such capacity, KBW shall act as an independent contractor, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company. It is understood that KBW’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and KBW does not owe the Company, or any other party, any fiduciary duty as a result of this Agreement.

The Company acknowledges that KBW is a securities firm engaged in securities trading and brokerage activities and providing investment banking and financial advisory services. In the ordinary course of business, KBW and its affiliates may at any time hold long or short positions, and may trade or otherwise effect transactions, for its own account or the accounts of customers, in the Company’s debt or equity securities, or the debt or equity securities of the Company’s affiliates or other entities that may be involved in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In addition, KBW and its affiliates may from time to time perform various investment banking and financial advisory services for other clients and customers who may have conflicting interests with respect to the Company. The Company acknowledges that KBW and its affiliates have no obligation to use in connection with this engagement or to furnish the Company confidential information obtained from other companies.

 

8.

Benefit

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, and the obligations and liabilities assumed hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon their respective successors; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable without the mutual consent of KBW and the Bank.

 

9.

Confidentiality

KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information provided to it in connection with its engagement hereunder may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company (such Information, the “Confidential Information”). KBW agrees that, except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, it will treat as confidential all Confidential Information; provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and who have been instructed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW or its representatives in violation of this Agreement, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW or its representatives by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual obligation of confidentiality to the Company.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 7 of 9

 

The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that all presentation materials and financial models used by KBW in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to KBW. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior written consent of KBW.

 

10.

Advertisements

The Company agrees that, following the closing of the Offerings, KBW has the right to place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals at its own expense, describing its services to the Company and a general description of such offering. In addition, the Company agrees to include in any press release or public announcement announcing any such offering a reference to KBW’s role as financial advisor and sole bookrunning manager with respect to such offering, provided that the Company will submit a copy of any such press release or public announcement to KBW for its prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

11.

Indemnification

As KBW will be acting on behalf of the Company in connection with the Conversion and the Offerings, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise related to or arising out of the Conversion or the Offerings or the engagement of KBW pursuant to, or the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this Agreement, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (a) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by KBW expressly for use therein or (b) to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s gross negligence or bad faith of KBW.

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 8 of 9

 

by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, in no event shall KBW’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.

The Company also agrees that neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall have any liability to the Company for or in connection with such engagement except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company which are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution. For the sole purpose of enforcing and otherwise giving effect to the indemnification and contribution provisions of this agreement, the Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any court in which any claim which is subject to this agreement is brought against KBW or any other indemnified party.

The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of KBW, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not KBW is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit, or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of KBW from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

12.

Definitive Agreement

This Agreement reflects KBW’s present intention of proceeding to work with the Company on the proposed Offerings. No legal and binding obligation is created on the part of the Company or KBW with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as to (i) the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information set forth in Section 9, (ii) the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 4, (iii) the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 6, (iv) the limitations set forth in Section 7, (v) the limitations of liability, the indemnification and contribution obligations and the other provisions set forth in Section 11 and (iv) those terms as may be set forth in a mutually agreed upon agency agreement between KBW and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the Offerings

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com


1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

January 11, 2021

Page 9 of 9

 

(the “Agency Agreement”), all of which, notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained herein, shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW’s provision of services in connection with the Conversion and the Offerings, as contemplated herein, is expressly subject to (a) satisfactory completion of Due Diligence Review by KBW, (b) the preparation of a Registration Statement and Prospectus and other offering materials that are satisfactory to KBW in form and substance, (c) compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of KBW and its counsel, (d) market conditions (including at the time of any of the proposed Offerings), (e) approval of KBW’s internal committee and (f) any other conditions that KBW may deem appropriate for the transactions contemplated hereby.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this Agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning an original copy of this Agreement to the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,

      

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

      

By:

 

/s/ Patricia A. McJoynt

    

Date:

 

1.11.2021

 

Patricia A. McJoynt

      
 

Managing Director

      

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, MHC

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

      

By:

 

/s/ Richard B. Hurd

    

Date:

 

            January 19, 2021

 

Richard B. Hurd

      
 

President and Chief Executive Officer

      

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 70 West Madison, Suite 2401 • Chicago, IL 60602

312.423.8200 • 800.929.6113 • Fax 312.423.8232 • www.kbw.com

Exhibit 2

PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

OF

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, MHC


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

   INTRODUCTION      1  

2.

   DEFINITIONS      2  

3.

   PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION      8  

4.

   HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS      11  

5.

   SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES      11  

6.

   PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES      12  

7.

   RETENTION OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY      13  

8.

   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)      13  

9.

   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)      14  

10.

   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)      14  

11.

   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)      15  

12.

   COMMUNITY OFFERING      15  

13.

   SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING      16  

14.

   LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES      17  

15.

   PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES      18  

16.

   MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS      19  

17.

   UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT      20  

18.

   RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES      20  

19.

   ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS      21  

20.

   [RESERVED]      23  

21.

   VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS      24  

22.

   RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES      24  

23.

   REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION      25  

24.

   TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS      25  

25.

   REGISTRATION AND MARKETING      25  

26.

   TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS      25  

27.

   STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS      26  

28.

   RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY      27  

29.

   PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND THE REPURCHASE OF STOCK      28  

30.

   ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS      28  

31.

   CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE      28  

32.

   EXPENSES OF CONVERSION      28  

33.

   AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN      29  

34.

   CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION      29  

35.

   INTERPRETATION      29  

 

(i)


Exhibit A    Form of Merger Agreement between 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Federal Corporation
Exhibit B    Form of Merger Agreement between 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Federal Corporation and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland Corporation

 

(ii)


PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

OF

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, MHC

 

1.

INTRODUCTION

This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion and reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, a federally-chartered mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”), from the mutual to the capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”). Currently, the Mutual Holding Company owns a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federally-chartered stock corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), and the Mid-Tier Holding Company owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of PyraMax Bank, FSB (the “Bank”), a federally-chartered stock savings bank. As part of the Conversion, (i) a new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) will be established to succeed to all of the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and (ii) the Holding Company will issue shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering and the Exchange Offering. The Subscription Shares will be offered for sale in the Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Plan. The subscription rights granted to Participants in the Subscription Offering are set forth in Sections 8 through 11 of this Plan. All sales of Subscription Shares in the Community Offering, in the Syndicated Community Offering or in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators, will be at the sole discretion of the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company. As part of the Conversion, in the Exchange Offering each Minority Stockholder will receive Exchange Shares in exchange for its Minority Shares. The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or other customers of the Bank. After the Conversion, the Bank’s insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law. The purpose of the Conversion and the Offering is to convert the Mutual Holding Company to the capital stock form of organization, which will provide the Bank and the Holding Company with additional capital to grow and respond to changing regulatory and market conditions. The Conversion and the Offering will also provide the Bank and the Holding Company with greater flexibility to undertake corporate transactions, including mergers and acquisitions and branch expansion.

This Plan has been unanimously adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank. This Plan also must be approved by at least: (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Members Meeting; (ii) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting; and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting. Approval of this Plan by the Voting Members and by the Stockholders shall constitute approval of each of the constituent transactions necessary to implement this Plan, including the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger. The Federal Reserve must approve this Plan before it is presented to Voting Members and Stockholders for their approval.


2.

DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account Holder – Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.

Acting in Concert – The term Acting in Concert means: (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by such plan will be aggregated.

Affiliate – Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.

Appraised Value Range – The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Offering and the Exchange Offering, as determined by the Independent Appraiser before the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range.

Articles of Combination – The Articles of Combination filed with the Federal Reserve, and any similar documents filed with other Bank Regulators, in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.

Articles of Merger – The Articles of Merger filed with the Maryland Department, and any similar documents filed in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.

Associate – The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank) if the person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the person has a substantial

 

2


beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares, a person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an Associate of such plan, and except that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors, the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any person who is related by blood or marriage to such person and (A) who lives in the same home as such person or (B) who is a Director or Officer of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company, or any of their parents or subsidiaries.

Bank – PyraMax Bank, FSB, a federally-chartered stock savings bank.

Bank Liquidation Account – The account established by the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion.

Bank Regulators – The Federal Reserve and other bank regulatory agencies, if any, responsible for reviewing and approving the Conversion, including the ownership of the Bank by the Holding Company and the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger.

Code – The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Community – The Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee.

Community Offering – The direct offering by the Holding Company of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering for sale to certain members of the general public. The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering or any Syndicated Community Offering or both, or upon conclusion of the Subscription Offering.

Control – (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R. Part 238.

Conversion – The conversion and reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto including the Offering and the Exchange Offering.

Conversion Stock – The Subscription Shares and the Exchange Shares.

Deposit Account – Any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW accounts, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.

Director – A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.

 

3


Eligible Account Holder – Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account.

Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, which is December 31, 2019.

Employee Plans – Any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Bank or its subsidiaries or the Holding Company, including the ESOP and the 401(k) Plan.

Employees – All Persons employed by the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company.

ESOP – The Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan, and related trust.

Exchange Offering – The offering of Exchange Shares to Minority Stockholders in exchange for Minority Shares.

Exchange Ratio – The ratio at which a Minority Share is exchanged for an Exchange Share upon consummation of the Conversion. The Exchange Ratio (which shall be rounded to four decimal places) shall be determined such that as of the closing of the Conversion the ratio will result in the Minority Stockholders owning in the aggregate the same percentage of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock immediately upon completion of the Conversion as the percentage of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by the Minority Stockholders in the aggregate immediately before the consummation of the Conversion before giving effect to (a) cash paid in lieu of any fractional Exchange Shares and (b) any Subscription Shares purchased by Minority Stockholders in the Offering; provided that the Exchange Ratio will be adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company).

Exchange Shares – The shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued to Minority Stockholders in the Exchange Offering.

FDIC – The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Federal Reserve – The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago.

Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters. A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

 

4


Holding Company – The corporation formed under the laws of the State of Maryland, or the laws of another state of the United States, to acquire all the shares of capital common stock of the Bank in connection with the Conversion.

Holding Company Common Stock – The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Holding Company. Shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be issued in the Offering and Exchange Offering.

Independent Appraiser – The appraiser retained by the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Holding Company.

Liquidation Account – The account established by the Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company immediately before the Conversion.

Majority Ownership Interest – A fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by the Mutual Holding Company immediately before the completion of the Conversion, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock issued and outstanding immediately before the completion of the Conversion.

Maryland Department – The Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation.

Member – Any Person who qualifies as a member of the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to its amended and restated charter.

Members Meeting – The special meeting of Voting Members, and any adjournments thereof, held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

Member Voting Record Date – The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Members Meeting.

MHC Merger – The merger of the Mutual Holding Company with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity. The MHC Merger shall occur immediately before the completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

Mid-Tier Holding Company – 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., the federally-chartered corporation that owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank, and any successor thereto.

Mid-Tier Merger – The merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with and into the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the resulting entity. The Mid-Tier Merger shall occur immediately following the MHC Merger and before the completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

 

5


Minority Shares – All outstanding shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company issuable upon the exercise of options or the grant of stock awards, owned by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company.

Minority Stockholder – Any owner of Minority Shares.

Mutual Holding Company – 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, the federally-chartered mutual holding company of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank and that owns a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

Offering – The offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of shares of Holding Company Common Stock in a Subscription Offering, Community Offering and/or Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, as the case may be. The term “Offering” does not include the Exchange Offering.

Offering Range – The range of the number of Subscription Shares offered for sale in the Offering multiplied by the Subscription Price. The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest (as adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company)). The maximum and minimum of the Offering Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Offering Range.

Officer – The term Officer means, with respect to Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank, the chairman of the board, president, any vice president, treasurer, secretary, or comptroller, or any other person who participates in its major policy decisions.

Order Form – Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Participant or Person under this Plan and by which any such Participant or Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.

Other Member – Any Person holding a Deposit Account at the close of business on the Member Voting Record Date (other than an Eligible Account Holder or a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder), and any borrower from the Bank who qualifies as a Voting Member.

Participant – Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member.

Person – An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.

 

6


Plan – This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

Prospectus – The one or more documents used in offering the Conversion Stock.

Qualifying Deposit – The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank or in another entity, described below, of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.00, or (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.00. The term “Qualifying Deposit” shall also include the aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts of not less than $50.00 held by Persons at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date in any entity merged with the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company prior to the closing of the Conversion, which merger would result in such Persons having the subscription rights of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder under applicable rules of the Bank Regulators.

Resident – Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, to be a Resident the principal place of business or headquarters of the corporation or business entity must be in the Community. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Mutual Holding Company and the Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to determine whether a Person is a Resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank. A Person must be a “Resident” for purposes of determining whether such person “resides” in the Community, as such term is used in this Plan.

SEC – The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Stockholder – Any owner of outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Mutual Holding Company.

Stockholders Meeting – The special or annual meeting of Stockholders, and any adjournments thereof, held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

Stockholder Voting Record Date – The date fixed by the Directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company for determining eligibility to vote at the Stockholders Meeting.

Subscription Offering – The offering of Subscription Shares to Participants.

Subscription Price – The price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering. The Subscription Price will be $10.00, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company, and it will be fixed before the commencement of the Subscription Offering.

 

7


Subscription Shares – Shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering. Subscription Shares do not include Exchange Shares.

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder – Any Person (other than Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank and/or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and their Associates) holding a Qualifying Deposit at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date and who is not an Eligible Account Holder.

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding Federal Reserve approval of the application for conversion. The Supplemental Eligibility Record Date will be used only if the Federal Reserve has not approved the Conversion within 15 months after the Eligibility Record Date.

Syndicated Community Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, to members of the general public through a syndicate of broker-dealers. The Syndicated Community Offering may occur concurrently with, at any time during or after the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan – Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be “qualified” under Code Section 401. A “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan” is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not so qualified.

Voting Member – Any Member who at the close of business on the Member Voting Record Date is entitled to vote as a Member.

 

3.

PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

A. After adoption of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, this Plan, together with all other requisite material, shall be submitted to the Bank Regulators for approval. Notice of the adoption of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be published in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which an office of the Bank is located, and copies of this Plan will be made available at each office of the Bank for inspection by Members. The Mutual Holding Company will publish a notice of the filing with the Bank Regulators of an application to convert in accordance with the provisions of this Plan as well as notices required in connection with any holding company application, merger application or other application required to complete the Conversion.

 

8


B. Promptly following approval by the Bank Regulators, this Plan will be submitted to: (i) a vote of the Voting Members at the Members Meeting and (ii) a vote of the Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting. The Mutual Holding Company will mail to all Voting Members, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Bank as of the Member Voting Record Date, a proxy statement describing this Plan. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will mail to all Stockholders as of the Stockholder Voting Record Date a proxy statement describing this Plan. The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Subscription Shares. In addition, all Participants will receive, or will be given the opportunity to request by either telephone or by letter addressed to the Bank’s Secretary, a copy of this Plan as well as the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Holding Company. This Plan must be approved by at least: (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Members Meeting; (ii) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting; and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting. Upon such approval of this Plan, the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion. The Conversion must be completed within twenty-four (24) months of the approval of this Plan by Voting Members.

C. The period for the Subscription Offering will be not less than twenty (20) days nor more than forty-five (45) days from the date Participants are first mailed a Prospectus and Order Form, unless extended. Any Subscription Shares for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in a Community Offering and/or a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators. All sales of Subscription Shares must be completed within forty-five (45) days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless the offering period is extended by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company with the approval of the Bank Regulators.

D. The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations. The choice of which method to effect the Conversion will be made by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank no later than immediately before the closing of the Conversion. Each of the steps set forth below shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intent of the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank, and applicable federal and state regulations and policy. Approval of this Plan by Voting Members and Stockholders also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan.

 

  (1)

The Holding Company will be organized as a first-tier stock subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

  (2)

The Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity, pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A, whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Members will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

9


  (3)

Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the surviving entity, pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit B, whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by Members as part of the MHC Merger will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for interests in the Liquidation Account, and each Minority Share shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holder thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive an Exchange Share based upon the Exchange Ratio.

 

  (4)

Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will sell the Subscription Shares in the Offering.

 

  (5)

The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.

E. As part of the Conversion, the Minority Shares outstanding immediately before the consummation of the Conversion shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Exchange Shares based upon the Exchange Ratio. The basis for exchange of Minority Shares for Exchange Shares shall be fair and reasonable. Options to purchase shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock that are outstanding immediately before the consummation of the Conversion shall be converted into options to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price per share to be adjusted based upon the Exchange Ratio so that the aggregate exercise price of the option remains unchanged, and with the duration of the option remaining unchanged.

F. The Holding Company shall register the Conversion Stock with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities. In addition, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall prepare preliminary proxy materials as well as other applications and information for review by the SEC in connection with the solicitation of Stockholder approval of this Plan.

G. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be automatically transferred to and vested in the Holding Company by virtue of the Conversion without any deed or other document of transfer. The Holding Company, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests

 

10


and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company. The Holding Company shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately before the consummation of the Conversion, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company.

H. The home office and branch offices of the Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion. The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current executive offices of the Mutual Holding Company and Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

4.

HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to convert the Mutual Holding Company to stock form, form the Holding Company and complete the Offering. The Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Bank and Holding Company shall make timely applications to the Bank Regulators and filings with the SEC for any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion.

 

5.

SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The Subscription Shares will be offered for sale in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan. The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the proxy statement for the Members Meeting. The Holding Company Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC. The Bank will not extend credit to any Person to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock.

Any Subscription Shares for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in the Community Offering, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. The Community Offering, if any, will involve an offering of unsubscribed Subscription Shares directly to the general public with a first preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in the Community. The Community Offering may begin concurrently with, or at any time during or after the Subscription Offering. The offer for sale of Subscription Shares before the Members Meeting, however, is subject to the approval of this Plan by the Voting Members and by the Stockholders, including Minority Stockholders.

If feasible, any Subscription Shares remaining unsold after the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering may be offered for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any manner approved by the Bank Regulators that will achieve a widespread distribution of the Subscription Shares. The issuance of Subscription Shares in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Subscription Shares is consummated in any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, and only if the required minimum number of Subscription Shares will be issued.

 

11


6.

PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered in the Conversion will be determined jointly by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately before the commencement of the Subscription Offering, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range and the Subscription Price. The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest (as adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company)). The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators. The number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion will be equal to the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and the number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering will be equal to the product of (i) the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and (ii) the Majority Ownership Interest (as adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company)).

If the product of the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of purchasers may be required. Any resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall establish, provided that all required regulatory approvals have been obtained.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Conversion Stock will not be issued unless, before the consummation of the Conversion, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank Regulators, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering and the Exchange Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, hold a new Offering and Exchange Offering after canceling the Offering and the Exchange Offering, or take such other action as the Bank Regulators may permit.

 

12


The Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

7.

RETENTION OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

The Holding Company may retain up to 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering. The Holding Company believes that the Offering proceeds will provide economic strength to the Holding Company and the Bank for the future in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment, and would support the growth in the operations of the Holding Company and the Bank through increased lending, acquisitions of financial service organizations, continued diversification into other related businesses and other business and investment activities, including the possible payment of dividends and possible repurchases of the Holding Company Common Stock as permitted by applicable state law and by applicable federal regulations and policy.

 

8.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

A. Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $400,000 of Subscription Shares, 0.10% of the total number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B. If Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of one hundred (100) shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

C. Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on deposits made by such persons during the twelve (12) months preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as permitted by the Bank Regulators.

 

13


9.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

The Employee Plans shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Subscription Shares issued in the Offering. Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution or from the Holding Company to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements. The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Bank. Alternatively, if permitted by the Bank Regulators, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market after the completion of the Conversion.

 

10.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

A. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $400,000 of Subscription Shares, 0.10% of the total number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B. If Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription following subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans, Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of one hundred (100) shares or the number of shares for which such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

 

14


11.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

A. Each Other Member shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $400,000 of Subscription Shares or 0.10% of the total number of shares of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B. If Other Members exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares available for subscription following subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Subscription Shares will be allocated among Other Members so as to permit each such subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of one hundred (100) shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Member has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

 

12.

COMMUNITY OFFERING

If subscriptions are not received for all Subscription Shares offered for sale in the Subscription Offering, shares for which subscriptions have not been received may be offered for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program which may use a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of securities of savings institutions and/or their holding companies. Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof. If orders for Subscription Shares in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares shall be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general public. If orders for Subscription Shares exceed the number of shares available for sale in a category pursuant to the purchase priorities described above, shares will be allocated within the category so that each member of that category will receive the lesser of one hundred (100) shares or the amount ordered, and thereafter remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. In connection with the allocation, orders received for Subscription Shares in the Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. The Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall use their best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Subscription Shares sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such shares. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Community Offering. Any Person may purchase up to $400,000 of Subscription Shares in the Community Offering, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

15


13.

SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING

If feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering using a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of securities of savings institutions and/or their holding companies. Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof. The Syndicated Community Offering shall be subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of Subscription Shares, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders received in the Syndicated Community Offering. In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to $400,000 of Subscription Shares, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14. In addition, unless otherwise approved or permitted by the Federal Reserve, orders received for Subscription Shares in the Syndicated Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. Provided that the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Syndicated Community Offering at any time. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Syndicated Community Offering.

Alternatively, if feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. In the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, any Person may purchase up to $400,000 of Subscription Shares, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14. In addition, unless otherwise approved or permitted by the Federal Reserve, orders received for Subscription Shares in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. Provided the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering at any time. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.

If, for any reason, a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering cannot be effected, or if any insignificant residue of Subscription Shares is not sold in the Subscription Offering, Community Offering, or any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to make other arrangements for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range. Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the Bank Regulators.

 

16


14.

LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Conversion Stock:

A. The maximum number of Subscription Shares that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Offering by any Person or Participant, together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed $500,000 of Subscription Shares, except that the Employee Plans may subscribe for up to 10% of the Subscription Shares issued in the Offering.

B. The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors and their Associates in the aggregate shall not exceed 25% of the shares of Conversion Stock.

C. The maximum number of Subscription Shares that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories of the Offering by any Person or Participant together with purchases by any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, combined with Exchange Shares received by any such Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed 9.9% of the shares of Conversion Stock, except that this ownership limitation shall not apply to the Employee Plans. However, Minority Stockholders will not be required to sell any shares of Holding Company Common Stock or be limited from receiving any Exchange Shares or be required to divest themselves of any Exchange Shares as a result of this limitation.

D. A minimum of twenty-five (25) Subscription Shares must be purchased by each Person or Participant purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however, that if the product of the minimum number of Subscription Shares purchased multiplied the Subscription Price exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.

E. If the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person or that Person’s Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above, the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock allocated to each such person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that Person, and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a Person and that Person’s Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.

 

17


Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators and without further approval of Voting Members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in this Plan, provided that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the shares issued in the Offering except as provided below. If the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company increase the maximum purchase limitations, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company are only required to resolicit Participants who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and who indicated a desire to be resolicited on the Order Form and may, in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, resolicit certain other large purchasers. In the event of such a resolicitation, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to require such persons to supply immediately available funds for the purchase of additional Subscription Shares. Such persons will be prohibited from paying with a personal check, but the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company may allow payment by wire transfer. If the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares issued in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Subscription Shares exceeding 5% of the Subscription Shares issued in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total Subscription Shares issued in the Offering. Decisions on whether to fulfill requests to purchase additional Subscription Shares, if the purchase limitation is so increased, will be determined by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company in their sole discretion.

For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and Employees of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A. and B. of this Section 14, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code, shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.

Each Person purchasing Subscription Shares in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.

 

15.

PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

All payments for Subscription Shares subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank or Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or before the expiration date of the Offering; provided, however, that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares in the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Conversion. Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Bank.

 

18


Except as set forth in Section 14.E., above, payment for Subscription Shares shall be made by personal check, money order or bank draft. Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Bank on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from the designated types of Deposit Accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the subscriber during the Offering. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on funds received by check, draft or money order will be paid by the Bank at not less than the passbook rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is processed by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering. If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them, with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal. The Bank is prohibited by regulation from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purchase of Subscription Shares in the Offering.

 

16.

MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

As soon as practicable after the registration statement prepared by the Holding Company has been declared effective by the SEC and the stock offering materials have been approved by the Bank Regulators, Order Forms will be distributed to the Participants at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by any other Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered. Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a Prospectus describing the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank, the Holding Company Common Stock and the Offering. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

A. A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Holding Company, or its agent, which date shall be not less than twenty (20) days, nor more than forty-five (45) days, following the date on which the Order Forms are first mailed to Participants by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;

B. The Subscription Price for the Subscription Shares to be sold in the Offering;

C. A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares which may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offerings;

 

19


D. Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

E. An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the Prospectus before the execution of the Order Form;

F. A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Holding Company or its agent within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the Subscription Shares for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account(s) at the Bank); and

G. A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company.

Notwithstanding the above, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimiled order forms.

 

17.

UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

If Order Forms (a) are not delivered or are not timely delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received by the Holding Company or are received by the Holding Company or its agent after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively completed or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the Subscription Shares subscribed for (including cases in which deposit accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Participant to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Participant failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however, that the Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Holding Company may specify. The interpretation by the Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

18.

RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

The Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for Subscription Shares pursuant to this Plan reside. However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase Subscription Shares in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country or in a state or other jurisdiction of the United States with respect to which any

 

20


of the following apply: (a) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of Subscription Shares to such Persons would require the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (c) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

19.

ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS

The Holding Company shall establish a Liquidation Account at the time of the Conversion in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Majority Ownership Interest and (ii) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Conversion, plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the Mutual Holding Company before the effective date of the Conversion (excluding its ownership of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock). Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his or her Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance in relation to his or her Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided. The Holding Company also shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for such Eligible Account Holder’s or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Deposit Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock. A merger, consolidation or similar combination with another depository institution or holding company thereof, in which the Holding Company and/or the Bank is not the surviving entity, shall not be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of either (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund its obligations under the Liquidation Account, the Bank, with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder an

 

21


amount necessary to fund the Holding Company’s remaining obligations under the Liquidation Account before any liquidating distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Holding Company’s creditors. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Bank Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s or Bank’s capital stock.

In the event of a complete liquidation of the Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Liquidation Account and receiving from the Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account. Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Liquidation Account (except that the Holding Company shall cease to exist).

The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. For Deposit Accounts in existence at both the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account on each such record date. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.

If, at the close of business on any fiscal year end closing date, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date after the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, then the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted downward by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In the event of a downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.

The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any capital of the Holding Company or the Bank, except that neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below: (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account or the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Holding

 

22


Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank. Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligations hereunder relating to the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, respectively. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Bank based on their interests in the Liquidation Account or the Bank Liquidation Account.

The amount of the Bank Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Liquidation Account, and the Bank Liquidation Account shall be reduced by the same amount and upon the same terms as any reduction in the Liquidation Account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account.

For the three (3)-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will not without prior Federal Reserve approval (i) sell or liquidate the Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated. Upon the written request of the Federal Reserve, the Holding Company shall, or upon the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve the Holding Company may, at any time after two (2) years from the completion of the Conversion, transfer the Liquidation Account to the Bank, at which time the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank and the interests of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be solely and exclusively established in the Bank Liquidation Account. In the event such transfer occurs, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have transferred the Liquidation Account to the Bank and such Liquidation Account shall be subsumed into the Bank Liquidation Account and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Holding Company’s creditors. Approval of this Plan by the Voting Members and Stockholders shall constitute approval of the transactions described herein.

 

20.

[RESERVED]

 

23


21.

VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.

 

22.

RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

A. All Subscription Shares purchased by Directors or Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section or as may be approved by the Bank Regulators, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one (1) year following the date of purchase in the Offering.

B. The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section shall not apply to the following:

 

  1.

Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by a federal regulatory agency; and

 

  2.

Any disposition of such shares following the death of the person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan.

C. With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:

 

  1.

Each certificate representing shares restricted by this Section shall bear a legend giving notice of the restriction;

 

  2.

Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer; and

 

24


  3.

Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares.

 

23.

REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

For a period of three (3) years following the Conversion, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the Bank Regulators, any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Holding Company Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director. As used herein, the term “negotiated transaction” means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative. The term “investment representative” shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.

 

24.

TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

Each person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Bank following Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights) applicable to such Deposit Account in the Bank immediately before the completion of the Conversion.

 

25.

REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

For the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the securities issued in connection with the Conversion pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not deregister such securities for a period of at least three (3) years from the date of the Conversion, except that the requirement to maintain the registration of such securities for three years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market-maker to establish and maintain a market for the Conversion Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange unless otherwise permitted by the Federal Reserve.

 

26.

TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of either a ruling, an opinion of counsel or a letter of advice from their tax advisor(s) regarding the federal and state income tax consequences of the Conversion to the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank and the Account Holders and Voting Members receiving subscription rights in the Conversion.

 

25


27.

STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

A. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion, including without limitation, an ESOP. Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.

B. As a result of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have ratified and approved all employee stock benefit plans maintained by the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and shall have agreed to issue (and reserve for issuance) Holding Company Common Stock in lieu of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company pursuant to the terms of such benefit plans. Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by such benefit plans shall be converted into Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio. Also upon consummation of the Conversion, (i) all rights to purchase, sell or receive Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock and all rights to elect to make payment in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock under any agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under any plan or program of the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company, shall automatically, by operation of law, be converted into and shall become an identical right to purchase, sell or receive Holding Company Common Stock and an identical right to make payment in Holding Company Common Stock under any such agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under such plan or program of the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and (ii) rights outstanding under all stock option plans shall be assumed by the Holding Company and thereafter shall be rights only for shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with each such right being for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio and the number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock that were available thereunder immediately before the consummation of the Conversion, with the price adjusted to reflect the Exchange Ratio but with no change in any other term or condition of such right.

C. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock award plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided that such plans conform to any applicable regulations. The Holding Company and the Bank intend to implement a stock option plan and a restricted stock award plan no earlier than six (6) months after completion of the Conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required. If adopted within twelve (12) months following the completion of the Conversion, the stock option plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 10% of the shares sold in the Offering and the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 4% of the shares sold in the Offering for awards to Employees and Directors at no cost to the recipients (unless the Bank’s tangible capital is less than 10% upon completion of the Offering in which case the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 3% of the shares sold in the Offering), subject to adjustment, if any, as may be required by Federal Reserve regulations or

 

26


policy in effect to reflect stock options or restricted stock granted by the Mid-Tier Holding Company before the completion of the Conversion. Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans implemented more than twelve (12) months following the completion of the Conversion are not subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence. Shares for such plans may be issued from authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or repurchased shares.

D. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to enter into employment agreements and/or change in control agreements with their executive officers.

 

28.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

 

  A.      (1)

The charter of the Bank may contain a provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five (5) years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve. In addition, the charter of the Bank may also provide that for a period of five (5) years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described charter provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.

 

  (2)

For a period of three (3) years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Holding Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank without the prior written consent of the Federal Reserve. Nothing in this Plan shall prohibit the Holding Company from taking actions permitted under 12 C.F.R. 239.63(f).

B. The Articles of Incorporation of the Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to vote any shares held in excess of 10% of the Holding Company’s outstanding shares. In addition, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company may contain provisions that provide for, or prohibit, as the case may be, staggered terms of the directors, qualifications for directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limitations on the calling of special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations and certain notice requirements.

 

27


C. For the purposes of this Section:

 

  (1)

The term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;

 

  (2)

The term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

 

  (3)

The term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

 

  (4)

The term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in 15 U.S.C. § 77b(a)(1).

 

29.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND THE REPURCHASE OF STOCK

A. The Holding Company shall comply with applicable regulations in the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion. The Holding Company shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock, if such dividend or repurchase would reduce its capital below the amount then required for the Liquidation Account.

B. The Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below its applicable regulatory capital requirements.

 

30.

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

By voting to approve this Plan, Voting Members and Stockholders will be voting to adopt the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company.

 

31.

CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date of the Conversion shall be the date upon which the Articles of Combination shall be filed with the Federal Reserve and the Articles of Merger shall be filed with the Maryland Department. The Articles of Combination and the Articles of Merger shall be filed after all requisite regulatory, Voting Member and Stockholder approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received. The closing of the sale of all shares of Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering and the Exchange Offering shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the closing.

 

32.

EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering, and such parties shall use their best efforts to assure that such expenses shall be reasonable.

 

28


33.

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the Bank Regulators or otherwise at any time before the meetings of Voting Members and Stockholders to vote on this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, and at any time thereafter by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators. Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by Voting Members and Stockholders with the approval of the Bank Regulators shall not necessitate further approval by Voting Members or Stockholders unless otherwise required by the Bank Regulators. The Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company may terminate this Plan at any time before the Members Meeting and the Stockholders Meeting, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators.

By adoption of this Plan, Voting Members and Stockholders authorize the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company to amend or terminate this Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section.

 

34.

CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION

Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:

A. Prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of rulings of the United States Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities, or opinions of counsel or tax advisers as described in Section 26 hereof;

B. The issuance of the Subscription Shares offered in the Conversion;

C. The issuance of Exchange Shares; and

D. The completion of the Conversion within the time period specified in Section 3 of this Plan.

 

35.

INTERPRETATION

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, and to the extent otherwise provided herein, the Board of the Holding Company, shall be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

Dated: March 2, 2021

 

29


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF MERGER AGREEMENT BETWEEN

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, MHC AND

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC., A FEDERAL CORPORATION


MERGER AGREEMENT BETWEEN

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, MHC

AND

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC., A FEDERAL CORPORATION

THIS MERGER AGREEMENT (the “MHC Merger Agreement”), dated as of ______________, 2021, is made by and between 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (the “Mutual Holding Company”) and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (the “Plan”), unless otherwise defined herein.

RECITALS:

1. The Mutual Holding Company is a federally-chartered mutual holding company that owns approximately 56% of the outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

2. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federally-chartered corporation that owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of PyraMax Bank, FSB (the “Bank”).

3. At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have approved this MHC Merger Agreement whereby the Mutual Holding Company shall merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving or resulting corporation (the “MHC Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

1. Merger. At and on the effective date of the MHC Merger (the “Effective Date”), the Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (the “Resulting Corporation”) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Members, who are deemed for these purposes to be owners of the Mutual Holding Company, will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

2. Effective Date. The MHC Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by (A) the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and (B) by at least: (i) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by the Stockholders; (ii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders; and (iii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination with respect to the MHC Merger shall have been filed with the Federal Reserve. Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of this MHC Merger Agreement by the Voting Members. Approval of the Plan by Stockholders, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of this MHC Merger Agreement by the Stockholders.


3. Name. The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

4. Offices. The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 7001 West Edgerton Avenue, Greenfield, Wisconsin 53220.

5. Directors and Officers. The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately before the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

6. Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation. At the Effective Date, the Mutual Holding Company shall be merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a federally-chartered corporation as provided in its Charter. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the MHC Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately before the consummation of the MHC Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company. The Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

7. Rights of Members and Stockholders. At the Effective Date, the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Members will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company. Minority Stockholders’ rights will remain unchanged.

8. Other Terms. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this MHC Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

[Signature page immediately follows]

 

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have caused this MHC Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

    1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC
ATTEST:       

 

    By:   

 

Monica Baker        Richard B. Hurd
Secretary                         Chief Executive Officer
    1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.
ATTEST:       

 

    By:   

 

Monica Baker        Richard B. Hurd
Secretary        Chief Executive Officer

 

A-3


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF MERGER AGREEMENT BETWEEN

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC., A FEDERAL CORPORATION AND

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC., A MARYLAND CORPORATION


MERGER AGREEMENT BETWEEN

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC., A FEDERAL CORPORATION AND

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC., A MARYLAND CORPORATION

THIS MERGER AGREEMENT (the “Mid-Tier Merger Agreement”), dated as of ______________, 2021, is made by and between 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (the “Plan”), unless otherwise defined herein.

RECITALS:

1. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federally-chartered corporation that owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of PyraMax Bank, FSB (the “Bank”).

2. The Holding Company is a Maryland corporation that has been organized to succeed to the operations of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

3. At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have approved this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement whereby the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be merged with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), and authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

1. Merger. At and on the effective date of the Mid-Tier Merger (the “Effective Date”), the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Resulting Corporation”), whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Members who constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company will exchange the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for interests in the Liquidation Account, and Minority Stockholders immediately before the consummation of the Conversion will exchange their Minority Shares for Exchange Shares in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

2. Effective Date. The Mid-Tier Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by (A) the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and (B) by at least: (i) two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders; (ii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders; and (iii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger shall have been filed with the Federal Reserve and Articles of Merger with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger have been filed with the Maryland Department. Approval of the Plan by the Stockholders, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement by such Stockholders.


3. Name. The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

4. Offices. The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 7001 West Edgerton Avenue, Greenfield, Wisconsin 53220.

5. Directors and Officers. The directors and officers of the Holding Company immediately before the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

6. Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation. At the Effective Date, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Maryland corporation as provided in its Articles of Incorporation. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the Mid-Tier Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately before the consummation of the Mid-Tier Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company. The stockholders of the Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

7. Rights of Members and Stockholders. At the Effective Date, the Members immediately before the consummation of the Conversion will exchange the liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for interests in the Liquidation Account and the Minority Stockholders immediately before the consummation of the Conversion will exchange their Minority Shares for Exchange Shares in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio. All shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock held in the treasury and each share of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock owned by the Holding Company, or any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company or of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, immediately before the Effective Date (other than shares held in a fiduciary capacity or in connection with debts previously contracted) shall, at the Effective Date, cease to exist, and the certificates for such shares shall be canceled as promptly as practicable thereafter, and no payment or distribution shall be made in consideration therefor.

 

B-2


8. Other Terms. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

[Signature page immediately follows]

 

B-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have caused this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

    1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation
ATTEST:                            

 

    By:   

 

Monica Baker        Richard B. Hurd
Secretary        Chief Executive Officer
    1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation
ATTEST:       

 

    By:   

 

Monica Baker        Richard B. Hurd
Secretary        Chief Executive Officer

 

B-4

Exhibit 3.1

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

The undersigned, Marc Levy, whose address is 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780, Washington, D.C. 20015, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”):

ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (herein, the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock

A. Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is one hundred million (100,000,000) shares, consisting of:

1. ten million (10,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

2. ninety million (90,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is one million dollars ($1,000,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.


B. Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; and (iii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of the Liquidation Account established by the Corporation as described in Section G of this Article 5.

C. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock. The power of the stockholders to increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock shall not limit any of the powers of the Board of Directors provided under these Articles.

D. Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.

1. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner, and the denominator of

 

2


which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess. The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

2. The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.

 

  (a)

An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

  (b)

“Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on December 31, 2020; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

  (1)

that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

  (2)

that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

3


  (3)

that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

  (c)

A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.

 

  (d)

The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.

3. The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further

 

4


have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.

4. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

5. If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.

E. Majority Vote for Certain Actions. With respect to those actions as to which any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) requires stockholder authorization by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, any such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles.

F. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

G. Liquidation Account. Under regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the “Liquidation Account”) for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, as may be amended from time to time (the “Plan of Conversion”). In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) PyraMax Bank, FSB, a federally chartered savings bank that will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve

 

5


System and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interests in the Liquidation Account. The interest of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holders to voting rights.

ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.

A. Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.

B. Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A. Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Directors’ management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.

B. Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be eight (8), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the

 

6


third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

The names of the individuals who will serve as the initial directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

Term to Expire in 2022:

Monica Baker

James Spiegelberg

Term to Expire in 2023:

Darrell Francis

Richard Hurd

John Talsky

Term to Expire in 2024:

David Ball

Joseph Murphy

Gary Zenobi

Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director.

C. Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

D. Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.

E. Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

7


ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints

 

8


with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 sets forth certain factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors, but does not create any implication concerning the factors that must be considered, or any other factors that may or may not be considered, by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.

For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the

 

9


indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s

 

10


action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE 12: Selection of Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the State of Maryland, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants. The provisions of this Article 12 shall not apply to claims arising under the federal securities laws. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article 12.

ARTICLE 13. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

11


The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 13, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7 (other than the removal of the list of initial directors), Article 8, Article 9, Article 10, Article 11 or Article 12.

ARTICLE 14. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

Marc Levy

5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

12


I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record these Articles of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 8th day of March, 2021.

 

/s/ Marc Levy

Marc Levy
Incorporator

 

13

Exhibit 3.2

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.

Annual Meeting.

The Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

 

Section 2.

Special Meetings.

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairperson of the Board or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.

 

Section 3.

Notice of Meetings; Adjournment or Postponement.

Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting, or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has


received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or if such person is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.

A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be adjourned by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or by the vote of a majority of the stockholders present at the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

A meeting of stockholders may be postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be postponed by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this Section 3. At any postponed meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled.

If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting. Any writing authorizing another person to act as proxy at a meeting of stockholders shall remain valid for use at any adjournment or postponement of such meeting unless such proxy is revoked or a later dated proxy is provided by such stockholder.

As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.

 

Section 4.

Quorum.

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

2


Section 5.

Organization and Conduct of Business.

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in their absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairperson of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairperson of the meeting appoints. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.

 

Section 6.

Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.

(a) At any annual meeting of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting: (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders.

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 100 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders, such written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and not later than the tenth day following the earlier of the day notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.

With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole stockholder of PyraMax Bank, FSB, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 100th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made.

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure.

 

3


A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

(b) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only: (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 100 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders, such written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and not later than the tenth day following the earlier of the day notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.

With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole stockholder of PyraMax Bank, FSB, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 100th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made.

 

4


The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure.

A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(c) For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued through a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

 

5


Section 7.

Proxies and Voting.

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

 

Section 8.

Conduct of Voting

The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. If one or more inspectors are not so elected, the chairperson of the meeting shall make such appointment at the meeting of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairperson of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.

 

6


Section 9.

Control Share Acquisition Act.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.

General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or his or her designee to preside at its meetings. The Board of Directors may also annually elect a Vice Chairperson. In the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors, and in his or her absence such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors.

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock of the Corporation, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

7


Section 2.

Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3.

Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 4.

Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), by the Chairperson of the Board, by the Vice Chairperson of the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 5.

Quorum.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6.

Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

8


Section 7.

Conduct of Business.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.

Powers.

All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:

 

  (i)

To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

  (ii)

To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

  (iii)

To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

  (iv)

To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

  (v)

To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

  (vi)

To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

  (vii)

To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

  (viii)

To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

9


Section 9.

Compensation of Directors.

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10.

Resignation.

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

Section 11.

Presumption of Assent.

A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his or her dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his or her written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his or her written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his or her dissent known at the meeting.

 

Section 12.

Director Qualifications

(a) No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (i) if a financial or securities regulatory agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, against such person, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (ii) if such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; (iii) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime; or (iv) other than the persons appointed as directors in connection with the formation of the Corporation and other than persons who are also executive officers of the Corporation or of the Corporation’s banking subsidiary, PyraMax Bank, FSB, if such person did not, at the time of his or her first election or appointment to the Board of Directors, maintain his or her principal residence (as determined by reference to such person’s most recent tax returns, copies of which shall be provided to the Corporation for the sole purpose of determining compliance with this clause (iv)) within the State of Wisconsin. No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person is: (w) at the same time, a director, officer, employee or 10% or more stockholder of a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization, other than a subsidiary of the Corporation, that engages in financial services related business activities or solicits customers, whether through a physical presence or electronically, in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; (x) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporation’s policies applicable to directors including

 

10


but not limited to its confidentiality policy and confirm in writing his or her qualifications hereunder; (y) is a party to any agreement, understanding or arrangement with a party other than the Corporation or a subsidiary that (1) provides him or her with material benefits which are tied to or contingent on the Corporation entering into a merger, sale of control or similar transaction in which it is not the surviving institution, (2) materially limits his or her voting discretion as a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (3) materially impairs his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of the Corporation; or (z) has lost more than one election for service as a director of the Corporation.

(b) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.

 

Section 13.

Attendance at Board Meetings.

The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a director’s unexcused absence from (i) three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors, or (ii) three regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors in any fiscal year of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1.

Committees of the Board of Directors.

(a) General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.

(b) Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws or required by applicable regulations or stock exchange rules. The Chairperson of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairperson and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee. A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairperson of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

11


(c) Issuance of Stock. If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.

 

Section 2.

Conduct of Business.

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.

Generally.

(a) The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.

(b) The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

(c) All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

 

Section 2.

Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.

 

12


Section 3.

Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

If appointed, the Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board, with such duties to be performed and powers to be held in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.

Chief Executive Officer.

The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

 

Section 5.

President.

The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 6.

Vice President.

The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 7.

Secretary.

The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 8.

Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer.

The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the

 

13


Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9.

Other Officers.

The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.

 

Section 10.

Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

 

Section 1.

Certificates of Stock.

The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by

 

14


the Chairperson of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.

 

Section 2.

Transfers of Stock.

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

Section 3.

Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.

The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

Section 4.

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation or to the transfer agent designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

 

Section 5.

Stock Ledger.

The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

15


Section 6.

Regulations.

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1.

Facsimile Signatures.

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 2.

Corporate Seal.

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.

Books and Records.

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.

Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

16


Section 5.

Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January and end on the last day of December in each year.

 

Section 6.

Time Periods.

In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7.

Checks, Drafts, Etc.

All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.

Mail.

Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

 

Section 9.

Contracts and Agreements.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

 

17

Exhibit 4

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

 

    

No.

    

   1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.   

    

Shares

    

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE

PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

    CUSIP: ________
    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS
    CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO
    RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE

 

THIS CERTIFIES that       is the owner of

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

a Maryland corporation

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. The capital stock evidenced hereby is not an account of an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other Federal or state governmental agency.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

By   

 

               [SEAL]    By   

 

   MONICA BAKER             RICHARD HURD
   CORPORATE SECRETARY             CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


The Board of Directors of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation require that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to eighty percent (80%) of the shares entitled to vote.

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM   

-  as tenants in common

   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT    - _______ Custodian ________
           (Cust)                           (Minor)
TEN ENT   

-  as tenants by the entireties

     
         Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
JT TEN   

-  as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

          

    

(State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

For value received,                                                                   hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

    

    

  

 

 

(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

________________________________________________________________________ Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________________________________________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated,                                              

 

In the presence of    Signature:

    

  

    

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

Exhibit 5

LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

—————

Telephone (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER

(202) 274-2000

March 11, 2021

The Board of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

7001 West Edgerton Avenue

Greenfield, Wisconsin 53220

 

  Re:

  1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

    

  Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (the “Company”). We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and its Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (the “Plan”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock. The opinion expressed below is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland (which includes applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Maryland Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Maryland Constitution).

We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when issued and sold in accordance with the Plan, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Luse Gorman, PC

LUSE GORMAN, PC

Exhibit 8.1

LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

5335 WISCONSIN AVENUE, N.W., SUITE 780

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20015

TELEPHONE (202) 274-2000

FACSIMILE (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

March 11, 2021

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7002 Edgerton Ave.

Greenfield, Wisconsin 53220

Boards of Directors:

You have requested this firm’s opinion regarding the material federal income tax consequences that will result from the conversion of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”), from the mutual to the capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”), pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, dated March 2, 2021 (the “Plan”), and the integrated transactions described below.

In connection with our opinion, we have made such investigations as we have deemed relevant or necessary for the purpose of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies and the genuineness of signatures. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined and we have relied upon the accuracy of the factual matters set forth in the Plan, the Registration Statement filed by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland stock corporation (the “Holding Company”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Application for Conversion on Form FR MM-AC filed by the Mutual Holding Company and the Application on Form H-(e)1 filed by the Holding Company, each with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). In addition, we are relying on a letter from Faust Financial to you, dated March 11, 2021, stating its belief as to certain valuation matters described below. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. Furthermore, we assume that each of the parties to the Conversion will comply with all reporting obligations with respect to the Conversion required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”).

Our opinion is based upon the existing provisions of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations, and upon current Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) published rulings and existing court decisions, any of which could be changed at any time. Any such changes may be retroactive and could significantly modify the statements and opinions expressed herein. Similarly, any change in the facts and assumptions stated herein, upon which this opinion is based, could modify the conclusions herein. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.


LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB

March 11, 2021

Page 2

 

We opine only as to the matters we expressly set forth herein, and no opinions should be inferred as to any other matters or as to the tax treatment of the transactions that we do not specifically address. We express no opinion as to other federal laws and regulations, or as to laws and regulations of other jurisdictions, or as to factual or legal matters other than as set forth herein.

For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the representations as to factual matters provided to us by the Mutual Holding Company, PyraMax Bank, FSB (the “Bank”), 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation (referred to as the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), and the Holding Company, as set forth in the certificates for each of those aforementioned entities, which are signed by an authorized officer of each of the aforementioned entities and incorporated herein by reference.

Description of Proposed Transactions

Based upon our review of, and in reliance upon, the documents described above, we understand that the relevant facts are as follows. The Bank became the wholly owned subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company in January 2019. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a stock holding company, whose shares of common stock are presently traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BCOW.” The Mid-Tier Holding Company’s majority owner is the Mutual Holding Company, which owns 55.3% of its outstanding shares. The owners of the Mutual Holding Company are the depositors of the Bank, who are entitled upon the complete liquidation of the Mutual Holding Company to any liquidation proceeds after the payment of creditors. At December 31, 2020, the Mid-Tier Holding Company had 4,851,901 shares of common stock outstanding of which 2,169,729 shares, or 44.6%, were owned by the public (including 175,528 shares purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and 48,767 shares held by the 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin Community Foundation) and the remaining 2,682,172 shares or 55.3% of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company were owned by the Mutual Holding Company.

The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and the Bank have adopted the Plan providing for the conversion of the Mutual Holding Company from a federally chartered mutual holding company to the capital stock form of organization. As part of the Conversion, the Holding Company will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and will offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock to depositors of the Bank and members of the general public in the Offering.


LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB

March 11, 2021

Page 3

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Conversion will be effected as follows and in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion:

 

  (1)

The Holding Company will be organized as a first tier Maryland-chartered stock holding company subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

  (2)

The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity (the “MHC Merger”) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be cancelled and the owners of the Mutual Holding Company (e.g., the depositors of the Bank) will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

  (3)

Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), with the Holding Company as the resulting entity. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by the depositors will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for an interest in the Liquidation Account maintained by the Holding Company and the Minority Shares will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based on the Exchange Ratio (as further described herein).

 

  (4)

Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will sell Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.

 

  (5)

The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.


LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB

March 11, 2021

Page 4

 

Following the Conversion, a Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Holding Company for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts with the Bank. Pursuant to Section 19 of the Plan, the initial balances of the Liquidation Account will be equal to the product of (i) the Majority Ownership Interest and (ii) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Conversion, plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the Mutual Holding Company before the effective date of the Conversion (excluding its ownership of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock). The terms of the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account, which supports the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets, are set forth in Section 19 of the Plan.

As part of the Conversion, all of the then-outstanding shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by Minority Stockholders will be converted into and become shares of Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Ratio which ensures that after the Conversion, Minority Stockholders will own in the aggregate the same percentage of Holding Company Common Stock as they held in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock immediately prior to the Conversion, exclusive of Minority Stockholders’ purchases of additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering, receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares and adjustment of the exchange ratio to reflect assets held by Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company). As part of the Conversion, additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be sold on a priority basis to depositors of the Bank and to members of the public in the Offering.

As a result of the Conversion and Offering, the Holding Company will be a publicly-held corporation, will register the Holding Company Common Stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and will become subject to the rules and regulations thereunder and file periodic reports and proxy statements with the SEC. The Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and will continue to carry on its business and activities as conducted immediately prior to the Conversion.

The stockholders of the Holding Company will be the former Minority Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, plus those persons who purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering. Nontransferable rights to subscribe for the Holding Company Common Stock have been granted, in order of priority, to Eligible Account Holders, the Bank’s tax-qualified employee plans (“Employee Plans”),


LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB

March 11, 2021

Page 5

 

Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and certain depositors of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date who qualify as Voting Members (“Other Members”). Subscription rights are nontransferable. The Holding Company will also offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, if any, for sale in a Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering to certain members of the general public (with preferences given first to persons residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee) and if shares remain after the subscription and community offerings, shares may be offered, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, to members of the general public in a Syndicated Community Offering.

Opinions

Based on the foregoing description of the Conversion, including the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger, and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in this letter, we are of the opinion that:

1. The MHC Merger will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(l)(A) of the Code)

2. The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the MHC Merger will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations. (cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54)

3. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mutual Holding Company on the transfer of its assets to the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s assumption of its liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company or on the constructive distribution of such liquidation interests to members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code)

4. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mid-Tier Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company in the MHC Merger in exchange for the constructive transfer of liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company to the members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1032(a) of the Code)


LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB

March 11, 2021

Page 6

 

5. Persons who have liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss upon the constructive receipt of a liquidation interest in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 354(a) of the Code)

6. The basis of the assets of Mutual Holding Company (other than stock in the Mid-Tier Holding Company) to be received by the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code)

7. The holding period of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company transferred to the Mid-Tier Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1223(2) of the Code)

8. The Mid-Tier Merger will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code)

9. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Holding Company and the Holding Company’s assumption of its liabilities in exchange for shares of Holding Company Common Stock or the distribution of such stock to Minority Stockholders and the constructive distribution of interests in the Liquidation Account to the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. (Sections 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code)

10. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of Mid-Tier Holding Company in the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 1032(a) of the Code)

11. The basis of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company (other than the stock in the Bank) to be received by the Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code)

12. The holding period of the assets of Mid-Tier Holding Company (other than the stock in the Bank) to be received by the Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 1223(2) of the Code)


LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB

March 11, 2021

Page 7

 

13. Except with respect to the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional share interests, Mid-Tier Holding Company stockholders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock for Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 354 of the Code).

14. The payment of cash to the Minority Stockholders in lieu of fractional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be treated as though the fractional shares were distributed as part of the Mid-Tier Merger and then redeemed by Holding Company. The cash payments will be treated as distributions in full payment for the fractional shares deemed redeemed under Section 302(a) of the Code, with the result that such stockholders will have short-term or long-term capital gain or loss to the extent that the cash they receive differs from the basis allocable to such fractional shares. (Rev. Rul. 66-365, 1966-2 C.B. 116 and Rev. Proc. 77-41, 1977-2 C.B. 574)

15. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company for interests in the Liquidation Account in the Holding Company. (Section 354 of the Code)

16. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 356(a) of the Code.) Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as a result of their exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights. (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182)

17. It is more likely than not that the fair market value at the effective date of the Conversion of the benefit to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders provided by an interest in the Bank Liquidation Account which they receive is zero. Pursuant to the Plan, the Bank Liquidation Account supports the payment of the Liquidation Account in the unlikely event that either the Bank (or the Holding Company and the Bank) were to liquidate after the Conversion (including a liquidation of the Bank or the Bank and the Holding Company in a purchase and assumption transaction with a credit union acquiror) when the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets to pay distributions from the Liquidation Account when due. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the distribution to them of such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Conversion. (Section 356(a) of the Code)


LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB

March 11, 2021

Page 8

 

18. Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will be the same as such stockholder’s aggregate basis of his or her Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock surrendered in exchange therefore. (Section 358(a) of the Code)

19. It is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased in the Offering by the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code)

20. Each stockholder’s holding period in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock surrendered was held, provided that the common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange. (Section 1223(1) of the Code)

21. The holding period of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscriptions rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised. (Section 1223(5) of the Code)

22. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering. (Section 1032 of the Code)

Our opinion under paragraph 19 above is predicated on the representation that no person will receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. Our opinions under paragraphs 16 and 18 are based on the position that the subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members have a fair market value of zero. We understand that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally nontransferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering. We also note that the IRS has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. In addition, we are relying on a letter from Faust Financial to you stating its belief that subscription rights do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or at the time the rights are exercised in the Subscription Offering. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock have no value.


LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB

March 11, 2021

Page 9

 

If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or the Bank may be subject to tax on the distribution of the subscription rights.

Our opinion under paragraph 17 above is based on the premise that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets, has a fair market value of zero at the time of the Conversion. The Bank Liquidation Account payment obligation arises only if the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets to fund the Liquidation Account in a solvent liquidation of the Bank and/or Holding Company or if the Bank (or Bank and Holding Company) enters into a transaction to transfer its assets and liabilities to a credit union. We understand that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received payment of an interest in a liquidation account attributable to the liquidation of a solvent bank and/or holding company (other than as set forth below); (ii) the interests in the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account are not transferable by an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder; (iii) the amounts due under the Liquidation Account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in the Bank are reduced, as described in the Plan; and (iv) holders of an interest in a Liquidation Account have received payments of their interest in only a limited number of instances (out of hundreds of transactions involving mergers, acquisitions and the purchase of assets and assumptions of liabilities of holding companies and subsidiary banks). These instances involved the purchase and assumption of the bank’s assets by a credit union. However, not all states permit the sale of a bank’s assets to credit unions, further limiting the opportunity for this type of transaction. We also note that the U.S. Supreme Court in Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131 (1985) stated the following:

The right to participate in the net proceeds of a solvent liquidation is also not a significant part of the value of the shares. Referring to the possibility of a solvent liquidation of a mutual savings association, this Court observed: “It stretches the imagination very far to attribute any real value to such a remote contingency, and when coupled with the fact that it represents nothing which the depositor can readily transfer, any theoretical value reduces almost to the vanishing point.” Society for Savings v. Bowers, 349 U.S. 143, 150 (1955).


LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB

March 11, 2021

Page 10

 

In the present case, we believe that the same analysis as was applied in Paulsen and Society for Savings can be applied to the extremely remote contingency that a depositor will, at some undetermined time in the future, realize value from the sale of the bank’s assets to a credit union. First, some states prohibit a credit union from acquiring a bank’s assets through a purchase and assumption transaction. Second, although others do, as noted above, there have been only a limited number of instances where a credit union has acquired the assets of a bank where an amount representing the then-value of a liquidation account has been (or will be) paid to the bank’s eligible depositors. These instances all involved former mutual banks that were required to establish liquidation accounts in a conversion to a stock bank and who later engaged in a purchase and assumption transaction with a credit union. Less than a handful of instances out of hundreds of converted former mutual banks since 1816 (the date the first mutual bank was chartered in Massachusetts) have engaged in purchase and assumption transactions with credit unions and have been required to distribute to their depositors the remains of any liquidation accounts. Under these circumstances, we agree with the statement by the Supreme Court in Society for Savings that “any theoretical value reduces almost to the vanishing point.”

In addition, we are relying on a letter from Faust Financial to you stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account does not have any economic value at the time of the Conversion. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account have no value.

If the IRS were to subsequently find that the Bank Liquidation Account had economic value as of the time of the Conversion, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder may need to recognize income in the amount of the fair market value of their interest in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Conversion. However, we are not aware of any situation where rights in a bank liquidation account have been found to have an economic value at the time of a mutual-to-stock conversion or a second-step conversion.


LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB

March 11, 2021

Page 11

 

CONSENT

We hereby consent to the filing of the opinion as an exhibit to the Mutual Holding Company’s Application for Conversion and the Holding Company Application on Form H-(e)(1), each as filed with the Federal Reserve, and to the Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in the Application for Conversion and Form S-1 under the captions “The Conversion and Offering-Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters.”

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Luse Gorman, PC
Luse Gorman, PC

Exhibit 8.2

 

LOGO

 

10000 Innovation Drive

Suite 250

Milwaukee, WI 53226

   

414 431 9300

wipfli.com

March 11, 2021

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7002 Edgerton Ave.

Greenfield, Wisconsin 53220

RE: Wisconsin Franchise and Income Tax Opinion Relating to the conversion of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”), into the capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”), pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, (the “Plan”), and the integrated transactions

Dear Directors,

In accordance with your request, set forth below is the opinion of this firm relating to the material Wisconsin franchise and income tax consequences of the proposed conversion of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”), into the capital stock form of organization.

For purposes of this opinion we have reviewed the applicable Wisconsin authority. We have also examined copies or drafts of such transaction-related documents as we deem appropriate, and assumed that they are correct, accurate and complete in all material respects, and that they will not be substantially modified prior to the consummation of the Reorganization. In issuing our opinion, we have relied on the written opinion regarding the federal tax treatment of the transaction prepared by Luse Gorman, PC. Our opinion assumes that the transaction constitutes two reorganizations within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 368(a)(1). The first is the merger of the mutual holding company with and into the mid-tier holding company under IRC Section 368(a)(1)(A). The second is the merger of the mid-tier holding company with the new first tier stock holding company under IRC Section 368(a)(1)(F).

Facts

The mutual holding company reorganization is a series of transactions by which you will reorganize your corporate structure from your current status as a mutual holding company form of ownership to a stock holding company. The reorganization will be conducted pursuant to a plan of conversion and reorganization, (the “Plan”). Following the reorganization, PyraMax Bank, FSB will be a federal stock savings bank subsidiary of the new holding company, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (Holding Company). After the reorganization, your depositors and certain borrowers will retain liquidation rights to a liquidation account at the holding company.

In connection with the reorganization, you are offering to sell shares of common stock of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. The stockholders of the new Holding Company will be the former Minority Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, plus those persons who purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the offering.


Discussion of Relevant Wisconsin Income Tax Issues

Wis. Stat. Section 71.26(2)(a) defines “net income” of a corporation as gross income computed under the “Internal Revenue Code” as modified by 71.26(3). Net income is further modified for addbacks of credits and related subtraction items which, based on the facts provided, are not relevant to our analysis.

For tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, pursuant to Wis. Stat. Section 71.22(4)(l)(1), “Internal Revenue Code” is defined as the federal Internal Revenue Code as amended to December 31, 2017 with exceptions specifically enumerated in the statute. Changes to the federal internal revenue code after December 31, 2017 do not apply unless specifically adopted within Wis. Stat. Section 71.22(4)(l)3, such as certain provisions of the CARES Act and the Consolidated Appropriations Act (CAA) of 2021.

Opinion

Wisconsin does not modify or exclude the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 368(a)(1)(A) or (F). Therefore, provided the transactions constitute tax-free reorganizations within the meaning of Code Section 368(a)(1)(A) and (F), Wisconsin will conform to the federal income tax treatment of the transactions (as tax-free reorganizations).

Scope of Opinion

The scope of this opinion is expressly limited to the Wisconsin franchise and income tax consequences of the proposed transaction in connection with the representations and assumptions stated above.

Our opinion, as stated above, is based upon the analysis of the Wisconsin income tax statutes and administrative code, current administrative rulings, notices and procedures, and court decisions. Such laws, regulations, administrative rulings, notices and procedures and court decisions are subject to change at any time and such change may be retroactively effective. If so, our views as set forth may be affected and may not be relied upon. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof. Further, any variation or differences in facts or representations recited herein, for any reason, could affect our conclusions, possibly in an adverse manner, and make them inapplicable.

This letter represents our views as to interpretation of existing law and, accordingly, no assurance can be given that the Wisconsin Department of Revenue upon audit will agree with the above analysis.

Sincerely,

 

LOGO

Wipfli, LLP

Exhibit 10.1

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of January 8, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), by and between PyraMax Bank, FSB, a federally chartered savings bank (the “Bank”) and Richard Hurd (the “Executive”). The Bank and Executive are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “parties.” Any reference to the “Company” shall mean 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., the federal mid-tier holding company of the Bank. The Company is a signatory to this Agreement for the purpose of guaranteeing the Bank’s performance hereunder.

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank;

WHEREAS, the Bank has adopted a Plan of Reorganization pursuant to which the Bank will convert to a stock bank and become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, which will be a mid-tier holding company, the majority owner of which will be 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the “MHC”);

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to assure itself of the continued availability of the Executive’s services as provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to serve the Bank on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

During the term of this Agreement Executive shall serve as a member of the board of directors of the Bank (the “Board”) and President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank. Executive shall be responsible for the overall management of the Bank, and shall be responsible for establishing the business objectives, policies and strategic plan of the Bank, in conjunction with the Board. Executive also shall be responsible for providing leadership and direction to all departments or divisions of the Bank, and shall be the primary contact between the Board and the staff. As Chief Executive Officer, Executive shall directly report to the Board. Executive also shall be nominated as a member of the Board, subject to election by members or shareholders of the Bank, as the case may be. Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer and director of any affiliate of the Bank.

 

2.

TERM AND DUTIES.

(a)       Three-Year Contract; Annual Renewal. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of three (3) years.    Commencing on the first anniversary date of this Agreement (the “Anniversary Date”) and


continuing on each Anniversary Date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term of this Agreement is always three (3) years; provided, however, that in order for this Agreement to renew, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) must take the following actions within the time frames set forth below prior to each Anniversary Date: (i) at least thirty (30) days prior to the Anniversary Date, conduct or review a comprehensive performance evaluation of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement; and (ii) affirmatively approve the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, which decision shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. If the decision of such disinterested members of the Board is not to renew this Agreement, then the Board shall provide Executive with a written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”) prior to any Anniversary Date, such that this Agreement shall terminate at the end of twenty-four (24) months following such Anniversary Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company or the Bank has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction which would be considered a Change in Control as defined below, then the term of this Agreement shall be extended and shall terminate thirty-six (36) months following the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

(b)       Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, either Executive or the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment with the Bank at any time during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(c)       Continued Employment Following Expiration of Term. Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement, upon such terms and conditions as the Bank and Executive may mutually agree.

(d)       Duties; Membership on Other Boards. During the term of this Agreement, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board, Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder, including activities and services related to the organization, operation and management of the Bank; provided, however, that, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, business companies or business or civic organizations, which, in the Board’s judgment, will not present any conflict of interest with the Bank, or materially affect the performance of Executive’s duties pursuant to this Agreement. Executive shall provide the Board of Directors annually for its approval a list of organizations for which the Executive acts as a director or officer.

 

3.

COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

(a)       Base Salary. In consideration of Executive’s performance of the duties set forth in Section 2, the Bank shall provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement. The Bank shall pay Executive a salary of $281,579.74 per year (“Base Salary”). The Base Salary shall be payable biweekly, or with such other frequency as officers of the Bank are generally paid. During the term of this Agreement, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the Board or by a committee designated by the Board, and the Bank may increase,

 

2


but not decrease (except for a decrease that is generally applicable to all senior management employees) Executive’s Base Salary. Any increase in Base Salary shall become “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b)       Bonus Compensation. Executive will be eligible for an annual performance-based bonus based on the criteria determined by the Board. Additionally, Executive will be eligible for a discretionary bonus in the sole discretion of the Board. Executive shall be entitled to equitable participation in incentive compensation and bonuses in any plan or arrangement of the Bank or the Company in which Executive is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

(c)       Employee Benefits. The Bank shall provide Executive with employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in which Executive was participating or from which he was deriving benefit immediately prior to the commencement of the term of this Agreement, and the Bank shall not, without Executive’s prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites that would adversely affect Executive’s rights or benefits thereunder, except as to any changes that are applicable to all participating employees. The Bank shall also pay the cost of Executive’s membership to a country club of Executive’s choice, provided that the country club is in the State of Wisconsin. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive will be entitled to participate in and receive benefits under any employee benefit plans including, but not limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident insurance plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank and/or the Company in the future to its senior executives, including any stock benefit plans, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

(d)       Paid Time Off. Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement (measured on a fiscal or calendar year basis, in accordance with the Bank’s usual practices), as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for senior executives. Any unused paid time off during an annual period shall be treated in accordance with the Bank’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.

(e)       Expense Reimbursements. The Bank shall also pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such clubs and organizations as Executive and the Board shall mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon presentation to the Bank of an itemized account of such expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably require, provided that such payment or reimbursement shall be made as soon as practicable but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such right to such payment or reimbursement occurred.

 

3


4.

PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

(a)       Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 4 shall apply; provided, however, that in the event such Event of Termination occurs within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5 hereof), Section 5 shall apply instead. As used in this Agreement, an “Event of Termination’’ shall mean and include any one or more of the following:

(i)       the involuntary termination of Executive’s employment hereunder by the Bank for any reason other than termination governed by Section 5 (in connection with or following a Change in Control), Section 6 (due to Disability or death), Section 7 (due to Retirement), or Section 8 (for Cause), provided that such termination constitutes a “Separation from Service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”); or

(ii)       Executive’s resignation from the Bank’s employ upon any of the following, unless consented to by Executive:

(A)       failure to appoint Executive to the position set forth in Section 1, or a material change in Executive’s function, duties, or responsibilities, which change would cause Executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope from the position and responsibilities described in Section 1, to which Executive has not agreed in writing (and any such material change shall be deemed a continuing breach of this Agreement by the Bank);

(B)       a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a location that is more than 35 miles from the location of the Bank’s principal executive offices as of the date of this Agreement;

(C)       a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites, including Base Salary, to Executive from those being provided as of the Effective Date (except for any reduction that is part of a reduction in pay or benefits that is generally applicable to officers or employees of the Bank);

(D)       a liquidation or dissolution of the Bank; or

(E)       a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

Upon the occurrence of any event described in clause (ii) above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement by resignation for “Good Reason” upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice given within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed ninety (90) days) after the event giving rise to the right to elect, which termination by Executive shall be an Event of Termination. The Bank shall have thirty (30) days to cure the condition giving rise to the Event of Termination, provided that the Bank may elect to waive said thirty (30) day period. For the avoidance of doubt, the non-renewal of this Agreement under

 

4


Section 2(a) hereof, without the occurrence of an Event of Termination under this Section 4(a)(ii) prior to the end of the term of this Agreement, shall not be considered an event that would permit the Executive to resign for Good Reason and receive a severance payment.

(b)       Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, the Base Salary and bonuses that Executive would be entitled to for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement. For purposes of determining the bonus(es) payable hereunder, the bonus(es) will be deemed to be equal to the average annual bonus paid over the prior three years, and (ii) otherwise paid at such time as such bonus would have been paid absent an Event of Termination (i.e., if only two bonuses would otherwise be paid during the remaining term, then two bonuses will be included in the calculation). Such payments shall be paid in a lump sum on or before the 30th day following the Executive’s Separation from Service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), unless the payment is due in connection with a termination program involving more than one employee, in which case the payment shall be due within no more than 60th day following Executive’s Separation from Service, and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4 unless and until (i) Executive executes a release of his claims against the Bank, the Company and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement (the “Release”), and (ii) the payments and benefits shall begin on the 30th day following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service, provided that before that date, the Executive has signed (and not revoked) the Release and the Release is irrevocable under the time period set forth under applicable law.

(c)       Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall provide, at the Bank’s expense, for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement, nontaxable medical and dental coverage and life insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his dependents prior to the Event of Termination, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees and then such coverage provided to Executive and his dependents shall be commensurate with such changed coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if applicable law prohibits (including, but not limited to, laws prohibiting discriminating in favor of highly compensated employees), or, if participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of the applicable health or life insurance plans, or if providing such benefits would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay the Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value (or the remaining value) of such non-taxable medical and dental benefits, with such payment to be made by lump sum within ten (10) business days of the Date of Termination, or if later, the date on which the Bank determines that such insurance coverage (or the remainder of such insurance coverage) cannot be provided for the foregoing reasons. If providing a lump sum cash payment would result in a violation of Code Section

 

5


409A, then the cash payment(s) shall be made to Executive at such time as the premiums would otherwise have been paid.

(d)       For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by the Executive after the date of the Event of Termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed will not exceed 49% of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the Event of Termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii). If Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Code Section 409A and any payment to be made under sub-paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 4 shall be determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, then if required by Code Section 409A, such payment or a portion of such payment (to the minimum extent possible) shall be delayed and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

5.

CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a)       Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Section 5 are in lieu of any payments that may otherwise be owed to Executive pursuant to this Agreement under Section 4, such that Executive shall either receive payments pursuant to Section 4 or pursuant to Section 5, but not pursuant to both Sections.    

(b)       For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean:

 

  (1)

Merger: The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another Bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

  (2)

Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership: A person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (2) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

  (3)

Change in Board Composition: During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (c), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-

 

6


 

thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

  (4)

Sale of Assets: The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with the Bank’s mutual holding company reorganization and/or minority offering. Similarly, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in the event of a second-step conversion of the MHC to a stock holding company with a contemporaneous stock offering.

(c)       Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within twenty-four (24) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), Executive shall receive as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a lump sum cash payment equal to three (3) times the sum of (i) Executive’s highest annual rate of Base Salary paid to Executive at any time under this Agreement, plus (ii) the highest bonus paid to Executive with respect to the three completed fiscal years prior to the Change in Control. Such payment shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days of the Executive’s Separation from Service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination.

(d)       Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within twenty-four (24) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), the Bank (or its successor) shall provide at the Bank’s (or its successor’s) expense, nontaxable medical and dental coverage and life insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his dependents prior to his termination, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees and then the coverage provided to Executive and his dependents shall be commensurate with such changed coverage. Such coverage shall cease thirty-six (36) months following the termination of Executive’s employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if applicable law prohibits (including, but not limited to, laws prohibiting discriminating in favor of highly compensated employees), or, if participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of the applicable health or life insurance plans, or if providing such benefits would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay the Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value (or the remaining value) of such non-taxable medical and dental benefits or life insurance coverage, with such payment to be made by lump sum within ten (10) business days of the Date of Termination, or if later, the date on which the Bank determines that such insurance coverage (or the remainder of such insurance coverage) cannot be provided for the foregoing reasons. If providing a lump sum cash payment would result in a violation of Code Section 409A, then the cash payment(s) shall be made to Executive at such time as the premiums would otherwise have been paid.

 

7


6.

TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY OR DEATH.

(a)       Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Disability” shall be construed to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, and as a result, Executive is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank or the Company; or (ii) Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. The provisions of Sections 6(b) shall apply upon the termination of the Executive’s employment based on Disability. Upon the determination that Executive has suffered a Disability, disability payments hereunder shall commence within thirty (30) days.

(b)       The Bank shall cause to be continued life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and Executive’s dependents prior to the termination of his employment based on Disability (in accordance with its customary co-pay percentages), except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees or not available on an individual basis to an employee terminated based on Disability. This coverage shall cease upon the earlier of (i) the date Executive returns to the full-time employment of the Bank; (ii) Executive’s full-time employment by another employer; or (iii) twelve (12) months from the date of termination of Executive’s employment based on Disability. Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent Executive from continuing such coverage for the remainder of any applicable COBRA period at his own expense. If participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of an applicable plan (i.e., such as a group life insurance plan), the Bank shall provide Executive with reimbursement (payable on a monthly basis) of premiums paid by the Executive to obtain similar benefits for the period specified above; provided, however, that the reimbursement shall not exceed the cost of the monthly premiums for active employees.

(c)       In the event of Executive’s death during the term of this Agreement, his estate, legal representatives or named beneficiaries (as directed by Executive in writing) shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Bank for a period of six (6) months from the date of Executive’s death. Such payments are in addition to any life insurance benefits that Executive’s beneficiaries may be entitled to receive under any employee benefit plan maintained by the Bank for the benefit of Executive, including, but not limited to, the Bank’s tax-qualified retirement plans. In addition, the Bank shall continue to provide for twelve (12) months after Executive’s death non-taxable medical, dental and other insurance benefits substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive’s dependents prior to his death (in accordance with the customary co-pay percentages). Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent Executive’s eligible dependents from continuing such coverage for the remainder of any applicable COBRA period at their own expense.

 

8


7.

TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT.

Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination of Executive’s employment at any time (other than a termination pursuant to Section 5) after Executive reaches age 65 or in accordance with any retirement policy established by the Board with Executive’s consent as it applies to him. Upon termination of Executive based on Retirement, no amounts or benefits shall be due Executive under this Agreement, and Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party, subject to the terms of such plans.

 

8.

TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

(a)       The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination other than termination for “Cause,” as defined herein, shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for “Cause.” The term “Cause” as used herein, shall exist when there has been a good faith determination by the Board that there shall have occurred one or more of the following events with respect to the Executive:

 

  (1)

personal dishonesty in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

  (2)

incompetence in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

  (3)

willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

 

  (4)

breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

 

  (5)

material breach of the Bank’s Code of Ethics;

 

  (6)

intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

 

  (7)

willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or

 

  (8)

material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not be deemed to exist unless there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive was

 

9


guilty of conduct described above and specifying the particulars thereof. Prior to holding a meeting at which the Board is to make a final determination whether Cause exists, if the Board determines in good faith at a meeting of the Board, by not less than a majority of its entire membership, that there is probable cause for it to find that the Executive was guilty of conduct constituting Cause as described above, the Board may suspend the Executive from his duties hereunder for a reasonable period of time not to exceed fourteen (14) days pending a further meeting at which the Executive shall be given the opportunity to be heard before the Board. Upon a finding of Cause, the Board shall deliver to the Executive a Notice of Termination, as more fully described in Section 10 below.

(b)       For purposes of this Section 8, no act or failure to act, on the part of Executive, shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act, or failure to act, based upon the direction of the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Bank shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank.

 

9.

RESIGNATION FROM BOARDS OF DIRECTORS

In the event of Executive’s termination of employment due to an Event of Termination or for Cause, Executive’s service as a director of the Bank, the Company, and any affiliate of the Bank or the Company shall immediately terminate. This Section 9 shall constitute a resignation notice for such purposes.

 

10.

NOTICE.

(a)       Any purported termination by the Bank for Cause shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to Executive. If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination for Cause is given, Executive notifies the Bank that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the parties shall promptly proceed to arbitration, as provided in Section 20. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall discontinue paying Executive’s compensation until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement. If it is determined that Executive is entitled to compensation and benefits under Section 4 or 5, the payment of such compensation and benefits by the Bank shall commence immediately following the date of resolution by arbitration, with interest due Executive on the cash amount that would have been paid pending arbitration (at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time).

(b)       Any other purported termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by a “Notice of Termination” (as defined in Section 10(c)) to the other party. If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the parties shall promptly proceed to arbitration as provided in Section 20. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall continue to pay Executive his Base Salary, and other compensation and benefits in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (except as to termination of Executive for Cause); provided, however, that such payments and benefits shall not continue beyond the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement. In the event

 

10


the voluntary termination by Executive of his employment is disputed by the Bank, and if it is determined in arbitration that Executive is not entitled to termination benefits pursuant to this Agreement, he shall return all cash payments made to him pending resolution by arbitration, with interest thereon at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time, if it is determined in arbitration that Executive’s voluntary termination of employment was not taken in good faith and not in the reasonable belief that grounds existed for his voluntary termination. If it is determined that Executive is entitled to receive severance benefits under this Agreement, then any continuation of Base Salary and other compensation and benefits made to Executive under this Section 10 shall offset the amount of any severance benefits that are due to Executive under this Agreement.

(c)       For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice that shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

 

11.

POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.

(a)       One-Year Non-Solicitation. Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following his termination of employment with the Bank, he shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or the Company, or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his or her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank or the Company, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates or has headquarters or offices within 35 miles of the locations in which the Bank or the Company has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office;

(b)       One-Year Non-Competition. Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following his termination of employment with the Bank, he shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, sole proprietor, joint venturer, greater than 5% equity owner or stockholder, partner or trustee of any savings association, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other financial services entity or business that competes with the business of the Bank or its affiliates or has headquarters or offices within 35 miles of Greenfield, Wisconsin Notwithstanding the foregoing, this non-competition restriction shall not apply if Executive’s employment is terminated following a Change in Control (as defined in this Agreement).

(c)       As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information belonging to the Bank which is of value to the Bank in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Bank. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how;

 

11


designs, processes or formulae; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of the Bank. Confidential Information includes information developed by the Executive in the course of the Executive’s employment by the Bank, as well as other information to which the Executive may have access in connection with the Executive’s employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which the Bank has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Executive and the Bank with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Executive’s employment with the Bank and after its termination, the Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Bank, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Executive’s duties to the Bank.

(d)       Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may reasonably be required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between the Executive and the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(e)       All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 11. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 11, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank or the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

12.

SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company may accede to this Agreement but only for the purposed of guaranteeing payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive.

 

13.

EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or

 

12


compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

 

14.

NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

(a)       Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b)       This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

15.

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

(a)       This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b)       No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

16.

REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

(a)       The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause.

(b)       If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) [12 USC §1818(e)(3)] or 8(g)(1) [12 USC §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Bank’s obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

(c)       If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) [12 USC §1818(e)(4)] or 8(g)(1) [12 USC §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

 

13


(d)       If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) [12 USC §1813(x)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(e)       All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by either the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (collectively, the “Regulator”) or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) [12 USC §1823(c)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (ii) by the Regulator or his or her designee at the time the Regulator or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Regulator to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(f)       Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank or the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

17.

SEVERABILITY.

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

18.

HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

19.

GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin except to the extent superseded by federal law.

 

20.

ARBITRATION.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Bank’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (“National Rules”) then in effect. One arbitrator shall be selected by

 

14


Executive, one arbitrator shall be selected by the Bank and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the arbitrators selected by the parties. If the arbitrators are unable to agree within fifteen (15) days upon a third arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be appointed for them from a panel of arbitrators selected in accordance with the National Rules. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

21.

INDEMNIFICATION.

(a)       Executive shall be provided with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, and shall be indemnified for the term of this Agreement and for a period of six years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank or any affiliate (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board), provided, however, Executive shall not be indemnified or reimbursed for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive. Any such indemnification shall be made consistent with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1828(k), and the regulations issued thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

(b)       Any indemnification by the Bank shall be subject to compliance with any applicable regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

22.

NOTICE.

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Bank:

  

Chairman of the Board

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7001 W. Edgerton Ave.

Greenfield, WI 53220

To Executive:

  

Richard Hurd

At the address last appearing on

the personnel records of the Bank

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives, and Executive has signed this Agreement, on the date first above written.

 

PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

By:

 

  /s/ Darrell Francis

Chairman of the Board

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

By:

 

  /s/ Darrell Francis

Chairman of the Board

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Richard Hurd

Richard Hurd

 

16

Exhibit 10.2

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of January 19, 2021 and effective as of February 22, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), by and between PyraMax Bank, FSB, a federally chartered savings bank (the “Bank”) and David Ball (the “Executive”). The Bank and Executive are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “parties.” Any reference to the “Company” shall mean 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., the federal mid-tier holding company of the Bank. The Company is a signatory to this Agreement for the purpose of guaranteeing the Bank’s performance hereunder.

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to employ the Executive as its President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank;

WHEREAS, the Executive has agreed to be employed by the Bank as the President and Chief Operating Officer on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

During the term of this Agreement Executive shall serve as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank. Executive shall oversee the daily operations of the Company and the Bank, design and implement business strategies, plans and procedures and set comprehensive goals for performance and growth. Executive also shall be responsible for providing leadership and direction to all departments or divisions of the Bank. As Chief Operating Officer, Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer. Executive agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer of the Company or any affiliate of the Bank and also agrees to serve, if nominated and elected, as a director of the Bank, the Company and any affiliate of the Bank.

 

2.

TERM AND DUTIES.

(a)       Three-Year Contract; Annual Renewal. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of three (3) years. Commencing on the first anniversary date of this Agreement (the “Anniversary Date”) and continuing on each Anniversary Date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term of this Agreement is always three (3) years; provided, however, that in order for this Agreement to renew, the disinterested members (other than Executive and his affiliates) of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) shall use best efforts to take the following actions within the time frames set forth below prior to each Anniversary Date: (i) at least thirty (30) days prior to the Anniversary Date, conduct or review a comprehensive performance evaluation of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement; and (ii) affirmatively approve the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, which decision shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. If the decision of such disinterested members of the Board is not to renew this Agreement, then the


Board shall use best efforts to provide Executive with a written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”) prior to any Anniversary Date, such that this Agreement shall terminate at the end of twenty-four (24) months following such Anniversary Date. If the Board fails to conduct the comprehensive performance evaluation or performs such comprehensive evaluation and inadvertently fails to provide such notice of nonrenewal, this Agreement shall not renew. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company or the Bank has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction which would be considered a Change in Control as defined below, then the term of this Agreement shall be extended and shall terminate thirty-six (36) months following the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

(b)       Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, either Executive or the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment with the Bank at any time during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(c)       Continued Employment Following Expiration of Term. Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement, upon such terms and conditions as the Bank and Executive may mutually agree.

(d)       Duties; Membership on Other Boards. During the term of this Agreement, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board, Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder, including activities and services related to the organization, operation and management of the Bank; provided, however, that, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, business companies or business or civic organizations, which, in the Board’s judgment, will not present any conflict of interest with the Bank, or materially affect the performance of Executive’s duties pursuant to this Agreement. Executive shall provide the Board of Directors annually for its approval a list of organizations for which the Executive acts as a director or officer.

 

3.

COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

(a)       Base Salary. In consideration of Executive’s performance of the duties set forth in Section 2, the Bank shall provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement. The Bank shall pay Executive a salary of $290,000.00 per year (“Base Salary”). The Base Salary shall be payable biweekly, or with such other frequency as officers of the Bank are generally paid. During the term of this Agreement, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the Board or by a committee designated by the Board, and the Bank may increase, but not decrease (except for a decrease that is generally applicable to all senior management employees) Executive’s Base Salary. Any increase in Base Salary shall become “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b)       Bonus Compensation. Executive will be eligible for an annual performance-based bonus with a bonus potential equal to 30% of Executive’s Base Salary based on the criteria determined by the Board. Additionally, Executive will be eligible for a discretionary bonus in

 

2


the sole discretion of the Board. Executive shall be entitled to equitable participation in incentive compensation and bonuses in any plan or arrangement of the Bank or the Company in which Executive is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

(c)       Employee Benefits. The Bank shall provide Executive with employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in which other senior executives participate, and the Bank shall not, without Executive’s prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites that would adversely affect Executive’s rights or benefits thereunder, except as to any changes that are applicable to all participating employees. The Bank shall also pay the cost of Executive’s initiation fees and annual membership to Westmoor Country Club located in the State of Wisconsin. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive will be entitled to participate in and receive benefits under any employee benefit plans including, but not limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident insurance plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank and/or the Company now or in the future to its senior executives, including any stock benefit plans, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

(d)       Paid Time Off. Executive shall be entitled to 300 hours of paid time off (“PTO”)each year during the term of this Agreement (measured on a fiscal or calendar year basis, in accordance with the Bank’s usual practices). PTO consists of vacation leave, sick leave, personal time off and other paid absences in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for senior executives. Holiday time off is in addition to PTO hours. Any unused PTO during an annual period shall not be carried forward to the next annual period nor paid in a cash settlement at the end of the year.

(e)       Expense Reimbursements. The Bank shall also pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such clubs and organizations as Executive and the Board shall mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon presentation to the Bank of an itemized account of such expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably require, provided that such payment or reimbursement shall be made as soon as practicable but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such right to such payment or reimbursement occurred.

 

4.

PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

(a)       Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 4 shall apply; provided, however, that in the event such Event of Termination occurs within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5 hereof), Section 5 shall apply instead. As used in this Agreement, an “Event of Termination’’ shall mean and include any one or more of the following:

 

3


(i)       the involuntary termination of Executive’s employment hereunder by the Bank for any reason other than termination governed by Section 5 (in connection with or following a Change in Control), Section 6 (due to Disability or death), Section 7 (due to Retirement), or Section 8 (for Cause), provided that such termination constitutes a “Separation from Service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”); or

(ii)       Executive’s resignation from the Bank’s employ upon any of the following, unless consented to by Executive:

(A)       failure to appoint Executive to the position set forth in Section 1, or a material change in Executive’s function, duties, or responsibilities, which change would cause Executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope from the position and responsibilities described in Section 1, to which Executive has not agreed in writing (and any such material change shall be deemed a continuing breach of this Agreement by the Bank);

(B)       a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a location that is more than 35 miles from the location of the Bank’s principal executive offices as of the date of this Agreement;

(C)       a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites, including Base Salary, to Executive from those being provided as of the Effective Date (except for any reduction that is part of a reduction in pay or benefits that is generally applicable to officers or employees of the Bank);

(D)       a liquidation or dissolution of the Bank; or

(E)       a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

Upon the occurrence of any event described in clause (ii) above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement by resignation for “Good Reason” upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice given within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed ninety (90) days) after the event giving rise to the right to elect, which termination by Executive shall be an Event of Termination. The Bank shall have thirty (30) days to cure the condition giving rise to the Event of Termination, provided that the Bank may elect to waive said thirty (30) day period. For the avoidance of doubt, the non-renewal of this Agreement under Section 2(a) hereof, without the occurrence of an Event of Termination under this Section 4(a)(ii) prior to the end of the term of this Agreement, shall not be considered an event that would permit the Executive to resign for Good Reason and receive a severance payment.

(b)       Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, the Base Salary and bonuses that Executive would be entitled to for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement. For purposes of determining the bonus(es) payable hereunder, the bonus(es) will be deemed to be equal to the

 

4


average annual bonus paid over the prior three years, and (ii) otherwise paid at such time as such bonus would have been paid absent an Event of Termination (i.e., if only two bonuses would otherwise be paid during the remaining term, then two bonuses will be included in the calculation). Such payments shall be paid in a lump sum on or before the 30th day following the Executive’s Separation from Service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), unless the payment is due in connection with a termination program involving more than one employee, in which case the payment shall be due within no more than 60th day following Executive’s Separation from Service, and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4 unless and until (i) Executive executes a release of his claims against the Bank, the Company and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement (the “Release”), and (ii) the payments and benefits shall begin on the 30th day following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service, provided that before that date, the Executive has signed (and not revoked) the Release and the Release is irrevocable under the time period set forth under applicable law.

(c)       Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall provide, at the Bank’s expense, for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement, nontaxable medical and dental coverage and life insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his dependents prior to the Event of Termination, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees and then such coverage provided to Executive and his dependents shall be commensurate with such changed coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if applicable law prohibits (including, but not limited to, laws prohibiting discriminating in favor of highly compensated employees), or, if participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of the applicable health or life insurance plans, or if providing such benefits would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay the Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value (or the remaining value) of the Bank’s premium payments for providing such non-taxable medical and dental benefits, with such payment to be made by lump sum within ten (10) business days of the Date of Termination, or if later, the date on which the Bank determines that such insurance coverage (or the remainder of such insurance coverage) cannot be provided for the foregoing reasons. If providing a lump sum cash payment would result in a violation of Code Section 409A, then the cash payment(s) shall be made to Executive at such time as the premiums would otherwise have been paid.

(d)       For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by the Executive after the date of the Event of Termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed will not exceed 49% of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the Event of Termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be

 

5


interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii). If Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Code Section 409A and any payment to be made under sub-paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 4 shall be determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, then if required by Code Section 409A, such payment or a portion of such payment (to the minimum extent possible) shall be delayed and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

5.

CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a)       Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Section 5 are in lieu of any payments that may otherwise be owed to Executive pursuant to this Agreement under Section 4, such that Executive shall either receive payments pursuant to Section 4 or pursuant to Section 5, but not pursuant to both Sections.

(b)       For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean:

 

  (1)

Merger: The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another Bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

  (2)

Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership: A person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (2) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

  (3)

Change in Board Composition: During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (c), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

  (4)

Sale of Assets: The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

 

6


Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in the event of a second-step conversion of the MHC to a stock holding company with a contemporaneous stock offering.

(c)      Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within twenty-four (24) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), Executive shall receive as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a lump sum cash payment equal to three (3) times the sum of (i) Executive’s highest annual rate of Base Salary paid to Executive at any time under this Agreement, plus (ii) the highest bonus paid to Executive with respect to the three completed fiscal years prior to the Change in Control. Such payment shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days of the Executive’s Separation from Service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination.

(d)      Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within twenty-four (24) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), the Bank (or its successor) shall provide at the Bank’s (or its successor’s) expense, nontaxable medical and dental coverage and life insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his dependents prior to his termination, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees and then the coverage provided to Executive and his dependents shall be commensurate with such changed coverage. Such coverage shall cease thirty-six (36) months following the termination of Executive’s employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if applicable law prohibits (including, but not limited to, laws prohibiting discriminating in favor of highly compensated employees), or, if participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of the applicable health or life insurance plans, or if providing such benefits would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay the Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value (or the remaining value) of the Bank’s premium payments for providing such non-taxable medical and dental benefits or life insurance coverage, with such payment to be made by lump sum within ten (10) business days of the Date of Termination, or if later, the date on which the Bank determines that such insurance coverage (or the remainder of such insurance coverage) cannot be provided for the foregoing reasons. If providing a lump sum cash payment would result in a violation of Code Section 409A, then the cash payment(s) shall be made to Executive at such time as the premiums would otherwise have been paid.

 

6.

TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY OR DEATH.

(a)      Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Disability” shall be construed to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, and as a result, Executive is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank or the Company; or (ii) Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. The provisions of Sections 6(b) shall apply upon the termination of the Executive’s employment based on Disability. Upon the

 

7


determination that Executive has suffered a Disability, disability payments hereunder shall commence within thirty (30) days.

(b)       The Bank shall cause to be continued life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and Executive’s dependents prior to the termination of his employment based on Disability (in accordance with its customary co-pay percentages), except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees or not available on an individual basis to an employee terminated based on Disability. This coverage shall cease upon the earlier of (i) the date Executive returns to the full-time employment of the Bank; (ii) Executive’s full-time employment by another employer; or (iii) twelve (12) months from the date of termination of Executive’s employment based on Disability. Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent Executive from continuing such coverage for the remainder of any applicable COBRA period at his own expense. If participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of an applicable plan (i.e., such as a group life insurance plan), the Bank shall provide Executive with reimbursement (payable on a monthly basis) of premiums paid by the Executive to obtain similar benefits for the period specified above; provided, however, that the reimbursement shall not exceed the cost of the monthly premiums for active employees.

(c)       In the event of Executive’s death during the term of this Agreement, his estate, legal representatives or named beneficiaries (as directed by Executive in writing) shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Bank for a period of six (6) months from the date of Executive’s death. Such payments are in addition to any life insurance benefits that Executive’s beneficiaries may be entitled to receive under any employee benefit plan maintained by the Bank for the benefit of Executive, including, but not limited to, the Bank’s tax-qualified retirement plans. In addition, the Bank shall continue to provide for twelve (12) months after Executive’s death non-taxable medical, dental and other insurance benefits substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive’s dependents prior to his death (in accordance with the customary co-pay percentages). Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent Executive’s eligible dependents from continuing such coverage for the remainder of any applicable COBRA period at their own expense.

 

7.

TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT.

Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination of Executive’s employment at any time (other than a termination pursuant to Section 5) after Executive reaches age 65 or in accordance with any retirement policy established by the Board with Executive’s consent as it applies to him. Upon termination of Executive based on Retirement, no amounts or benefits shall be due Executive under this Agreement, and Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party, subject to the terms of such plans.

 

8.

TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

(a)       The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination other than termination for “Cause,” as defined herein, shall not prejudice Executive’s

 

8


right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for “Cause.” The term “Cause” as used herein, shall exist when there has been a good faith determination by the Board that there shall have occurred one or more of the following events with respect to the Executive:

 

  (1)

personal dishonesty in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

  (2)

incompetence in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

  (3)

willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

 

  (4)

breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

 

  (5)

material breach of the Bank’s Code of Ethics;

 

  (6)

intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

 

  (7)

willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or

 

  (8)

material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not be deemed to exist unless there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive was guilty of conduct described above and specifying the particulars thereof. Prior to holding a meeting at which the Board is to make a final determination whether Cause exists, if the Board determines in good faith at a meeting of the Board, by not less than a majority of its entire membership, that there is probable cause for it to find that the Executive was guilty of conduct constituting Cause as described above, the Board may suspend the Executive from his duties hereunder for a reasonable period of time not to exceed fourteen (14) days pending a further meeting at which the Executive shall be given the opportunity to be heard before the Board. Upon a finding of Cause, the Board shall deliver to the Executive a Notice of Termination, as more fully described in Section 10 below.

(b)       For purposes of this Section 8, no act or failure to act, on the part of Executive, shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act, or failure to act, based upon the direction of the Board or based upon the advice

 

9


of counsel for the Bank shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank.

 

9.

RESIGNATION FROM BOARDS OF DIRECTORS

In the event of Executive’s termination of employment due to an Event of Termination or for Cause at a time when Executive is also serving on the Board or the board of directors of the Company or any affiliate, Executive’s service as a director of the Bank, the Company, and any affiliate of the Bank or the Company shall immediately terminate. This Section 9 shall constitute a resignation notice for such purposes.

 

10.

NOTICE.

(a)       Any purported termination by the Bank for Cause shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to Executive. If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination for Cause is given, Executive notifies the Bank that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the parties shall promptly proceed to arbitration, as provided in Section 20. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall discontinue paying Executive’s compensation until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement. If it is determined that Executive is entitled to compensation and benefits under Section 4 or 5, the payment of such compensation and benefits by the Bank shall commence immediately following the date of resolution by arbitration, with interest due Executive on the cash amount that would have been paid pending arbitration (at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time).

(b)       Any other purported termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by a “Notice of Termination” (as defined in Section 10(c)) to the other party. If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the parties shall promptly proceed to arbitration as provided in Section 20. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall continue to pay Executive his Base Salary, and other compensation and benefits in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (except as to termination of Executive for Cause); provided, however, that such payments and benefits shall not continue beyond the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement. In the event the voluntary termination by Executive of his employment is disputed by the Bank, and if it is determined in arbitration that Executive is not entitled to termination benefits pursuant to this Agreement, he shall return all cash payments made to him pending resolution by arbitration, with interest thereon at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time, if it is determined in arbitration that Executive’s voluntary termination of employment was not taken in good faith and not in the reasonable belief that grounds existed for his voluntary termination. If it is determined that Executive is entitled to receive severance benefits under this Agreement, then any continuation of Base Salary and other compensation and benefits made to Executive under this Section 10 shall offset the amount of any severance benefits that are due to Executive under this Agreement.

(c)       For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice that shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and

 

10


shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

 

11.

POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.

(a)       One-Year Non-Solicitation. Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following his termination of employment with the Bank, he shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:

(i)       either directly or indirectly solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or the Company, or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his or her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank or the Company, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates or has headquarters or offices within 35 miles of the locations in which the Bank or the Company has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office; or

(ii)       contact (with a view toward selling any product or service competitive with any product or service sold or proposed to be sold by the Company, the Bank, or any subsidiary of such entities) any person, firm, association or corporation (A) to which the Company, the Bank, or any subsidiary of such entities sold any product or service within thirty-six months of the Executive’s termination of employment, (B) which Executive solicited, contacted or otherwise dealt with on behalf of the Company, the Bank, or any subsidiary of such entities within one year of the Executive’s termination of employment, or (C) which Executive was otherwise aware was a client of the Company, the Bank, or any subsidiary of such entities at the time of termination of employment. Executive will not directly or indirectly make any such contact, either for his own benefit or for the benefit of any other person, firm, association, or corporation.

(b)       One-Year Non-Competition. Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following his termination of employment with the Bank, he shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, sole proprietor, joint venturer, greater than 5% equity owner or stockholder, partner or trustee of any savings association, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other financial services entity or business that competes with the business of the Bank or its affiliates or has headquarters or offices within 35 miles of Greenfield, Wisconsin Notwithstanding the foregoing, this non-competition restriction shall not apply if Executive’s employment is terminated following a Change in Control (as defined in this Agreement).

(c)      As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information belonging to the Bank which is of value to the Bank in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Bank. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and

 

11


forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; designs, processes or formulae; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of the Bank. Confidential Information includes information developed by the Executive in the course of the Executive’s employment by the Bank, as well as other information to which the Executive may have access in connection with the Executive’s employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which the Bank has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Executive and the Bank with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Executive’s employment with the Bank and after its termination, the Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Bank, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Executive’s duties to the Bank.

(d)       Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may reasonably be required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between the Executive and the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(e)       All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 11. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 11, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank or the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

12.

SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company may accede to this Agreement but only for the purposed of guaranteeing payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive.

 

13.

EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank

 

12


and Executive, other than the Employment Offer Letter entered into by and between the Bank and Executive as of January 19, 2021, to the extent not inconsistent herewith. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

 

14.

NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

(a)       Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b)       This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

15.

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

(a)       This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b)       No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

16.

REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

(a)       The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause.

(b)       If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) [12 USC §1818(e)(3)] or 8(g)(1) [12 USC §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Bank’s obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

(c)       If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) [12 USC §1818(e)(4)] or 8(g)(1) [12 USC §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank

 

13


under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(d)       If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) [12 USC §1813(x)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(e)       All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by either the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (collectively, the “Regulator”) or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) [12 USC §1823(c)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (ii) by the Regulator or his or her designee at the time the Regulator or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Regulator to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(f)       Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank or the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

17.

SEVERABILITY.

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

18.

HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

19.

GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin except to the extent superseded by federal law.

 

20.

ARBITRATION.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location

 

14


selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Bank’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (“National Rules”) then in effect. One arbitrator shall be selected by Executive, one arbitrator shall be selected by the Bank and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the arbitrators selected by the parties. If the arbitrators are unable to agree within fifteen (15) days upon a third arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be appointed for them from a panel of arbitrators selected in accordance with the National Rules. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

21.

INDEMNIFICATION.

(a)       Executive shall be provided with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, and shall be indemnified for the term of this Agreement and for a period of six years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank or any affiliate (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board), provided, however, Executive shall not be indemnified or reimbursed for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive. Any such indemnification shall be made consistent with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1828(k), and the regulations issued thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

(b)       Any indemnification by the Bank shall be subject to compliance with any applicable regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

22.

NOTICE.

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

                    

 

To the Bank:

  

Chairman of the Board

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7001 W. Edgerton Ave.

Greenfield, WI 53220

 

To Executive:

  

David Ball

At the address last appearing on

the personnel records of the Bank

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives, and Executive has signed this Agreement, on the date first above written.

 

PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

By:

 

/s/ Darrell Francis

 

Chairman of the Board

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Darrell Francis

 

Chairman of the Board

EXECUTIVE

/s/ David Ball

David Ball

 

16

Exhibit 10.3

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of January 8, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), by and between PyraMax Bank, FSB, a federally chartered savings bank (the “Bank”) and Monica Baker (the “Executive”). The Bank and Executive are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “parties.” Any reference to the “Company” shall mean 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., the federal mid-tier holding company of the Bank. The Company is a signatory to this Agreement for the purpose of guaranteeing the Bank’s performance hereunder.

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed as Senior Vice President and Chief Brand Officer of the Bank;

WHEREAS, the Bank has adopted a Plan of Reorganization pursuant to which the Bank will convert to a stock bank and become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, which will be a mid-tier holding company, the majority owner of which will be 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, a federal mutual holding company;

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to assure itself of the continued availability of the Executive’s services as provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to serve the Bank on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

During the term of this Agreement Executive shall serve as Senior Vice President and Chief Brand Officer, and Executive accepts such employment, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Executive shall have such duties, responsibilities and powers as are set forth by the Board of Directors of the Bank and/or the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank provided that such duties are generally consistent with those as Senior Vice President and Chief Brand Officer.

 

2.

TERM AND DUTIES.

(a)      Eighteen-Month Contract; Annual Renewal. The term (“Term”) of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of eighteen (18) months. On the first anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement (the “Anniversary Date”), the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) will meet to consider the renewal or nonrenewal of this Agreement. In connection with such consideration, the Board shall (i) conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation of Executive (or review such performance evaluation conducted by the Compensation Committee of the Board) for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement; and (ii) approve the


renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement for an additional twelve months (so that the remaining term shall be eighteen months), which decision shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. If the decision of such disinterested members of the Board is not to renew this Agreement, then the Board shall provide Executive with a written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”) that this Agreement shall terminate at the end of the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company or the Bank has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction which would be considered a Change in Control as defined below, then, unless Executive has previously been informed that this Agreement shall not be renewed) the term of this Agreement shall be extended and shall terminate eighteen (18) months following the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

(b)      Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, either Executive or the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment with the Bank at any time during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(c)      Continued Employment Following Expiration of Term. Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement, upon such terms and conditions as the Bank and Executive may mutually agree.

(d)      Duties; Membership on Other Boards. During the term of this Agreement, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board, Executive shall devote substantially all of her business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of her duties hereunder, including activities and services related to her position as Senior Vice President and Chief Brand Officer; provided, however, that, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, business companies or business or civic organizations, which, in the Board’s judgment, will not present any conflict of interest with the Bank, or materially affect the performance of Executive’s duties pursuant to this Agreement. Executive shall provide the Board of Directors annually for its approval a list of organizations for which the Executive acts as a director or officer.

 

3.

COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

(a)      Base Salary. In consideration of Executive’s performance of the duties set forth in Section 2, the Bank shall provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement. The Bank shall pay Executive a salary of $180,250 per year (“Base Salary”). The Base Salary shall be payable biweekly, or with such other frequency as officers of the Bank are generally paid. During the term of this Agreement, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the Board or by a committee designated by the Board, and the Bank may increase, but not decrease (except for a decrease that is generally applicable to all senior management employees) Executive’s Base Salary. Any increase in Base Salary shall become “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b)      Bonus Compensation. Executive will be eligible for an annual performance-based bonus based on the criteria determined by the Board. Additionally, Executive will be

 

2


eligible for a discretionary bonus in the sole discretion of the Board. Executive shall be entitled to equitable participation in incentive compensation and bonuses in any plan or arrangement of the Bank or the Company in which Executive is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

(c)      Employee Benefits. The Bank shall provide Executive with employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in which Executive was participating or from which she was deriving benefit immediately prior to the commencement of the term of this Agreement, and the Bank shall not, without Executive’s prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites that would adversely affect Executive’s rights or benefits thereunder, except as to any changes that are applicable to all participating employees. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive will be entitled to participate in and receive benefits under any employee benefit plans including, but not limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident insurance plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank and/or the Company in the future to its senior executives, including any stock benefit plans, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

(d)      Paid Time Off. Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement (measured on a fiscal or calendar year basis, in accordance with the Bank’s usual practices), as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for senior executives. Any unused paid time off during an annual period shall be treated in accordance with the Bank’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.

(e)      Expense Reimbursements. The Bank shall also pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing her obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such clubs and organizations as Executive and the Board shall mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of her duties under this Agreement, upon presentation to the Bank of an itemized account of such expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably require, provided that such payment or reimbursement shall be made as soon as practicable but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such right to such payment or reimbursement occurred.

 

4.

PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

(a)      Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 4 shall apply; provided, however, that in the event such Event of Termination occurs within eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5 hereof), Section 5 shall apply instead. As used in this Agreement, an “Event of Termination’’ shall mean and include any one or more of the following:

 

3


(i) the involuntary termination of Executive’s employment hereunder by the Bank for any reason other than termination governed by Section 5 (in connection with or following a Change in Control), Section 6 (due to Disability or death), Section 7 (due to Retirement), or Section 8 (for Cause), provided that such termination constitutes a “Separation from Service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”); or

(ii) Executive’s resignation from the Bank’s employ upon any of the following, unless consented to by Executive:

(A)      failure to appoint Executive to the position set forth in Section 1, or a material change in Executive’s function, duties, or responsibilities, which change would cause Executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope from the position and responsibilities described in Section 1, to which Executive has not agreed in writing (and any such material change shall be deemed a continuing breach of this Agreement by the Bank);

(B)      a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a location that is more than 35 miles from the location of the Bank’s principal executive offices as of the date of this Agreement;

(C)      a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites, including Base Salary, to Executive from those being provided as of the Effective Date (except for any reduction that is part of a reduction in pay or benefits that is generally applicable to officers or employees of the Bank);

(D)      a liquidation or dissolution of the Bank; or

(E)      a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

Upon the occurrence of any event described in clause (ii) above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate her employment under this Agreement by resignation for “Good Reason” upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice given within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed ninety (90) days) after the event giving rise to the right to elect, which termination by Executive shall be an Event of Termination. The Bank shall have thirty (30) days to cure the condition giving rise to the Event of Termination, provided that the Bank may elect to waive said thirty (30) day period. For the avoidance of doubt, the non-renewal of this Agreement under Section 2(a) hereof, without the occurrence of an Event of Termination under this Section 4(a)(ii) prior to the end of the term of this Agreement, shall not be considered an event that would permit the Executive to resign for Good Reason and receive a severance payment.

(b)      Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall pay Executive, or, in the event of her subsequent death, her beneficiary or beneficiaries, or her estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, the Base Salary and bonus(es) that Executive would be entitled to for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement. For purposes of determining the bonus(es) payable hereunder, the bonus(es) will be deemed to be equal to the

 

4


average annual bonus paid over the prior two years, and (ii) otherwise paid at such time as such bonus would have been paid absent an Event of Termination (i.e., if only one bonus would otherwise be paid during the remaining term, then one bonus will be included in the calculation). Such payments shall be paid in a lump sum on or before the 30th day following the Executive’s Separation from Service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), unless the payment is due in connection with a termination program involving more than one employee, in which case the payment shall be due within no more than the 60th day following Executive’s Separation from Service, and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4 unless and until (i) Executive executes a release of her claims against the Bank, the Company and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement (the “Release”), and (ii) the payments and benefits shall begin on the 30th day following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service, provided that before that date, the Executive has signed (and not revoked) the Release and the Release is irrevocable under the time period set forth under applicable law.

(c)      Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall provide, at the Bank’s expense, for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement, nontaxable medical and dental coverage and life insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and her dependents prior to the Event of Termination, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees and then such coverage provided to Executive and her dependents shall be commensurate with such changed coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if applicable law prohibits (including, but not limited to, laws prohibiting discriminating in favor of highly compensated employees), or, if participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of the applicable health or life insurance plans, or if providing such benefits would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay the Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value (or the remaining value) of such non-taxable medical and dental benefits, with such payment to be made by lump sum within ten (10) business days of the Date of Termination, or if later, the date on which the Bank determines that such insurance coverage (or the remainder of such insurance coverage) cannot be provided for the foregoing reasons.

(d)      For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by the Executive after the date of the Event of Termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed will not exceed 49% of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the Event of Termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii). If Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Code Section 409A and any payment to be made under sub-

 

5


paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 4 shall be determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, then if required by Code Section 409A, such payment or a portion of such payment (to the minimum extent possible) shall be delayed and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

5.

CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a)      Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Section 5 are in lieu of any payments that may otherwise be owed to Executive pursuant to this Agreement under Section 4, such that Executive shall either receive payments pursuant to Section 4 or pursuant to Section 5, but not pursuant to both Sections.    

(b)      For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean:

 

  (1)

Merger: The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another Bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

  (2)

Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership: A person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (2) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

  (3)

Change in Board Composition: During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (c), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

  (4)

Sale of Assets: The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with the Bank’s mutual holding company reorganization and/or minority offering. Similarly, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in the

 

6


event of a second-step conversion of the MHC to a stock holding company with a contemporaneous stock offering.

(c)      Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within eighteen (18) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), Executive shall receive as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a lump sum cash payment equal to one and one half times the sum of (i) Executive’s highest annual rate of Base Salary paid to Executive at any time under this Agreement, plus (ii) the highest bonus paid to Executive with respect to the three completed fiscal years prior to the Change in Control. Such payment shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days of the Executive’s Separation from Service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination.

(d)      Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within eighteen (18) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), the Bank (or its successor) shall provide at the Bank’s (or its successor’s) expense, nontaxable medical and dental coverage and life insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and her dependents prior to her termination, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees and then the coverage provided to Executive and her dependents shall be commensurate with such changed coverage. Such coverage shall cease eighteen (18) months following the termination of Executive’s employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if applicable law prohibits (including, but not limited to, laws prohibiting discriminating in favor of highly compensated employees), or, if participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of the applicable health or life insurance plans, or if providing such benefits would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay the Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value (or the remaining value) of such non-taxable medical and dental benefits, with such payment to be made by lump sum within ten (10) business days of the Date of Termination, or if later, the date on which the Bank determines that such insurance coverage (or the remainder of such insurance coverage) cannot be provided for the foregoing reasons.

 

6.

TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY OR DEATH.

(a)      Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Disability” shall be construed to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, and as a result, Executive is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank or the Company; or (ii) Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. The provisions of Sections 6(b) shall apply upon the termination of the Executive’s employment based on Disability. Upon the determination that Executive has suffered a Disability, disability payments hereunder shall commence within thirty (30) days.

(b)      To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Bank shall cause to be continued life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable,

 

7


as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and Executive’s dependents prior to the termination of her employment based on Disability (in accordance with its customary co-pay percentages), except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees or not available on an individual basis to an employee terminated based on Disability. This coverage shall cease upon the earlier of (i) the date Executive returns to the full-time employment of the Bank; (ii) Executive’s full-time employment by another employer; or (iii) twelve (12) months after the date of termination of Executive’s employment based on Disability. Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent Executive from continuing such coverage for the remainder of the applicable COBRA period at her own expense. If participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of an applicable plan (i.e., such as the group life insurance plan), the Bank shall provide Executive with reimbursement (payable on a monthly basis) of premiums paid by the Executive to obtain similar benefits for the period specified above; provided, however, that the reimbursement shall not exceed the cost of the monthly premiums for active employees.

(c)      In the event of Executive’s death during the term of this Agreement, her estate, legal representatives or named beneficiaries (as directed by Executive in writing) shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Bank for a period of six (6) months from the date of Executive’s death. Such payments are in addition to any life insurance benefits that Executive’s beneficiaries may be entitled to receive under any employee benefit plan maintained by the Bank for the benefit of Executive, including, but not limited to, the Bank’s tax-qualified retirement plans. In addition, the Bank shall continue to provide for twelve (12) months after Executive’s death non-taxable medical, dental and other insurance benefits substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive’s dependents prior to her death (in accordance with the customary co-pay percentages). Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent Executive’s eligible dependents from continuing such coverage for the remainder of any applicable COBRA period at their own expense.

 

7.

TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT.

Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination of Executive’s employment at any time (other than a termination pursuant to Section 5) after Executive reaches age 65 or in accordance with any retirement policy established by the Board with Executive’s consent as it applies to him. Upon termination of Executive based on Retirement, no amounts or benefits shall be due Executive under this Agreement, and Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party, subject to the terms of such plan.

 

8.

TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

(a)      The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination other than termination for “Cause,” as defined herein, shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for “Cause.” The term “Cause” as used herein, shall exist when there has been a good faith determination by the Board that there shall have occurred one or more of the following events with respect to the Executive:

 

8


  (1)

personal dishonesty in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

  (2)

incompetence in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

  (3)

willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

 

  (4)

breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

 

  (5)

material breach of the Bank’s Code of Ethics;

 

  (6)

intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

 

  (7)

willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or

 

  (8)

material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not be deemed to exist unless there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive was guilty of conduct described above and specifying the particulars thereof. Prior to holding a meeting at which the Board is to make a final determination whether Cause exists, if the Board determines in good faith at a meeting of the Board, by not less than a majority of its entire membership, that there is probable cause for it to find that the Executive was guilty of conduct constituting Cause as described above, the Board may suspend the Executive from her duties hereunder for a reasonable period of time not to exceed fourteen (14) days pending a further meeting at which the Executive shall be given the opportunity to be heard before the Board. Upon a finding of Cause, the Board shall deliver to the Executive a Notice of Termination, as more fully described in Section 9 below.

(b)      For purposes of this Section 8, no act or failure to act, on the part of Executive, shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act, or failure to act, based upon the direction of the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Bank shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank.

 

9


9.

NOTICE.

(a)      Any purported termination by the Bank for Cause shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to Executive. If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination for Cause is given, Executive notifies the Bank that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the parties shall promptly proceed to arbitration, as provided in Section 19. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall discontinue paying Executive’s compensation until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement. If it is determined that Executive is entitled to compensation and benefits under Section 4 or 5, the payment of such compensation and benefits by the Bank shall commence immediately following the date of resolution by arbitration, with interest due Executive on the cash amount that would have been paid pending arbitration (at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time).

(b)      Any other purported termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by a “Notice of Termination” (as defined in Section 9(c)) to the other party. If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the parties shall promptly proceed to arbitration as provided in Section 19. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall continue to pay Executive her Base Salary, and other compensation and benefits in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (except as to termination of Executive for Cause); provided, however, that such payments and benefits shall not continue beyond the remaining unexpired Term of this Agreement. In the event the voluntary termination by Executive of her employment is disputed by the Bank, and if it is determined in arbitration that Executive is not entitled to termination benefits pursuant to this Agreement, she shall return all cash payments made to her pending resolution by arbitration, with interest thereon at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time, if it is determined in arbitration that Executive’s voluntary termination of employment was not taken in good faith and not in the reasonable belief that grounds existed for her voluntary termination. If it is determined that Executive is entitled to receive severance benefits under this Agreement, then any continuation of Base Salary and other compensation and benefits made to Executive under this Section 9 shall offset the amount of any severance benefits that are due to Executive under this Agreement.

(c)      For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice that shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

 

10.

POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.

(a)      One-Year Non-Solicitation. Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following her termination of employment with the Bank, she shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or the Company, or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his or her employment and accept

 

10


employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank or the Company, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates or has headquarters or offices within 35 miles of the locations in which the Bank or the Company has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office;

(b)      One-Year Non-Competition. Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following her termination of employment with the Bank, she shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, sole proprietor, joint venturer, greater than 5% equity owner or stockholder, partner or trustee of any savings association, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other financial services entity or business that competes with the business of the Bank or its affiliates or has headquarters or offices within 35 miles of Greenfield, Wisconsin Notwithstanding the foregoing, this non-competition restriction shall not apply if Executive’s employment is terminated following a Change in Control (as defined in this Agreement).

(c)      As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information belonging to the Bank which is of value to the Bank in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Bank. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; designs, processes or formulae; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of the Bank. Confidential Information includes information developed by the Executive in the course of the Executive’s employment by the Bank, as well as other information to which the Executive may have access in connection with the Executive’s employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which the Bank has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Executive and the Bank with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Executive’s employment with the Bank and after its termination, the Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Bank, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Executive’s duties to the Bank.

(d)      Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may reasonably be required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between the Executive and the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(e)      All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 10. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable

 

11


injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 10, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank or the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

11.

SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company may accede to this Agreement but only for the purposed of guaranteeing payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive.

 

12.

EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to her without reference to this Agreement.

 

13.

NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

(a)      Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b)      This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

14.

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

(a)      This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b)      No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver

 

12


shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

15.

REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

(a)      The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause.

(b)      If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) [12 USC §1818(e)(3)] or 8(g)(1) [12 USC §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Bank’s obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

(c)      If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) [12 USC §1818(e)(4)] or 8(g)(1) [12 USC §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(d)      If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) [12 USC §1813(x)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(e)      All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by either the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (collectively, the “Regulator”) or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) [12 USC §1823(c)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (ii) by the Regulator or his or her designee at the time the Regulator or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Regulator to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(f)      Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank or the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

13


16.

SEVERABILITY.

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

17.

HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

18.

GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin except to the extent superseded by federal law.

 

19.

ARBITRATION.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Bank’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (“National Rules”) then in effect. One arbitrator shall be selected by Executive, one arbitrator shall be selected by the Bank and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the arbitrators selected by the parties. If the arbitrators are unable to agree within fifteen (15) days upon a third arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be appointed for them from a panel of arbitrators selected in accordance with the National Rules. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

20.

INDEMNIFICATION.

(a)      Executive shall be provided with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, and shall be indemnified for the term of this Agreement and for a period of six years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by her in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which she may be involved by reason of her having been a director or officer of the Bank or any affiliate (whether or not she continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board), provided, however, Executive shall not be indemnified or reimbursed for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive. Any such indemnification shall be made consistent with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1828(k), and the regulations issued thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

14


(b)      Any indemnification by the Bank shall be subject to compliance with any applicable regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

21.

NOTICE.

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

                    

 

To the Bank:

  

Chairman of the Board

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7001 W. Edgerton Ave.

Greenfield, WI 53220

 

To Executive:

  

Monica Baker

At the address last appearing on

the personnel records of the Bank

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives, and Executive has signed this Agreement, on the date first above written.

 

PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

By:

 

/s/ Richard Hurd

 

Richard Hurd

President and Chief Executive Officer

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Richard Hurd

 

Richard Hurd

President and Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Monica Baker

Monica Baker

 

16

Exhibit 10.4

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of January 8, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), by and between PyraMax Bank, FSB, a federally chartered savings bank (the “Bank”) and Thomas Peterson (the “Executive”). The Bank and Executive are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “parties.” Any reference to the “Company” shall mean 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., the federal mid-tier holding company of the Bank. The Company is a signatory to this Agreement for the purpose of guaranteeing the Bank’s performance hereunder.

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed as Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank;

WHEREAS, the Bank has adopted a Plan of Reorganization pursuant to which the Bank will convert to a stock bank and become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, which will be a mid-tier holding company, the majority owner of which will be 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, a federal mutual holding company;

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to assure itself of the continued availability of the Executive’s services as provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to serve the Bank on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

During the term of this Agreement Executive shall serve as Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer, and Executive accepts such employment, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Executive shall have such duties, responsibilities and powers as are set forth by the Board of Directors of the Bank and/or the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank provided that such duties are generally consistent with those as Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer.

 

2.

TERM AND DUTIES.

(a)      Eighteen-Month Contract; Annual Renewal. The term (“Term”) of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of eighteen (18) months. On the first anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement (the “Anniversary Date”), the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) will meet to consider the renewal or nonrenewal of this Agreement. In connection with such consideration, the Board shall (i) conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation of Executive (or review such performance evaluation conducted by the Compensation Committee of the Board) for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement; and (ii) approve the


renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement for an additional twelve months (so that the remaining term shall be eighteen months), which decision shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. If the decision of such disinterested members of the Board is not to renew this Agreement, then the Board shall provide Executive with a written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”) that this Agreement shall terminate at the end of the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company or the Bank has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction which would be considered a Change in Control as defined below, then, unless Executive has previously been informed that this Agreement shall not be renewed) the term of this Agreement shall be extended and shall terminate eighteen (18) months following the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

(b)      Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, either Executive or the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment with the Bank at any time during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(c)      Continued Employment Following Expiration of Term. Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement, upon such terms and conditions as the Bank and Executive may mutually agree.

(d)      Duties; Membership on Other Boards. During the term of this Agreement, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board, Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder, including activities and services related to his position as Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer; provided, however, that, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, business companies or business or civic organizations, which, in the Board’s judgment, will not present any conflict of interest with the Bank, or materially affect the performance of Executive’s duties pursuant to this Agreement. Executive shall provide the Board of Directors annually for its approval a list of organizations for which the Executive acts as a director or officer.

 

3.

COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

(a)      Base Salary. In consideration of Executive’s performance of the duties set forth in Section 2, the Bank shall provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement. The Bank shall pay Executive a salary of $180,250.20 per year (“Base Salary”). The Base Salary shall be payable biweekly, or with such other frequency as officers of the Bank are generally paid. During the term of this Agreement, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the Board or by a committee designated by the Board, and the Bank may increase, but not decrease (except for a decrease that is generally applicable to all senior management employees) Executive’s Base Salary. Any increase in Base Salary shall become “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b)      Bonus Compensation. Executive will be eligible for an annual performance-based bonus based on the criteria determined by the Board. Additionally, Executive will be

 

2


eligible for a discretionary bonus in the sole discretion of the Board. Executive shall be entitled to equitable participation in incentive compensation and bonuses in any plan or arrangement of the Bank or the Company in which Executive is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

(c)      Employee Benefits. The Bank shall provide Executive with employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in which Executive was participating or from which he was deriving benefit immediately prior to the commencement of the term of this Agreement, and the Bank shall not, without Executive’s prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites that would adversely affect Executive’s rights or benefits thereunder, except as to any changes that are applicable to all participating employees. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive will be entitled to participate in and receive benefits under any employee benefit plans including, but not limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident insurance plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank and/or the Company in the future to its senior executives, including any stock benefit plans, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

(d)      Paid Time Off. Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement (measured on a fiscal or calendar year basis, in accordance with the Bank’s usual practices), as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for senior executives. Any unused paid time off during an annual period shall be treated in accordance with the Bank’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.

(e)      Expense Reimbursements. The Bank shall also pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such clubs and organizations as Executive and the Board shall mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon presentation to the Bank of an itemized account of such expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably require, provided that such payment or reimbursement shall be made as soon as practicable but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such right to such payment or reimbursement occurred.

 

4.

PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

(a)      Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 4 shall apply; provided, however, that in the event such Event of Termination occurs within eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5 hereof), Section 5 shall apply instead. As used in this Agreement, an “Event of Termination’’ shall mean and include any one or more of the following:

 

3


(i)     the involuntary termination of Executive’s employment hereunder by the Bank for any reason other than termination governed by Section 5 (in connection with or following a Change in Control), Section 6 (due to Disability or death), Section 7 (due to Retirement), or Section 8 (for Cause), provided that such termination constitutes a “Separation from Service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”); or

(ii)     Executive’s resignation from the Bank’s employ upon any of the following, unless consented to by Executive:

(A)      failure to appoint Executive to the position set forth in Section 1, or a material change in Executive’s function, duties, or responsibilities, which change would cause Executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope from the position and responsibilities described in Section 1, to which Executive has not agreed in writing (and any such material change shall be deemed a continuing breach of this Agreement by the Bank);

(B)      a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a location that is more than 35 miles from the location of the Bank’s principal executive offices as of the date of this Agreement;

(C)      a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites, including Base Salary, to Executive from those being provided as of the Effective Date (except for any reduction that is part of a reduction in pay or benefits that is generally applicable to officers or employees of the Bank);

(D)      a liquidation or dissolution of the Bank; or

(E)      a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

Upon the occurrence of any event described in clause (ii) above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement by resignation for “Good Reason” upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice given within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed ninety (90) days) after the event giving rise to the right to elect, which termination by Executive shall be an Event of Termination. The Bank shall have thirty (30) days to cure the condition giving rise to the Event of Termination, provided that the Bank may elect to waive said thirty (30) day period. For the avoidance of doubt, the non-renewal of this Agreement under Section 2(a) hereof, without the occurrence of an Event of Termination under this Section 4(a)(ii) prior to the end of the term of this Agreement, shall not be considered an event that would permit the Executive to resign for Good Reason and receive a severance payment.

(b)      Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, the Base Salary and bonus(es) that Executive would be entitled to for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement. For purposes of determining the bonus(es) payable hereunder, the bonus(es) will be deemed to be equal to the

 

4


average annual bonus paid over the prior two years, and (ii) otherwise paid at such time as such bonus would have been paid absent an Event of Termination (i.e., if only one bonus would otherwise be paid during the remaining term, then one bonus will be included in the calculation). Such payments shall be paid in a lump sum on or before the 30th day following the Executive’s Separation from Service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), unless the payment is due in connection with a termination program involving more than one employee, in which case the payment shall be due within no more than the 60th day following Executive’s Separation from Service, and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4 unless and until (i) Executive executes a release of his claims against the Bank, the Company and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement (the “Release”), and (ii) the payments and benefits shall begin on the 30th day following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service, provided that before that date, the Executive has signed (and not revoked) the Release and the Release is irrevocable under the time period set forth under applicable law.

(c)      Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall provide, at the Bank’s expense, for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement, nontaxable medical and dental coverage and life insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his dependents prior to the Event of Termination, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees and then such coverage provided to Executive and his dependents shall be commensurate with such changed coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if applicable law prohibits (including, but not limited to, laws prohibiting discriminating in favor of highly compensated employees), or, if participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of the applicable health or life insurance plans, or if providing such benefits would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay the Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value (or the remaining value) of such non-taxable medical and dental benefits, with such payment to be made by lump sum within ten (10) business days of the Date of Termination, or if later, the date on which the Bank determines that such insurance coverage (or the remainder of such insurance coverage) cannot be provided for the foregoing reasons.

(d)      For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by the Executive after the date of the Event of Termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed will not exceed 49% of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the Event of Termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii). If Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Code Section 409A and any payment to be made under sub-

 

5


paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 4 shall be determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, then if required by Code Section 409A, such payment or a portion of such payment (to the minimum extent possible) shall be delayed and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

5.

CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a)      Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Section 5 are in lieu of any payments that may otherwise be owed to Executive pursuant to this Agreement under Section 4, such that Executive shall either receive payments pursuant to Section 4 or pursuant to Section 5, but not pursuant to both Sections.    

(b)      For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean:

 

   (1)

Merger: The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another Bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

   (2)

Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership: A person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (2) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

   (3)

Change in Board Composition: During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (c), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

   (4)

Sale of Assets: The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with the Bank’s mutual holding company reorganization and/or minority offering. Similarly, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in the

 

6


event of a second-step conversion of the MHC to a stock holding company with a contemporaneous stock offering.

(c)      Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within eighteen (18) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), Executive shall receive as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a lump sum cash payment equal to one and one half times the sum of (i) Executive’s highest annual rate of Base Salary paid to Executive at any time under this Agreement, plus (ii) the highest bonus paid to Executive with respect to the three completed fiscal years prior to the Change in Control. Such payment shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days of the Executive’s Separation from Service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination.

(d)      Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within eighteen (18) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), the Bank (or its successor) shall provide at the Bank’s (or its successor’s) expense, nontaxable medical and dental coverage and life insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his dependents prior to his termination, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees and then the coverage provided to Executive and his dependents shall be commensurate with such changed coverage. Such coverage shall cease eighteen (18) months following the termination of Executive’s employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if applicable law prohibits (including, but not limited to, laws prohibiting discriminating in favor of highly compensated employees), or, if participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of the applicable health or life insurance plans, or if providing such benefits would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay the Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value (or the remaining value) of such non-taxable medical and dental benefits, with such payment to be made by lump sum within ten (10) business days of the Date of Termination, or if later, the date on which the Bank determines that such insurance coverage (or the remainder of such insurance coverage) cannot be provided for the foregoing reasons.

 

6.

TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY OR DEATH.

(a)      Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Disability” shall be construed to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, and as a result, Executive is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank or the Company; or (ii) Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. The provisions of Sections 6(b) shall apply upon the termination of the Executive’s employment based on Disability. Upon the determination that Executive has suffered a Disability, disability payments hereunder shall commence within thirty (30) days.

(b)      To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Bank shall cause to be continued life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable,

 

7


as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and Executive’s dependents prior to the termination of his employment based on Disability (in accordance with its customary co-pay percentages), except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees or not available on an individual basis to an employee terminated based on Disability. This coverage shall cease upon the earlier of (i) the date Executive returns to the full-time employment of the Bank; (ii) Executive’s full-time employment by another employer; or (iii) twelve (12) months after the date of termination of Executive’s employment based on Disability. Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent Executive from continuing such coverage for the remainder of the applicable COBRA period at his own expense. If participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of an applicable plan (i.e., such as the group life insurance plan), the Bank shall provide Executive with reimbursement (payable on a monthly basis) of premiums paid by the Executive to obtain similar benefits for the period specified above; provided, however, that the reimbursement shall not exceed the cost of the monthly premiums for active employees.

(c)      In the event of Executive’s death during the term of this Agreement, his estate, legal representatives or named beneficiaries (as directed by Executive in writing) shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Bank for a period of six (6) months from the date of Executive’s death. Such payments are in addition to any life insurance benefits that Executive’s beneficiaries may be entitled to receive under any employee benefit plan maintained by the Bank for the benefit of Executive, including, but not limited to, the Bank’s tax-qualified retirement plans. In addition, the Bank shall continue to provide for twelve (12) months after Executive’s death non-taxable medical, dental and other insurance benefits substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive’s dependents prior to his death (in accordance with the customary co-pay percentages). Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent Executive’s eligible dependents from continuing such coverage for the remainder of any applicable COBRA period at their own expense.

 

7.

TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT.

Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination of Executive’s employment at any time (other than a termination pursuant to Section 5) after Executive reaches age 65 or in accordance with any retirement policy established by the Board with Executive’s consent as it applies to him. Upon termination of Executive based on Retirement, no amounts or benefits shall be due Executive under this Agreement, and Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party, subject to the terms of such plan.

 

8.

TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

(a)      The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination other than termination for “Cause,” as defined herein, shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for “Cause.” The term “Cause” as used herein, shall exist when there has been a good faith determination by the Board that there shall have occurred one or more of the following events with respect to the Executive:

 

8


  (1)

personal dishonesty in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

  (2)

incompetence in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

  (3)

willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

 

  (4)

breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

 

  (5)

material breach of the Bank’s Code of Ethics;

 

  (6)

intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

 

  (7)

willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or

 

  (8)

material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not be deemed to exist unless there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive was guilty of conduct described above and specifying the particulars thereof. Prior to holding a meeting at which the Board is to make a final determination whether Cause exists, if the Board determines in good faith at a meeting of the Board, by not less than a majority of its entire membership, that there is probable cause for it to find that the Executive was guilty of conduct constituting Cause as described above, the Board may suspend the Executive from his duties hereunder for a reasonable period of time not to exceed fourteen (14) days pending a further meeting at which the Executive shall be given the opportunity to be heard before the Board. Upon a finding of Cause, the Board shall deliver to the Executive a Notice of Termination, as more fully described in Section 9 below.

(b)      For purposes of this Section 8, no act or failure to act, on the part of Executive, shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act, or failure to act, based upon the direction of the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Bank shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank.

 

9


9.

NOTICE.

(a)      Any purported termination by the Bank for Cause shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to Executive. If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination for Cause is given, Executive notifies the Bank that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the parties shall promptly proceed to arbitration, as provided in Section 19. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall discontinue paying Executive’s compensation until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement. If it is determined that Executive is entitled to compensation and benefits under Section 4 or 5, the payment of such compensation and benefits by the Bank shall commence immediately following the date of resolution by arbitration, with interest due Executive on the cash amount that would have been paid pending arbitration (at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time).

(b)      Any other purported termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by a “Notice of Termination” (as defined in Section 9(c)) to the other party. If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the parties shall promptly proceed to arbitration as provided in Section 19. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall continue to pay Executive his Base Salary, and other compensation and benefits in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (except as to termination of Executive for Cause); provided, however, that such payments and benefits shall not continue beyond the remaining unexpired Term of this Agreement. In the event the voluntary termination by Executive of his employment is disputed by the Bank, and if it is determined in arbitration that Executive is not entitled to termination benefits pursuant to this Agreement, he shall return all cash payments made to him pending resolution by arbitration, with interest thereon at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time, if it is determined in arbitration that Executive’s voluntary termination of employment was not taken in good faith and not in the reasonable belief that grounds existed for his voluntary termination. If it is determined that Executive is entitled to receive severance benefits under this Agreement, then any continuation of Base Salary and other compensation and benefits made to Executive under this Section 9 shall offset the amount of any severance benefits that are due to Executive under this Agreement.

(c)      For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice that shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

 

10.

POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.

(a)      One-Year Non-Solicitation. Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following his termination of employment with the Bank, he shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or the Company, or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his or her employment and accept employment

 

10


or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank or the Company, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates or has headquarters or offices within 35 miles of the locations in which the Bank or the Company has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office;

(b)      One-Year Non-Competition. Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following his termination of employment with the Bank, he shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, sole proprietor, joint venturer, greater than 5% equity owner or stockholder, partner or trustee of any savings association, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other financial services entity or business that competes with the business of the Bank or its affiliates or has headquarters or offices within 35 miles of Greenfield, Wisconsin Notwithstanding the foregoing, this non-competition restriction shall not apply if Executive’s employment is terminated following a Change in Control (as defined in this Agreement).

(c)      As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information belonging to the Bank which is of value to the Bank in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Bank. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; designs, processes or formulae; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of the Bank. Confidential Information includes information developed by the Executive in the course of the Executive’s employment by the Bank, as well as other information to which the Executive may have access in connection with the Executive’s employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which the Bank has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Executive and the Bank with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Executive’s employment with the Bank and after its termination, the Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Bank, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Executive’s duties to the Bank.

(d)      Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may reasonably be required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between the Executive and the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(e)      All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 10. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable

 

11


injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 10, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank or the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

11.

SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company may accede to this Agreement but only for the purposed of guaranteeing payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive.

 

12.

EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

 

13.

NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

(a)      Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b)      This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

14.

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

(a)      This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b)      No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver

 

12


shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

15.

REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

(a)      The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause.

(b)       If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) [12 USC §1818(e)(3)] or 8(g)(1) [12 USC §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Bank’s obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

(c)      If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) [12 USC §1818(e)(4)] or 8(g)(1) [12 USC §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(d)      If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) [12 USC §1813(x)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(e)      All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by either the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (collectively, the “Regulator”) or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) [12 USC §1823(c)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (ii) by the Regulator or his or her designee at the time the Regulator or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Regulator to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(f)      Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank or the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

13


16.

SEVERABILITY.

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

17.

HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

18.

GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin except to the extent superseded by federal law.

 

19.

ARBITRATION.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Bank’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (“National Rules”) then in effect. One arbitrator shall be selected by Executive, one arbitrator shall be selected by the Bank and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the arbitrators selected by the parties. If the arbitrators are unable to agree within fifteen (15) days upon a third arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be appointed for them from a panel of arbitrators selected in accordance with the National Rules. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

20.

INDEMNIFICATION.

(a)      Executive shall be provided with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, and shall be indemnified for the term of this Agreement and for a period of six years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank or any affiliate (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board), provided, however, Executive shall not be indemnified or reimbursed for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive. Any such indemnification shall be made consistent with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1828(k), and the regulations issued thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

14


(b)      Any indemnification by the Bank shall be subject to compliance with any applicable regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

21.

NOTICE.

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

                    

 

To the Bank:

  

Chairman of the Board

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7001 W. Edgerton Ave.

Greenfield, WI 53220

 

To Executive:

  

Thomas Peterson

At the address last appearing on

the personnel records of the Bank

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives, and Executive has signed this Agreement, on the date first above written.

 

PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

By:

 

/s/ Richard Hurd

Richard Hurd

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Richard Hurd

Richard Hurd

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Thomas Peterson

Thomas Peterson

 

16

Exhibit 10.5

NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

The Plan Sponsor named below hereby establishes a Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Eligible Individuals as provided in this Adoption Agreement and the Basic Plan Document.

 

I.

Plan Sponsor Information

 

  (a)

Name and Address of Plan Sponsor:

PyraMax Bank

7001 W. Edgerton Greenfield WI 53220

 

  (b)

Plan Name:

PyraMax Bank FSB NQDC

 

  (c)

Telephone Number: 414.235.5204

 

  (d)

Tax ID Number: 39-0624390

Name of Plan: PyraMax Bank FSB N’QDC

 

  (e)

Tax Year End: 12/31

 

II.

Definitions

 

(a)

Compensation Shall mean (select one or more):

 

 

(i)

  

  

Regular Salary

 

(ii)

  

  

Bonuses

 

(iii)

  

  

Commissions

 

(iv)

  

  

Performance-Based Compensation

 

(v)

  

  

Director Fees

 

(b)

Disability

 

 

(i)

  

Distributable Event (select one):

    

 

          

 

(1) ☑

  

Disability shall be a Distributable Event under the Plan.

    

 

          

 

(2) ☐

  

Disability shall not be a Distributable Event under the Plan.

 

 

(ii)

  

Definition: A Participant shall be disabled if the Participant

(select one or more, if applicable):

 

                    (1) ☐    is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months;
    (2) ☐    is by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Participant’s Plan Sponsor;
                    (3) ☐    is determined to be disabled in accordance with a disability insurance program that applies a definition of disability that complies with the requirements of (1) or (2) above;


                    (4) ☑    is determined to be disabled by the Social Security Administration or Railroad Retirement Board.

 

(c)

Domestic Partner Shall mean an individual whose domestic partnership with a Participant has been registered with the Plan Sponsor, if required under the policies and procedures established by the Plan Sponsor, and is (select one):

 

   (i)       An individual over age 18 in a committed relationship with the Participant which relationship includes the following characteristics: the parties have shared the same regular and permanent residence for at least six (6) months; neither party is legally married to any other person; the parties have no blood relationship that would preclude marriage both parties have attained the age of legal majority in their state of residence; and the parties are financially interdependent.
   (i)       An individual who satisfies the following criteria:                                                                                      
   (ii)       The Plan does not recognize Domestic Partners.

 

(d)

Interim Distribution Date Shall mean (select one):

 

   (i)       The first day of the Taxable Year in which falls the date that is three (3), five (5) or ten (10) years beginning after the Taxable Year in which the services giving rise to the earliest Compensation Deferrals and/or Matching or Discretionary Credits subject to the Interim Distribution Date are to be performed, as selected by the Participant, upon which a distribution shall be made in accordance with Section 6.9 of the Plan document.
   (ii)       The first day of the Taxable Year in which falls the date that is                (may be three (3) or greater),        (must be five (5) or greater, and must be greater than the number set forth in the immediately preceding blank line), or                 (must be five (5) or greater, and must be greater than the number set forth in the immediately preceding blank line) years beginning after the Taxable Year in which the services giving rise to the earliest Compensation Deferrals and/or Matching or Discretionary Credits subject to the Interim Distribution Date are to be performed, as selected by the Participant, upon which a distribution shall be made in accordance with Section 6.9 of the Plan document. (For example, if the Plan Sponsor selects 3, 6 and 10 years above, a Participant who defers Compensation otherwise payable in 2015 may elect to have an Interim Distribution Date with respect to such deferral that is January 1, 2018, January 1, 2021 or January 1, 2025.)

 

(e)

De Minimis Distributions (select one):

 

   (i)       The Plan Sponsor shall not make De Minimis Distributions.
   (ii)       The Plan Sponsor shall make De Minimis Distributions, and, notwithstanding the Participant’s election regarding the Separation from Service Payment, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the Participant’s benefit in a single lump sum payment, provided that:

 

                      (1)    the payment accompanies the termination and liquidation of the entirety of the Participant’s interest in the Plan and all Aggregated Plans, and
      (2)    the payment is not greater than (select one):

 

       

          

             (A)    ☐ $                    (select an amount no greater than the current applicable dollar limit under Code section 402(g)(1)(8)) ($18,000 for 2015) (the “Applicable Dollar Limit”)), or

 

                      (B) ☑    The Applicable Dollar Limit, as adjusted, for the Taxable Year in which the payment occurs.

 

(f)

Effective Date This is a (select one):

 

                      (i) ☐   

New Plan. The effective date of this new Plan is __________________________

 

      (ii) ☑    Restatement of an existing Plan. The Plan was originally effective as of 01/01/2012 The effective date of this restated Plan document and Adoption Agreement is 01/01/2016. This restated Plan document and Adoption Agreement apply to all amounts (select 1 or 2 and, if applicable, 3)

 

                           (1) ☐    deferred in taxable years beginning after An amount is considered deferred as of any date for purposes of this Section if the Participant has a legally binding right to be paid the amount and the right to the amount is earned and vested.

 

2


                            (2) ☐                                                                     
         (3) ☐    Notwithstanding the foregoing, this restated Plan document and Adoption Agreement will not apply to the following amounts (describe, if applicable): ____________________________________

 

III.

Eligibility

The Plan is intended to be “a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of §§201(2) and 301(a)(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). The Plan Sponsor should consult with counsel regarding eligibility under the “select group” standard.

An individual shall be an Eligible Individual as follows (select one or more):

 

     (a) ☑    If he or she is designated as an Eligible Individual by resolution of the Board of the Plan Sponsor.
  (b) ☐    If he or she is designated, in writing, as an Eligible Individual by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will not vote or act on any matter regarding eligibility that relates solely to himself or herself.

 

                (a) ☐    If he or she occupies one of the following positions:
      (b) ☑      If his or her Compensation for a Taxable Year is expected to be greater than $120,000
      (c) ☐    If he or she is an Eligible Individual, as defined in Ill (a), (b) (c) or (d) above, of an Additional Adopting Plan Sponsor as listed on Exhibit A attached to this Adoption Agreement and is otherwise defined as an Eligible Individual under the Plan.

 

IV.

Compensation Deferrals (select one or more):

 

                (a) ☐    A Participant’s Compensation Deferrals with respect to a Taxable Year shall be limited to a minimum of (select one or more):

 

                  (i)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Regular Salary
      (ii)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Bonus
      (iii)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Commission
      (iv)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Performance-Based Compensation
      (v)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Director’s Fees

 

              (b) ☐    A Participant’s Compensation Deferrals with respect to a Taxable Year shall be limited to a maximum of (select one or more):

 

                   (i)    ☑    _______100___________ % of a Participant’s Regular Salary
                   (ii)    ☑    _______100___________ % of a Participant’s Bonus
      (iii)    ☑    _______100___________ % of a Participant’s Commission
      (iv)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Performance-Based Compensation
      (v)    ☑    _______100___________ % of a Participant’s Director’s Fees

 

              (c) ☐    Participant’s Compensation Deferrals with respect to a Taxable Year shall be limited to a minimum of (select one or more):

 

3


 

                      (i)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Regular Salary
         (ii)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Bonus
         (iii)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Commission
         (iv)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Performance-Based Compensation
         (v)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Director’s Fees

 

          (d)     ☐    A Participant’s Compensation Deferrals with respect to a Taxable Year shall be limited to a maximum of (select one or more):

 

                      (i)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Regular Salary
         (ii)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Bonus
         (iii)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Commission
         (iv)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Performance-Based Compensation
         (v)    ☐    _____________________ % of a Participant’s Director’s Fees

 

          (e)    A Participant’s Compensation Deferral election (select one):

 

                 (i)        ☐ will
      (ii)        ☐ will not

evergreen (or carry over) to subsequent Taxable Years. (If a Participant’s Compensation Deferral election does not evergreen, or carryover, to a subsequent Taxable Year, the Participant will be deemed to have elected not to defer Compensation during a subsequent Taxable Year unless the Participant submits, in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Code §409A, an affirmative Compensation Deferral election for each upcoming Taxable Year.)

 

V.

Matching Credits

 

          (a)    Matching Credits shall be determined in accordance with one or more of the following methods (select one or more):

 

                 (i)     ☐    The Plan Sponsor shall credit to the Account of each Participant                % of such Participant’s Compensation Deferrals. Matching Credits shall be made based on Compensation Deferrals made each (select one):

 

                      (1)    ☐ Pay Period
        (2)    ☐ Taxable Year
        (3)    ☐ Other (specify) _______________________________

 

                 (ii)    The Plan Sponsor shall credit to the Account of each Participant        % of such Participant’s Compensation Deferrals that do not exceed        % the Participant’s Compensation, plus        % of the Participant’s Compensation Deferrals that exceed _____% of such Participant’s Compensation but do not exceed _____% of the Participant’s Compensation. Matching Credits shall be made based on Compensation Deferrals made each (select one):

 

                      (1)    Pay Period
        (2)    Taxable Year
        (3)    Other (specify) _______________________________

 

4


                 (iii)     The Plan Sponsor shall credit to the Account of each Participant an annual Matching Credit equal to (a) the matching contribution amount (if any) which the Plan Sponsor would have contributed under the Participant’s qualified plan account or accounts for the Taxable Year were the Plan Sponsor not prohibited under applicable law (including due to Code, including ACP testing, limits) from making such a matching contribution under the qualified plan, minus (b) the matching contribution the Plan Sponsor actually contributed under the Participant’s qualified plan account or accounts for the Taxable Year. Notwithstanding the preceding, a Participant will receive an annual Matching Credit under this Plan for a Taxable Year only if the Participant has made the maximum salary reduction contributions permitted under the qualified plan during the applicable Taxable Year.
      (iv)    ☐An amount determined and made at a time in the discretion of the Plan Sponsor.
      (v)    ☑ The Plan does not offer Matching Credits.

 

          (b)    Limitations on Matching Credits.

 

                 (i)    ☐ The Matching Credit shall not exceed $                     for any Participant.
      (ii)    ☐ The Plan Sponsor shall not provide a Matching Credit for any Compensation Deferral in excess of                 % of the Participant’s Compensation.

 

          (c)    Eligibility for Matching Credit (select one or more) (As noted above, if the Plan Sponsor elects to make Matching Credits in accordance with (a)(iii), a Participant will be eligible for an annual Matching Credit only if the Participant has made the maximum salary reduction contributions permitted under the Plan Sponsor’s qualified plan during the applicable Taxable Year):

 

                 (i)    ☐ All Participants who have completed at least _____ Hours of Employment during the Taxable Year. The term

“Hours of Employment” is defined as:

                                                                                  

 

                                                                                  

 

                 (ii)    ☐ All Participants employed on the last day of a Taxable Year.
      (iii)    ☐ All Participants who satisfy the following conditions:

                                                                                  

 

                                                                                  

 

                 (iv)    ☑ No eligibility conditions. All Participants who make Compensation Deferrals are eligible for Matching Credits.

 

VI.

Discretionary Credits

 

          (a)    Amount of Discretionary Credit (select one):

 

                 (i)    ☑ An amount determined at the discretion of Plan Sponsor, which need not be uniform as to Participants.
      (ii)   

☐ An amount determined by the following formula:

                                                                                  

      (iii)    An amount equal to (a) the non-matching contribution amount (if any) which the Plan Sponsor would have contributed under the Participant’s qualified plan account or accounts for the Taxable Year were the Plan Sponsor not prohibited under applicable law (including due to Code limits) from making such a contribution under the qualified plan, minus (b) the non-matching contribution the Plan Sponsor actually contributed under the Participant’s qualified plan account or accounts for the Taxable Year.

 

5


(iv) ☐ The Plan does not offer Discretionary Credits.

 

  (b)

Eligibility for Discretionary Credit (select one or more):

 

                      (i)

All Participants who have completed at least _______ Hours of Employment during the Taxable Year. (The term “Hours of Employment” must be defined as defined above. If no Matching Contributions are provided, or “Hours of Employment” are not an eligibility requirement for Matching Contributions, the term “Hours of Employment” is defined as: ___________________________________

 

                      (ii)

All Participants employed on the last day of a Taxable Year.

 

                      (ii)

All Participants who satisfy the following conditions:

 

                      (iv)

No eligibility conditions. All Participants who are Eligible Individuals of the Plan Sponsor during the Taxable Year are eligible for Discretionary Credits.

 

VH.

Vesting and Forfeitures (select one or more):

 

            (a)

A Participant’s entire Account shall be 100% vested at all times.

 

            (b)

A Participant’s vesting schedule can be accelerated at the discretion of the Plan Administrator if such a change in vesting schedule is in writing. The Plan Administrator will not vote or act on any matter regarding Vesting and Forfeitures that relates solely to himself or herself.

 

            (c)

The Participant shall at all times be one-hundred percent (100%) vested in his or her Compensation Deferrals, as well as in any hypothetical appreciation (or depreciation) specifically attributable to such Compensation Deferrals due to Investment Credits and Debits. The Participant shall vest in Matching Credits and/or Discretionary Credits, as well as in any hypothetical appreciation (or depreciation) specifically attributable to such amounts due to Investment Credits and Debits, pursuant to the vesting schedule shown below.

 

Years of Service    Vesting Percentage
1    20%
2    40%
3    60%
4    80%
5    100%

For purposes of the above schedule, a Participant shall earn a “Year of Service” as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                                                                        

The Vesting Schedule specified above applies (select one):

 

 

separately to each Class Year Account of a Participant

 

 

the entire Plan Account of a Participant.

(d) ☑ A Participant’s entire Account shall become 100% vested upon (select one or more):

(i)    ☑ The Participant’s death while employed

(ii)   ☑ The Participant’s Disability while employed.

(iii)  ☐ The Participant’s attainment of age _____ while employed.

(iv)  ☑ A Plan Termination Following a Change in Control Event, if applicable.

 

6


  (i)

☐ A Conflict of Interest Divestiture.

 

  (ii)

☐ The Participant’s involuntary Separation from Service Without Good Cause by the Plan Sponsor.

 

          (e)

A Participant who is otherwise vested in accordance with this Section VII shall nevertheless forfeit his or her vested Account (other than Compensation Deferrals and any hypothetical appreciation or depreciation specifically attributable to such Compensation Deferrals) under the following circumstances {please specify):

 

  (f)

Any forfeitures under the Plan shall be credited to the Account of each Participant other than the Participant whose Account generated the forfeiture in the same proportion that each such Participant’s Account as of the end of the Taxable Year in which the forfeiture occurred bears to the Accounts of all such Participants as of the same date.

VIII. Delay in Payment (select one or more):

An amount otherwise required to be paid under the Plan shall be delayed if the payment

 

  (a)

☐ Is subject to Code §162(m).

 

  (b)

☐ Violates federal securities laws or certain other applicable law.

 

IX. Change in Control Event

 

  (a)

A Change in Control Event shall be defined as (election applies only to Plan Sponsors that are corporations; select one or more):

 

  (i)

☑ Change in Ownership of the Corporation.

 

  (ii)

☑ A Change in the Effective Control of the Corporation.

 

  (iii)

☐ A Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of a Corporation’s Assets.

 

  (b)

The occurrence of a Change in Control Event shall (select one):

 

  (i)

☐ not, under any circumstances, including the discretion of the Plan Sponsor, constitute a Plan Termination Following a Change in Control Event.

 

  (ii)

☐ constitute a Plan Termination Following a Change Control Event.

 

  (iii)

☑ may constitute a Plan Termination Following a Change in Control Event, at the discretion of the Plan Sponsor, within 12 months of a Change in Control Event.

X. Distribution Elections

 

  (a)

A Participant’s election of the form and timing of payment of his or her benefit under the Plan applies (select one):

 

(i) ☐ separately to each vested Class Year Account

(ii)  ☐ to his or her entire vested Account.

(b) If a Participant may submit a new form and timing of payment election for each Class Year Account, a Participant’s form and timing of payment election (select one):

 

(i) ☐ will

(ii)  ☑ will not

evergreen (or carry over) to apply to subsequent Class Year Accounts.

 

7


  (c)

For purposes of Section 6.3 of the Plan, Normal Retirement Age means Age ________

 

XI.

Signatures

This Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, including this Adoption Agreement, has been designed to permit Participants to defer Federal and state income tax on amounts credited to their Accounts until a later Taxable Year. The Plan Sponsor adopting this Plan should consult with tax counsel regarding the consequences of adopting this Plan to both the Plan Sponsor and Participants and the effect an amendment or restatement of an existing plan using this Plan Document may have, if any, under Code §409A. Registration of interests under this Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan may be required under securities law. Independent legal counsel should be consulted with respect to securities law issues. By executing this Adoption Agreement, the Plan Sponsor acknowledges that no representations or warranties as to the legal consequences (including the tax and securities law consequences) to the Plan Sponsor and Participants of the operation of this Plan have been made by the entity that has provided this Plan document and Adoption Agreement.

The Plan and this accompanying Adoption Agreement were adopted by the Plan Sponsor the 1st day of January, 2016.

Executed for the Plan Sponsor by: Monica Baker

Title of Individual: Chief Brand Officer

Signature: /s/ Monica Baker

 

8


EXHIBIT A

ADDITIONAL ADOPTING PLAN SPONSORS

In accordance with paragraph 1.33 of the Basic Plan Document, the Plan Sponsor has consented to allow the following entities to participate in the Plan:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.


 

NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

 

 

April 2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PREAMBLE

     1  
ARTICLE I       

DEFINITIONS

     2  
 

1.1

  

Account

     2  
 

1.2

  

Adoption Agreement

     2  

    

 

1.3

  

Affiliate

     2  
 

1.4

  

Aggregated Plan

     2  
 

1.5

  

Beneficiary

     2  
 

1.6

  

Benefit Benchmarks

     2  
 

1.7

  

Board

     2  
 

1.8

  

Change in Control Event

     2  
 

1.9

  

Class Year Account

     4  
 

1.10

  

Code

     4  
 

1.11

  

Commissions

     4  
 

1.12

  

Compensation

     4  
 

1.13

  

Compensation Deferral Agreement

     5  
 

1.14

  

Compensation Deferrals

     5  
 

1.15

  

Conflict of Interest Divestiture

     5  
 

1.16

  

Corporate Dissolution

     5  
 

1.17

  

De Minimis Distribution

     5  
 

1.18

  

Disability

     5  
 

1.19

  

Distributable Event

     5  
 

1.20

  

Domestic Partner

     5  
 

1.21

  

Domestic Relations Order

     5  
 

1.22

  

Effective Date

     5  
 

1.23

  

Eligible Individual

     5  
 

1.24

  

ERISA

     5  
 

1.25

  

Income Inclusion Under Code § 409A

     5  
 

1.26

  

Interim Distribution Date

     5  
 

1.27

  

Investment Commissions

     5  
 

1.28

  

Investment Credits and Debits

     6  
 

1.29

  

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

     6  
 

1.30

  

Normal Retirement Age

     6  
 

1.31

  

Participant

     6  
 

1.32

  

Performance-Based Compensation

     6  
 

1.33

  

Plan

     6  
 

1.34

  

Plan Administrator

     6  
 

1.35

  

Plan Sponsor

     7  
 

1.36

  

Plan Termination Following a Change in Control Event

     7  
 

1.37

  

Plan Termination Following a Corporate Dissolution

     7  
 

1.38

  

Plan Termination in Connection with Termination of Certain Similar Arrangements

     7  
 

1.39

  

Regular Salary

     7  
 

1.40

  

Sales Commissions

     7  
 

1.41

  

Separation from Service

     7  

    

 

1.42

  

Specified Employee

     8  


    

 

1.43

  

Spouse

     8  
 

1.44

  

Taxable Year

     8  
 

1.45

  

Trust

     8  
 

1.46

  

Trustee

     9  
 

1.47

  

Unforeseeable Emergency

     9  
 

1.48

  

Valuation Date

     9  
 

1.49

  

Without Good Cause

     9  

ARTICLE II

 

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

     10  

    

 

2.1          

  

Eligibility

     10  
 

2.2

  

Participation

     10  
 

2.3

  

Compensation Deferral Agreement

     10  
 

2.4

  

Matching Credits and Discretionary Credits

     11  
 

2.5

  

Establishing a Reserve for Plan Liabilities

     11  

ARTICLE III

 

PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS AND REPORTS

     12  
 

3.1

  

Establishment of Accounts

     12  
 

3.2

  

Account Maintenance

     12  
 

3.3

  

Investment Credits and Debits

     12  
 

3.4

  

Participant Statements

     13  

ARTICLE IV

 

WITHHOLDING OF TAXES

     13  
 

4.1

  

Withholding from Compensation

     13  
 

4.2

  

Withholding from Benefit Distributions

     13  

ARTICLE V

 

VESTING

     13  
 

5.1

  

Vesting

     13  

ARTICLE VI

 

PAYMENTS

     14  
 

6.1

  

Benefits

     14  
 

6.2

  

Timing of Distribution Elections

     14  
 

6.3

  

Separation from Service Payment

     15  
 

6.4

  

Conflict of Interest Divestiture

     15  
 

6.5

  

Death Benefit

     15  
 

6.6

  

Disability Benefit

     15  
 

6.7

  

Domestic Relations Order Payment

     15  
 

6.8

  

Unforeseeable Emergency Distribution

     16  
 

6.9

  

Election to Receive Interim Distributions

     16  
 

6.10

  

Payment upon Income Inclusion Under § 409A

     16  
 

6.11

  

Permissible Delay in Payments

     16  
 

6.12

  

Beneficiary Designation

     17  
 

6.13

  

Claims Procedure

     17  

ARTICLE VII

 


CANCELLATION OF DEFERRALS

     20  
       7.1             

Unforeseeable Emergency

     20  

ARTICLE VIII

 

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

     20  
  8.1   

Appointment

     20  
       8.2   

Duties of Plan Administrator

     20  
  8.3   

Plan Sponsor

     20  
  8.4   

Administrative Fees and Expenses

     20  
  8.5   

Plan Administration and Interpretation

     20  
  8.6   

Powers, Duties, Procedures

     21  
  8.7   

Information

     21  
  8.8   

Indemnification of Plan Administrator

     21  
  8.9   

Plan Administration Following a Change in Control Event

     21  

ARTICLE IX

 

TRUST FUND

     22  
  9.1   

Trust

     22  
  9.2   

Unfunded Plan

     22  
  9.3   

Assignment and Alienation

     22  

ARTICLE X

 

AMENDMENT AND PLAN TERMINATION

     22  
  10.1   

Amendment

     22  
  10.2   

Plan Termination

     22  
  10.3   

Plan Termination Following a Change in Control Event

     23  
  10.4   

Plan Termination Following a Corporate Dissolution

     23  
  10.5   

Plan Termination in Connection with Termination of Certain Similar Arrangements

     23  
  10.6   

Effect of Payment

     24  

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     24  
  11.1   

Total Agreement

     24  
  11.2   

Employment Rights

     24  
  11.3   

Non-Assignability

     24  
  11.4   

Binding Agreement

     24  
  11.5   

Receipt and Release

     24  
  11.6   

Furnishing Information

     24  
  11.7   

Compliance with Code § 409A

     25  
  11.8   

Insurance

     25  
  11.9   

Governing Law

     25  
  11.10   

Headings and Subheadings

     25  


PREAMBLE

The Plan Sponsor, by executing the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan Adoption Agreement, hereby establishes or amends an unfunded Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan for a select group of management or highly compensated Eligible Individuals. Under the terms of the Plan, Eligible Individuals may elect to defer receipt of their Compensation to a later Taxable Year.

Participants shall have no right, either directly or indirectly, to anticipate, sell, assign or otherwise transfer any benefit accrued under the Plan. In addition, no Participant shall have any interest in any assets set aside as a source of funds to satisfy benefit obligations under the Plan. Participants shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Plan Sponsor, and the Plan shall constitute an unsecured promise by the Plan Sponsor to make benefit payments in the future.

The Plan is intended to be “a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of ERISA §§201(2) and 301(a)(3), is intended to comply with the requirements of Code §409A and the regulations and binding guidance issued thereunder to avoid adverse tax consequences and shall be interpreted and administered to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.

 

1


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1

Account The bookkeeping account established for each Participant to record his or her benefit under the Plan.

 

1.2

Adoption Agreement The written instrument by which the Plan Sponsor establishes or amends a Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Eligible Individuals.

 

1.3

Affiliate Any corporation or business entity that would be considered a single employer with the Plan Sponsor pursuant to Code §§ 414(b) or 414(c).

 

1.4

Aggregated Plan A nonqualified deferred compensation plan that is required to be aggregated and treated with the Plan as a single plan under Code § 409A.

 

1.5

Beneficiary An individual, individuals, trust or other entity designated by the Participant to receive his or her benefit in the event of the Participant’s death. If more than one Beneficiary survives the Participant, the Participant’s benefit shall be divided equally among all such Beneficiaries, unless otherwise provided in the Beneficiary Designation form. Nothing herein shall prevent the Participant from designating primary and contingent Beneficiaries.

 

1.6

Benefit Benchmarks Hypothetical investment funds or benchmarks made available to Participants by the Plan Administrator for purposes of valuing benefits under the Plan.

 

1.7

Board The Board of Directors of the Plan Sponsor identified in Section I of the Adoption Agreement, or similar governing body if such Plan Sponsor has no Board of Directors.

 

1.8

Change in Control Event A Change in Ownership, Change in Effective Control or Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Assets, as elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement, of a corporation identified in Section 1.8(e).

 

  (a)

Change in Effective Control of the Corporation

 

  (i)

Notwithstanding that a corporation has not undergone a Change in Ownership, a Change in Effective Control occurs on the date that either:

 

  (1)

any one person or Persons Acting as a Group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or Persons Acting as a Group) ownership of stock of the corporation possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of such corporation; or

 

  (2)

a majority of members of the corporation’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the corporation’s board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that for purposes of this Section 1.8(a)(i)(2) the term corporation refers solely to the relevant corporation identified in Section 1.8(e) for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder for purposes of that section.

In the absence of an event described in Section 1.8(a)(i)(1) or Section 1.8(a)(i)(2) a Change in Effective Control will not have occurred.

 

  (ii)

A Change in Effective Control may occur in any transaction in which either of the two corporations involved in the transaction has a Change in Ownership or a Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Assets.

 

  (iii)

If any one person or Persons Acting as a Group, is considered to effectively control a corporation (within the meaning of this Section 1.8(a)), the acquisition of additional control of the corporation by the same person or Persons Acting as a Group is not considered to cause a Change in Effective Control (or to cause a Change in Ownership within the meaning of Section 1.8(b)).

 

  (b)

Change in the Ownership of the Corporation. A Change in Ownership occurs on the date that any one person or Persons Acting as a Group, acquires ownership of stock of the corporation that, together with

 

2


 

stock held by such person or Persons Acting as a Group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation. However, if any one person or Persons Acting as a Group, is considered to own more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of a corporation, the acquisition of additional stock by the same person or Persons Acting as a Group is not considered to cause a Change in Ownership (or to cause a Change in Effective Control). An increase in the percentage of stock owned by any one person or Persons Acting as a Group, as a result of a transaction in which the

 

  corporation acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as an acquisition of stock for purposes of a Change in Ownership. A Change in Ownership applies only when there is a transfer of stock of a corporation (or issuance of stock of a corporation) and stock in such corporation remains outstanding after the transaction.

 

  (c)

Change in the Ownership of a Substantial Portion of a Corporation’s Assets

 

  (i)

A Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Assets occurs on the date that any one person or Persons Acting as a Group acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or Persons Acting as a Group) assets from the corporation that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the corporation immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the corporation, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

  (ii)

There is no Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Assets when there is a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the transferring corporation immediately after the transfer, as provided in this Section 1.8(c)(ii). A transfer of assets by a corporation is not treated as a change in the ownership of such assets if the assets are transferred to:

 

  (1)

a shareholder of the corporation (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to its stock;

 

  (2)

an entity, 50 percent or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation;

 

  (3)

a person or Persons Acting as a Group, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the corporation; or

 

  (4)

an entity, at least 50 percent of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a person described in Section 1.8(c)(ii)(c.).

 

  For purposes of this Section 1.8(c)(ii) and except as otherwise provided, a person’s status is determined immediately after the transfer of the assets.

 

  (d)

Persons Acting as a Group

 

  (i)

With regards to Change in the Ownership, persons will not be considered to be acting as a group solely because they purchase or own stock of the same corporation at the same time, or as a result of the same public offering. However, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock or similar business transaction with the corporation. If a person, including an entity, owns stock in both corporations that enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a group with other shareholders only with respect to the ownership in that corporation before the transaction giving rise to the change and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation.

 

  (ii)

With regards to Change in Effective Control, persons will not be considered to be acting as a group solely because they purchase or own stock of the same corporation at the same time, or as a result of the same public offering. However, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are

 

3


 

owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock or similar business transaction with the corporation. If a person, including an entity, owns stock in both corporations that enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a group with other shareholders in a corporation only with respect to the ownership in that corporation before the transaction giving rise to the change and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation.

 

  (iii)

With regards to Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Assets, persons will not be considered to be acting as a group solely because they purchase assets of the same corporation at the same time. However, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of assets or similar business transaction with the corporation. If a person, including an entity shareholder owns stock in both corporations that enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar

 

  transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a group with other shareholders in a corporation only to the extent of the ownership in that corporation before the transaction giving rise to the change and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation.

 

  (e)

To constitute a Change in Control Event as to a Participant, the Change in Control Event must relate to:

 

  (i)

the corporation with respect to which the Participant is an Eligible Individual at the time of the Change in Control Event;

 

  (ii)

the corporation that is liable for the payment of the Account (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable) but only if either the Participant’s benefits under the Plan are attributable to the performance of services by the Participant for such corporation (or corporations) or there is a bona fide business purpose for such corporation or corporations to be liable for such payment and, in either case, no significant purpose in making such corporation or corporations liable for such payment is the avoidance of Federal income tax; or

 

  (iii)

a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in Sections 1.8(e)(i) or 1.8(e)(ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in Section 1.8(e)(i) or Section 1.8(e)(ii). With regard to a relevant corporation, a majority shareholder is a shareholder owning more than 50% of the total fair market value and total voting power of such corporation.

 

  (f)

Stock Ownership. For the purposes of this Section 1.8, ownership of stock will be determined by the application of Code §318(a). Stock underlying a vested option is considered owned by the individual who holds the vested option (and the stock underlying an unvested option is not considered owned by the individual who holds the unvested option). For purposes of the preceding sentence, however, if a vested option is exercisable for stock that is not substantially vested (as defined by Treasury Regulation §§ 1.83-3(b) and (j)), the stock underlying the option is not treated as owned by the individual who holds the option. In addition, mutual and cooperative corporations are treated as having stock for purposes of this Section 1.8(f).

 

1.9

Class Year Account Shall mean the balance credited to a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account for a Taxable Year, including the Participant’s Compensation Deferrals relating to Compensation paid for services performed during the Plan Year, Matching Credits earned for services performed during the Taxable Year (if elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement), Discretionary Credits earned for services performed during the Taxable Year (if elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement), and Investment Debits and Credits allocable to the Class Year Account (as determined by the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion).

 

1.10

Code The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time Reference to any section or subsection of the Code includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation which amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.

 

1.11

Commissions Shall mean both Investment Commissions and Sales Commissions.

 

1.12

Compensation Shall mean a Participant’s Regular Salary, bonuses, Commissions, Performance-Based Compensation, and director fees, as elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement.

 

4


1.13

Compensation Deferral Agreement The written agreement between an Eligible Individual and the Plan Sponsor to defer receipt by the Eligible Individual of Compensation. Such agreement shall state the deferral amount or percentage of Compensation to be withheld from the Eligible Individual’s Compensation and shall state the date on which the agreement is effective, as provided at Section 2.3.

 

1.14

Compensation Deferrals That portion of a Participant’s Compensation which is deferred under the terms of this Plan.

 

1.15

Conflict of Interest Divestiture Shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

 

1.16

Corporate Dissolution A corporate dissolution taxed pursuant to Code §331 or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to section 503(b)(1)(A) of title 11, United States Code.

 

1.17

De Minimis Distribution Shall have the meaning elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement.

 

1.18

Disability Shall have the meaning elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement.

 

1.19

Distributable Event The events entitling a Participant or Beneficiary to a payment of benefits under the Plan, which shall be: Separation from Service; death; Disability, if applicable; the occurrence of an Interim Distribution Date; the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency; Plan Termination Following

 

  a Change of Control Event, if applicable; Plan Termination Following a Corporate Dissolution; Plan Termination in Connection with Termination of Certain Similar Arrangements; Conflict of Interest Divestiture; Domestic Relations Order; and Income Inclusion Under Code § 409A.

 

1.20

Domestic Partner Shall have the meaning elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement. The Plan Administrator in its sole discretion shall determine whether an individual meets the requirements of a Domestic Partner and shall have the right to request documentary proof of the existence of a Domestic Partner relationship, which proof may include, but is not limited to, a joint checking account, a joint mortgage or lease, driver’s licenses showing the same address, the registration of a domestic partnership or civil union in states that recognize such relationships or such other proof as the Plan Administrator may determine.

 

1.21

Domestic Relations Order Any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property rights to a Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant and is made pursuant to a State domestic relations law (including a community property law).

 

1.22

Effective Date The date as of which the Plan becomes effective or is amended, as selected in the Adoption Agreement.

 

1.23

Eligible Individual Any common-law employee, independent contractor or non- employee director who provides services to the Plan Sponsor and is designated by the Plan Sponsor as eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 2.1. Only those individuals who are part of a select group of management or highly compensated individuals, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole discretion, may be designated as Eligible Individuals under the Plan.

 

1.24

ERISA The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Reference to any section or subsection of ERISA includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation which amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.

 

1.25

Income Inclusion Under Code § 409A Shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.10.

 

1.26

Interim Distribution Date Shall have the meaning elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement.

 

1.27

Investment Commissions The Compensation or the portion of Compensation earned by a Participant that meets the following requirements: (a) a substantial portion of the services provided by the Participant for such Compensation consists of sales of financial products or other direct customer services to an unrelated customer with respect to customer assets or customer asset accounts; (b) the customer retains the right to terminate the customer relationship and may move or liquidate the assets or asset accounts without undue delay (which may be subject to a reasonable notice period); (c) such Compensation consists of a portion of the value of the overall assets or asset account balance, an amount substantially all of which is calculated by reference to the increase in

 

5


 

the value of the overall assets or account balance during a specified period, or both; and (d) the value of the overall assets or account balance and Investment Commission is determined at least annually. For this purpose, a customer is treated as an unrelated customer only if the customer is not related (within the meaning of Code § 409A) to either the Plan Sponsor, any Affiliate or the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation involving a related customer will be treated as an Investment Commission provided that (x) the Compensation otherwise meets the requirements set forth in this section, (y) substantial sales from which Investment Commissions arise are made, or substantial services from which Investment Commissions arise are provided, to unrelated customers by the Plan Sponsor or an Affiliate and (z) the sales and service arrangement and the commission arrangement with respect to the related customers are bona fide, arise from the Plan Sponsor’s or Affiliate’s ordinary course of business and are substantially the same, both in terms and in practice, as the terms and practices applicable to unrelated customers (within the meaning of Code § 409A) to which (individually or in the aggregate) substantial sales are made or substantial services provided by the Plan Sponsor or an Affiliate.

 

1.28

Investment Credits and Debits Bookkeeping adjustments to Participants’ Accounts to reflect the hypothetical interest, earnings, appreciation, losses and depreciation that would be accrued or realized if assets equal to the value of such Accounts were invested in accordance with such Participants’ Benefit Benchmarks.

 

1.29

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan A pension plan, within the meaning of ERISA §201(2), the purpose of which is to permit a select group of management or highly compensated Eligible Individuals to defer receipt of a portion of their Compensation to a future date.

 

1.30

Normal Retirement Age The age designated by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement.

 

1.31

Participant An Eligible Individual who is currently deferring a portion of his or her Compensation under this Plan, or who is currently eligible for Matching Credits or Discretionary Credits, or an Eligible Individual or former Eligible Individual who is still entitled to the payment of benefits under the Plan.

 

1.32

Performance-Based Compensation Compensation, the amount of which, or entitlement to which, is contingent on the satisfaction of pre-established organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months. Organizational or individual performance criteria are considered pre-established if established in writing by no later than 90 days after the commencement of the period of service to which the criteria relates, provided that the outcome is substantially uncertain at the time the criteria are established. Performance-Based Compensation does not include any amount, or portion of any amount, that will be paid either regardless of performance or based upon a level of performance that is substantially certain to be met at the time the criteria is established. If payments are based upon the satisfaction of subjective criteria, the subjective performance criteria must be bona fide and relate to the performance of the Participant, a group that includes the Participant or a business unit for which the Participant provides services, and the determination that any subjective performance criteria have been met must not be made by the Participant, a family member of the Participant or a person under the effective control of the Participant or a family member of the Participant or where any amount of the compensation of the person making such determination is effectively controlled in whole or in part by the Participant or family member of the Participant. Compensation determined by reference to the value of the Plan Sponsor or an Affiliate, or the stock of the Plan Sponsor or an Affiliate, shall be Performance Based Compensation only as provided under Code § 409A and the regulations and binding guidance issued thereunder.

 

1.33

Plan The Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan established by the Plan Sponsor under the terms of this Basic Plan Document and the accompanying Adoption Agreement.

 

1.34

Plan Administrator The individual(s) or committee appointed by the Plan Sponsor identified in Section I of the Adoption Agreement to administer the Plan as provided herein. If no such appointment is made, the Chief Executive Officer of the Plan Sponsor identified in Section I of the Adoption Agreement (or the most senior officer of such Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor does not have a Chief Executive Officer) shall serve as the Plan Administrator. In no event shall a Plan Administrator who is a Participant be permitted to make decisions regarding his or her benefits under this Plan; rather, such decisions shall be made by the other members of any committee appointed to act as the Plan Administrator or, if no such committee has been appointed, the most senior officer of the Plan Sponsor identified in Section I of the Adoption Agreement whose benefits are not at issue in the decision. If a Change in Control Event occurs with respect to the Plan Sponsor named in Section I

 

6


  of the Adoption Agreement, the existing Plan Administrator shall be removed, and a new Plan Administrator shall be appointed as provided in Section 8.9.

 

1.35

Plan Sponsor The corporation or business entity identified in Section I of the Adoption Agreement, including any successor to such corporation or business that assumes the obligations of such corporation or business. The term Plan Sponsor shall also include, where appropriate, any entity affiliated with the Plan Sponsor which adopts the Plan with the consent of the Plan Sponsor and is listed on Exhibit A attached to the Adoption Agreement. Only the Plan Sponsor identified in Section I of the Adoption Agreement shall have the power to amend this Plan, appoint the Plan Administrator, or exercise any of the powers described in Section 8.3 hereof.

 

1.36

Plan Termination Following a Change in Control Event Shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.

 

1.37

Plan Termination Following a Corporate Dissolution Shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.

 

1.38

Plan Termination in Connection with Termination of Certain Similar Arrangements Shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.

 

1.39

Regular Salary The Participant’s gross income paid by the Plan Sponsor during the Taxable Year as reportable on Internal Revenue Service Form W-2, including amounts excludible from gross income that are contributed by the Participant on a pre-tax basis to a salary reduction retirement or welfare plan (including amounts contributed to this Plan), but excluding Commissions, bonuses, Performance-Based Compensation, director fees, or any other irregular payments.

 

1.40

Sales Commissions Compensation earned by a Participant that meets the following requirements: (a) a substantial portion of the services provided by the Participant for the Compensation consists of the direct sale of a product or service to an unrelated customer; (b) the Compensation paid by the Plan Sponsor consists of either a portion of the purchase price for the product or service or an amount substantially all of which is calculated by reference to the volume of sales; and (c) payment of the Compensation is either contingent upon the Plan Sponsor or Affiliate receiving payment from an unrelated customer for the product or services or, if applied consistently to all similarly situated Participants, is contingent upon the closing of the sales transaction and such other requirements as may be specified by the Plan Sponsor or Affiliate before the closing of the sales transaction. For this purpose, a customer will be treated as an unrelated customer only if the customer is not related (within the meaning of Code § 409A) to either the Plan Sponsor, any Affiliate or the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation involving a related customer will be treated will be treated as a Sales Commission provided that (x) the Compensation otherwise meets the requirements set forth in this section, (y) substantial sales from which Sales Commissions arise are made, or substantial services from which Sales Commissions arise are provided, to

 

  unrelated customers by the Plan Sponsor or an Affiliate and (z) the sales and service arrangement and the commission arrangement with respect to the related customers are bona fide, arise from the Plan Sponsor’s or Affiliate’s ordinary course of business and are substantially the same, both in terms and in practice, as the terms and practices applicable to unrelated customers (within the meaning of Code § 409A) to which (individually or in the aggregate) substantial sales are made or substantial services provided by the Plan Sponsor or an Affiliate.

 

1.41

Separation from Service A Participant shall have a Separation from Service under the circumstances described below.

 

  (a)

Employees A Participant who is a common law employee has a Separation from Service if the Participant voluntarily or involuntarily terminates employment with the Plan Sponsor and all Affiliates, for any reason other than Disability or death. A termination of employment occurs if the facts and circumstances indicate that the Plan Sponsor and the Participant reasonably anticipate that no further services will be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Participant will perform after such date (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) will decrease to no more than 20 percent of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of services if the Participant has been providing services for less than 36 months). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the employment relationship is treated as continuing while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of leave does not exceed 6 months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains the right to reemployment

 

7


 

with the Plan Sponsor or an Affiliate under an applicable statute or contract. When a leave of absence is due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to last for a period of at least 6 months and such impairment causes the Participant to be unable to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, a 29-month period of absence shall be substituted for the 6-month period above.

 

  (b)

Independent Contractors A Participant who is an independent contractor shall have a Separation from Service upon the expiration of all contracts under which services are performed for the Plan Sponsor and all Affiliates if the expiration constitute a good faith and complete termination of the contractual relationship. An expiration does not constitute a good faith and complete termination of the contractual relationship if the Plan

 

  Sponsor or an Affiliate anticipates a renewal of a contractual relationship or the independent contractor becoming an employee. For this purpose, a Plan Sponsor is considered to anticipate the renewal of the contractual relationship if the Plan Sponsor or an Affiliate intends to contract again for the services provided under the expired contract and the independent contractor has not been eliminated as a possible provider of services under any such new contract. A Plan Sponsor is considered to intend to contract again for the services provided under an expired contract if doing so is conditioned only upon incurring a need for the services, the availability of funds or both.

 

  (c)

Directors Except as otherwise provided hereunder, a Participant who is a member of the Board shall be considered to be an Independent Contractor for purposes of determining whether the Participant has had a Separation from Service.

 

  (d)

Dual Status If a Participant provides services to the Plan Sponsor and any Affiliates as an employee and as an independent contractor, the Participant must have a Separation from Service with the Plan Sponsor and all Affiliates both as an employee and an independent contractor to have a Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant provides services to the Plan Sponsor and any Affiliates as an employee and as a director, (1) the services provided as a director are not taken into account in determining whether the Participant has a Separation from Service as an employee under the Plan if the Participant participates in the Plan as an employee, provided the Participant does not participate in any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan as a director that is aggregated with the Plan under Code §409A, and (2) the services provided as an employee are not taken into account in determining whether the Participant has a Separation from Service as a director under the Plan if the Participant participates in the Plan as a director, provided the Participant does not participate in any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan as an employee that is aggregated with the Plan under Code §409A.

 

1.42

Specified Employee A key employee (as defined in Code § 416(i) without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) of a Plan Sponsor or its Affiliates, any stock of which is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. A Participant is a key employee if the Participant meets the requirements of Code §416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding Code §416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12- month period ending each December 31. If a Participant is a key employee at any time during the 12-month period

 

  ending on such December 31, the Participant is treated as a Specified Employee for the 12-month period beginning on the following April 1. Whether any stock of a Plan Sponsor or its Affiliates is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise must be determined as of the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service.

 

1.43

Spouse The individual to whom a Participant is married, or was married in the case of a deceased Participant who was married at the time of his or her death.

 

1.44

Taxable Year The 12-consecutive-month period beginning each January 1 and ending each December 31.

 

1.45

Trust The agreement, if any, between the Plan Sponsor and the Trustee under which assets may be delivered by the Plan Sponsor to the Trustee to offset liabilities assumed by the Plan Sponsor under the Plan. Any assets held under the terms of the Trust shall be the exclusive property of the Plan Sponsor and shall be subject to the

 

8


  creditor claims of the Plan Sponsor with respect to whom such Trust has been established. Participants shall have no right, secured or unsecured, to any assets held under the terms of the Trust.

 

1.46

Trustee The institution named by the Plan Sponsor in the Trust agreement, if any, and any corporation which succeeds the Trustee by merger or by acquisition of assets or operation of law.

 

1.47

Unforeseeable Emergency A severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant or the Participant’s Spouse, Beneficiary or dependent (as defined in Code §152 without regard to §§ 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B)), loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.

 

1.48

Valuation Date The date on which Participant Accounts under the Plan are valued. The Valuation Date shall be each business day of the Taxable Year on which the New York Stock Exchange and, if a Trust has been established in connection with the Plan, the Trustee are open for business.

 

1.49

Without Good Cause A Participant’s involuntary Separation from Service shall be without good cause if it occurs for reasons other than the Participant’s commission of a crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude (e.g., fraud, theft, embezzlement, deception, etc.); misconduct, including but not limited to insubordinate behavior, by the Participant in the performance of his or her job duties and responsibilities; any conduct by the Participant of a nature which reflects negatively upon the Plan Sponsor or any Affiliate or which would prevent the Participant from being able to adequately perform his or her job duties and responsibilities (e.g., malicious, willful and wanton, or negligent conduct, etc.); the Participant’s failure to adequately perform his/her duties and responsibilities as such duties and responsibilities are, from time to time in the Plan Sponsor’s absolute discretion, determined; and the Participant’s breach of any of the Plan Sponsor’s established operating policies and procedures.

 

9


ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

2.1

Eligibility The Plan Sponsor will designate in the Adoption Agreement those persons who shall be considered Eligible Individuals under the Plan.

 

2.2

Participation The Plan Administrator shall provide written notification to each Eligible Individual of his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

2.3

Compensation Deferral Agreement In order to defer Compensation under the Plan for a given Taxable Year, an Eligible Individual must enter into a Compensation Deferral Agreement with the Plan Sponsor authorizing the deferral of all or part of the Participant’s Compensation for such Taxable Year.

 

  Upon receipt of a properly completed and executed Compensation Deferral Agreement, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Plan Sponsor to withhold that portion of the Participant’s Compensation specified in the Agreement. In no event will the Participant be permitted to defer more or less than the amount(s) specified by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement.

 

  Subject to Section 7.1, the Compensation Deferral Agreement shall remain in effect for the duration of the Taxable Year to which it relates. If elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement, and subject to Section 7.1, the Compensation Deferral Agreement also shall remain in effect for subsequent Taxable Years unless and until it is timely changed for a subsequent Taxable Year as described below.

 

  Except as provided below, a Compensation Deferral Agreement must be completed and returned to the Plan Sponsor prior to the first day of the Taxable Year in which services are performed for the Compensation deferred and shall be irrevocable for the Taxable Year except as otherwise provided hereunder.

 

  (a)

Initial Eligibility If the Plan is established on a date other than the first day of a Taxable Year, or if an individual becomes an Eligible Individual on a date other than the first day of a Taxable Year and such individual has not at any time been eligible to participate in the Plan or any Aggregated Plan, the Compensation Deferral Agreement may be completed and returned to the Plan Sponsor within 30 days after the Effective Date or within 30 days after the Eligible Individual’s initial eligibility date. In no event shall a Participant be permitted to defer Compensation with respect to services performed before the date on which the Compensation Deferral Agreement is signed by the Participant and accepted by the Plan Administrator.

 

  (b)

Former Participants With No Account Balance If an Eligible Individual who is a former Participant has been paid all amounts deferred under the Plan and any Aggregated Plan and, on and before the date of the last payment, is not eligible to continue (or elect to continue) to participate in the Plan or any Aggregated Plan for periods after the last payment (other than through an election of a different time and form of payment with respect to the amounts paid), the Eligible Individual may be treated as initially eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to subsection (a) above as of the first date following such last payment that the Eligible Individual again becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

  (c)

Participants Ineligible for Two Years If an Eligible Individual who is a Participant or former Participant ceases being eligible to participate in the Plan and any Aggregated Plan, regardless of whether all amounts deferred under such plans have been paid, and subsequently becomes eligible to participate in the Plan again, the Eligible Individual may be treated as being initially eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to subsection (a) above if the Eligible Individual has not been eligible to participate in the Plan or an Aggregated Plan (other than through the accrual of earnings) at any time during the twenty-four (24) month period ending on the date the Eligible Individual again becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

  (d)

Performance-Based Compensation A Compensation Deferral Agreement with respect to Performance-Based Compensation may be completed and returned to the Plan Sponsor no later than the date that is six months before the end of the performance period to which the Performance-Based Compensation relates, provided the Participant performs services continuously from the later of the beginning of the performance period or the date upon which the performance criteria are established

 

10


 

through the date upon which the Participant makes an initial deferral election, and further provided that in no event may an election to defer Performance- Based Compensation be made with respect to Compensation that has become readily ascertainable.

 

  (e)

Sales Commissions Compensation Deferral Agreements made with respect to Sales Commissions must be completed and returned to the Plan Sponsor prior to the first day of the Taxable Year in which the customer remits payment to the Plan Sponsor or Affiliate for which the Sales Commission is paid or, if applied consistently to all similarly situated Participants, the Taxable Year in which the sale occurs.

 

  (f)

Investment Commissions Compensation Deferral Agreements made with respect to Investment Commissions must be completed and returned to the Plan Sponsor prior to the first day of the Taxable Year in which falls the date that is twelve (12) months before the date as of which the overall value of the assets or asset accounts is determined for purposes of calculating the Investment Commission.

 

2.4

Matching Credits and Discretionary Credits The Plan Sponsor may adjust the Account of a Participant with Matching Credits or Discretionary Credits. The amount of the Discretionary Credits and/or Matching Credits and the formula(s) for allocating such credits will be selected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Plan Sponsor elects to make Matching Credits in accordance with Section V.(a)(iii) of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant will receive a Matching Credit under this Plan for a Taxable Year only if the Participant has made the maximum salary reduction contributions permitted under the Plan Sponsor’s qualified retirement plan during the applicable Taxable Year.

 

2.5

Establishing a Reserve for Plan Liabilities The Plan Sponsor may, but is not required to, establish one or more Trusts to which the Plan Sponsor may transfer such assets as the Plan Sponsor determines in its sole discretion to assist in meeting its obligations under the Plan. Any such assets shall be the property of the Plan Sponsor and remain subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor’s creditors, to the extent provided under any Trust established with respect to such Plan Sponsor. The Trustee shall have no duty to determine whether the amounts forwarded by the Plan Sponsor are the correct amount or that they have been transmitted in a timely manner.

 

11


ARTICLE III

PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS AND REPORTS

 

3.1

Establishment of Accounts The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain individual recordkeeping Accounts, Class Year Accounts and subaccounts, as applicable, on behalf of each Participant for purposes of determining each Participant’s benefits under the Plan. A Participant’s Account does not represent the Participant’s ownership of, or any ownership interest in, any assets which may be set aside to satisfy the Plan Sponsor’s obligations under the Plan.

 

3.2

Account Maintenance As of each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator shall credit each Participant’s Account (or, if applicable, Class Year Accounts) with the following:

 

  (a)

An amount equal to any Compensation Deferrals made by the Participant since the last Valuation Date;

 

  (b)

An amount equal to any Matching Credits or Discretionary Credits, and any forfeitures, if applicable, since the last Valuation Date; and

 

  (c)

An amount equal to deemed Investment Credits under Section 3.3 below since the last Valuation Date.

As of each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator shall debit each Participant’s Account (or, if applicable, Class Year Accounts) with the following:

 

  (d)

An amount equal to any distributions from the Plan to the Participant or Beneficiary since the last Valuation Date; and

 

  (e)

An amount equal to deemed Investment Debits under Section 3.3 below since the last Valuation Date; and

 

  (f)

An amount equal to any forfeitures incurred by the Participant since the last Valuation Date.

 

3.3

Investment Credits and Debits The Accounts (or, if applicable, Class Year Accounts) of Participants shall be adjusted for Investment Credits and Debits in accordance with this Section 3.3.

Participants shall have the right to specify one or more Benefit Benchmarks in which their Compensation Deferrals, Matching Credits and Discretionary Credits shall be deemed to be invested. The Benefit Benchmarks shall be utilized solely for purposes of adjusting their Accounts (or, if applicable, Class Year Accounts) in accordance with procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall provide the Participant with a list of the available Benefit Benchmarks. From time to time, in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, the Benefit Benchmarks available within the Plan may be revised. All Benefit Benchmark selections must be denominated in whole percentages unless the Plan Administrator determines that lower increments are acceptable. A Participant may make changes in the manner in which future Compensation Deferrals, Matching Credits and/or Discretionary Credits are deemed to be invested among the various Benefit Benchmarks within the Plan in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator. A Participant may re- direct the manner in which earlier Compensation Deferrals, Matching Credits and/or Discretionary Credits, as well as any appreciation (or depreciation) to-date, are deemed to be invested among the Benefit Benchmarks available in the Plan in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator.

As of each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator shall adjust the Account (or, if applicable, Class Year Accounts) of each Participant for interest, earnings or appreciation (less losses and depreciation) with respect to the then balance of the Participant’s Account equal to the actual results of the Participant’s deemed Benefit Benchmark elections.

All notional acquisitions and dispositions of Benefit Benchmarks which occur within a Participant’s Account, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, shall be deemed to occur at such times as the Plan Administrator shall determine to be administratively feasible in its sole discretion and the Participant’s Account shall be adjusted accordingly. Accordingly, if a distribution or reallocation must occur pursuant to the terms of the Plan and all or some portion of the Account must be valued in connection with such distribution or reallocation (to reflect

 

12


Investment Credits and Debits), the Plan Administrator may in its sole discretion, unless otherwise provided for in the Plan, select a date or dates which shall be used for valuation purposes.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any Investment Credits or Debits made to any Participant’s Account following a Plan Termination or a Change in Control Event shall be made in a manner no less favorable to Participants than the practices and procedures employed under the Plan, or as otherwise in effect, as of the date of the Plan Termination or the Change in Control Event.

Notwithstanding the Participant’s deemed Benefit Benchmark elections under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor shall be under no obligation to actually invest any amounts in such manner, or in any manner, and such Benefit Benchmark elections shall be used solely to determine the amounts by which the Participant’s Account shall be adjusted under this Article III.

 

3.4

Participant Statements The Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant with a statement showing the credits to and debits from his or her Account during the period from the last statement date. Such statement shall be provided to Participants as soon as administratively feasible following the end of each Taxable Year and on such other dates as agreed to by the Plan Sponsor and the party maintaining Participant records.

ARTICLE IV

WITHHOLDING OF TAXES

 

4.1

Withholding from Compensation For any Taxable Year in which Compensation Deferrals, Matching Credits and/or Discretionary Credits are made to or vested within the Plan (as applicable), the Plan Sponsor shall withhold the Participant’s share of income, FICA and other employment taxes from the portion of the Participant’s Compensation not deferred. If deemed appropriate by the Plan Sponsor, all or any portion of a benefit under the Plan may be distributed in certain instances where necessary to facilitate compliance with applicable withholding requirements to the extent such distribution would not result in adverse tax consequences under Code §409A. The amount of any such distribution shall not exceed the amount necessary to comply with applicable withholding requirements.

 

4.2

Withholding from Benefit Distributions The Plan Sponsor (or the Trustee of the Trust, as applicable) shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor, in connection with such payments, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

ARTICLE V

VESTING

 

5.1

Vesting A Participant shall be immediately vested in (i.e., shall have a non-forfeitable right to) all Compensation Deferrals credited to his or her Account, including any Investment Credits or Debits associated therewith. The Plan Sponsor shall specify in the Adoption Agreement the vesting provisions applicable to any Discretionary Credits or Matching Credits allocated to the Accounts ( or, if applicable, Class Year Accounts) of Participants. Upon a Distributable Event, except as otherwise provided under the Plan, any amount of the benefit payment credited to the Account (or, if applicable, Class Year Account) of the Participant that is not vested shall be forfeited. Forfeitures incurred by a Participant shall reduce the amounts credited to a Participant’s Account (or, if applicable, Class Year Accounts), but shall not be reallocated to the Accounts (or, if applicable, Class Year Accounts) of other Participants unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement. A distribution for a Domestic Relations Order Payment under Section 6.7 shall be made from the Account of the Participant only to the extent it is vested.

 

13


ARTICLE VI

PAYMENTS

 

6.1

Benefits Except as otherwise provided under the Plan, a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit payable under the Plan shall be the value of the Participant’s vested Account (or, if applicable, Class Year Accounts ) at the time a Distributable Event occurs with respect to such Participant or Beneficiary. In no event, will a Participant’s right to a benefit under this Plan give such Participant a secured right or claim on any assets set aside by the Plan Sponsor to meet its obligations under the Plan. All payments from the Plan shall be subject to applicable tax withholding and shall commence (or be fully paid, in the event a lump sum form of distribution was selected) no later than ninety (90) days after the occurrence of the Distributable Event, except as otherwise provided herein.

 

6.2

Timing of Distribution Elections.

(a) Initial Elections. If the Plan Sponsor has elected in the Adoption Agreement to allow a Participant to elect a separate form and timing of distribution for each Class Year Account under the Plan, the Participant shall elect the form and timing of payment of each Class Year Account at the time the Participant submits (or is required to submit, in accordance with Section 2.3 and Code § 409A) his or her Compensation Deferral Agreement for the Taxable Year for which the Class Year Account is established.

If the Plan Sponsor has not elected in the Adoption Agreement to allow a Participant to elect a separate form and timing of distribution for each Class Year Account under the Plan, the Participant shall elect the form and timing of payment of his or her Account at the earlier of (a) the time the Participant submits (or is required to submit, in accordance with Section 2.3 and Code § 409A) his or her Compensation Deferral Agreement for the Taxable Year for which the Class Year Account is established, or (b) the December 31 preceding the Taxable Year in which the services giving rise to the Participant’s first Matching Credits or Discretionary Credits to be earned under the Plan are to be performed (unless a later date is permitted in accordance with the provisions of Code § 409A and Treas. Reg. § 1.409A- 2). If a Participant elects an in-service Interim Distribution Date, the Participant must make a new form and timing of payment election for Compensation Deferrals that may be credited to the Participant’s Account and for Matching Credits and/or Discretionary Credits that may be earned during and after the Taxable Year in which falls the in-service Interim Distribution Date. Such election (a) must be made prior to the beginning of the Taxable Year in which the services giving rise to the earliest Compensation Deferrals, Matching Credits or Discretionary Credits subject to the new form and timing of payment election are to be performed and (b) is subject to rules generally applicable to form and timing of payment elections under this Plan.

(b) Subsequent Changes in Time and Form of Payment. A Participant may elect to change the time or form of payment of amounts distributable upon a Separation from Service or elect to change the time of payment of amounts distributable upon an Interim Distribution Date, provided, however, that any such election shall be effective only if:

 

  (i)

the election does not accelerate the time or schedule of any payment within the meaning of Code § 409A;

 

  (ii)

the election does not take effect until at least twelve 12 months after the date on which the election is made;

 

  (iii)

the first payment with respect to which such election is made is deferred for a period of 5 years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made; and

 

  (iv)

for a change to a payment made upon an Interim Distribution Date, such election is made at least 12 months before such Interim Distribution Date.

The Plan Administrator shall have sole and absolute discretion to decide whether such a request shall be approved but may approve no more than one such request for any Participant with respect to any Compensation Deferral or Matching or Discretionary Credit.

(c) Failures to Elect. If a Participant fails to properly elect the form or time of distribution for his or her Account, or Class Year Account, as applicable, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to receive his

 

14


or her Account, or Class Year Account, as applicable, in a single lump sum commencing on his or her Separation from Service.

 

6.3

Separation from Service Payment In the event of a Participant’s Separation from Service, the Participant’s vested Account (or, if applicable, Class Year Account) shall be paid in the form of a cash lump sum or, if elected by the Participant, in annual cash payments (over a period of five (5), ten (10), or fifteen (15) years). A Participant may elect one form of payment for a Separation from Service that occurs before Normal Retirement Age, and a different form of payment for a Separation from Service that occurs on or after Normal Retirement Age. For purposes of Code § 409A, installment payments shall be treated as a single payment. If applicable, the initial installment shall be based on the value of the Participant’s vested Account (or, if applicable, Class Year Account), measured on the date of his or her Separation from Service, and shall be equal to 1/n (where ‘n’ is equal to the total number of annual benefit payments not yet distributed). Subsequent installment payments shall be computed in a consistent fashion, with the measurement date being the anniversary of the original measurement date. Election of the form of the Separation from Service Payment must be provided to the Plan Administrator at the time required by Section 6.2 of this Plan.

Notwithstanding a Participant’s election regarding the form of the Separation from Service Payment, the Plan Sponsor shall make a De Minimis Distribution, as elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement, and pay the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit in a single lump-sum payment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a distribution resulting from a Separation from Service by a Participant who is a Specified Employee on the date of Separation from Service shall be made within the ninety (90) days following the date that is 6 months after the Separation from Service or, if earlier, within the ninety (90) days following the death of the Specified Employee. The first payment made following the 6-month period described in the preceding sentence shall include all payments that otherwise would have been made after Separation from Service but for the delay required by this paragraph.

 

6.4

Conflict of Interest Divestiture The Plan Administrator shall pay to a Participant all or a portion of the Participant’s vested Account to the extent

 

  (a)

necessary for any Participant who is Federal officer or employee in the executive branch to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government; or

 

  (b)

reasonably necessary to avoid the violation of an applicable Federal, state or local ethics or conflicts of interest law (including when such payment is reasonably necessary to permit the Participant to participate in activities in the normal course of his or her position in which the Participant would not otherwise be able to participate under an applicable rule).

The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine whether the Participant’s circumstances meet the requirements for a Conflict of Interest Divestiture and the amount of any distribution. A distribution under this Section shall be made at such time and in such form as shall be necessary to comply with an applicable ethics agreement or to avoid the violation of an applicable ethics or conflict of interest law.

 

6.5

Death Benefit In the event of the Participant’s death, whether before or after the Participant has otherwise incurred a Distributable Event or commenced

receiving payments from the Plan, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive the balance of the Participant’s vested Account in a single lump-sum cash payment.

 

6.6

Disability Benefit If the occurrence of a Disability is a Distributable Event, as elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Administrator shall pay to a Participant the balance of the Participant’s vested Account in a single lump-sum cash payment in the event the Participant suffers a Disability (whether before or after the Participant has otherwise incurred a Distributable Event or commenced receiving payments from the Plan). The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine whether the circumstances of the Participant constitute a Disability and the time at which such Disability occurs consistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

6.7

Domestic Relations Order Payment If it is necessary to satisfy a Domestic Relations Order, whether before or after the Participant has otherwise incurred a Distributable Event or commenced receiving payments from the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall pay to the Spouse, former Spouse, child, or other dependent of the

 

15


Participant, as specified in the Domestic Relations Order, the amount from the Participant’s vested Account required to fulfill the Domestic Relations Order. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine whether the circumstances of the Participant meet the requirements for a Domestic Relations Order Payment under this Section. If the request for a payment due to a Domestic Relations Order is approved, the distribution shall be made at such time and in such form as shall be necessary to satisfy the Domestic Relations Order.

 

6.8

Unforeseeable Emergency Distribution If a Participant has an Unforeseeable Emergency, as defined herein, the Plan Administrator may pay to the Participant that portion of his or her vested Account which the Plan Administrator determines is reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency. The amounts distributed to the Participant as a result of an Unforeseeable Emergency may not exceed the amounts reasonably necessary to satisfy such emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by cancellation of Compensation Deferrals pursuant to Section 7.1. A Participant requesting an Unforeseeable Emergency Distribution shall apply for the payment in writing on a form approved by the Plan Administrator and shall provide such additional information as the Plan Administrator may require. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine whether the financial hardship of the Participant constitutes an Unforeseeable Emergency under the Plan. If, subject to the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, the request for a withdrawal is approved, the distribution shall be made within ninety (90) days after the date of approval by the Plan Administrator.

 

6.9

Election to Receive Interim Distributions A Participant may make an election, at the time required by Section 6.2, to have his or her Account or the Class Year Account, as applicable, to which the election relates paid to him or her at an Interim Distribution Date designated by the Participant. Such Account or Class Year Account shall be payable in a single cash lump sum payment within ninety (90) days after an applicable Interim Distribution Date. The Participant’s selection of an Interim Distribution Date is irrevocable, except as provided in Section 6.2(b), and must comply with the definition of Interim Distribution Date under Section 1.26.

 

6.10

Payment upon Income Inclusion Under § 409A If the Plan Administrator determines at any time that the Plan fails to meet the requirements of Code § 409A with respect to a Participant, the Plan Administrator shall distribute to the Participant the amount from the Participant’s vested Account that is required to be included in income as a result of such failure in a single lump- sum payment.

 

6.11

Permissible Delay in Payments A payment may be delayed beyond the distribution date otherwise provided for under the Plan in one or more of the circumstances below, if the Plan Sponsor so elects in the Adoption Agreement.

 

  (a)

Payments Subject to Code § 162(m) A payment, including any portion thereof, will be delayed when the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that its deduction with respect to such payment otherwise would be eliminated by application of Code § 162(m), provided that the payment is made either during the Participant’s first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates (or should reasonably anticipate) that if the payment is made during such year the deduction of such payment will not be barred by Code § 162(m) or during the period beginning with the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Plan Sponsor’s taxable year in which the Participant has a Separation from Service or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant’s Separation from Service, and provided further that when any scheduled payment to a Participant in the Plan Sponsor’s taxable year is delayed in accordance with this Section, all scheduled payments to such Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Section are also delayed. When a payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant’s Separation from Service, the payment shall be treated as a payment upon a Separation from Service and, in the case of a Specified Employee, the date that is 6 months after a Participant’s Separation from Service is substituted for any reference to a Participant’s Separation from Service in the foregoing provisions of this Section.

 

  (b)

Violation of Federal Securities Laws or Other Applicable Law A payment will be delayed when the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law, provided that the payment will be made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor

 

16


 

reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

6.12

Beneficiary Designation A Participant shall have the right to designate a Beneficiary and to amend or revoke such designation at any time in writing. Such designation, amendment or revocation shall be effective upon receipt by the Plan Administrator. If the Beneficiary is a minor or incompetent, benefits may be paid to a legal guardian, trustee, or other proper representative of the Beneficiary, and such payment shall completely discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan of all further obligations hereunder.

If no Beneficiary designation is made, or if the Beneficiary designation is held invalid, or if no Beneficiary survives the Participant and benefits are determined to be payable following the Participant’s death, the Plan Administrator shall direct that payment of benefits be made to the person or persons in the first of the below categories in which there is a survivor. The categories of successor beneficiaries, in order, are as follows:

 

  (a)

Participant’s Spouse;

 

  (b)

Participant’s Domestic Partner, if elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement:

 

  (c)

Participant’s descendants, per stirpes (eligible descendants shall be determined by the intestacy laws of the state in which the decedent was domiciled);

 

  (d)

Participant’s parents;

 

  (e)

Participant’s brothers and sisters (including step brothers and step sisters); and

 

  (f)

Participant’s estate.

 

6.13

Claims Procedure All claims for benefits under the Plan, and all questions regarding the operation of the Plan, shall be submitted to the Plan Administrator in writing. The Plan Administrator has complete discretion and authority to interpret and construe any provision of the Plan, and its decisions regarding claims for benefits hereunder are final and binding.

 

  (a)

Presentation of Claim. Any Participant, Beneficiary or person claiming benefits under the Plan (such Participant, Beneficiary or other person being referred to below as a “Claimant”) may deliver to the Plan Administrator a written claim for a determination with respect to benefits distributable to such Claimant from the Plan. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.

Any claim by a Participant that a payment made under the Plan is less than the amount to which the Participant is entitled must be made in writing pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section within 180 days after the date of such payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, including the provisions of Section 5.1, a Participant shall forfeit all rights to any amounts claimed if the Participant fails to make claim as provided in the preceding sentence.

 

(b)

Notification of Decision The Plan Administrator shall consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time, and shall notify the Claimant in writing:

 

  (i)

that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or

 

  (ii)

that the Plan Administrator has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and such notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

 

  (1)

the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;

 

  (2)

specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial was based;

 

  (3)

a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

 

  (4)

a description of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 6.13(c) below, including information regarding any applicable time limits and a statement regarding the Claimant’s right

 

17


 

to bring an action under ERISA §502(a) following an adverse determination on review; and

 

  (5)

if the decision involved the Disability of the Participant, information regarding whether an internal rule or procedure was relied upon in making its decision and that the Claimant can request a copy of such rule or procedure, free of charge, upon request.

The Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of an adverse decision within ninety (90) days after the date the claim was received, unless the Plan Administrator determines there are special circumstances that require an extension of time in which to make a decision. If an extension of time is needed, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the extension before the expiration of the original 90-day period. The notice will include a description of the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and an estimate of the date it expects a decision to be made. The extension shall not exceed an additional 90-day period.

If the adverse decision relates to a claim involving the Disability of the Participant, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of an adverse decision within forty-five (45) days after the date the claim was received, unless the Plan Administrator determines that matters beyond its control require an extension of time in which to make a decision. If an extension of time is needed, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the extension before the expiration of the original 45-day period. The notice will include a description of the circumstances necessitating the extension and an estimate of the date it expects a decision to be made. The extension shall not exceed an additional 30-day period unless, within the 30-day period the Plan Administrator again determines that more time is needed due to matters beyond its control, in which case notice of the need for not more than an additional thirty (30) days is provided to the Claimant before the first 30-day period expires. The notice will include a description of the circumstances requiring the extension and an estimate of the date it expects a decision to be made. Any extension notice will include information regarding the standards on which a determination of Disability will be made, the outstanding issues which prevent a decision from being made, and any additional information which is needed in order to reach a decision. The Claimant will have forty-five (45) days to supply any additional information.

If the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the need for an extension of time to make a decision regarding his or her claim in accordance with this Section 6.13(b), and the extension is needed due to the Claimant’s failure to provide information necessary to decide the claim, the period of time in which the Plan Administrator must make a decision does not include the time between the date the notice of the extension was sent to the Claimant and the date the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.

 

(c)

Review of a Denied Claim Within sixty (60) days after receiving a notice from the Plan Administrator that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Plan Administrator a written request for a review of the denial of the claim. During the 60-day review period, the Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):

 

  (i)

may review relevant documents;

 

  (ii)

may submit written comments or other documents relating to the claim;

 

  (iii)

may request access to and copies of all relevant documents, free of charge;

 

  (iv)

may request a hearing, which the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may grant.

The Plan Administrator will consider all documents and other information submitted by the Claimant in reviewing its previous decision, including documents not available to or considered by it during its initial determination.

If the appeal relates to a determination of the Plan Administrator involving the Disability of the Participant, the Claimant will have one-hundred-eighty (180) days following receipt of a denial to file a written request for review. In such event, no deference shall be given to the initial benefit determination, and the review shall be conducted by an appropriate fiduciary who is someone other than the individual who made the initial determination or a subordinate of such individual. If the initial determination was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the reviewer shall consult with an appropriately trained

 

18


and experienced health care professional, and shall disclose the identity of any experts who provided advice with regard to the initial decision. The health care professional whose advice is sought during the appeal process will not be an individual who was consulted during the initial determination, nor a subordinate of such an individual.

 

(d)

Decision on Review The Plan Administrator shall render its decision on review promptly, and not later than sixty (60) days after the filing of a written request for review of the denial, unless a hearing is held or other special circumstances require additional time, in which case the Plan Administrator’s decision must be rendered within one- hundred-twenty (120) days after such date. If an extension of time is needed, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the extension before the expiration of the original 60-day period. The notice will include a description of the circumstances requiring the extension and an estimate of the date it expects a decision to be made. Such decision must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and if the decision on review is adverse it must contain:

 

  (i)

specific reasons for the decision;

 

  (ii)

specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based;

 

  (iii)

a statement that the Claimant may receive, upon request and free of charge, access to and copies of relevant documents and information;

 

  (iv)

a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures under the Plan and the Claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA §502(a);

 

  (v)

if the decision involved the Disability of the Participant, information regarding whether an internal rule or procedure was relied upon in making its decision and that the Claimant can request a copy of such rule or procedure, free of charge, upon request;

 

  (vi)

if the decision involved the Disability of the Participant, a statement that the Claimant and the Plan may have other voluntary alternative dispute resolution options, such as mediation, and that the Claimant may find out what options are available by contacting the local U.S. Department of Labor Office and the state insurance regulatory agency; and

 

  (vii)

such other matters as the Plan Administrator deems relevant. If the appeal involves the Disability of the Participant, the decision of the Plan Administrator will be made within forty- five (45) days after the filing of the written request for review, unless special circumstances require additional time, in which case the Plan Administrator’s decision will be made within ninety (90) days after the date the request was filed. If an extension of time is needed, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the extension before the expiration of the original 45-day period. The notice will include a description of the circumstances requiring the extension and an estimate of the date it expects a decision to be made.

If the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the need for an extension of time to make a decision regarding his or her appeal in accordance with this Section 6.13(d), and the extension is needed due to the Claimant’s failure to provide information necessary to decide the appeal, the period of time in which the Plan Administrator must make a decision does not include the time between the date the notice of the extension was sent to the Claimant and the date the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.

 

19


ARTICLE VII

CANCELLATION OF DEFERRALS

 

7.1

Unforeseeable Emergency If a Participant has an Unforeseeable Emergency, as defined herein, the Plan Administrator may cancel all future Compensation Deferrals pertaining to Compensation not yet earned and required to be made pursuant to the Participant’s current Compensation Deferral Agreement if reasonably necessary to satisfy the Participant’s financial hardship subject to the standards and requirements for an Unforeseeable Emergency Distribution set forth in Section 6.8. If a Participant receives a hardship distribution from a qualified plan of the Plan Sponsor pursuant to Code § 401(k)(2)(B)(IV), the Plan Administrator shall cancel all future Compensation Deferrals pertaining to Compensation not yet earned and required to be made pursuant to the Participant’s current Compensation Deferral Agreement, and the Participant will be prohibited from making Compensation Deferrals under the Plan for at least six (6) months after receipt of the hardship distribution or such longer period as may be prescribed by the qualified plan. The Participant’s eligibility for Employer Matching Credits and/or Employer Discretionary Credits shall be similarly canceled, and the Participant shall be eligible to defer Compensation again at a later time only as provided under Article II.

ARTICLE VIII

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

8.1

Appointment The Plan Administrator shall serve at the pleasure of the Plan Sponsor, who shall have the right to remove the Plan Administrator at any time upon thirty (30) days’ written notice. The Plan Administrator shall have the right to resign upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Plan Sponsor.

 

8.2

Duties of Plan Administrator The Plan Administrator shall be responsible to perform all administrative functions of the Plan. These duties include but are not limited to:

 

  (a)

Communicating with Participants in connection with their rights and benefits under the Plan;

 

  (b)

Reviewing Benefit Benchmark elections received from Participants;

 

  (c)

Arranging for the payment of taxes (including income tax withholding), expenses and benefit payments to Participants under the Plan;

 

  (d)

Filing any returns and reports due with respect to the Plan;

 

  (e)

Interpreting and construing Plan provisions and settling claims for Plan benefits; and

 

  (f)

Serving as the Plan’s designated representative for the service of notices, reports, claims or legal process.

 

8.3

Plan Sponsor The Plan Sponsor has sole responsibility for the establishment and maintenance of the Plan. The Plan Sponsor through its Board shall have the power and authority to appoint the Plan Administrator, Trustee and any other professionals as may be required for the administration of the Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall also have the right to remove any individual or party appointed to perform administrative, investment, fiduciary or other functions under the Plan. The Plan Sponsor may delegate any of its powers to the Plan Administrator, Board member or a committee of the Board.

 

8.4

Administrative Fees and Expenses All reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Plan Administrator or the Trustee in connection with the administration of the Plan or the Trust shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor. If not so paid, such costs, charges and expenses shall be charged to the Trust, if any, established in connection with the Plan. The Trustee shall be specifically authorized to charge its fees and expenses directly to the Trust. If the Trust has insufficient liquid assets to cover the applicable fees, the Trustee shall have the right to liquidate assets held in the Trust to pay any fees or expenses due. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Compensation other than reimbursement for expenses shall be paid to a Plan Administrator who is an employee of the Plan Sponsor.

 

8.5

Plan Administration and Interpretation The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretionary control and authority to determine the rights and benefits and all claims, demands and actions arising out of the provisions of the Plan or any Participant, Beneficiary, deceased Participant, or other person having or claiming to have any

 

20


 

interest under the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to interpret the Plan and to decide all matters under the Plan. Such interpretation and decision shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all Participants and any person claiming under or through any Participant. Any individual serving as Plan Administrator who is a Participant will not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a determination or calculation, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant, a Beneficiary, the Plan Sponsor, or other party. The Plan Administrator shall have the responsibility for complying with any reporting and disclosure requirements of ERISA.

 

8.6

Powers, Duties, Procedures The Plan Administrator shall have such powers and duties, may adopt such rules, may act in accordance with such procedures, may appoint such officers or agents, may delegate such powers and duties, may receive such reimbursement and compensation, and shall follow such claims and appeal procedures with respect to the Plan as it may establish, each consistently with the terms of the Plan.

 

8.7

Information To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the Compensation of Participants, their employment, retirement, death, Separation from Service, and such other pertinent facts as the Plan Administrator may require.

 

8.8

Indemnification of Plan Administrator The Plan Sponsor agrees to indemnify and to defend to the fullest extent permitted by law any officer(s), employee(s) or Board members who serve as Plan Administrator (including any such individual who formerly served as Plan Administrator) against all liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Plan Sponsor) occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, if such act or omission is in good faith.

 

8.9

Plan Administration Following a Change in Control Event Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VIII or elsewhere in the Plan or Trust, upon a Change in Control Event with respect to the Plan Sponsor identified in Section I of the Adoption Agreement the individual serving as Chief Executive Officer of such Plan Sponsor immediately prior to such Change in Control Event who is also a Participant in the Plan, or if the Plan Sponsor has no Chief Executive Officer who is also a Participant in the Plan, the Plan Sponsor’s most senior officer who is also a Participant in the Plan, shall have the right to appoint an individual, third party or committee to serve as Plan Administrator. Such appointment shall be made in writing and copies thereof shall be delivered to the Board, to the existing Plan Administrator, to the Trustee, and to all Plan Participants. The Trustee and all other service providers shall be entitled to rely fully on instructions received from the successor Plan Administrator and shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law for acting in accordance with the proper instructions of the successor Plan Administrator.

 

21


ARTICLE IX

TRUST FUND

 

9.1

Trust The Plan Sponsor may establish a Trust for the purpose of accumulating assets which may, but need not be used, by the Plan Sponsor to satisfy some or all of its financial obligations to provide benefits to Participants under this Plan. Any trust created under this Section 9.1 shall be domiciled in the United States of America, and no assets of the Plan shall be held or transferred outside the United States. All assets held in the Trust shall remain the exclusive property of the Plan Sponsor and shall be available to pay creditor claims of the Plan Sponsor in the event of insolvency, to the extent provided under any Trust established with respect to such Plan Sponsor. The assets held in Trust shall be administered in accordance with the terms of the separate Trust Agreement between the Trustee and the Plan Sponsor.

If elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement, as soon as administratively feasible following the end of each Taxable Year (or as otherwise required by the Code), the Trustee shall transfer, on behalf of each Participant, from the Trust to the trust maintained in connection with the Plan Sponsor’s 401(k) plan, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum amount of pre-tax deferrals and, if applicable, matching contributions that the Participant could have made, or received, under the Plan Sponsor’s 401(k) Plan for that previous Taxable Year, within the limits imposed under the terms of the Plan Sponsor’s 401(k) Plan and the Code (including Code §§ 402(g), 401(k) and 401(m)), or (b) the amount of Compensation Deferrals the Participant actually deferred and, if applicable, Matching Credits the Participant actually received, under the terms of this Plan for that Taxable Year; provided however, the Trustee shall not transfer in any amounts attributable to earnings, and the Trustee shall not transfer an amount of Compensation Deferrals that exceeds the limit with respect to elective deferrals under Code § 402(g) in effect for the Taxable Year for which such transfer occurs in accordance with Code § 409A.

 

9.2

Unfunded Plan In no event will the assets accumulated by the Plan Sponsor in the Trust be construed as creating a funded Plan under the applicable provisions of ERISA or the Code, or under the provisions of any other applicable statute or regulation. Any funds set aside by the Plan Sponsor in Trust shall be administered in accordance with the terms of the Trust.

 

9.3

Assignment and Alienation No Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall have the right to anticipate, assign, transfer, sell, mortgage, pledge or hypothecate any benefit under this Plan. The Plan Administrator shall not recognize any attempt by a third party to attach, garnish or levy upon any benefit under the Plan except as may be required by law.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT AND PLAN TERMINATION

 

10.1

Amendment The Plan Sponsor identified in Section I of the Adoption Agreement shall have the right to amend this Plan without the consent of any Participant or Beneficiary hereunder, provided that no such amendment shall have the effect of reducing any of the vested benefits to which a Participant or Beneficiary has accrued a right as of the effective date of the amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Sponsor identified in Section I of the Adoption Agreement shall have the right to amend this Plan in any manner whatsoever without the consent of any Participant or Beneficiary to comply with the requirements of Code §409A and any binding guidance thereunder to avoid adverse tax consequences even if such amendment has the affect of reducing a vested benefit or existing right of a Participant or Beneficiary hereunder.

 

10.2

Plan Termination The Plan Sponsor identified in Section I of the Adoption Agreement may terminate or discontinue the Plan in whole or in part at any time. No further Discretionary Credits or Matching Credits shall be made following Plan Termination, and no further Compensation Deferrals shall be permitted after the Taxable Year in which the Plan Termination occurs, except that the Plan Sponsor shall be responsible to pay any benefit attributable to vested amounts credited to the Participant’s Account as of the effective date of termination (following any adjustments to such Accounts in accordance with Article III hereof). If the Plan is terminated in accordance with this Section 10.2, the Plan Administrator shall make distribution of the Participant’s vested benefit upon the occurrence of a Distributable Event with respect to a Participant. A

 

22


 

Participant’s vested benefit shall be adjusted to reflect Investment Credits and Debits for all Valuation Dates between Plan Termination and the occurrence of a Participant’s Distributable Event.

 

10.3

Plan Termination Following a Change in Control Event If, as elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement:

 

  (a)

a Change in Control Event constitutes a Plan Termination; or

 

  (b)

within the 30 days preceding or the 12 months following a Change in Control Event, the Plan Sponsor takes irrevocable action to terminate the Plan,

the Plan will be terminated and liquidated with respect to the Participants of each corporation that experienced the Change in Control Event. The Plan will be terminated under this Section 10.3 only if all other arrangements sponsored by the Plan Sponsor experiencing the Change in Control Event that would be aggregated with the Plan as a single plan under Code § 409A are also terminated, so all participants under such aggregated arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within 12 months after the date the Plan Sponsor takes all necessary action to terminate the Plan and the other arrangements. For purposes of this Section 10.3, when the Change of Control Event results from an asset purchase transaction, the applicable Plan Sponsor with the discretion to terminate the Plan and the other arrangements is the Plan Sponsor that is primarily liable immediately after the transaction for the payment of deferred compensation. Upon a Plan Termination Following a Change in Control Event, no further Compensation Deferrals or Employer Discretionary Credits or Employer Matching Credits shall be made, and the Plan Administrator shall be responsible to pay any benefit attributable to vested amounts credited to the Participant’s Account as soon as practicable following date on which the Plan Sponsor irrevocably takes all necessary action to terminate the Plan (following any final adjustments to such Accounts in accordance with Article III hereof), but not later than 12 months following such date.

 

10.4

Plan Termination Following a Corporate Dissolution The Plan Sponsor in its discretion may terminate and liquidate the Plan and make the payments provided below within 12 months after a Corporate Dissolution provided that the value of the Participants’ vested benefits is included in the Participants’ gross incomes in the latest of the following years (or, if earlier, the year in which the amount is actually or constructively received):

(a) the calendar year in which the Plan Termination occurs;

(b) the first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

(c) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

Upon a Plan Termination Following a Corporate Dissolution, no further Compensation Deferrals or Employer Discretionary Credits or Employer Matching Credits shall be made, and the Plan Administrator shall be responsible to pay any benefit attributable to vested amounts credited to the Participant’s Account as of the effective date of termination (following any final adjustments to such Accounts in accordance with Article III hereof).

 

10.5

Plan Termination in Connection with Termination of Certain Similar Arrangements The Plan Sponsor in its discretion may terminate the Plan and make the distribution provided below provided that

 

  (a)

the termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor and its Affiliates;

 

  (b)

the Plan Sponsor terminates all other arrangements that would be aggregated with the Plan as a single plan under Code § 409A if the same Participant had deferrals of compensation under all of the other arrangements;

 

  (c)

no payments in liquidation of the Plan are made within 12 months after the date the Plan Sponsor takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate the Plan, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the Plan if action to terminate the Plan had not occurred;

 

  (d)

all payments are made within 24 months after the date the Plan Sponsor takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate the Plan; and

 

  (e)

neither the Plan Sponsor nor any Affiliate adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated

 

23


 

plan or arrangement under the definition of what constitutes a plan for purposes of Code §409A if the same Participant participated in both arrangements, at any time within 3 years following the date the Plan Sponsor takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate the Plan.

Upon a Plan Termination in Connection with the Termination of Certain Similar Arrangements, no further Employer Discretionary Credits or Employer Matching Credits shall be made, and no further Compensation Deferrals shall be made after the Taxable Year in which the Plan Termination in Connection with the Termination of Certain Similar Arrangements occurs. The Plan Administrator shall be responsible to pay any benefit attributable to vested amounts credited to the Participant’s Account as soon as practicable after distributions are permissible under Code § 409A (following any final adjustments to such Accounts in accordance with Article III hereof).

 

10.6

Effect of Payment The full payment of the balance of a Participant’s vested Account under the provisions of the Plan shall completely discharge all obligations to a Participant and his designated Beneficiaries under this Plan and each of the Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreements shall terminate.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1

Total Agreement This Plan document and the executed Adoption Agreement, Compensation Deferral Agreement, Beneficiary designation and other administration forms shall constitute the total agreement or contract between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant regarding the Plan. No oral statement regarding the Plan may be relied upon by a Participant or Beneficiary. The Plan Sponsor or Plan Administrator shall have the right to establish such procedures as are necessary for the administration or operation of the Plan or Trust, and such procedures shall also be considered a part of the Plan unless clearly contrary to the express provisions thereof.

 

11.2

Employment Rights Neither the establishment of this Plan nor any modification thereof, nor the creation of any Trust or Account, nor the payment of any benefits, shall be construed as giving a Participant or other person a right to employment with the Plan Sponsor or any Affiliate or any other legal or equitable right against the Plan Sponsor of any Affiliate except as provided in the Plan. In no event shall the terms of employment of any Eligible Individual be modified or in any way be affected by the Plan.

 

11.3

Non-Assignability None of the benefits, payments, proceeds or claims of any Participant or Beneficiary shall be subject to attachment or garnishment or other legal process by any creditor of such Participant or Beneficiary, nor shall any Participant or Beneficiary have the right to alienate, commute, pledge, encumber or assign any of the benefits or payments or proceeds which he or she may expect to receive, contingently or otherwise under the Plan.

 

11.4

Binding Agreement Any action with respect to the Plan taken by the Plan Administrator or the Plan Sponsor or the Trustee or any action authorized by or taken at the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Plan Sponsor or other authorized party shall be conclusive upon all Participants and Beneficiaries entitled to benefits under the Plan.

 

11.5

Receipt and Release Any payment to any Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Plan Sponsor, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee under the Plan, and the Plan Administrator may require such Participant or Beneficiary, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release to such effect. If any Participant or Beneficiary is determined by the Plan Administrator to be incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability (including not being the age of majority) to give a valid receipt and release, the Plan Administrator may cause payment or payments becoming due to such person to be made to a legal guardian, trustee, or other proper representative of the Participant or Beneficiary without responsibility on the part of the Plan Administrator, the Plan Sponsor or the Trustee to follow the application of such funds.

 

11.6

Furnishing Information A Participant or Beneficiary will cooperate with the Plan Administrator or any representative thereof by furnishing any and all information requested by the Plan Administrator and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of the Plan and the payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to taking such physical examinations as the Plan Administrator may deemnecessary.

 

24


11.7

Compliance with Code § 409A Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, all provisions of the Plan will be interpreted and applied to comply with the requirements of Code §409A and any regulations and applicable binding guidance so as to avoid adverse tax consequences. No provision of the Plan, however, is intended or shall be interpreted to create any right with respect to the tax treatment of the amounts paid or payable hereunder, and neither the Plan Sponsor nor any Affiliate shall under any circumstances have any liability to a Participant or Beneficiary for any taxes, penalties or interest due on amounts paid or payable under the Plan, including taxes, penalties or interest imposed under Code § 409A.

 

11.8

Insurance The Plan Sponsors, on their own behalf or on behalf of the trustee of the Trust, and, in their sole discretion, may apply for and procure insurance on the life of the Participant, in such amounts and in such forms as they may choose. The Plan Sponsors or the trustee of the Trust, as the case may be, shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such insurance. The Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in any such policy or policies, and at the request of the Plan Sponsor shall submit to medical examinations and supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to which the Plan Sponsor have applied for insurance.

 

11.9

Governing Law Construction, validity and administration of this Plan shall be governed by applicable Federal law and applicable state law in which the principal office of the Plan Sponsor is located, without regard to the conflict of law provisions of such state law. If any provision shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall continue to be fully effective.

 

11.10

Headings and Subheadings Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience only and are not to be considered in the interpretation of the provisions hereof.

 

25


PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

 

Amendment One

 

 

WHEREAS, PyraMax Bank, FSB (the “Bank”) maintains the PyraMax Bank, FSB Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), originally effective as of January 1, 2012, and restated effective as of January 1, 2016; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.1 of Article X of the Plan, the Bank has the right to amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank (the Board”) now desires to offer a one-time election for Participants to convert all or part of the Participant’s Accounts to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. common stock under the Plan in connection with the Bank’s conversion to the mutual holding company structure and related stock offering;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Board hereby amends the Plan in the following respects effective immediately:

1. Section 1 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following definitions:

“1.50 Company shall mean 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

“1.51 Company Stock shall mean the common stock of the Company.

“1.52 Offering The offering of the sale of Company Stock made to the public in connection with the conversion of the Plan Sponsor to the mutual holding company structure.

“1.53 One-Time Election Form The form used by a Participate to elect to convert all or part of the Participant’s account to Company Stock under Section 3.1(b) of the Plan.”

2. The first paragraph of Section 3.1 shall be designated as 3.1(a) and the following shall be designated as new Section 3.1(b):

 

  (b)

Each Participant may make a one-time irrevocable election to convert all or part of the Participant’s Account to Company Stock subject to any limits established by the Plan Sponsor’s investment policy attributable to the Plan. The election under this Section 3.1(b) shall be made on the One-Time Election Form during the Offering.

 

1


“In connection with the inclusion of Company Stock, the Plan Sponsor shall establish procedures to ensure that no Participant who is deemed an “insider” under the laws and regulations of the Securities Exchange Commission shall transact in such Company Stock during any black-out period established by the Plan Sponsor. The Plan Sponsor shall also establish rules and procedures to permit Participants to provide voting directions with respect to any Company Stock allocated to such Participants’ Accounts.

“Any dividends paid on shares of Company Stock held in Participants’ Accounts shall be immediately reinvested in additional shares of Company Stock.”

3. The following subsection 6.2(d) shall be added to the end of Section 6.2:

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in the Plan or the Adoption Agreement, all amounts invested in Company Stock shall be distributed to the Participant or Beneficiary in Company Stock.”

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment One has been executed by the duly authorized officer of the Bank as of the date set forth below.

 

    PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

September 27, 2018

    By:  

/s/ Monica Baker

Date      

 

3


PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

 

Amendment Two

 

 

WHEREAS, PyraMax Bank, FSB (the “Bank”) maintains the PyraMax Bank, FSB Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), originally effective as of January 1, 2012, and restated effective as of January 1, 2016 and further amended September 27, 2018; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.1 of Article X of the Plan, the Bank has the right to amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank (the Board”) now desires to offer a one-time election for Participants to convert all or part of the Participants’ Accounts to common stock of new 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“New 1895 Bancorp”) in connection with the second-step conversion of the 1895 Bancorp or Wisconsin, MHC (the “MHC”) to a fully converted stock holding company as New 1895 Bancorp; and

WHEREAS, the conversion will be accomplished through a series of mergers whereby the MHC will merge into its majority owned subsidiary, 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal mid-tier stock holding company (“Old 1895 Bancorp”), following which Old 1895 Bancorp will merge into New 1895 Bancorp, its wholly owned subsidiary, and New 1895 Bancorp will offer its common stock to, among other persons, depositors of the Bank and to members of the Bank’s community, including to executives and directors who can purchase shares through the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Board hereby amends the Plan in the following respects effective following approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC:

1. Section 1 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following definitions:

 

  “1.50

Company shall mean1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal mid-tier holding company (“Old 1895 Bancorp”). Effective, as the context requires, in relation to the Offering and thereafter, the term Company shall mean new 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“New 1895 Bancorp”).

 

  “1.51

Company Stock shall mean the common stock of the Company. Prior to consummation of the Offering, Company Stock shall generally mean the common stock of Old 1895 Bancorp and in relation to the Offering of New 1895 Bancorp and thereafter shall mean the common stock of New 1895 Bancorp, as the context requires.

 

  “1.52

Offering The offering of the sale of Company Stock made to the public in connection with the conversion of the Plan Sponsor to the mutual holding company structure. Effective following the adoption of the Plan of Conversion, the term “Offering” shall thereafter refer to the sale of Company Stock of New 1895 Bancorp to Bank’s depositors and the public in connection with the conversion of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, to a fully converted Maryland corporation as New 1895 Bancorp.

 

  “1.53

One-Time Election Form The form used by a Participate to elect to convert all or part of the Participant’s account to Company Stock under Section 3.1(b) of the Plan” (other than amounts previously invested in Company Stock during the one-time election that was previously made available pursuant to the Plan’s amendment dated September 27, 2018).

 

1


  “1.54

Plan of Conversion shall mean the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment Two has been executed by the duly authorized officer of the Bank as of the date set forth below.

 

   

PYRAMAX BANK, FSB

February 26, 2021

    By:  

/s/ Monica Baker

Date

     

 

3

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

The following is a list of the subsidiaries of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.:

 

Name

  

State of Incorporation

PyraMax Bank, FSB    Federal
PyraMax Insurance Services LLC
        (a wholly owned subsidiary of PyraMax Bank, FSB)
   Wisconsin
  

Exhibit 23.2

 

LOGO

March 11, 2021

Boards of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (Maryland)

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7001 West Edgerton Avenue

Greenfield, Wisconsin 53220

Members of the Boards of Directors:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Application for Conversion on Form FR MM-AC, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Federal Reserve Board, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Pro Forma Valuation Report and any Pro Forma Valuation Report Updates and our statement concerning subscription rights and liquidation rights in such filings including the prospectus and proxy statement/prospectus of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus and proxy statement/prospectus.    

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
Faust Financial, LLC

 

 

 

Faust Financial, LLC   
2009 NE 22nd Street,    Direct: 216.374.6001
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33305    mfaust@faust-financial.com

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Form H(e)-1and the Application for Conversion on Form FR MM-AC filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of our report dated March 5, 2021, relating to the consolidated financial statements of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, the Form H(e)-1and the Form FR MM-AC, for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. We also consent to the references to our firm under the captions “The Conversion and Offering,” “Experts” and “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus.

 

 

LOGO

Wipfli LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

March 11, 2021

Exhibit 99.1

 

LOGO

  

December 18, 2020              

Mr. Richard B. Hurd President & CEO

1895 Bancorp Of Wisconsin, MHC /

1895 Bancorp Of Wisconsin, Inc. /

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7001 W. Edgerton Ave.

Greenfield, WI, 53220

Dear Mr. Hurd:

This agreement is between PyraMax Bank, FSB (“PyraMax” or the “Bank”), which is the wholly-owned subsidiary of 1895 Bancorp Of Wisconsin, Inc., which is the majority-owned subsidiary of 1895 Bancorp Of Wisconsin, MHC (hereinafter together referred to as “the Company”) on one hand, and Faust Financial, LLC. (“Faust Financial”) on the other hand. Pursuant to this agreement and as further described herein, Faust Financial will provide the independent conversion appraisal services in conjunction with the second step conversion transaction by the Company. The nature, timing and fee structure of Faust Financial’s services in this regard are described more fully below:

Pro Forma Valuation Services Overview and Process:

Faust Financial will perform due diligence, which will include but not be limited to the review of historical and pro forma financial information, certain relevant documents and other records, to develop an understanding of the financial condition, profitability, operations, market area, and other factors impacting the Company. Faust Financial will also review salient portions of the Company’s prospectus to obtain additional data and information needed for the appraisal report. Faust Financial will, without further verification, assume that all information provided to it by the Company, its representatives and other third parties is true and correct. On the basis of this due diligence and dialogue with senior management and representatives of the Company, Faust Financial will evaluate the Company’s business strategies, market area, future prospects and the intended use of stock offering proceeds (both in the short term and over the longer term) and obtain information such as for example, the reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, dividend policy and characteristics of stock plans, and charitable foundation contribution, if any, all of which will impact the pro forma market value of the Company.

A comparable group analysis comparing the Company to comparable publicly-traded banking companies will be conducted. Based on this comparable group analysis, Faust Financial will apply appropriate valuation adjustments to the Company relative to the comparable group’s stock pricing ratios. Faust Financial will thereby estimate the pro forma market value of the Company pursuant to standard pro forma valuation practices and applicable regulatory guidelines.

 

Faust Financial, LLC

2009 NE 22nd Street,

Fort Lauderdale, FL 33305

  

Direct: 216.374.6001

mfaust@faust-financial.com


Mr. Richard B. Hurd

December 18, 2020

Page 2

 

Faust Financial will prepare a detailed written appraisal report of the Company, which will include an analysis of the Company’s financial condition, operating results, and other salient factors. The appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value pursuant to applicable regulatory requirements and will be submitted together with the regulatory conversion applications.

From time to time, the appraisal report may need to be updated during the conversion process. Such valuation updates and related reports will be prepared and filed pursuant to regulatory guidelines and may be required if for example, prior to commencement of the offering, market conditions or financial results changed significantly. In the event of a syndicated offering, a valuation update would be required prior to syndication at completion of the subscription and community offerings. To determine the number of shares to be issued in accordance with the conversion regulations, at minimum, one update will be prepared in connection with the closing of the stock offering.

Faust Financial will also prepare a summary presentation of the pro forma valuation, which will summarize the applicable valuation guidelines, articulate the valuation methodology, including the process for selecting the comparable group, assumptions made, pricing ratios considered, valuation adjustments made to said ratios and a summary comparing the Company to the comparable group’s pricing and other characteristics. Faust Financial will provide a summary of the original appraisal report and valuation updates to the Board of Directors of the Company for its review and present same at formal meetings of the Board. Faust Financial will also prepare the pro forma presentations for the prospectus, reflecting the original valuation and subsequent updates, as required. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, Faust Financial and the Company agree to make other arrangements, such as telephonic or videoconference meetings so as to avoid travel for meetings.

Fees and Required Payments

The Company agrees to compensate Faust Financial a fixed fee of $40,000 for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and $10,000 for each subsequent update, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made as follows:

 

   

$ 15,000 upon execution of this agreement;

 

   

$ 25,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and

 

   

$ 10,000 upon delivery of each subsequent required appraisal update report.

If the Company requests additional services from Faust Financial, it is agreed that such additional work will be billed on an hourly basis based on Faust Financial’s standard hourly billing rates described below.

The Company also agrees to reimburse Faust Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of the original appraisal report, subsequent updates and proxy statement disclosures. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include printing, binding, telephone, computer, data, express delivery services and review by Faust Financial’s counsel of the proxy statement disclosure of the Faust Financial valuation and other matters


Mr. Richard B. Hurd

December 18, 2020

Page 3

 

related to our delivery thereof. Such expenses will not exceed $5,000 in the aggregate, without the Company’s prior written authorization to exceed this level.

In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue this engagement prior to delivery of the deliverables described above, the Company agrees to compensate Faust Financial according to Faust Financial’s standard hourly billing rates for its services based on accumulated and verifiable time and expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after giving full credit to the initial retainer fee. Faust Financial’s standard hourly billing rates range from $175 for associates up to $450 for managing director.

If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described herein, the fees described herein shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and Faust Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but are not be limited to, material changes to the structure of the transaction, material changes in the conversion regulations, regulatory valuation guidelines or regulatory processing procedure changes, delays or suspensions.

Representations and Warranties

The Company and/or Faust Financial, as applicable, agree to the following:

1.           The Company agrees to make available or to supply to Faust Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as Faust Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid services. Faust Financial is aware of, and agrees to abide by, the prohibition on the dissemination of non-public Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) information contained in paragraph (b)(1) of 12 CFR 4.37, and agrees not to use the non-public OCC information for any purpose other than as provided under this agreement to provide services to the Company. All information provided by the Company to Faust Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public other than as a result of a breach of this agreement by Faust Financial). Faust Financial agrees that (i) it will restrict disclosure of such information to only those representatives of Faust Financial who reasonably need to have access to it; and (ii) it will use such information only for providing the services contemplated herein. If the services of Faust Financial are terminated hereunder, Faust Financial shall upon written request from the Company promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information and will destroy any analysis or other work derived from such information.

2.           The Company hereby represents and warrants to Faust Financial that any information provided to Faust Financial by the Company will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at the time it is provided to Faust Financial, contain any untrue statements of material fact or fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they are made.

3.           (a)    The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless Faust Financial, any affiliates of Faust Financial, the respective directors, officers, agents and employees of Faust Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of Faust Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to


Mr. Richard B. Hurd

December 18, 2020

Page 4

 

as “Faust Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) actually incurred by Faust Financial and attributable to (i) any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the any of the information furnished or otherwise provided by an authorized officer, directors, employees or agents of the Company to Faust Financial, (ii) the omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by an authorized officer, directors, employees or agents of the Company to Faust Financial or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or their respective officers, directors, employees or agents which action or omission is willful. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will be under no obligation to indemnify Faust Financial hereunder if a court determines that Faust Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith or willfully with respect to any actions or omissions of Faust Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder.

(b)    Faust Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within fourteen days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which Faust Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder. In the event the Company elects, within fourteen days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to Faust Financial, Faust Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder, together with interest on such costs from the date incurred at the rate of the Prime Rate per annum within five days after the final determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. If the Company does not so elect, Faust Financial shall be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by Marathon of the notice of the claim.

(c)    The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Faust Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if Faust Financial furnishes the Company: (1) a written statement of Faust Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; and (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification. Faust Financial and any other indemnified person will endeavor in good faith to retain a single counsel unless doing so would present a conflict of interest.

(d)    In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, Faust Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.

This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and Faust Financial concerning the services to be provided by Faust Financial in connection with this agreement and supersedes and replaces any prior written or oral agreement with respect thereto. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both the Company and Faust Financial. The Company and Faust Financial are not affiliated and neither the Company nor Faust Financial have an economic interest in, or are held in common with, the other and have not derived a significant portion of their gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other.

* * * * * * * * * * *


Mr. Richard B. Hurd

December 18, 2020

Page 5

 

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to Faust Financial the original signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Marcus Faust

Marcus Faust

President and Managing Director

 

Agreed To and Accepted By:

 

/s/ Richard B. Hurd

 

Richard B. Hurd, President and CEO

For:

 

1895 Bancorp Of Wisconsin, MHC /

1895 Bancorp Of Wisconsin, Inc. /

PyraMax Bank, FSB

Date Executed:

 

                     January 14, 2021

  

Exhibit 99.2

 

LOGO

March 11, 2021

Board of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (Maryland)

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7001 West Edgerton Avenue

Greenfield, WI 53220

 

Re:

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

Members of the Board of Directors:

Pursuant to your request, this letter constitutes the opinion of Faust Financial, LLC as to the value of the subscription rights of the “to be issued” stock of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a new Maryland stock holding company (the “Company”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Directors of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (the “MHC”) and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation.

The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the capital stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company will be organized and will sell shares of common stock in a public offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of PyraMax Bank, FSB will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders.

In accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company will be issued in the priority listed to: 1) Eligible Account Holders of PyraMax Bank, FSB; 2) Employee Plans, 3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of PyraMax Bank, FSB, and 4) Other Members. Solely because the subscription rights will be issued to the recipients without cost, legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford the recipients the right only to purchase shares of common stock of the Company at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in a direct community offering, without undertaking any investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we believe that:

 

 

 

Faust Financial, LLC   
2009 NE 22nd Street,    Direct: 216.374.6001
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33305    mfaust@faust-financial.com


Members of the Board of Directors

March 11, 2021

Page 2

 

 

  (1)

the subscription rights will have no ascertainable fair market value; and,

 

  (2)

the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma fair market value of the shares upon issuance.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
Faust Financial, LLC

Exhibit 99.3

 

LOGO

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.,

Greenfield, Wisconsin

PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:

PyraMax Bank, FSB

Greenfield, Wisconsin

As of: February 8, 2020

Prepared By:

 

LOGO

Faust Financial, LLC

2009 NE 22nd Street

Fort Lauderdale, FL 33305

216.374.6001

faust-financial.com


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

PyraMax Bank, FSB

 

                    PAGE  
I.    OVERVIEW AND CONVERTING COMPANY ANALYSIS      1  
   A.    Company History and Current Ownership      1  
   B.    Plan of Conversion      2  
   C.    Primary Strategies      2  
   D.    Historical Balance Sheets and Trends      5  
   E.    Historical Income Statements and Trends      8  
   F.    Asset / Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management      11  
   G.    Lending Activities and Strategies      13  
   H.    Asset Quality      16  
   I.    Investment Strategies      17  
   J.    Funding and Strategies      18  
   K.    Subsidiaries      19  
   L.    Legal Proceedings      19  
   M.    Management      19  
II.    ANALYSIS OF OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND PRIMARY MARKET AREA      21  
   A.    Physical Office Locations      21  
   B.    Demographics      21  
   C.    Economic Indicators      24  
   D.    Deposit Market and Competition      29  
III.    COMPARABLE GROUP SELECTION AND ANALYSIS      32  
   A.    Introduction      32  
   B.    Comparable Group Selection Criteria      32  
   C.    Selection of Comparable Group      33  
   D.    Comparison of Company to Comparable Group      36  
      1.    Financial Condition and Efficiency of Asset Utilization      36  
      2.    Profitability and Earnings Capacity      41  
      3.    Asset / Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management      44  
      4.    Primary Market Economic and Demographic Considerations      46  


      5.    Projected Dividend Capacity and Intended Dividend Policy      47  
      6.    Marketability of the Issued Stock      47  
      7.    Management      54  
      8.    Effect of Government Regulations and Regulatory Reform      54  
   E.    Comparability to Comparable Group      54  
IV.    VALUATION ANALYSIS      55  
   A.    Introduction      55  
   B.    Valuation Methods      55  
   C.    Valuation Analysis      56  
   D.    Summary of Valuation Adjustments      61  
   E.    Application of Valuation Methods      62  
   F.    Valuation Range      67  
   G.    Exchange Ratio      68  
   H.    Valuation Updates      68  


LIST OF TABLES

 

NUMERICAL
TABLES

 

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE  

I.D.1

  Historical Balance Sheet Trends      6  

I.E.1

  Historical Income Statements      9  

II.B.1

  Demographic Data      22  

II.C.1

  Employment by Sector      27  

II.C.2

  Market Area Largest Employers      28  

II.C.3

  Unemployment Trends      29  

II.D.1

  Trends in Total Deposits      30  

II.D.2

  Deposit Competitors      31  

III.C.1

  Comparable Group of Publicly-Traded Savings institutions      34  

III.C.2

  Summary of Comparable Group Market, Pricing and Financial      35  

III.D.1

  Balance Sheet Composition, Capital Ratios and Growth Rates      37  

III.D.2

  Loan Portfolio Composition      38  

III.D.3

  Credit Risk Measures      39  

III.D.4

  Income as Percentage of Average Assets and Yields, Costs and Spreads      42  

III.D.5

  Net Interest Margin Volatility      45  

III.D.6

  Comparable Group Market Area Comparative Analysis      46  

III.D.7

  Recently Converted Savings institution Institutions      51  

IV.E.1

  Adjusted Core Earnings      64  

IV.E.2

  Market Pricing versus Comparable Group      66  

IV.F.1

  Pro Forma Valuation Range      67  


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

I. OVERVIEW AND CONVERTING COMPANY ANALYSIS

 

A.

Company History and Current Ownership

PyraMax Bank, FSB (the “Bank”) was founded in 1895, as a state chartered mutual savings and loan association by the name of South Milwaukee Savings and Loan Association. The Bank later converted its charter to a federal savings bank and changed its name to PyraMax Bank, FSB in 2020 when Mitchell Savings Bank was merged into the Bank. The name emerged from the combination of wanting to retain the pyramid shaped logo of South Milwaukee Savings Bank, hence Pyra, while ensuring clients that they would still receive the same maximized service. The Bank currently conducts operations from the main office / branch in Greenfield, which is in Milwaukee County, Wisconsin and five additional branch offices in Southeast Wisconsin (two in Milwaukee County, one in Ozaukee County and two in Waukesha County). A map of the Bank’s main office and branch office locations is included as Exhibit I-1.

The Bank is subject to regulation and oversight by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and is also subject to certain reserve requirements of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (“1895”) is a federally chartered mid-tier holding company for the Bank and owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Bank. 1895 was incorporated under federal law on January 8, 2019 and has since been engaged primarily in the business of holding the common stock of the Bank. 1895 completed its initial public offering in January 2019, pursuant to which it sold 2,145,738 shares or approximately 44% of its common stock in its subscription offering for gross proceeds of approximately $21.5 million, including 175,528 shares purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan. In connection with the reorganization, the Company also issued 48,767 shares or 1% of common stock to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin Community Foundation, Inc. and 2,682,172 shares or 55% of common stock to 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (the “MHC”). The MHC and 1895 are subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve Federal Reserve Board. In January 2020, 1895 adopted a stock repurchase program under which 1895 repurchased 109,725 shares of its common stock, which are included in treasury stock on 1895’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. In addition, 1895 has 17,500 treasury shares related to a deferred compensation plan, which are held in a Rabbi Trust. In accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) the shares in the Rabbi Trust were reclassified as treasury shares, at cost, in 1895’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020.

 

 

1


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

As of December 31, 2020, 1895 had 4,851,901 shares outstanding net of 109,725 treasury shares of which 2,169,729 or 44.72% were owned by public shareholders (including the 48,767 shares held by the 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin Community Foundation, Inc. and 17,500 shares held in the Rabbi Trust) and 2,682,172 or 55.28% owned by the MHC (the “MHC Shares”). As of December 31, 2020, 1895 had total consolidated assets of $516.8 million, deposits of $379.8 million and equity of $60.0 million or 11.61% of total assets. As of December 31, 2020, the Company did not report goodwill and core deposit intangibles. 1895’s audited financial statements for the most recent period are included by reference as Exhibit I-2.

 

B.

Plan of Conversion

On March 2, 2021, the respective Board of Directors of the MHC and 1895 adopted a Plan of Conversion, whereby the MHC will convert to stock form. As a result of the conversion, 1895, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Bank, will be succeeded by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“1895 Bancorp” or the “Company”), a newly formed Maryland corporation. Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist. For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will also hereinafter be also referred to as the Company or 1895 Bancorp, unless otherwise identified as 1895.

It is our understanding that 1895 Bancorp will offer its stock, representing the majority ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Plans including the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to the public at large in a community offering and a syndicated community offering. Upon completing of the mutual-to-stock conversion and stock offering (the “second step conversion”), the Company will be 100% owned by public shareholders, the publicly-held shares of 1895 will be exchanged for shares in 1895 Bancorp at an exchange ratio intended to preserve approximately the same aggregate ownership interest in 1895 Bancorp as public stockholders had in 1895, adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by the MHC, without giving effect to new shares purchased in the offering or cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares.

 

C.

Primary Strategies

The Company’s primary strategy is to operate as a local community bank pursuing a strategy of strengthening its community bank franchise dedicated to meeting the banking needs of small businesses

 

 

2


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

and retail customers in the communities that are served by the Bank. The Company’s business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, into commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans (which includes non-owner occupied CRE, multi-family, owner occupied CRE and one- to four-family non-owner occupied loans), commercial business loans, which are also referred to as commercial and industrial (“C&I) loans, one- to four-family residential real estate loans, and consumer loans. Commercial business loans have been the primary source of recent loan growth, and CRE loan originations have also been emphasized. In connection with its origination and sale in the secondary market of one- to four-family residential real estate loans, the Company is also active in mortgage loan servicing, both of its own loans and loans serviced for others.

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act was signed into law at the end of March 2020. The CARES Act authorized the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) to temporarily guarantee loans under a new loan program called the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). As a qualified SBA lender, the Company was automatically authorized to originate PPP loans. On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act 2021 (the “Relief Act”) became law and provides an additional $284 billion for the PPP and extends the PPP through March 31, 2021. The Company actively participated and is continuing to participate in PPP lending, which has contributed to the Company’s growth in commercial business loans between December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020. (See Section I.D)

Subject to market conditions and with the benefit of the larger post conversion lending limit, the Company will continue to focus on originating primarily CRE and commercial business loans to increase the overall yield earned on its loans and assist in managing interest rate risk.

The Company also invest in securities, which have historically consisted of mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government sponsored enterprises, state and municipal securities, asset-backed securities and to a much lesser extent certificates of deposit and corporate collateralized mortgage-backed obligations.

The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts, including checking accounts, savings accounts and certificate of deposit accounts as well as treasury management services geared toward small businesses. Through its relationship with LPL Financial, one of the nation’s leading financial services companies and a publicly traded company traded under ticker symbol LPLA, PyraMax Insurance Services LLC, a subsidiary of the Bank, offers insurance and risk management products for personal and business needs on a referral basis and with limited activity. LPL Financial is a third-party provider and neither the Company nor the Bank are affiliated with LPL Financial.

 

 

3


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

The Bank has also used borrowings consisting primarily of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (“FHLB”) and brokered deposits, to fund its operations. In 2020, the proportion of FHLB borrowings increased to repay relatively higher costing certificates of deposits, including brokered deposits, and to provide additional on balance sheet liquidity as a precaution to the uncertainty related to the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. Deposits have consistently served as the primary funding source for the Company, while the Company’s utilization of borrowings was relatively more limited.

The long-term objective of 1895 Bancorp is to grow its balance sheet, control expenses and improve profitability. The Company plans to fund asset growth primarily through deposit growth, emphasizing growth of lower cost core deposits, including non-interest and interest-bearing checking accounts, savings and money market accounts. Core deposit growth is expected to continue to be facilitated by growth of commercial lending relationships, pursuant to which the Bank continuously seeks to establish full-service banking relationship, especially with its commercial loan customers as well as by offering treasury management services to small businesses.

The Company’ earnings are largely dependent upon net interest income to support operating expense levels. The Company has maintained a relatively stable net interest margin, which has declined slightly in 2020. Operating expense to average assets had also been maintained at relatively high and steady levels but decreased measurably for 2020 compared to recent years. Asset growth generated from the origination and funding of PPP loans and related deposit growth provided for some leveraging of operating expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the benefits of which the Company does not expect to persist given anticipated repayment/forgiveness of PPP loans and eventual withdrawal of related deposits.

Non-interest operating income mostly increased in recent years, especially for 2020 primarily due to the gain on sale of loans. The Company also recorded a large gain on the sale of investment securities during 2020, while such gains in prior recent years were small or zero. Loan loss provisions were not a factor in the Company’s earnings through 2018. In 2019, the Company recorded a large credit and in 2020 the Company recorded its first provision for loan losses of recent years, to reflect the unknown risk within the Company’s loan portfolio due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

While the Bank exceeds all minimum regulatory capital ratios to be considered “well capitalized”, and the Company has the ability to infuse additional capital into the Bank, the Company’s planned second step conversion stock offering will further strengthen the Company’s and the Bank’s capital position, enhance its operating flexibility and provide the additional capital to support planned growth strategies. The second step conversion stock offering will significantly increase regulatory capital and if necessary, to provide additional loan loss reserves, greater flexibility to work with borrowers impacted by the COVID-

 

 

4


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

19-induced economic malaise. The Company’s strengthened capital position will also provide more of a cushion against potential credit quality related losses in future periods. The Company’s higher capital position resulting from the infusion of stock offering proceeds will also serve to increase liquidity and reduce interest rate risk, particularly through enhancing the Company’s interest-earning assets/interest bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio. The additional funds realized from the stock offering will raise the level of interest-earning assets funded with equity and, thereby, reduce the ratio of interest-earning assets funded with interest-bearing liabilities as the balance of interest-bearing liabilities will initially remain relatively unchanged following the second step conversion, which may facilitate a reduction in the Company’s funding costs. Notably, as a fully-converted institution, the Company’s stronger capital position and greater capacity to offer stock as consideration for an acquisition may facilitate increased opportunities to grow through acquisitions, including of whole banking institutions or branches. Currently, the Company has no specific plans for expanding through acquisitions.

The Company is expected to retain up to 50% of the net stock offering proceeds. At present, funds at the Company level, net of the loan to the ESOP, in the short term are expected to be invested into a liquid deposit account at the Bank. Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, de novo branches, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock and the payment of cash dividends. The remaining approximate 50% of the net stock offering proceeds will be infused into the Bank and will become part of general operating funds partially offset by deposits withdrawn to fund investor stock purchases. Over time, such funds will be deployed to fund loan growth and to a lesser degree investment portfolio growth, with these efforts anticipated to increase earnings performance.

 

D.

Historical Balance Sheet Trends

The Company’s historical balance sheet data for the past five year-ends are reflected in Table I.D.1.

 

 

5


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table I.D.1

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Historical Balance Sheet Trends

 

                                                                 2016-2020  
     As of December 31,     Annualized  
     2016     2017     2018     2019     2020     Growth  
     Amount
($000)
    Pct (1)
(%)
    Amount
($000)
    Pct (1)
(%)
    Amount
($000)
    Pct (1)
(%)
    Amount
($000)
    Pct (1)
(%)
    Amount
($000)
    Pct (1)
(%)
    Pct
(%)
 

Assets

   $ 450,173       100.00   $ 468,361       100.00   $ 481,099       100.00   $ 428,009       100.00   $ 516,757       100.00     3.51

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     7,779       1.73     12,497       2.67   $ 7,923       1.65   $ 11,707       2.74   $ 92,526       17.91     85.71

Investment Securities

     96,458       21.43     88,955       18.99     65,731       13.66     73,928       17.27     61,695       11.94     -10.57

Loans Held for Sale

     479       0.11     217       0.05     771       0.16     685       0.16     2,484       0.48     50.91

Loans Receivable, Net

     312,523       69.42     331,206       70.72     369,830       76.87     310,674       72.59     329,073       63.68     1.30

FHLB Stock

     2,170       0.48     1,436       0.31     1,261       0.26     913       0.21     3,032       0.59     8.72

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

     13,321       2.96     13,732       2.93     13,400       2.79     13,085       3.06     13,485       2.61     0.31

Mortgage Servicing Rights, Net

     2,421       0.54     2,270       0.48     2,103       0.44     2,172       0.51     1,806       0.35     -7.06

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

     0       0.00     0       0.00     0       0.00     0       0.00     0       0.00     0.00

Deposits

     358,882       79.72     389,291       83.12     406,137       84.42     344,596       80.51     379,848       73.51     1.43

Borrowings

     48,224       10.71     34,693       7.41     30,010       6.24     17,623       4.12     68,398       13.24     9.13

Equity

     37,340       8.29     38,994       8.33     38,181       7.94     58,665       13.71     60,008       11.61     12.59

Tangible Equity

     37,340       8.29     38,994       8.33     38,181       7.94     58,665       13.71     60,008       11.61     12.59

Loans/Deposits

     87.08       85.08       91.06       90.16       86.63    

 

(1)

Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus, Draft Audited Financial Statements and Faust Financial, LLC calculations.

Over the five past year-ends depicted in Table I.D.1, the Company’s total assets have fluctuated between a low of $428.0 million for year-end 2019 and a high of $516.8 million for year-end 2020. Overall, assets increased at an average annual rate of 3.51% from year-end 2016 through 2020. Net loans balances fluctuated between a low of $310.7 million for year-end 2019 and a high of $369.8 million for year-end 2018. As of December 31, 2020, loans held for investment, net of reserves for loan losses, were $329.1 million. The Company also had $2.5 million of loans held for sale. Overall, net loans increased at an average annual rate of 1.30% from year-end 2016 through 2020.

The fluctuations in total assets were paralleled by similar fluctuations in total deposits and in some cases also borrowings with assets primarily funded by deposits. The reduction of size in the Company’s balance sheet between year-end 2018 and 2019, including in total assets, net loans and total deposits, were primarily driven by the sale of approximately $30 million of portfolio one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, and payoffs of commercial real estate loans refinanced by other banks, a reduction in brokered deposits of $38.4 million, and the closure of two branches and sale of another branch. The two closed branches were located in Milwaukee and West Allis, Wisconsin; and the other branch, located in Milwaukee, was sold to another financial institution, including approximately $5.0 million of deposits.

The Company also utilizes borrowings as a funding source. Borrowings as of year-ends 2016 through 2020 ranged from a low of $17.6 million as of December 31, 2019 to a high of $68.4 million as of as of December 31, 2020. Between year-end 2019 and 2020, borrowings became a more significant funding source for the Company and consisted entirely of FHLB advances. The increase in borrowings

 

 

6


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

was used to replace $24.1 million in maturing brokered deposits and to provide the Company with greater on balance sheet liquidity considering the uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic’s potential impact on funding sources. A summary of 1895’s key operating ratios for the past five years ended December 31, 2020 is presented in Exhibit I-3.

The Company’s comparatively stronger asset growth relative to loan growth resulted in a decrease in the loans-to-assets ratio from 69.42% at year-end 2016 to 63.68% at year-end 2020. As indicated in Exhibit I-5, loan growth from 2019 to 2020 was primarily driven by the origination of CRE and commercial business loans, primarily PPP and to a lesser degree in one-to-four family mortgage loans, while consumer loans, consisting almost entirely of home equity loans and lines of credit, decreased.

Overall, trends in the Company’s loan portfolio composition since year-end 2016 as set forth in Exhibit I-5, show that the concentration of commercial business loans increased from 4.6% of total loans to 13.9% as of year-end 2020. As of December 31, 2020, PPP loans accounted for 5.2% of total loans outstanding. Between year-end 2016 and year-end 2020, CRE loans (which includes non-owner occupied CRE, multi-family, owner occupied CRE and one- to four-family non-owner-occupied loans) increased from 45.7% of total loans to 57.1% of total loans and one-to-four family mortgage loans decreased from 33.0% to 20.8% of total loans. Construction and land loans remained relatively unchanged at 2.0% at year-end 2016 and 1.40% at year-end 2020. Consumer loans decreased from 14.7% of total loans to 6.8% over the same period.

Between year-ends 2016 and 2020, the Company’s level of cash and investment securities (inclusive of FHLB stock) combined ranged from a low of 15.31% of assets at year-end 2018 to a high of 29.84% of assets at year-end 2020. The increased level of cash held as of December 31, 2020 resulted primarily from additional borrowings to increase on balance sheet liquidity taken as a precaution in light of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. As of December 31, 2020, all securities in the Company’s investment portfolio were available for sale and had a net unrealized gain of $1.59 million. Exhibit I-7 provides detail of the Company’s investment portfolio. The Company also held cash and cash equivalents and FHLB stock at year-end 2020, equal to 17.91% and 0.59% of assets, respectively, and maintains an investment in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies, which covers the lives of certain officers and former officers of the Company.

Funding needs have been addressed through a combination of deposits, borrowings and internal cash flows. From year-end 2016 through year-end 2020, the Company’s deposits increased at an average annual rate of 1.43%. The average annual rate of growth was negatively impacted in 2019, which is the only year over the past five years during which total deposits decreased (by $61.5 million or 15.15%), primarily because of a decrease in brokered deposits and the closing of two branches and sale of one branch to another financial institution. Deposit growth was 10.23% for 2020 alone and was positively impacted by funds deposited by customers who received PPP loans. As of year-end 2020, core deposits accounted for 76.93% of total deposits compared to 58.68% as of year-end 2019.

 

 

7


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Between year-end 2016 through year-end 2020, total equity increased at an average annual rate of 12.59%, with most of the growth occurring in 2019 in connection with the capital raised in the Company’s first-step conversion stock offering and to a lesser degree because of cumulative net income over the past four years. The Company’s equity-to-assets ratio increased from 8.29% at year-end 2016 to 11.61% at year-end 2020. The Company has not reported any intangible assets as of the last five year-ends. The Bank’s regulatory capital levels exceed all regulatory well-capitalized minimum requirements for each of the past five fiscal year-ends. Proceeds from the second step conversion stock offering will further strengthen the Company’s and the Bank’s capital position and provide additional growth capital but are expected to reduce earnings performance measures in the near term.

 

E.

Income Statements and Trends

Table I.E.1 shows the Company’s historical income statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 through December 31, 2020.

 

 

8


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table I.E.1

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Historical Income Statements and Trends

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016     2017     2018     2019     2020  
     Amount
($000)
    Pct (1)
(%)
    Amount
($000)
    Pct (1)
(%)
    Amount
($000)
    Pct (1)
(%)
    Amount
($000)
    Pct (1)
(%)
    Amount
($000)
    Pct (1)
(%)
 

Interest Income

   $ 13,797       3.15   $ 15,256       3.32   $ 16,753       3.53   $ 17,235       3.79   $ 15,393       3.26

Interest Expense

     (2,685     -0.61     (3,361     -0.73     (4,233     -0.89     (4,933     -1.09     (3,041     -0.64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

     11,112       2.54     11,895       2.59     12,520       2.64     12,302       2.71     12,352       2.61

Provision for Loan Losses

     0       0.00     0       0.00     0       0.00     1,032       0.23     (500     -0.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income after Provisions

     11,112       2.54     11,895       2.59     12,520       2.64     13,334       2.93     11,852       2.51

Non-Interest Operating Income

     3,996       0.91     2,892       0.63     2,882       0.61     2,964       0.65     5,943       1.26

Operating Expense

     (14,109     -3.22     (14,615     -3.18     (15,655     -3.30     (16,038     -3.53     (15,685     -3.32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Operating Income

     999       0.23     172       0.04     (253     -0.05     260       0.06     2,110       0.45

Gain on Sale of OREO

     96       0.02     0       0.00     0       0.00     84       0.02     6       0.00

Gain on Sale of Securities

     159       0.04     0       0.00     67       0.01     0       0.00     1,023       0.22

Gain (Loss) on Other Assets

     0       0.00     (1,095     -0.24     (10     0.00     96       0.02     (86     -0.02

Core Data Processing Conversion Expense

     0       0.00     (880     -0.19     0       0.00     0       0.00     0       0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Operating Income (Exp.)

     255       0.06     (1,975     -0.43     57       0.01     180       0.04     943       0.20

Net Income (Loss) Before Tax

     1,254       0.29     (1,803     -0.39     (196     -0.04     440       0.10     3,053       0.65

Income Tax (Benefit)

     0       0.00     (3,462     -0.75     (177     -0.04     (9     0.00     1,736       0.37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

     1,254       0.29     1,659       0.36     (19     0.00     449       0.10     1,317       0.28

Adjusted Earnings:

                    

Net Income

     1,254       0.29     1,659       0.36     (19     0.00     449       0.10     1,317       0.28

Add (Deduct): Non-Operating Inc/Exp

     (255     -0.06     1,975       0.43     (57     -0.01     (180     -0.04     (943     -0.20

Tax Effect (2)

     97       0.02     (751     -0.16     15       0.00     49       0.01     255       0.05

Change in DTA Valuation Allowance

     0       0.00     0       0.00     0       0.00     0       0.00     934       0.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Adjusted Earnings

     1,096       0.25     2,884       0.63     (61     -0.01     318       0.07     1,563       0.33

Expense Coverage Ratio (3)

     0.79x         0.81x         0.80x         0.77x         0.79x    

Efficiency Ratio (4)

     93.39       98.84       101.64       105.06       85.73  

 

(1)

Ratios are as a percent of average assets.

(2)

Assumes a 38% effective tax rate for 2016-2017 and a 27% effective tax rate for 2018-2020.

(3)

Expense coverage ratio calculated as net interest income before provisions for loan losses divided by operating expenses.

(4)

Efficiency ratio calculated as operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest income before provisions for loan losses plus non-interest operating income.

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus, Draft Audited Financial Statements and Faust Financial, LLC calculations.

During the period covered in Table I.E.1, the Company’s reported earnings ranged from a net loss of $19,000 for 2018 to net income of $1.7 million or 0.36% of average assets for year 2017. Net earnings adjusted for non-operating income and expense (“core earnings”) ranged from a net loss of $61,000 for 2018 to net income of $2.9 million or 0.63% of average assets for 2017. Adjusted net income for 2020 was $1.6 million or 0.33% of average assets. As further discussed below, non-operating income / (expense) and also tax expense had a meaningful impact on the Company’s reported earnings for 2017 and 2020.

Net interest income and operating expenses represent the primary components of the Company’s earnings, while non-interest operating income has been a meaningful contributor to the Company’s income.

 

 

9


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

For the period covered in Table I.E.1, the Company’s net interest income to average assets ratio remained in a relatively narrow range between a low of 2.54% for 2016 to a high of 2.71% for 2019 as fluctuations in interest income to average assets and interest expense to average assets were directionally consistent with one another over the past five years. Net interest income to average assets for 2020 was 2.61%. Overall, the general trends in the Company’s net interest income as a percent of average assets remained rather stable over the past five-years. During 2020, the Company recognized approximately $590,205 of PPP loan fees and as of December 31, 2020, had an additional $403,000 of deferred PPP loan fees remaining as of that date.

Loan loss provisions established by the Company were zero for 2016 through 2018, and a loan loss provision credit of $1.0 million was recorded in 2019 based on the Company’s continued improvement in the overall risk profile of its loan portfolio. Provision expense of $500,000 was recorded for 2020 to reflect the unknown risk within the Company’s loan portfolio due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. As of December 31, 2020, the Company maintained an allowance for loan and lease losses equal to 0.82% of total loans, 210.03% of non-performing loans. Exhibit I-8 sets forth the Company’s loan loss allowance activity for 2019 and 2020.

As reflected in Exhibit I-3, the Company’s interest rate spread and net interest rate margin were relatively stable between 2.58% and 2.57% (spread), and 2.85% to 2.79% (margin), respectively, from 2019 to 2020. The Company’s net interest rate spreads, margin, and yields and costs for 2019 to 2020 are reflected in Exhibit I-4.

Non-interest operating income as a percent of average assets has fluctuated as a contributor to the Company’s earnings, ranging from a low of 0.61% of average assets for 2018 to a high 1.26% of average assets for 2020, with gains on the sale of loans as the largest single component of non-interest operating income during most years and especially for 2020. Mortgage loan servicing and deposit related fees were also contributors.

Operating expenses represent the largest component of the Company’s earnings and have been relatively stable in a range of 3.18% and 3.53% between 2016 and 2019. Operating expense was 3.32% for 2020, in part because of the reduction in Bank branch offices and related reduction in salary and benefits as well as occupancy expense between 2019 and 2020.

The Company’s expense coverage ratio (net interest income divided by operating expenses) has been in a relatively narrow range over the past five years from a low of 0.77x to a high of 0.81x. For 2020, the expense coverage ratio was 0.79x. These measures being below 1x indicate the Company’s reliance on non-interest operating income to cover operating expenses, which is not unusual for institutions such as the Company, that are active in the mortgage banking business and derive a significant portion of their non-interest operating income from the gain on sale of loans and to a lesser degree mortgage loan servicing.

 

 

10


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Based on adjusted earnings, the efficiency ratio (operating expenses as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income) has generally trended unfavorably, having increased steadily from 93.39% for 2016 to 105.06% for 2019, before improving to 85.73% for 2020, aided by the reduction in branches and associated reduction in operating expenses, higher non-interest income for 2020 stemming primarily from higher gains on the sale of loans, and PPP loan fees recorded as interest income.

Over the past five years, non-operating income / (expense) impacted the Company’s reported net income to varying degrees as shown in Table I.E.1. Non-operating income ranged from a $2.0 million loss (-0.43% of average assets) for 2017, consisting of a $1.1 million loss on sale of a branch office and $880,000 of costs incurred as part of a core data processing conversion to $943,000 income for 2020 (0.20% of average assets), consisting of $1.0 million in gains on the sale of securities and an $86,000 loss on the sale of other assets.

The Company’s net income for years 2017 and 2020 was impacted by the Company’s effective tax rates for those periods. The Company’s effective tax rate was 56.86% for 2020 and an effective tax benefit of 192.01% for 2017. For 2017, the Company reported a $1.8 million pre-tax loss and $3.5 million tax benefit which was related to the reversal of the valuation allowance against the Company’s Federal and State deferred tax asset. At the time of reversal in 2017, management projected taxable income for the years ending 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021. The Company determined that it was necessary to reestablish a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset and recorded a $934,000 charge to income tax expense in 2020, reducing the Company’s net deferred tax asset to $3.4 million. As such, there may be additional deferred tax asset impairment in subsequent periods. This charge contributed to the high tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2020.

As set forth in the prospectus, the Company’s marginal tax rate is 27.0%.

 

F.

Asset/Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company’s asset/liability management strategy endeavors to manage the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income. As such, in recent years, the Company has emphasized originating commercial business and CRE loans, which tend to have shorter terms and/or adjustable interest rates and higher interest rates than owner occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans and can result in deposit relationships with larger non-interest-bearing checking accounts. The Company sells substantially all conforming and eligible jumbo, longer-term, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans while it retains the nonconforming fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that the Bank originates, subject to market conditions and a periodic review of the Company’s asset/liability management needs. As of December 31, 2020, of the Company’s total loans due after December 31, 2021, floating and adjustable rate loans accounted for 18.9% (see Exhibit I-10).

 

 

11


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

In recent years, the Company has also reduced its dependence on jumbo and brokered certificates of deposit to support lending and investment activities and increased reliance on core deposits, including checking, savings and money market accounts, which tend to be less interest rate sensitive than certificates of deposit. Further, as of December 31, 2020 the Company maintained 17.9% of its assets in cash and cash equivalents, which provides for immediate term asset repricing.

Overall, the Company’s balance sheet over the short-term (less than one year) is asset-sensitive with an interest earning assets to interest bearing liabilities ratio of 136% as of December 31, 2020. Consequently, the net interest margin is favorably impacted by higher interest rates in the near term. Based on the Company’s interest rate risk analysis as of December 31, 2020, in the event of a 200-basis point instantaneous parallel increase in the U.S. Treasury yield curve, net interest income would increase by 14.0% in year 1 and net economic value would increase by 17.3% (see Exhibit I-13).

In connection with the second step conversion, the stock offering proceeds will further improve the Company’s interest rate risk exposure, as the net proceeds will primarily be invested into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s capital will further reduce the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities as a funding source.

As set forth in Exhibit I-4, the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased from 4.00% and 1.42%, respectively, to 3.48% and 0.91%, respectively, from 2019 to 2020. The yield on loans decreased over this same period from 4.40% to 4.30%, in part because of lower yielding PPP loans originated putting downward pressure on the average yield on loans, while the cost of interest-bearing deposits and borrowings also decreased from 1.44% and 1.68%, respectively, to 0.87% to 1.22%, respectively. As a result, the net interest spread for 2019 and 2020 was maintained at 2.58% and 2.57%, respectively.

As of December 31, 2020, transaction, savings and money market deposits combined comprised 76.93% of the Company’s total deposits vs. 58.66% at year-end 2019. See Exhibit I-15. The shift in funding mix toward these account types has been aided by the Company’s treasury management services, which provide additional convenience to small businesses in managing their deposit accounts with the Bank.

 

 

12


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

G.

Lending Activities and Strategies

Over the past five years, the Company’s lending activities have emphasized CRE loans (which includes non-owner occupied CRE, multi-family, owner occupied CRE and one- to four-family non-owner occupied loans) and commercial business loans, as well as SBA loans (including PPP loans), while one- to four-family residential real estate loans, which historically were the largest component of the Company’s loan portfolio, and consumer loans have been steadily decreasing as a proportion of the loan portfolio between 2016 and 2020. Going forward, the Company plans to continue to maintain loan portfolio diversification, primarily emphasizing CRE secured loans. The Company’s loan portfolio compositions for the years ended December 31, 2016 through December 31, 2020 is set forth in Exhibit I-5 with the contractual maturity of the Company’s loan portfolio by loan type as of December 31, 2020 set forth in Exhibit I-11. The majority of the Company’s loans have contractual maturities of five years or less.

Commercial Real Estate Loans

CRE loans (includes non-owner occupied CRE, multi-family, owner occupied CRE and one- to four-family non-owner-occupied loans) are typically collateralized by office and industrial buildings, warehouses, properties with five or more rental units, small retail facilities and restaurants and other special purpose commercial properties, primarily in Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties, in Southeastern Wisconsin, which the Company considers its primary market area. CRE loans generally have initial terms of five to ten years and amortization terms of 15 to 30 years, with a balloon payment at the end of the initial term and may be fixed-rate or adjustable-rate loans. Adjustable-rate CRE loans are generally tied to a margin above the prime rate or the applicable treasury rate. The maximum loan-to-value ratio of the Company’s loans is generally 80% of the lower of cost or appraised value of the property securing the loan. A debt service-coverage ratio of at least 1.20x is generally required.

From time to time, the Company also purchases CRE loan participations secured by properties within and outside the Company’s primary market area in which the Bank is not the lead lender, but for which the Bank follows its customary loan underwriting and approval policies. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s outstanding balance of CRE loans totaled $189.3 million equal to 57.1% of total loans outstanding. Of this aggregate amount, the Company had $71.2 million in non-owner occupied non-residential real estate, $65.8 million in multi-family residential real estate, $37.6 million in owner occupied non-residential real estate, $10.2 million in non-owner occupied residential real estate loans, $4.5 million in commercial real estate construction loans.

 

 

13


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Commercial Business Loans

Commercial business loans are generally to small businesses in the Company’s primary market area. Such loans are generally used by the borrowers for working capital purposes or for acquiring equipment, inventory or furniture, and are primarily secured by business assets other than real estate, such as business equipment, inventory and accounts receivable. Commercial business loans are generally structured as term loans with terms of three to seven years and lines of credit with terms of one to two years, with a target loan size of $250,000 to $5.0 million. Term loans are generally priced at a spread over the applicable treasury rate. Interest rates are on commercial lines of credit are generally on an adjustable-rate basis tied to the prime rate. The Company generally obtains personal guarantees with commercial business loans.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s outstanding balance of commercial business loans totaled $46.2 million equal to 13.9% of total loans outstanding.

Payroll Protection Program Loans

PPP loans originated by the Company have: (a) an interest rate of 1.0%, (b) two-year and five-year loan terms to maturity; and (c) principal and interest payments deferred for ten months after the end date of the borrowers’ forgiveness period. The SBA will guarantee 100% of the PPP loans made to eligible borrowers. The entire principal amount of the borrower’s PPP loan, including any accrued interest, is eligible to be reduced by the loan forgiveness amount under the PPP. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had funded 246 PPP loans with outstanding balances totaling $17.2 million, included within the commercial loan balances above. On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (the “Relief Act”) became law and provides an additional $284 billion for the PPP and extends the PPP through March 31, 2021.

One- to Four- Family Residential Real Estate Loans

The Company offers both fixed rate and adjustable rate loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate, which are substantially secured by properties located in the Company’s primary market area. Fixed rate loans are generally underwritten to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines when the loan balance meets such guidelines, so as to provide the Company with the flexibility to sell the loans into the secondary market for purposes of managing interest rate risk. Loans originated to sell are closed in the Bank’s name and are subsequently sold to investors who provide Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac conventional products as well as FHA and VA government loans. The maximum conforming loan limits as established by Fannie Mae increased to $510,400 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company generally sells such fixed rate loans on both a servicing-released and servicing-retained basis.

 

 

14


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Loans above the lending limit for conforming loans (i.e. “jumbo loans”) may be retained in the loan portfolio and typically have 15 to 30 year terms and maximum loan-to-value ratios of 80%. Adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans originated by the Company are typically held in the loan portfolio and have terms ranging from 10 to 30 years. They generally have fixed rates for initial terms of five years, although the Company also offers initial terms of three or seven years. Thereafter these loans adjust annually at a margin, which in recent years has been tied to the applicable treasury rate. The maximum amount by which the interest rate may be increased or decreased is generally 2% per adjustment period, with a lifetime interest rate cap of generally 6% over the initial interest rate of the loan and a rate floor.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company sold $193.6 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans, of which $192.1 million were originated in 2020 and $1.5 million were originated prior to 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $69.0 million of loans secured by permanent mortgages on one- to four-family residential real estate, representing 20.8% of the total loan portfolio. The Company originates both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans and as of December 31, 2020, 83.5% of such loans were fixed-rate, and 16.5% were adjustable-rate loans.

Construction and Land Loans

Loans to finance the construction of owner occupied one- to four-family residential properties to the prospective homeowners are typically secured by properties located in the Company’s primary market area. Such loans are generally structured as interest-only for 12 months. Loan value ratios generally do not exceed 80% during the construction phase (up to 95% if private mortgage insurance is obtained). Once the construction project is satisfactorily completed, generally within 12 months, the loan converts to an amortizing loan which is evaluated for sale on the secondary market. At December 31, 2020, residential construction loan balances were $3.0 million, or 0.9% of total loans, with an additional $5.5 million available to borrowers.

The Company also originates loans to finance the construction of commercial properties, multi-family residential projects (including non-owner occupied one- to four family residences) and professional complexes in its primary market area. Such loans are generally structured as interest-only during the anticipated construction period. The interest rate is generally fixed for five years at the five-year Treasury rate plus a margin. Loan to value ratios generally do not exceed 80% of the appraised value on a completed basis or the cost of completion, whichever is less. At the end of the construction phase, the loan may convert to a permanent mortgage loan or the loan may be paid in full. Most of these loans are generally secured by properties located in the Company’s primary market area.

 

 

15


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Land Development Loans

The Company also originates loans to finance the development of land for agricultural purposes and for the development of commercial and residential properties. Land development loans are generally secured by vacant land and/or property that is in the process of improvement. Most of these loans are secured by properties located in the Company’s primary market area and are structured as interest-only or amortizing. The interest rate generally floats, at the prime rate or prime rate plus a margin and the maximum loan to value ratio is 65%. When providing financing to improve the land, the maximum loan to value ratio is generally 80% of the appraised value on a completed basis or the cost of completion, whichever is less. At December 31, 2020, land development loans were $1.5 million, or 0.5% of the Company’s total loan portfolio, with no additional funds available to borrowers.

Consumer Loans.

The Company offers a variety of consumer loans to individuals who reside or work in its market area, including home equity lines of credit, new and used automobile loans, boat loans, recreational vehicle loans and loans secured by certificates of deposit. Generally, home equity lines of credit are underwritten with a maximum loan to value of 85% and a maximum debt to income ratio of 43%. At December 31, 2020, the Company’s consumer loan portfolio totaled $22.7 million, or 6.8% of its total loan portfolio. Of that amount, 6.7% of the total loan portfolio, consisted of outstanding balances on home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, which lines of credit had $25.7 million available to draw.

 

H.

Asset Quality

As reflected in Exhibit I-9, between year-ends 2019 and 2020, the Company’ non-performing assets decreased from $2.0 million or 0.47% of assets at year-end 2019 to $1.3 million or 0.25% of assets at year-end 2020. Including restructured loans, the Company’s non-performing assets were $2.5 million or 0.57% of assets at year-end 2019 and $1.7 million or 0.33% of assets at year-end 2020. The Company held no foreclosed or repossessed assets as of any year-end between 2016 and 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $56,000 of residential real estate loans in process of foreclosure. Non-performing assets at year-end 2020 consisted of $1.29 million of non-accruing loans and $432,000 of accruing restructured loans. The Bank had $219,000 in non-accruing troubled debt restructured loans at year-end 2020. Non-accrual loans decreased $726,000, to $1.3 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $1.8 million at December 31, 2019. Non-accruing loans at year-end 2020 included $1.15 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans and $136,000 of home equity loans.

 

 

16


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

The provisions of the March 2020 Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act included an election to not apply the guidance on accounting for troubled debt restructurings to loan modifications, such as extensions or deferrals, related to COVID-19 made between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of (i) December 31, 2020 or (ii) 60 days after the end of the COVID-19 national emergency. The relief can only be applied to modifications for loans that were not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had deferrals of approximately $308,000 in interest, escrow and principal payments on $14.1 million in outstanding loans.

The Company’s ratios of classified assets to assets increased from $6.7 million or 1.56% of assets at year-end 2019 to $10.4 million or 2.0% of assets at at year-end 2020 (See Exhibit I-6). All classified assets for 2019 and 2020 year-ends consisted entirely of loans classified as substandard no assets classified as doubtful or loss.

The Company’s loan loss allowances as of December 31, 2020 totaled $2.7 million or 0.81% of total loans outstanding. Comparatively, as of December 31, 2019, the allowance for loan losses equaled 0.64% of total loans. The allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans ratio increased to 210.02% as of December 31, 2020, compared to 99.35% at December 31, 2019 due to a reduction in non-accrual loans and an increase in the allowance for loan losses. The Company recorded provision expense of $500,000 during the year ended December 31, 2020 to reflect the unknown risk within the Company’s loan portfolio due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

 

I.

Investment Strategies

The Company’s investment strategy is to provide and maintain liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and loan funding needs, to help mitigate interest rate and market risk, to diversify the Company’s assets, and to generate a reasonable rate of return on funds within the context of the Company’s interest rate and credit risk objectives. The Company plans for net conversion offering proceeds retained at the holding company level to initially be primarily invested into liquid funds held as a deposit at the Bank.

Between year-ends 2016 and 2020, the Company’s level of cash and investment securities (inclusive of FHLB stock) ranged from a low of 15.31% of assets at year-end 2018 to a high of 29.85% of assets at year-end 2020. The higher proportion of cash and investments maintained at year-end 2020 was primarily due to an increase in cash and cash equivalents, as a large portion of the PPP loan funds remained in customers’ deposit accounts. As of year-end 2020, the Company held investment securities totaling $61.7 million or 11.94% of assets, consisting primarily of $38.0 million in U.S. Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities, $11.8 million in municipal securities and $1.6 million in U.S. Government agency securities. The Company also has $7.3 million in asset-backed securities comprised of pools of student loans. As of December 31, 2020, $58.7 million or 95.15% in the Company’s investment portfolio were available for sale and had a net unrealized gain of $1.6 million. See Exhibit I-7. The Company also had $3.0 million in marketable equity securities consisting of mutual fund investments and common stock, which are held in a Rabbi Trust and are related to the Company’s obligations to certain retired and active employees and directors under deferred compensation plans.

 

 

17


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

The Company also held $3.0 million of FHLB stock and cash and cash equivalents of $92.5 million at year-end 2020, equal to 0.59% of assets and 17.91% of assets, respectively. The Company also maintains an investment BOLI policies, which covers the lives of certain officers and former officers of the Company. The life insurance policies earn tax-exempt income through cash value accumulation and death proceeds. As of year-end 2020, the cash surrender value of the Company’s BOLI equaled $13.5 million or 2.61% of total assets.

As of December 31, 2020, the weighted average yield on investment securities and interest-earning deposits was 1.95% (see Exhibit I-12). Exhibit I-7 provides detail of the Company’s investment portfolio.

 

J.

Funding and Strategies

Over the most recent five year-ends through December 31, 2020, deposits were the Company’s primary funding source, with deposits representing approximately 73% to 85% of total assets over that period. The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts, including checking accounts, savings accounts and certificate of deposit accounts. Deposits gathered in the Company’s primary market area have consistently served as the primary funding source for the Company. At year-end 2020, the Company had $379.8 million of deposits, or 73.51% of total assets and $68.4 million of borrowings, or 13.24% of total assets, consisting of FHLB advances (See Table I.D.1). In 2020, the proportion of FHLB borrowings increased to repay relatively higher costing brokered certificates of deposits and to provide additional on balance sheet liquidity as a precaution to the uncertainty related to the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic.

As of December 31, 2020, transaction, savings and money market deposits combined comprised 76.93% of the Company’s total deposits vs. 58.67% at year-end 2019. The shift in funding mix toward these account types has been aided by the Company’s treasury management services, which provide additional convenience to small businesses in managing their deposit accounts, including customers who received PPP loans. Between December 31, 2019 and 2020, brokered deposits have decreased from 8.59% of total deposits at year-end 2019 to 1.45% at year-end 2020.

Exhibit I-15 sets forth the Company’s deposit composition from year-end 2019 to 2020. During this period, time deposits have decreased from 41.34% to 23.07%. Exhibit I-16 sets forth the maturity schedule of the time deposits, which shows that, as of December 31, 2020, 93.03% of such deposits were scheduled to mature in one year or less.

 

 

18


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

For 2020, the weighted average interest rate on the FHLB advances was 1.18%, down from 1.46% for 2019. Exhibit I-14 provides further detail of the Company’s borrowings. The Bank has also used borrowings from the FHLB and brokered deposits, to fund its operations.

 

K.

Subsidiaries

The Company has no subsidiaries other than the Bank.

 

L.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is not involved in any pending legal proceedings as a plaintiff or defendant other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business, and at December 31, 2020, the Company was not involved in any legal proceedings, the outcome of which would be material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

M.

Management

The Company’s senior management consists of the following:

Richard Hurd was appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Bank in 2007. Prior to that, Mr. Hurd was the Chief Operating Officer from 2004 to 2007. Mr. Hurd has been a board member since 2004. He joined the Bank in 2001. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Hurd had 30 years of banking experience at First Wisconsin National Bank, Marine Bank and Bank One Corporation. Age 68.

David Ball joined the Company and the Bank at the end of February 2021 as a Director, President and Chief Operating Officer. In this role he will oversee the daily operations of the Bank, design and implement business strategies and set comprehensive goals for profitability and growth. Prior to being employed by the Bank, Mr. Ball was most recently the Managing Director of Correspondent Banking at BMO Harris from 2004 until February 2021. Mr. Ball has over 30 years of banking experience prior to joining the Bank, with a depth of experience in finance, commercial lending and management. Age 52.

Monica Baker was appointed Senior Vice President-Chief Brand Officer in January 2014. Ms. Baker joined the Bank in 1993 as the Vice President of Marketing/Human Resources/Savings. In 2000, she was promoted to Senior Vice President of Marketing/Human Resources and in 2010 she was promoted to Senior Vice President of Marketing/Human Resources/Retail Lending. Ms. Baker has been on the Board of Directors since 2006. Prior to being employed with the Bank, Ms. Baker was the Human Resources Officer at Maritime Savings Bank. She brings with her over 34 years of banking experience, focused on retail banking, retail lending, human resources and marketing. Ms. Baker holds her Master of Business Administration Degree from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and undergraduate with a double major in Human Resources and Marketing from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Age 51.

 

 

19


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Richard J. Krier joined the Bank in April 2011 as Senior Vice President Chief Financial Officer. In this role he oversees the Bank’s financial reporting and finance functions. Prior to being employed by the Bank, Mr. Krier served as the Chief Financial Officer of Partnership Community Bancshares from 2008 until 2011 and was employed at Ozaukee Bank from 1990 to 2008 in a variety of administrative and financial roles including Chief Financial Officer from 2004 to 2008. Mr. Krier has over 30 years of broad-based banking experience in the areas of financial management, operations, performance measurement and decision support. Mr. Krier is also a certified public accountant. Age 60.

Charles Mauer joined the Bank in June 2010 as the Bank’s Chief Credit Officer. He is responsible for the overall management of the Bank’s Credit Administration Department, including loan underwriting, loan review, lending support, loan policies, procedures and processes to ensure the overall quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Mr. Mauer has over 30 years of commercial, consumer and mortgage lending as well as credit administration experience. Prior to working at the Bank, he was a First Vice President of Credit Administration at Ozaukee Bank where he also managed client relationships for over 20 years. In 2007, Ozaukee Bank was acquired by BMO Harris. Mr. Mauer remained with BMO Harris for three years serving as Senior Vice President—Concurrence Officer. Age 61.

Over the past five years, the Company’s management has maintained the net interest margin and yield-cost spread relatively stable and subsequent to the Bank branch restructure in 2019, achieved a relatively more favorable efficiency ratio in 2020. As indicated in Exhibit I-5 and I-15, the Company’s increasingly diversified loan portfolio from year-ends 2016 to 2020 and favorable trends in deposit composition from year-ends 2019 to 2020, respectively, as well as improving non-performing assets and minimal net loan chargeoffs (see Exhibit I-9), coupled with mostly improving performance metrics (see Exhibit I-3) over the past three years, all are positive indicators of management’s performance in operating the Company.

 

 

20


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

II. ANALYSIS OF OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND PRIMARY MARKET AREA

 

A.

Physical Office Locations

As a locally based community-oriented banking company, the Company’s current value and future prospects are directly or indirectly impacted by economic and demographic characteristics and trends in its primary market area, which consists of Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties, in Southeastern Wisconsin and by regional and national economic factors impacting its primary market area.

1895 Bancorp has a physical “bricks and mortar” presence through its main office/branch and five additional branch locations. The Company conducts operations from three full-service banking offices in Milwaukee County, two full-service banking offices in Waukesha County and one full-service banking office in Ozaukee County, Wisconsin. The Company considers its primary lending and deposit gathering market area to be Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties, in Southeastern Wisconsin, and only occasionally makes loans secured by properties located outside of its primary lending market, usually to borrowers with whom the Company has an existing relationship and who have a presence within its primary market. Exhibit II-1 provides information on the Company’s office properties.

 

B.

Demographic Trends

Future growth opportunities for 1895 Bancorp depend in part on the future growth and stability of economies, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment.

Demographic and economic growth trends, measured by changes in population, number of households, age distribution and median household income, provide key insight into the health of the market area served by 1895 Bancorp. Demographic data for Milwaukee, Waukesha, and Ozaukee Counties, as well as for Wisconsin and the U.S., is provided in Table II.B.1 from 2016 to 2021 and projected through 2026.

 

 

21


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table II.B.1

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Summary Demographic/Economic Data

 

     Year      Growth Rate  
     2016      2021      2026      2016-2021     2021-2026  
                          (%)     (%)  

Population (000)

             

USA

     322,431        330,946        340,574        0.5     0.6

Wisconsin

     5,782        5,842        5,911        0.2     0.2

Milwaukee, WI

     958        943        941        -0.3     0.0

Waukesha, WI

     397        407        414        0.5     0.4

Ozaukee, WI

     88        90        91        0.4     0.3

Households (000)

             

USA

     122,265        125,733        129,596        0.6     0.6

Wisconsin

     2,346        2,384        2,423        0.3     0.3

Milwaukee, WI

     389        384        384        -0.3     0.0

Waukesha, WI

     158        163        167        0.6     0.5

Ozaukee, WI

     36        36        37        0.4     0.4

Median Household Income ($)

             

USA

     55,551        67,761        73,868        4.1     1.7

Wisconsin

     54,626        66,361        72,446        4.0     1.8

Milwaukee, WI

     44,142        54,231        59,873        4.2     2.0

Waukesha, WI

     78,303        93,695        103,084        3.7     1.9

Ozaukee, WI

     73,176        88,966        96,492        4.0     1.6

Per Capita Income ($)

             

USA

     30,002        37,689        41,788        4.7     2.1

Wisconsin

     29,183        36,330        40,537        4.5     2.2

Milwaukee, WI

     24,943        30,901        34,383        4.4     2.2

Waukesha, WI

     39,762        50,395        56,212        4.9     2.2

Ozaukee, WI

     40,968        50,915        55,889        4.4     1.9

Owner Occupied Housing Units (000)

 

          

USA

     79,440        81,944        84,477        0.6     0.6

Wisconsin

     1,596        1,624        1,651        0.3     0.3

Milwaukee, WI

     199        196        196        -0.3     0.0

Waukesha, WI

     122        125        129        0.6     0.5

Ozaukee, WI

     27        28        28        0.4     0.4

2021 Age Distribution (%)

   0-14 Yrs.      15-34 Yrs.      35-54 Yrs.      55-69 Yrs.     70+ Yrs.  

USA

     18.3        26.8        25.1        18.4       11.4  

Wisconsin

     17.8        25.9        24.3        20.1       11.9  

Milwaukee, WI

     20.1        28.8        24.9        16.7       9.6  

Waukesha, WI

     16.7        22.8        25.0        22.4       13.1  

Ozaukee, WI

     16.7        23.0        23.8        22.4       14.0  

2021 HH Income Dist. (%)

   Less Than
25,000
     $25,000 to
50,000
     $50,000 to
100,000
     $100,000+        

USA

     18.0        20.3        29.0        32.7    

Wisconsin

     16.5        21.6        32.0        29.9    

Milwaukee, WI

     23.5        23.5        29.6        23.4    

Waukesha, WI

     10.2        15.3        27.8        46.7    

Ozaukee, WI

     12.3        16.2        27.4        44.1    

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.

 

 

22


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

The data highlights that the Company’s market area demographics are reflective of a relatively small local market area. Milwaukee County is primarily an urban community. The Company’s Milwaukee County branches are in more suburban areas but are still in relatively close proximity to downtown Milwaukee. The population in Milwaukee County decreased at an annualized rate of 0.3% over the past five years, from 958,000 in 2016 to 943,000 in 2021 while Waukesha County and Ozaukee County grew at annual population growth rates of 0.5% and 0.4%, respectively. Comparatively, Wisconsin and the U.S. recorded annual population growth rates of 0.2% and 0.5%, respectively, over the past five years. Looking ahead to 2026, Milwaukee County is projected to remain flat at annualized population growth rate of 0.0% while Waukesha County and Ozaukee County are projected to grow at annualized rates of 0.4% and 0.3%, respectively, which are higher than the 0.2% projected for the state of Wisconsin but lower than the 0.6% projected for the U.S.    

Household growth rates paralleled population growth trends in both market area counties, as Waukesha County recorded a stronger rate of household growth compared to Milwaukee County and Ozaukee County.

Median household income in Waukesha County and Ozaukee County was well above national and state averages in 2021, with Waukesha County and Ozaukee County recording $93,695 and $88,966 per household, respectively, versus $67,761 and $66,361 for the nation and state of Wisconsin, respectively. Comparatively, Milwaukee County’s median household income was lower than the U.S. and Wisconsin measures. Waukesha County is primarily a suburban community and is the wealthiest county in Wisconsin, with a median household income of $93,695. Projected median household income growth rates for the Company’s market area counties were approximately 2.0% as well as the U.S. and state of Wisconsin.

Household income distribution measures provide another indication of the relative affluence of Waukesha County and Ozaukee County, as these two counties maintained a relatively high percentage of households with incomes above $100,000 and a relatively low percentage of households with incomes below $25,000. Household income distribution measures for Milwaukee County were relatively more like the comparable U.S. and Wisconsin measures. The Company’s market area counties’ demographic and economic growth trends, including projected population, number of households, age distribution and median household income could all be impacted by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, but such potential longer-term impact are difficult to predict.

 

 

23


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

C.

Economic Indicators

Economic conditions, the interest rate environment, gross domestic product (“GDP”), housing market, comparative employment data, large employers operating in the Company’s market area, are some of the key economic factors that impact the Company’s future prospects.

U.S. Economic Overview:

The March 2020 recession ended 128 months of expansion, the longest in U.S. history. Many U.S. economic indicators hit their lowest point in April 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In the second quarter of 2020, the economy contracted by a record 31.4%. Quarterly GDP had never experienced a drop greater than 10% since record-keeping began in 1947. The travel, leisure and hospitality sectors have been hit particularly hard. Hotel occupancy was down 30%, and airline travel, as measured by travelers through TSA checkpoints, was down about 70% since early March 2020. Conditions slowly improved in May and June as coronavirus cases started moderating, unemployment claims began falling and some states started lifting operating restrictions on businesses. However, as the pandemic hit the second wave in the fall, sales started falling again, and states backtracked on reopening. Unemployment claims remained higher than during any pre-pandemic period based on records going back to 1967. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the nation has recovered 12.3 million, or 56%, of the 22.2 million jobs lost in March and April as many furloughed workers were called back. During the third quarter of 2020, many economic indicators showed the economy had largely gone sideways. Six months into the crisis, weekly claims for unemployment benefits were about four times higher than they were before the COVID-19 pandemic. The developments eclipsed Joe Biden’s win in the U.S. presidential election, as well as a stimulus package announced in late December 2020.

While the economy has partially rebounded from a deep contraction in the first half of 2020, there are fresh concerns in early 2021 as COVID-19 cases increased on the heels of the prior year-end holidays, the rollout of vaccines has not met expectations, and further Federal pandemic relief was uncertain.

A variety of factors will determine how the recovery unfolds in 2021. Key variables include: a) the scale of the ongoing COVID-19 resurgence and any resulting lockdowns, b) the deployment and effectiveness of COVID-19 vaccines, c) the status of labor markets and household consumption, e) the degree to which volatility related to the U.S. political transition affects consumer and business confidence; and f) whether or not additional stimulus payments occur and how effective they are.

 

 

24


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Interest Rates:

Prior to the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic in the first quarter of 2020, the Federal Reserve had maintained that it would hold interest rates steady. As risks to the World and U.S. economies, stemming from the COVID -19 pandemic, came more into focus, the Federal Reserve reduced the Federal Funds target interest rate twice during March 2020 for a total of 150 basis points setting the target Fed Funds rate at 0% to 0.25%. The prime rate ended at 3.25% in March 2020. Exhibit II-2 provides additional information regarding historical interest rates. The aforementioned interest rate reductions reduced the US Treasury yields and yield curve to historic low levels, resulting in short term interest rates near zero, and intermediate and longer-term Treasury rates also at low levels. From March 2020 through early August 2020, the 10-year Treasury Bond rate ranged between 0.50% and 0.75%, while the 30-year Treasury Bond rate ranged from 1.25% to 1.50% over the same period. After reaching a low of 0.52% on August 4, 2020, the 10-year Treasury Bond rate has trended upward and was 1.19% on February 8, 2021. Similarly, after reaching a low of 1.19% on August 4; 2020, the 30-year Treasury Bond rate has trended upward to 1.96% as of February 8, 2021. The latest Wall Street Journal (“WSJ”) survey of leading economists indicates a modestly rising rate scenario through mid-2023 with longer term rates rising more than short term rates.

Gross Domestic Product:

After the economy contracted by a record 31.4% in the second quarter of 2020, quarterly GDP increased 33.4% in the third quarter. The increase in GDP reflected increases in exports, fixed investment and personal consumption expenditures that were partly offset by decreases in state and local government spending and federal government spending. The U.S. economy has rebounded over the fourth quarter of 2020, with November 2020 especially strong due to the vaccine news. GDP increased at an annual rate of 4.0% in the fourth quarter of 2020, according to the Bureau of Economic Analysis. In connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, GDP contracted by 3.5% for 2020 compared to 2019 according to WSJ in February 2021.

As of February 2, 2021, the WSJ projected more rapid economic expansion in 2021 than previously projected in July 2020, with the Congressional Budget Office anticipating GDP to return to pre-pandemic level by mid-2021 and GDP growth of 3.7% projected for the fourth quarter of 2021 compared with a year earlier. For 2022, GDP growth is projected at 2.4% with average growth through 2025 projected at 2.6%. The Congressional Budget Office projected the jobless rate to fall to 6.8% by the end of 2020 and 5.3% by the end of 2021, with the number of unemployed not returning to pre-pandemic levels until 2024.

 

 

25


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Housing Market:

Coupled with extremely low interest rates that are driving refinance volumes, the COVID-19 pandemic driven demand for larger homes that provide workspace and the overall shortage of new homes has fueled one-to-four family residential mortgage lending and secondary marketing volumes and related profits. These factors have fueled home prices nationwide. Median home prices for sales of existing homes increased 12.9% from $274,500 in December 2019 to $309,800 in December 2020. As shown in Table II.B.1, growth in the number of owner-occupied housing units in the Bank’s three market area counties between 2016 and 2021 and projected through 2026 ranged from lows of (0.3%) and 0.0%, respectively, for Milwaukee County and highs of 0.6% and 0.5% for Waukesha County, compared to Wisconsin of 0.3% and 0.3%, respectively and the U.S. of 0.6% and 0.6%, respectively.

Trends in the Equities Markets:

Prior to declining precipitously in connection with the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic late in the first quarter of 2020, major stock market indices had reached all-time highs, which they subsequently exceeded in January 2021, reaching yet new record highs. The Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) reached its pre-pandemic all-time high of 29,551.42 on February 12, 2020, then declined by 37.1% to 18,591.93 as of March 23, 2020. As of February 8, 2021, the DJIA had recovered all of its 2020 losses reaching a new record high on February 8, 2021. As of February 8, 2021, the DJIA closed at 31,385.76.

Similar trends were observed in other major market indexes such as the S&P 500, National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”) and SNL US Thrift index.

Employment:

Comparative employment data shown in Table II.C.1 shows that employment in education/healthcare/social services ranked as the largest among employment sectors in primary market area counties, as well as Wisconsin. Services and wholesale/retail trade jobs took the second or third largest employment sectors rankings for primary market area counties and for Wisconsin while finance/insurance/real estate jobs constituted the fourth largest employment sector. Overall, the distribution of employment exhibited in the primary market area is indicative of a fairly diversified economy, that within the market area counties is generally consistent with Wisconsin overall but has a greater proportion of wholesale/retail trade jobs compared to the U.S.

 

 

26


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table II.C.1

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Employment by Sectors

(Percent of Labor Force)

 

                 Milwaukee     Waukesha     Ozaukee  

Employment Sector

   USA     Wisconsin     County     County     County  
     (%)           (%)           (%)  

Services

     25.9     20.2     23.5     20.8     20.7

Education,Healthcare, Soc. Serv.

     23.1     23.6     26.4     23.5     25.3

Government

     1.9     1.2     1.3     1.5     1.1

Wholesale/Retail Trade

     12.6     20.9     17.3     21.7     22.8

Finance/Insurance/Real Estate

     15.8     15.7     15.7     17.0     16.7

Manufacturing

     5.4     4.3     4.5     4.1     3.6

Construction

     6.6     5.8     3.7     5.9     4.2

Information

     2.0     1.6     1.9     1.7     1.7

Transportation/Utility

     5.4     4.6     5.5     3.6     2.9

Agriculture

     1.3     2.1     0.3     0.3     1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.

Table II.C.2 lists some of the largest employers in the counties of Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee.

 

 

27


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table II.C.2

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Market Area Largest Employers

 

Employers

  

Product/Service

Milwaukee County

  

Auroa Health Care

   Health Care System

Northwestern Mutual

   Insurance and Financial Services

Froedtert & Medical College of Wisc.

   Health Care Services

Children’s Health System Group

   Health Care Services

Columbia-St. Mary’s

   Health Care Services

Waukesha County

  

Kohl’s Corp.

   Department Store Chain

Quad/Graphics Inc.

   Commercial Printing

ProHealth Care

   Health Care System

GE Healthcare

   Medical Imaging Devices

Target Corporation

   Department Store Chain

Ozaukee County

  

Aurora Healthcare

   Health Care System

Ascension Wisconsin

   Health Care System

Kroger & Company

   Food Retailer

Concordia University

   Education

Columbia-St. Mary’s

   Health Care Services

Sources: choosemilwaukee.com

  

Unemployment:

Table II.C.3 below reflects the comparative unemployment rates for primary market area counties, as well as for Wisconsin and the U.S. The December 2020 unemployment rates for Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties equaled 7.1%, 4.5% and 4.2% respectively, which were well above (Milwaukee County) and slightly below (Waukesha and Ozaukee) the comparable unemployment rate of 5.3% for Wisconsin. Comparatively, the December 2020 unemployment rate for the U.S. equaled 6.5%. The unemployment rates in the market area counties, Wisconsin and the U.S. have all been negatively impacted by the economic and other effects of the COVID-19 pandemic; all were higher compared to a year ago. Future unemployment trends will be impacted by the pandemic, government stimulus payments, consumer demand and other economic factors. At least in the short term, the impact on future unemployment is uncertain.

 

 

28


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table II.C.3

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Unemployment Trends

 

     Unemployment Rate        

Region

   December 2019     December 2020     Change  

USA

     3.4     6.5     3.1

Wisconsin

     3.2     5.3     2.1

Milwaukee, WI

     3.6     7.1     3.5

Waukesha, WI

     2.6     4.5     1.9

Ozaukee, WI

     2.5     4.2     1.7

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.

 

D.

Deposit Market and Competition

The Company operates six branch office locations (including its main office location), as indicated in Table II.D.2, in Milwaukee County (3), Waukesha County (2) and Ozaukee County (1). Table II.D.1 displays deposit market trends from June 30, 2016 through June 30, 2020 (the most recent date for which such information is available) for the primary market area counties. Commercial banks maintained a dominant market share of deposits relative to savings institutions in the market are counties.

 

 

29


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table II.D.1

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Trends in Total Deposits – Total County (Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee)

 

     Total Deposits at June 30,      Growth Rate  
     2016      2017      2018      2019      2020      2016 - 2020  

Deposits ($000)

                 

Bank

     57,459,725        63,603,200        55,955,030        56,688,988        69,348,329        4.8

Thrift

     3,867,570        3,536,435        2,711,066        2,837,203        3,053,258        -5.7

Savings Bank

     614,269        685,115        689,531        495,879        526,907        -3.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Bank & Thrift Deposits

     61,941,564        67,824,750        59,355,627        60,022,070        72,928,494        4.2

Credit Union

     4,669,882        3,779,714        5,783,981        6,404,416        9,300,141        18.8

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

     351,203        383,453        412,251        414,606        366,198        1.1

Branches (actual)

                 

Bank

     390        380        386        391        350        -2.7

Thrift

     105        79        53        51        57        -14.2

Savings Bank

     12        12        13        6        6        -15.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Bank & Thrift Branches

     507        471        452        448        413        -5.0

Credit Union

     17        17        17        16        96        54.2

Avg. Bank Branch Size

     147,333        167,377        144,961        144,985        198,138        7.7

Avg. Thrift Branch Size

     38,306        46,391        51,524        58,475        56,828        10.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Avg. Bank and Thrift Branch Size

     122,173        144,002        131,318        133,978        176,582        9.6

Avg. Credit Union Branch Size

     274,699        222,336        340,234        400,276        96,876        -22.9

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.

The Company faces significant competition within its markets both in making loans and attracting deposits. There is a high concentration of financial institutions in the Company’s market area, including national, regional and other locally operated commercial banks, savings banks and credit unions. Many of the national or super-regional institutions, such as for example U.S. Bancorp, Bank of Montreal and JP Morgan Chase have access to greater financial and human resources and compete directly for loan and deposit customers, as do some of the larger institutions based in the region, such as for example Associated Banc-Corp. and Wintrust Financial Corp. A number of the national and regional competitors offer products and services that the Company does not offer, such as trust services, private banking, certain insurance services and asset management. Additionally, the Company faces an increasing level of competition from online financial service providers that do not necessarily maintain a physical presence in the Company’s market area, such as Quicken Loans or Lending Club in the lending areas and Ally Financial in deposit services. The list of competitors facing the Company is extensive.

 

 

30


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table II.D.2 lists the Company’s largest competitors in the counties, based on deposit market share. As of June 30, 2020, the Company’s deposit market share in Milwaukee County was approximately 0.48% of $54.7 billion of total deposits, ranking 16th in market share. There were four Wisconsin based banks in top 10 banks of Milwaukee County. As of June 30, 2020, the Company’s deposit market shares in Waukesha and Ozaukee counties were approximately 0.47% and 1.16% of $15.3 billion and $3.0 billion of total deposits, respectively, ranking 29th and 13th in the counties. As indicated in Table II.D.2, the Company had total deposit of $259.9 million, $71.2 million and $35.1 million in Milwaukee, Waukesha and Ozaukee counties, with respectively, at June 30, 2020.

Table II.D.2

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Deposit Competitors

 

Institution (ST)

   2020
Rank
     2019
Rank
     2020      2019  
   Number of
Branches
     Total Deposits In
Market ($000)
     Total Market
Share (%)
     Total Deposits In
Market ($000)
     Total Market
Share (%)
 

Milwaukee, WI

                    

U.S. Bancorp (MN)

     1        1        23        25,071,792        45.88        19,897,928        44.99  

Bank of Montreal

     2        2        30        8,024,760        14.68        7,048,599        15.94  

JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NY)

     3        3        12        6,957,730        12.73        4,457,517        10.08  

Associated Banc-Corp (WI)

     4        4        22        4,468,941        8.18        4,372,682        9.89  

PNC Financial Services Group (PA)

     5        5        16        1,856,168        3.40        1,465,255        3.31  

Wells Fargo & Co. (CA)

     6        6        8        1,478,495        2.71        1,405,437        3.18  

Tri City Bankshares Corp. (WI)

     7        7        21        990,857        1.81        833,462        1.88  

Johnson Financial Group Inc. (WI)

     8        10        3        840,426        1.54        562,247        1.27  

Waterstone Financial Inc. (WI)

     9        8        11        777,634        1.42        759,449        1.72  

First Midwest Bancorp Inc. (IL)

     10        11        3        736,909        1.35        542,415        1.23  

1895 Bancorp Wisconsin (MHC) (WI)

     16        13        3        259,943        0.48        302,875        0.68  
           

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total For Institutions In Market

           216        54,651,726           44,229,111     

Waukesha, WI

                    

Bank of Montreal

     1        1        15        2,476,315        16.23        2,089,511        16.01  

JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NY)

     2        2        11        1,556,343        10.20        1,313,979        10.07  

Wintrust Financial Corp. (IL)

     3        5        6        1,474,385        9.66        1,030,297        7.89  

Associated Banc-Corp (WI)

     4        3        14        1,261,300        8.27        1,152,793        8.83  

U.S. Bancorp (MN)

     5        4        15        1,250,546        8.20        1,062,970        8.14  

Bank Street Capital (WI)

     6        6        16        998,968        6.55        783,362        6.00  

Oconomowoc Bancshares Inc. (WI)

     7        7        7        700,909        4.59        644,768        4.94  

Citizens Bank Holding Inc. (WI)

     8        8        13        698,846        4.58        618,936        4.74  

North Shore Bank FSB (WI)

     9        9        7        500,105        3.28        445,920        3.42  

Wells Fargo & Co. (CA)

     10        11        3        400,641        2.63        367,562        2.82  

1895 Bancorp Wisconsin (MHC) (WI)

     29        29        2        71,176        0.47        73,273        0.56  
           

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total For Institutions In Market

           160        15,255,203           13,051,765     

Ozaukee, WI

                    

Bank of Montreal

     1        1        8        730,075        24.16        669,165        24.41  

Port Bancshares Inc. (WI)

     2        2        8        637,744        21.11        529,649        19.32  

U.S. Bancorp (MN)

     3        3        3        369,691        12.24        374,980        13.68  

Associated Banc-Corp (WI)

     4        4        3        301,703        9.98        280,777        10.24  

Wells Fargo & Co. (CA)

     5        6        1        190,578        6.31        142,406        5.20  

JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NY)

     6        7        1        168,681        5.58        131,531        4.80  

Bank First Corporation (WI)

     7        5        2        130,605        4.32        148,911        5.43  

Community Bancshares of WI Inc (WI)

     8        8        1        102,194        3.38        107,434        3.92  

Commerce Financial Hldgs Inc. (WI)

     9        9        1        99,060        3.28        95,122        3.47  

North Shore Bank FSB (WI)

     10        10        2        88,297        2.92        78,045        2.85  

1895 Bancorp Wisconsin (MHC) (WI)

     13        13        1        35,080        1.16        38,458        1.40  
           

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total For Institutions In Market

           37        3,021,565           2,741,194     

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.

 

 

31


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

III. COMPARABLE GROUP SELECTION AND ANALYSIS

 

A.

Introduction

Pursuant to regulatory appraisal guidelines for mutual-to-stock conversions, a group of relatively comparable savings institutions (the “Comparable Group”) is selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions, depicted in Exhibit III-1. The Comparable Group Selection Criteria is established based on specifically identified parameters, which are considered an appropriate basis for comparison to the Company. Consistent with the regulatory appraisal guidelines, the pro forma market valuation of the Company is developed from the pricing ratios of the Comparable Group and incorporates valuation adjustments for key differences between the Company and the Comparable Group. Characteristics of the Company and how these compare to the Comparable Group provide the primary basis for the valuation adjustments to the Company’s pro forma valuation relative to the Comparable Group’s. Factors we examined to identify key differences include financial condition and efficiency of asset utilization, profitability and earnings capacity, interest rate risk, primary market economic and demographic considerations, projected dividend capacity and intended dividend policy, marketability of the issued stock, management, and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform. Section III.B describes the Comparable Group selection criteria. In Section III.C., the Comparable Group is selected. Section III.D. includes a detailed comparison of the Company to the Comparable Group, which is then used as the basis for the pro forma market valuation of the Company in Section IV.

 

B.

Comparable Group Selection Criteria

The selection of a Comparable Group to the Company is based on the general and specific parameters set forth in the regulatory appraisal guidelines. These guidelines stipulate that only publicly traded savings institutions listed on either the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or the NASDAQ can be included in the Comparable Group as their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than stock of non-publicly traded and closely-held savings institutions. Such an exchange listing indicates that a savings institution’s stock has trading activity that is reflective of equity market conditions. Institutions that are not listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks are typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value.

 

 

32


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Another general parameter for the selection of the Comparable Group is that publicly traded institutions that have completed a conversion offering less than one year ago be excluded as such companies have not had sufficient time to leverage the new capital; and may therefore have distorted trading price multiples and only limited stock trading history. Mutual holding companies are also excluded from the Comparable Group because their pricing ratios are also subject to unusual distortion. Savings institutions that are subject to an announced or rumored merger or acquisition by another company are excluded as the trading price multiples of such savings institutions would not be reflective of normal trading prices in the absence of such acquisition or merger.

Of the 107 publicly traded, including Over-The-Counter (“OTC”) markets, FDIC-insured savings institutions, two are subject to an announced merger. Of the remaining 105, 48 are OTC, 4 are traded on the NYSE and 53 are traded on NASDAQ. The 57, publicly traded on NASDAQ and NYSE, savings institutions include approximately 44 fully-converted publicly traded savings institutions, and 13 publicly traded mutual holding companies, nationally.

The Comparable Group should consist of at least ten savings institutions, preferably based in the same or a comparable market as the Company and with similar asset size. However, given the relatively small universe of potentially comparable savings institutions, it is often necessary to expand the asset size range and/or geography.

 

C.

Selection of Comparable Group

From the universe of fully-converted savings institutions traded on the NYSE and NASDAQ, we selected ten, which we considered reasonably comparable to the Company. In our selection process, we considered all public savings institutions and deselected those not eligible for consideration because of the general selection criteria in the regulatory guidelines described above. We focused first on savings institutions meeting said criteria which were in the same region as the Company and which were in a comparable asset size range and expanded the search to other regions and/or broadened the asset size range as necessary to arrive at no less than ten comparable savings institutions in total as follows:

Midwest and Mid-Atlantic institutions with assets between $200 million and $950 million, tangible equity-to-tangible assets ratios of greater than 7.0%, reported return on equity of less than 12% and positive earnings.

Nine companies met the criteria and all nine were included in the Comparable Group: CBM Bancorp, Inc. of Maryland, Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc. of Ohio, Elmira Savings Bank of New York, FFBW, Inc. of Wisconsin, HMN Financial, Inc. of Minnesota, HV Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, IF Bancorp, Inc. of Illinois, Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. of Indiana, and WVS Financial Corp. of Pennsylvania. We considered companies in the Mid-Atlantic region in our selection as it is adjacent to the Midwest and there were not ten companies in the Midwest, which met the selection criteria. Moreover, there were more companies in the Mid-Atlantic that also met the selection criteria vs. in other regions. Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded Midwest and Mid-Atlantic savings institutions.

 

 

33


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Southwest institutions with assets between $200 million and $950 million, tangible equity-to-tangible assets ratios of greater than 7.0%, reported return on equity of less than 12% and positive earnings.

One company met the criteria and was included in the Comparable Group: Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana. The Southwest region was considered vs. other regions because it is also adjacent to the Midwest region. Exhibit III-3 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded Southwest savings institutions.

We did not consider the number of offices or branches in selecting or eliminating candidates, since the number of offices generally impacts the level of operating expenses, which impact return on equity. The established general and specifically defined parameters used in the selection of the Comparable Group are considered to be both reasonable and reflective of the Company for operational and financial comparison.

Table III.C.1 provides general information for each of the Comparable Group companies and Table III.D.6 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Comparable Group companies.

Table III.C.1

Publicly Traded Savings Institutions Comparable Group

As of December 31, 2020 or the Most Recent Data Available

 

                                                   As of  
                                                   February 8, 2021  

Ticker

  

Company Name

   Region    State    Exchange    Offices      Month of
Fiscal
Year End
   Total
Assets
($000)
     Conversion
Date
     Stock
Price
($)
     Market
Value
($000)
 

CBMB

   CBM Bancorp, Inc.    MA    MD    NASDAQCM      4      Dec      232,186        9/27/2018        14.00        48,191  

CNNB

   Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.    MW    OH    NASDAQCM      6      Dec      231,943        10/14/2015        11.96        35,589  

ESBK

   Elmira Savings Bank    MA    NY    NASDAQCM      12      Dec      644,587        3/1/1985        12.40        43,684  

FFBW

   FFBW, Inc.    MW    WI    NASDAQCM      4      Dec      285,787        10/10/2017        10.44        74,231  

HMNF

   HMN Financial, Inc.    MW    MN    NASDAQGM      14      Dec      909,580        6/30/1994        19.00        90,613  

HFBL

   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana    SW    LA    NASDAQCM      7      Jun      535,394        1/18/2005        30.00        46,416  

HVBC

   HV Bancorp, Inc.    MA    PA    NASDAQCM      4      Dec      507,739        1/11/2017        16.82        33,834  

IROQ

   IF Bancorp, Inc.    MW    IL    NASDAQCM      7      Jun      713,399        7/7/2011        20.12        65,196  

MSVB

   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.    MW    IN    NASDAQCM      3      Dec      218,281        4/8/1998        15.45        46,139  

WVFC

   WVS Financial Corp.    MA    PA    NASDAQGM      6      Jun      317,444        11/29/1993        15.15        26,388  

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence

While no individual savings institution, let alone a group of at least ten, can be perfectly comparable to the Company, the Comparable Group is relatively comparable and provides a sound basis for valuation of the Company subject to valuation adjustments. Accordingly, we have compared the Company’s financial and other characteristics to those of the Comparable Group as of the most recent available date from public sources. The Section III tables also include comparative financial and other data for all national publicly traded savings institutions other than mutual holding companies.

 

 

34


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table III.C.2 compares the Comparable Group to all publicly traded savings institutions (excluding mutual holding companies) traded on the NYSE or on NASDAQ.

Table III.C.2

Comparable Group Market, Pricing and Financials

Comparable Group Analysis

Stock Prices as of February 8, 2021

 

     All Public Non-MHC                
     Thrifts      Comparable Group  
     Average      Median      Average      Median  

Financial Characteristics

           

Assets ($000)

   $ 5,175,845      $ 1,722,094      $ 459,634      $ 412,592  

Tangible Equity/Assets (%)

     11.59        10.25        15.82        12.00  

Core ROAA (%)

     1.00        0.78        0.72        0.67  

Core ROAE (%)

     7.70        6.48        6.11        6.11  

Market Capitalization ($000)

   $ 609,965      $ 197,340      $ 51,069      $ 46,511  

Pricing Ratios

           

Price/Tangible Book (%)

     116.46        101.04        89.71        90.12  

Price/Core Earnings (x)

     17.17        13.64        25.54        13.72  

Price/Assets (%)

     13.07        11.85        14.04        9.71  

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence

Our discussions of the Comparable Group compared to all fully-converted public savings institutions utilizes averages unless otherwise indicated. On average, the Comparable Group companies were significantly smaller in asset size than all fully-converted public savings institutions. The Comparable Group maintained higher tangible equity compared to the industry average (15.82% of assets versus 11.59% for all public companies), generated lower earnings as a percent of average assets (0.62% core ROAA versus 1.00% for all public companies) and earned a lower ROAE (5.47% core ROAE versus 7.70% for all public companies). The Comparable Group’s average P/TB ratio of 89.71% was below that of all fully-converted public savings institutions of 116.46%, while the core P/E multiple of 30.55x was above the average of all fully-converted public savings institutions of 17.17x. However, the median core P/E of 17.40x for the Comparable Group, while also above the median for all public savings institutions of 13.64x, exceeded the public savings institution level by a narrower margin.

 

 

35


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

D.

Comparison of the Company to the Comparable Group

Since no Comparable Group can be exactly comparable to the Company, primary consideration was given to differences in financial condition and performance that we observed in comparing the Company to the Comparable Group. Our discussions of the comparable analysis for differences in the following key factors utilizes averages for the Comparable Group unless otherwise indicated:

 

  1.

Financial Condition and Efficiency of Asset Utilization

 

  2.

Profitability and Earnings Capacity

 

  3.

Asset / Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management

In addition to the foregoing, Faust Financial also takes into consideration how the following factors impact the Company vs. how they may impact the Comparable Group:

 

  4.

Primary Market Economic and Demographic Considerations

 

  5.

Projected Dividend Capacity and Intended Dividend Policy

 

  6.

Marketability of the Issued Stock

 

  7.

Management

 

  8.

Effect of Government Regulations and Regulatory Reform

The conclusions drawn from the comparative analysis as it relates to the eight aforementioned factors are considered as part of our valuation analysis and the valuation adjustments discussed in Section IV.

 

  1.

Financial Condition and Efficiency of Asset Utilization

Table III.D.1 shows comparative balance sheet measures for the Company and the Comparable Group which are utilized in our analysis of the Company’s financial condition and efficiency of asset utilization vs. that of the Comparable Group, which includes an analysis of interest earning assets composition, non interest-earning assets, loan portfolio composition, credit risk measures, funding composition and liquidity, capital, interest-earning assets/interest-bearing liabilities; and balance sheet growth.

From an overall asset size perspective, the Company’s total assets of $516.8 million as of December 31, 2020, rendered the Company approximately 12% larger than the Comparable Group, which had average total assets of $459.6 million. Based on relatively comparable asset size, the Company benefited from similar economies of scale. The Company’s and the Comparable Group’s ratios reflect balances as of or for the last twelve months through December 31, 2020 or the most recent data available:

 

 

36


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table III.D.1

Balance Sheet Composition, Capital Ratios and Growth Rates

Comparable Group Analysis

As of December 31, 2020 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

    Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets           Regulatory Capital (1)     Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates  
    Cash &
Equivalents
(%)
    MBS &
Invest
(%)
    BOLI
(%)
    Net
Loans
(%)
    Srv.
Assets
(%)
    Time
Deposits
(%)
    Total
Deposits
(%)
    Borrowed
Funds &
Sub. Debt
(%)
    Total
Equity
(%)
    Goodwill
&
Intang.
(%)
    Tangible
Equity
(%)
    Avg.
IEA/
Avg.
IBL
(2)
(%)
    Leverage
(%)
    Tier
1
Risk-
Based
(%)
    Total
Risk-Based
Capital
(%)
    Assets
(%)
    Cash,
MBS
&
Invest.
(%)
    Net
Loans
(%)
    Deposits
(%)
    Borrowed
Funds &
Sub. Debt
(%)
    Total
Equity
(%)
    Tangible
Equity
(%)
 

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

                                       
BCOW   December 31, 2020       17.91       11.94       2.61       63.68       0.35       16.96       73.51       13.24       11.61       0.00       11.61       132.80       9.81       15.14       15.96       20.74       80.09       5.92       10.23       288.12       2.29       2.29  

Comparable Group

                                             
CBMB   CBM Bancorp, Inc.   MD     17.27       8.47       2.07       70.30       0.00       33.99       74.24       2.15       22.94       0.00       22.94       150.33       18.66       28.38       29.53       6.63       (1.88     10.68       11.04       NM       (12.36     (12.36
CNNB   Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.   OH     9.86       3.60       1.79       81.04       0.70       28.95       63.61       17.55       17.13       0.15       17.06       117.22       14.78       20.97       21.98       4.73       56.12       (0.96     6.71       (26.99     69.22       69.93  
ESBK   Elmira Savings Bank   NY     13.84       3.38       2.39       75.00       0.23       33.96       84.86       4.76       9.43       3.82       7.52       109.62       7.87       12.80       14.05       6.22       172.06       (6.25     6.80       (0.82     3.67       4.64  
FFBW   FFBW, Inc.   WI     2.60       21.47       2.53       71.18       NA       17.13       58.13       5.07       35.92       0.04       35.90       171.45       25.19       33.09       34.34       10.73       38.91       4.63       (7.04     (2.36     67.43       67.53  
HMNF   HMN Financial, Inc.   MN     9.48       16.30       0.00       71.33       0.33       11.26       87.43       NA       11.35       0.19       11.26       155.74       9.85       13.62       14.87       16.97       31.86       8.14       18.01       NA       11.45       11.67  
HFBL   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana   LA     14.90       11.92       1.34       68.04       0.00       26.13       89.25       0.64       9.61       0.00       9.61       137.61       9.83       16.23       17.40       17.59       31.48       7.98       19.06       41.43       2.98       2.98  
HVBC   HV Bancorp, Inc.   PA     9.28       3.97       1.25       81.92       0.22       12.37       73.09       18.13       7.33       0.00       7.33       118.72       7.37       12.70       13.41       42.40       44.60       44.62       30.41       164.08       3.31       3.31  
IROQ   IF Bancorp, Inc.   IL     1.49       23.49       1.33       71.04       0.11       38.83       82.33       4.43       11.90       0.00       11.90       117.42       11.08       NA       NA       5.19       14.00       3.32       6.92       (24.54     9.25       9.25  
MSVB   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.   IN     7.08       36.89       1.76       52.81       0.00       24.10       72.62       4.58       22.38       0.00       22.38       143.53       17.38       NA       NA       4.38       22.85       (7.20     7.35       0.00       (4.01     (4.01
WVFC   WVS Financial Corp.   PA     1.30       65.62       1.56       28.45       0.00       9.98       46.69       40.54       12.11       0.00       12.11       120.69       10.21       16.93       17.26       (10.64     (10.55     (1.11     0.74       (23.42     2.44       2.44  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Average

      8.71       19.51       1.60       67.11       0.18       23.67       73.23       10.87       16.01       0.42       15.80       134.23       13.22       19.34       20.36       10.42       39.95       6.38       10.00       15.92       15.34       15.54  
 

Median

      9.38       14.11       1.66       71.11       0.11       25.11       73.67       4.76       12.00       0.00       12.00       129.15       10.65       16.58       17.33       6.43       31.67       3.97       7.14       (1.59     3.49       3.98  
 

High

      17.27       65.62       2.53       81.92       0.70       38.83       89.25       40.54       35.92       3.82       35.90       171.45       25.19       33.09       34.34       42.40       172.06       44.62       30.41       164.08       69.22       69.93  
 

Low

      1.30       3.38       0.00       28.45       0.00       9.98       46.69       0.64       7.33       0.00       7.33       109.62       7.37       12.70       13.41       (10.64     (10.55     (7.20     (7.04     (26.99     (12.36     (12.36

All Public Non-MHC Thrifts

                                       
 

Average

      9.49       10.72       1.55       72.30       0.19       20.88       75.85       10.33       12.53       1.04       11.50       137.02       11.28       16.16       17.23       18.11       56.80       12.75       20.82       1.83       7.58       7.25  
 

Median

      8.36       8.58       1.71       72.97       0.00       19.68       78.42       8.17       11.56       0.04       10.25       134.44       10.28       14.04       15.29       12.87       31.48       7.56       18.53       (2.36     4.16       3.55  

 

(1)

Bank level data

(2)

Most recent quarter average

 

Source:

S&P Global Market Intelligence and Faust Financial, LLC calculations. This table contains information from sources Faust Financial, LLC believes are reliable, however we do not control or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

 

37


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Interest-earning assets for the Company amounted to 93.53% of assets, which was similar to the Comparable Group’s average of 95.33%. Net loans were 63.68% of assets, which was lower than 67.11% for the Comparable Group, while cash and equivalents were higher at 17.91% vs. 8.71%, and investments including mortgage-backed securities of 11.94% were lower than the 19.51% for the Comparable Group. Overall, in comparison to the Comparable Group, the Company had similar interest earning assets to total assets somewhat lower net loans and investments, with much higher cash, suggesting that the Company’s interest earning asset composition, including in asset utilization vs. the Comparable Group as it relates to interest earning assets is less favorable than the Comparable Group average.

Non interest-earning assets for the Company included bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) equal to 2.61% of assets and loan servicing asset equal to 0.35% compared to the Comparable Group at 1.60% and 0.18%, respectively. No goodwill/intangibles were reported by the Company and the Comparable Group reported 0.42%. Overall, the proportion and composition of non-interest earning assets for the Company and the Comparable Group were relatively similar as a percent of assets.

Loan portfolio composition along with total risk weighted assets (“RWA”) are reflected in Table III.D.2 below:

Table III.D.2

Loan Portfolio Composition (1)

Comparable Group Analysis

As of December 31, 2020 or Most Recent Date Available

 

                 Loan Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets      Servicing
Assets/
Assets
(%)
        
                 1-4 Family
(%)
     Multifamily
(%)
     CRE
(%)
     Construction
& Land
(%)
     C&I
(%)
     Consumer
(%)
     RWA/
Assets
(%)
 

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

                          

BCOW

   December 31, 2020         20.02        12.76        21.11        1.60        8.92        0.10        0.35        63.44  

Comparable Group

                          

CBMB

   CBM Bancorp, Inc.      MD        30.20        3.37        21.80        6.88        4.35        0.14        0.00        65.75  

CNNB

   Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.      OH        45.94        16.88        12.03        1.17        0.30        0.13        0.85        69.95  

ESBK

   Elmira Savings Bank      NY        46.92        5.98        9.38        1.83        6.67        5.08        0.23        61.85  

FFBW

   FFBW, Inc.      WI        19.68        10.46        25.42        2.49        6.64        0.20        0.00        65.76  

HMNF

   HMN Financial, Inc.      MN        19.11        4.55        31.92        5.12        8.10        2.17        0.33        72.25  

HFBL

   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana      LA        26.80        7.89        16.10        4.86        12.11        0.16        0.00        60.80  

HVBC

   HV Bancorp, Inc.      PA        29.89        1.22        3.16        0.98        10.69        0.61        0.24        32.77  

IROQ

   IF Bancorp, Inc.      IL        18.45        14.83        19.85        2.63        10.58        1.16        0.11        NA  

MSVB

   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.      IN        28.22        3.72        8.45        2.78        1.92        0.60        0.00        NA  

WVFC

   WVS Financial Corp.      PA        25.86        1.15        1.31        0.63        0.01        0.02        0.00        61.40  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Average         29.11        7.00        14.94        2.94        6.14        1.03        0.18        61.32  
   Median         27.51        5.26        14.06        2.56        6.66        0.40        0.05        63.80  
   High         46.92        16.88        31.92        6.88        12.11        5.08        0.85        72.25  
   Low         18.45        1.15        1.31        0.63        0.01        0.02        0.00        32.77  

All Public Non-MHC Thrifts

                          
   Average         27.32        11.18        16.89        3.93        7.74        2.30        0.16        66.88  
   Median         25.86        5.62        15.58        2.76        6.13        0.20        0.01        70.05  

 

(1)

Bank level data

 

Source:

S&P Global Market Intelligence and Faust Financial, LLC calculations. This table contains information from sources Faust Financial, LLC believes are reliable, however we do not control or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

 

38


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

The Company’s loan portfolio in comparison to the Comparable Group, had a lower concentration of one-to-four family mortgage loans of 20.02% vs. 29.11%. Conversely, the Company has a greater proportion of higher risk and higher yielding CRE loans (21.11% of assets vs. 14.94% of assets for the Comparable Group), multifamily loans (12.76% vs. 7.00%) and commercial & industrial loans (8.92% vs. 6.14%). However, the Company has a lower proportion of construction & land loans than the Comparable Group has (1.60% vs. 2.94%). In total, construction/land, CRE, multi-family, commercial & industrial loans were 44.39% for the Company vs. 31.02% for the Comparable Group.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $1.8 million or 0.35% of assets of capitalized loan servicing intangibles in the form of mortgage servicing rights compared to 0.18% of assets for the Comparable Group.

Despite the Company’s greater diversification into CRE, multifamily and C&I loans, overall, the Company’s and the Comparable Group’s RWA composition were comparable with the Company’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio at 63.44% compared to 61.32% for the Comparable Group. The Company’s higher cash and investments to assets compared to the Comparable Group balances out the overall RWA.

Credit Risk Measures compared to the Comparable Group are reflected in Table III.D.3:

Table III.D.3

Credit Risk Measures (1)

Comparable Group Analysis

For Last 12 Months Ended December 31, 2020 or The Most Recent 12 Months Available

 

     Reserves/
Loans HFI
(%)
     NPL/
Loans HFI
(2)
(%)
     Reserves/
NPL
(2)
(%)
     Net Loan
Chargeoffs/
Avg. Loans HFI
(3)
(%)
    Provision
Expense/
Net Loan
Chargeoffs
(3)
(%)
    OREO/
Assets
(%)
     NPA +
90 Days PD/
Assets
(4)
(%)
 

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

                     

BCOW

   December 31, 2020         0.81        0.52        157        (0.06     (246     0.00        0.33  

Comparable Group

                     

CBMB

   CBM Bancorp, Inc.    MD      1.15        0.15        771        0.00       NM       0.33        0.43  

CNNB

   Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.    OH      0.99        0.78        127        0.00       NA       0.00        0.56  

ESBK

   Elmira Savings Bank    NY      1.19        1.15        104        0.05       535       0.03        0.89  

FFBW

   FFBW, Inc.    WI      1.29        0.69        188        (0.01     NM       0.04        0.48  

HMNF

   HMN Financial, Inc.    MN      1.64        0.40        405        0.09       479       0.07        0.36  

HFBL

   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana    LA      1.11        1.14        97        0.53       117       0.14        0.90  

HVBC

   HV Bancorp, Inc.    PA      0.64        0.71        89        0.18       210       0.00        0.26  

IROQ

   IF Bancorp, Inc.    IL      1.26        0.25        509        0.05       191       0.05        0.25  

MSVB

   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.    IN      1.38        1.87        74        0.03       322       0.04        0.96  

WVFC

   WVS Financial Corp.    PA      0.67        0.00        NA        0.00       NA       0.00        0.00  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Average

        1.13        0.71        263        0.09       309       0.07        0.51  
  

Median

        1.17        0.70        127        0.04       266       0.04        0.46  
  

High

        1.64        1.87        771        0.53       535       0.33        0.96  
  

Low

        0.64        0.00        74        (0.01     117       0.00        0.00  

All Public Non-MHC Thrifts

                  
  

Average

        1.22        1.13        182        0.05       337       0.03        0.86  
  

Median

        1.19        0.87        109        0.02       327       0.01        0.78  

 

(1)

Bank level data as related to comparable group

(2)

NPLs are defined as total nonaccrual loans plus total restructured loans.

(3)

Net loan chargeoffs are shown on a last twelve month basis.

(4)

NPAs are defined as total nonaccrual loans, accruing loans 90 days or more past due, OREO and total restructured loans.

 

Source:

S&P Global Market Intelligence and Faust Financial, LLC calculations. This table contains information from sources Faust Financial, LLC believes are reliable, however we do not control or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

 

39


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

The Company’s vs. the Comparable Group’s loan loss reserve was lower as a percent of loans held for investment (0.81% vs. 1.13%) and as a percent of non-performing loans (157% vs 263%). Non-performing loans and non-performing assets were both lower at 0.52% of loans held for investment and 0.33% of total assets, respectively vs. comparable measures of 0.71% and 0.51%, respectively, for the Comparable Group. Net loan recoveries or charge-offs were minimal for both the Company and Comparable Group, based on ratios of net recovery of 0.06% for the Company and net charge-offs of 0.09% of net loans receivable for the Comparable Group. The Company’s provision expense of -246% of its net recovery is not a meaningful metric. The Comparable Group recorded provision expense of 309% of its net loan charge-offs. On balance, credit risk measures between the Company and the Comparable group averages were similar.

Funding composition and liquidity for the Company as reflected in Table III.D.1 was comparable to that of the Comparable Group’s with the Company having similar total deposits to average assets, but lower time deposits and higher borrowings. The Company’s deposits equaled 73.51% of assets, which was similar to the Comparable Group’s ratio of 73.23%, but time deposits at 16.96% of assets were lower vs. the Comparable Group’s ratio of 23.67%. The Company’s borrowings were higher than the Comparable Group’s, as indicated by borrowings-to-assets ratios of 13.24% and 10.87%, respectively. Total interest earning assets as a percent of interest-bearing liabilities for the Company and the Comparable Group equaled 129.90% and 134.23%, respectively, indicating that both the Company and the Comparable Group are asset sensitive with a similar amount of assets repricing relative to repricing liabilities. The Company had a higher level of cash and equivalents indicating the Company has more on balance sheet liquidity.

Capital levels, including equity-to-assets and tangible equity-to-assets of 11.61% for the Company were both lower than the Comparable Group’s of 16.01% and 15.80%, respectively. Regulatory capital ratios for the Bank were also lower than the Comparable Group’s subsidiary institution average, with a tier 1 leverage ratio of 9.81% for the Bank compared to 13.22% for the Comparable Group’s subsidiary institution, and total risk-based capital of 15.96% and 20.36%, respectively.

The Company’s pro forma equity-to-assets will be higher as a result of the stock offering proceeds. The increase in 1895 Bancorp’s pro forma capital position will increase the Company’s equity-to-assets ratios and lower its funding cost and risk profile, while increasing its leverage capacity and consequently future earnings potential. However, in the short term, the Company’s higher pro forma equity will negatively impact its return on equity.

 

 

40


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

As a result of the conversion stock offering, the Company will have additional capital resources to strengthen the Bank’s regulatory capital levels and given its plans to infuse additional capital into the Bank in connection with the offering, the Bank’s regulatory capital levels will also increase.

Interest-earning assets/interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) is a key ratio in measuring balance sheet strength for a savings institution. The Company’s IEA/IBL ratio of 129.90% was comparable albeit slightly lower than the Comparable Group’s ratio of 134.23%. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds should serve to provide the Company with an IEA/IBL ratio that exceeds the Comparable Group’s, as the increase in capital provided by the infusion of conversion stock offering proceeds will reduce the need for interest-bearing liabilities that are funding assets and will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.

Balance sheet growth reflected in Table III.D.1 represents annual growth rates for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, or most recent available, for key balance sheet items. Asset growth of 20.74% for the Company is higher than the Comparable Group’s asset growth of 10.42%. The Company’s cash and investments increased by an annualized 80.09% compared to 39.95% for the Comparable Group. Net loans increased 5.92% compared to 6.38%, while deposits increased 10.23% compared to 10.00% and borrowings increased 288.12% compared to an increase of 15.92% for the Comparable Group. The Company’s equity increased at a 2.29% annual rate, vs. 15.34% based on averages (3.49% based at the median) for the Comparable Group. Overall, the Company’s higher asset growth vs. the Comparable Group was driven primarily by higher growth in borrowings, cash and investments combined (although investments and MBS declined), and not higher growth in loans or deposits, both of which were similar to the Comparable Group’s growth rates.

 

  2.

Profitability and Earnings Capacity

Profitability and Earnings Capacity as measured based on the Company’s vs. the Comparable Group’s interest and expense components, yield/cost and overall efficiency is reflected in Table III.D.4, with the ratios based on earnings for the 12 months ended December 31, 2020 for the Company and for the Comparable Group, the latest 12-month period available.

 

 

41


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table III.D.4

Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs and Spreads

Comparable Group Analysis

For Last 12 Months Ended December 31, 2020 or the Most Recent 12 Months Available

 

            Net Interest Income     Non-Interest
Income
          Non-Op. Items     Tax Info.     Yield, Cost and
Spread (1)
       
      Net
Income
(%)
    Interest
Income
(%)
    Interest
Expense
(%)
    Net
Interest
Income
(%)
    Loan
Loss
Provision
on IEA
(%)
    NII
After
Provision
(%)
    Gain
on
Sale
of
Loans
(%)
    Other
Non-
Int.
Income
(%)
    Total
Non-
Int.
Expense
(%)
    Net
Gains/
Losses
(%)
    Non-
Recurring
Exp &
Rev
(%)
    Extrao.
Items
(%)
    Provision
for
Taxes
(%)
    Effective
Tax
Rate
(%)
    Yield
on
IEA
(%)
    Cost
of
IBL
(%)
    Yield-
Cost
Spread
(%)
    Efficiency
Ratio
(%)
 

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

 
BCOW   December 31, 2020       0.28       3.26       0.64       2.61       0.11       2.51       0.74       0.52       3.32       0.20       0.00       0.00       0.37       56.86       3.45       0.81       2.64       85.73  

Comparable Group

                                     
CBMB   CBM Bancorp, Inc.     MD       0.32       3.90       0.66       3.24       0.19       3.05       0.34       0.16       3.14       0.06       0.00       0.00       0.16       33.24       4.15       1.14       3.01       82.94  
CNNB   Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.     OH       0.77       3.59       1.23       2.36       0.03       2.33       2.93       0.17       4.49       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.17       18.00       3.90       1.40       2.50       82.25  
ESBK   Elmira Savings Bank     NY       0.64       3.47       0.91       2.56       0.22       2.34       0.71       0.41       2.64       0.00       NA       0.00       0.17       20.79       4.12       1.23       2.89       71.82  
FFBW   FFBW, Inc.     WI       0.63       3.89       0.69       3.20       0.11       3.09       0.15       0.25       2.68       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.19       23.29       4.29       1.02       3.27       74.14  
HMNF   HMN Financial, Inc.     MN       1.21       3.74       0.33       3.41       0.32       3.09       1.12       0.63       3.16       (0.00     0.00       0.00       0.48       28.31       3.83       0.53       3.30       61.04  
HFBL   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana     LA       0.93       4.04       0.86       3.19       0.41       2.78       0.78       0.23       2.66       0.04       0.00       0.00       0.25       21.05       4.24       1.20       3.04       62.00  
HVBC   HV Bancorp, Inc.     PA       1.02       3.38       0.90       2.48       0.27       2.22       2.32       1.24       4.40       0.04       0.00       0.00       0.39       27.77       3.28       0.94       2.34       72.93  
IROQ   IF Bancorp, Inc.     IL       0.70       3.61       0.90       2.71       0.07       2.64       0.22       0.52       2.48       0.07       0.00       0.00       0.27       28.00       3.74       1.12       2.62       71.72  
MSVB   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.     IN       0.56       3.58       0.47       3.11       0.05       3.06       0.00       0.34       2.86       0.05       0.00       0.00       0.04       5.94       3.74       0.72       3.02       82.70  
WVFC   WVS Financial Corp.     PA       0.50       2.24       0.60       1.64       0.02       1.62       0.00       0.11       1.03       (0.01     NA       0.00       0.19       27.59       2.32       0.73       1.59       58.83  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Average       0.73       3.55       0.76       2.79       0.17       2.62       0.86       0.41       2.95       0.03       0.00       0.00       0.23       23.40       3.76       1.00       2.76       72.04  
  Median       0.67       3.60       0.78       2.91       0.15       2.71       0.52       0.30       2.77       0.02       0.00       0.00       0.19       25.44       3.87       1.07       2.95       72.38  
  High       1.21       4.04       1.23       3.41       0.41       3.09       2.93       1.24       4.49       0.07       0.00       0.00       0.48       33.24       4.29       1.40       3.30       82.94  
  Low       0.32       2.24       0.33       1.64       0.02       1.62       0.00       0.11       1.03       (0.01     0.00       0.00       0.04       5.94       2.32       0.53       1.59       58.83  

All Public Non-MHC Thrifts

 
  Average       0.91       3.68       0.75       2.93       0.28       2.60       0.69       0.44       2.74       0.04       (0.03     0.00       0.28       22.71       3.90       2.93       0.96       64.52  
  Median       0.77       3.59       0.73       2.82       0.23       2.61       0.08       0.29       2.60       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.24       22.88       3.82       2.86       0.96       63.10  

 

(1)

Bank level data

 

Source:

S&P Global Market Intelligence and Faust Financial, LLC calculations. This table contains information from sources Faust Financial, LLC believes are reliable, however we do not control or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

 

42


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

The Company reported net income equal to 0.28% of average assets, vs. the 0.73% average for the Comparable Group. The Company’s lower interest income to average assets ratio (3.26% versus 3.55% for the Comparable Group) paralleled its lower yield on interest earning assets (3.45% vs. 3.76%); both were indicative of its lower level of net loans and higher level of cash. Likewise, the Company’s lower interest expense ratio (0.64% vs 0.76%) was facilitated by a lower cost of interest-bearing liabilities (0.81% versus 1.00% for the Comparable Group). Overall, the Company and the Comparable Group reported net interest income to average assets ratios of 2.61% and 2.79%, respectively; and a yield-cost spread of 2.64% and 2.76% respectively.

Loan loss provision expense for the Company was 0.11% of average assets while the Comparable Group reported 0.17%. The Company’s net interest income after provision expense of 2.51% vs. 2.62% for the Comparable Group was favorably impacted by the Company’s lower provision expense, but still compared unfavorably to the Comparable Group owing to the Company’s lower net interest income to average assets and lower yield-cost spread.

Non-interest income for the Company of 1.26% of average assets and 1.27% for the Comparable Group consisted of 0.74% and 0.86%, respectively, of gain on sale of loans and 0.52% and 0.41%, respectively, of other non-interest income. Total non-interest expense of 3.32% of average assets for the Company was higher than the 2.95% for the Comparable Group.

Non-operating items of 0.20% were higher than the 0.03% for the Comparable Group and for the Company consisted of 0.22% of securities gains and a 0.02% loss on other assets. Extraordinary items did not impact either the Company’s or the Comparable Group’s earnings.

The Company’s provision for taxes of 0.37% was significantly higher than the Comparable Group’s of 0.23%. Similarly, the Company’s tax expense of 56.86% of pre-tax income, which includes a charge to income tax expense related to an increase in the Company’s deferred tax asset valuation allowance stemming from a reduction in the value of the Company’s deferred tax assets, was significantly higher than the Comparable Group’s of 23.40%. As indicated in the prospectus, the Company’s marginal tax rate is 27%.

The Company’s lower net interest income and especially its higher non-interest expense, are reflected in the Company’s less favorable efficiency ratio of 85.73% compared to the Comparable Group’s 72.04%. The Company’s less favorable efficiency ratio (i.e. operating expenses divided by net interest income plus non-interest income) is indicative of its lower earnings capacity vs. the Comparable Group’s. As the Company’s net interest income of 2.61% of average assets was insufficient to cover its total non-interest expense of 3.32%, the Company’s ability to operate profitably on a pre-tax basis was dependent

 

 

43


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

on non-interest income sources. This was also the case for the Comparable Group, which recorded net interest income of 2.79% and non-interest expense of 2.95%, albeit its coverage shortfall was 0.16% while the Company’s was significantly higher at 0.71% indicating the Company’s greater reliance on non-interest income to cover non-interest expense.

On an adjusted earnings basis as set forth in Table I.E.1 and as detailed in Table IV.E.1, with the adjustments relating to the Company’s gain on sale of securities and other assets as well as the adjustment to income tax expense to reverse the charge for establishing a valuation allowance against the Company’s deferred tax asset, adjusted net income was 0.33% of average assets vs. reported net income of 0.28% for the Company and 0.73% for the Comparable Group’s net income to average assets.

As the Company’s operating expenses will increase further with the addition of the certain stock based compensation expenses, the Company’s expenses will be even higher on a pro forma basis. Over the longer term, the Company’s greater capacity to leverage its balance sheet and thereby improve its net interest income to average assets should position the Company to reduce operating expenses as a percent of average assets and have a favorable impact on its efficiency ratio and earnings capacity.

 

  3.

Asset / Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management

As previously discussed and reflected in Table III.D.1, the Company has a relatively higher proportion of cash & equivalents vs. the Comparable Group average (17.91% vs. 8.71%), and as reflected in Table III.D.2, a higher proportion of its loan portfolio is in one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, including CRE, multi-family, commercial business, construction and land, and consumer loans, combined, all of which tend to have shorter terms and/or adjustable interest rates than owner occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans. The Company sells substantially all conforming and eligible jumbo, longer-term, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans while it retains the nonconforming and shorter-term, fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that the Bank originates, subject to market conditions and a periodic review of the Company’s asset/liability management needs. As such, the Company had 20.02% of one-to-four family mortgage loans as of December 31, 2020 vs. 29.11% for the Comparable Group, while it had 44.49% in all other loan types combined vs. 32.22% for the Comparable Group. On the funding side, the Company had 16.96% in time deposits as a percent of assets vs. the Comparable Group’s ratio of 23.67%, which indicates that the Company has not only a greater proportion of loans that reprice relatively faster but also a smaller proportion of rate sensitive deposits. However, the Company has a higher level of borrowed funds to assets than the Comparable Group average (13.24% vs 10.87%).

 

 

44


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

As noted in Table III.D.5, the Company’s balance sheet, over the short-term (less than one year) is asset-sensitive with an IBA to IBL ratio of 136%. All of the companies in the Comparable Group are also asset sensitive with the average IBA to IBL ratio of 140%. Consequently, the net interest margins for the Company and the Comparable Group are expected to be favorably impacted by increasing interest rates. In connection with the second step conversion, the net stock offering proceeds will further improve the Company’s interest rate risk exposure, as the net proceeds will primarily be invested into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s capital will reduce the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities as a funding source.

Table III.D.5 also displays the Company and the Comparable Group’s quarterly basis point changes in net interest margin over the past six quarters through December 31, 2020. Overall, the Company’s net interest margin has been more positively impacted over the period with only three quarters of margin decline and an overall increase in net interest margin for the period while on average the Comparable Group’s margin declined for five consecutive quarters through September 30, 2020, increasing only in the December 31, 2020 quarter, resulting in an overall decline in net interest margin for the period.

Table III.D.5

Net Interest Margin Volatility

Comparable Group Analysis

For Last 12 Months Ended December 31, 2020 or the Most Recent 12 Months Available

 

                        Non-Earn.                                       
                

IEA/

     Assets/      Quarterly Change in Net Interest Margin  
                 IBL      Assets      12/31/2020     9/30/2020     6/30/2020     3/31/2020     12/31/2019     9/30/2019  
                 (%)      (%)      (BPS)     (BPS)     (BPS)     (BPS)     (BPS)     (BPS)  

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

                     

BCOW

   December 31, 2020         136.13        6.47        1       33       (43     (4     7       18  

Comparable Group

                     

CBMB

   CBM Bancorp, Inc.      MD        153.18        3.95        NA       (26     (23     3       (18     3  

CNNB

   Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.      OH        144.20        5.50        (6     (31     23       8       (36     (20

ESBK

   Elmira Savings Bank      NY        126.91        7.79        44       (16     (19     14       3       (8

FFBW

   FFBW, Inc.      WI        177.38        4.75        NA       15       (11     (4     11       5  

HMNF

   HMN Financial, Inc.      MN        155.98        2.89        11       (13     (18     (5     (21     (33

HFBL

   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana      LA        135.67        5.13        29       (15     10       (26     (11     12  

HVBC

   HV Bancorp, Inc.      PA        118.96        4.83        NA       (12     23       4       NA       NA  

IROQ

   IF Bancorp, Inc.      IL        118.14        3.98        12       4       (3     12       (13     13  

MSVB

   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.      IN        144.48        3.22        NA       (3     (22     (15     (5     (19

WVFC

   WVS Financial Corp.      PA        120.62        4.62        NA       (11     (15     (5     (16     (2
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Average         139.55        4.67        18       (11     (6     (1     (12     (6
   Median         139.94        4.69        12       (12     (13     (0     (13     (2
   High         177.38        7.79        44       15       23       14       11       13  
   Low         118.14        2.89        (6     (31     (23     (26     (36     (33

All Public Non-MHC Thrifts

                     
   Average         136.04        5.22        12       0       (16     (3     (7     (4
   Median         132.97        4.94        10       (2     (15     (4     (5     (2

 

Source:

S&P Global Market Intelligence and Faust Financial, LLC calculations. This table contains information from sources Faust Financial, LLC believes are reliable, however we do not control or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

 

45


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

  4.

Primary Market Economic and Demographic Considerations

Table III.D.6 below displays economic and demographic data for the market area county in which the Company is headquartered compared to those market area counties in which members of the Comparable Group are headquartered.

Table III.D.6

Comparable Group Market Area Comparative Analysis

 

                                           Per Capita Income     Dec. 2020     Deposit  
          Population      2016-2021     2021-2026     2021      % State     Unemployment     Market  

Institution

  

County

   2016      2021      2026 (1)      % Change     % Change     Amount      Average     Rate     Share (2)  

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

   Milwaukee, WI      958,242        942,546        941,193        -0.27     -0.03     30,901        85.1     7.1     0.48

Comparable Group

                         

CBM Bancorp, Inc.

   Baltimore, MD      833,355        827,833        838,202        -0.11     0.25     44,121        93.6     5.9     0.65

Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.

   Hamilton, OH      809,436        820,001        828,307        0.22     0.20     39,101        113.3     5.0     0.10

Elmira Savings Bank

   Chemung, NY      86,984        82,370        80,032        -0.90     -0.57     31,386        71.7     6.7     24.23

FFBW, Inc.

   Waukesha, WI      397,051        406,583        413,751        0.40     0.35     50,395        138.7     4.5     1.07

HMN Financial, Inc.

   Olmsted, MN      152,655        160,589        167,296        0.85     0.82     43,936        104.6     3.8     6.05

Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana

   Caddo, LA      250,014        236,376        230,003        -0.93     -0.55     26,312        89.1     7.7     5.90

HV Bancorp, Inc.

   Bucks, PA      627,070        628,796        630,606        0.05     0.06     51,097        135.6     5.3     0.40

IF Bancorp, Inc.

   Iroquois, IL      28,599        26,613        25,608        -1.19     -0.77     28,928        74.2     4.7     22.22

Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.

   Washington, IN      27,824        28,097        28,348        0.16     0.18     27,232        69.8     3.6     27.66

WVS Financial Corp.

   Allegheny, PA      1,231,991        1,212,006        1,206,155        -0.27     -0.10     43,296        134.9     6.3     0.08
   Averages:      444,498        442,926        444,831        -0.17     -0.01     38,580        102.5     5.4     8.84
   Medians:      323,533        321,480        321,877        -0.03     0.12     41,199        99.1     5.2     3.49

 

(1)

Projected population.

(2)

Total institution deposits in headquarters county as percent of total county deposits as of June 30, 2020.

 

Sources:

S&P Global Market Intelligence and the FDIC.

Economic and demographic conditions of an institution’s market area have an impact on an institution’s franchise value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served and the county in which an institution is headquartered more often than not represents its single largest lending and deposit market. The Company serves Southeastern Wisconsin through six full-service branch offices. The markets served by the Company are largely suburban and rural in nature. The Comparable Group companies mostly operate in markets with smaller 2021 populations compared to Milwaukee County. On average, the 2021 population for the Comparable Group’s primary market area counties is 442,926 vs. 942,546 for the Company.

Milwaukee County, where the Company maintains its main office, experienced a decline in population between 2016 to 2021 period of 0.27% similar to the Comparable Group’s markets that experienced a decline of 0.17%. Milwaukee County’s population and the Comparable Group’s on average are forecasted to remain relatively stable over the next five years.

Milwaukee County has a lower per capita income compared to most of the primary market area counties where the Comparable Group companies are headquartered. On average, the Comparable Group’s primary market area counties were more affluent markets within their respective states compared to Milwaukee County’s per capita income as a percent of Wisconsin’s per capita income (102.5% for the Comparable Group versus 85.1% for Milwaukee County).

 

 

46


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Milwaukee County’s December 2020 unemployment rate of 7.1% was higher than the comparable unemployment rate of 5.4% for the Comparable Group’s market area counties at the median.

The Company’s competitive position, as indicated by the 0.48% deposit market share in its primary market area, compares unfavorably to that of the Comparable Group companies, many of which have significantly higher market share. The average deposit market shares maintained by the Comparable Group companies was 8.84%.

 

  5.

Projected Dividend Capacity and Intended Dividend Policy

Prior to its second step conversion, the Company has not established a dividend policy and future dividends will depend upon a number of factors including, capital requirements, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions.

As set forth in Table IV.E.2 in Section IV, five out of the ten Comparable Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 0.78% to 4.84%. The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Comparable Group institutions was 1.99% as of February 8, 2021, similar to the the average dividend yield of 2.32% for all fully-converted publicly-traded savings institutions.

While the Company has not established a definitive dividend policy, the Company will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Comparable Group’s median dividend yield based on pro forma earnings and capitalization.

 

  6.

Marketability of the Issued Stock

Trends in the pricing of all publicly traded savings institutions like those in the various broader stock market indices are impacted by broader economic, demographic and other factors as well as the financial condition, earnings and earnings prospects, dividends paid by the companies that comprise an index or stock market segment. As such pricing metrics for the Comparable Group and therefore the Company are also impacted by these factors. Similarly impacted are the pricing for acquisitions of savings institution institutions, and pricing for recently converted companies, all of which we evaluated and, as appropriate, considered in our valuation of the common stock to be issued by the Company in connection with its proposed second step conversion.

 

 

47


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Specifically, we considered 1) stock market trends including broad market indices (S&P 500 and NASDAQ composite) and the market for savings institution stocks (SNL U.S. Thrift Index); 2) recent converting savings institutions stock issuances; 3) acquisition market for savings institutions, specifically those institutions headquartered in Wisconsin; 4) market for the currently outstanding public stock of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc; and 5) the size of the prospective stock issuance and market.

Stock Market Trends during 2020 and into early 2021, including various broad market indices and the market for savings institution stocks all experienced periods of significant volatility, declining precipitously and then rebounding strongly with cyclical savings institution stocks lagging in the recovery. The market volatility was driven in large part by the COVID-19 pandemic and related economic factors, the uncertainty around the length of the resulting recession and likely pace of recovery, as well as geo-political and domestic political factors, principally those surrounding the elections in 2020 and early 2021. See Exhibit III-4.

U.S. stock market declined significantly over the first quarter of 2020 as the coronavirus outbreak spread and jobless claims rocketed by over three million in the last week of March. The Federal Reserve cut interest rates twice in March 2020 for the first time since the global financial crisis. All sectors saw significant declines. Financials and industrials fell sharply while the information technology and healthcare sectors held up better. The stock market rebounded in the second quarter of 2020. At the beginning of the second quarter, data confirmed the severe economic impact of lockdown measures. However, the subsequent easing of lockdown restrictions, ongoing loose monetary policy from the Federal Reserve and early indications of a recovery led to widespread and sustained stock market gains. Weekly claims for unemployment insurance slowed substantially and retail sales rebounded strongly from April to May 2020. The U.S. economy’s recuperation continued at the beginning of the third quarter of 2020, and the Federal Reserve’s messaging remained highly accommodative. However, U.S. markets wobbled late in the quarter amid a resurgence in the COVID-19 cases, as well as questions over refreshed fiscal stimulus measures. The labor force participation rate improved, but it was still below its February pre-pandemic level. The stock market continued to improve over the fourth quarter of 2020, with November especially strong due to the vaccine news. The developments eclipsed Joe Biden’s win in the U.S. presidential election, as well as $900 billion stimulus package announced in late December. Overall, on December 31, 2020, the S&P 500 and NASDAQ closed at 3,756.1 and 12,888.3, respectively, an increase of 45.3% and 67.4% from March 31, 2020, which were the lowest point due to the coronavirus outbreak.

On February 8, 2021, the S&P 500 and NASDAQ closed at 3,915.6 and 13,987.6, respectively, an increase of 4.2% and 8.5% from December 31, 2020. The stock market rallied to record levels in early February 2021, as investors anticipated that additional fiscal relief measures would support equities further. The federal budget deficit is projected to total $2.3 trillion in the 2021 fiscal year, a decline from last year but still well above anything the U.S. had seen prior to the COVID-19 crisis, the Congressional Budget Office reported. The total also does not include the $1.9 trillion in relief spending that President Joe Biden has proposed.

 

 

48


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Savings institutions Stock Trends reflected relatively similar volatility; the COVID-19 related decline followed by a lagged recovery while the broader stock market rebounded faster than the Savings institution stock market. By the end of first quarter of 2020, the SNL U.S. Thrift index declined by 31.3% from December 31, 2019 which the S&P 500 and NASDAQ lost 20.0% and 14.2%, respectively, during the same timeframe, because fears increased as the COVID-19 pandemic grew into a global pandemic. Related fears regarding economic growth resulting from the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic prompted two emergency rate cuts by the Federal Reserve and pushed long-term rates to new historical lows. Within the S&P 500 and NASDAQ, financials trailed only energy as the worst-performing sector with the market capitalization-weighted SNL U.S. Thrift index having plunged far more so than the S&P 500 and NASDAQ as described above.

The U.S. government launched the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), which provides guarantees for about $660 billion in loans to small businesses, and many smaller banks were taking a leading role in the PPP lending, benefiting from additional lending volume and related deposits and fee income during 2020. Excluding the 25 biggest banks, commercial and industrial lending rose approximately 10.5% in the month of April 2020. Among the 25 banks with the most assets, the same type of lending rose by only 1.1%.

While savings institution stocks declined dramatically in early to mid-2020, many savings institution stocks recovered from their lows in late March 2020. The broader U.S. market has since recovered its COVID-19 losses from early 2020. During 2020, the SNL U.S. Thrift index fell 11.3%, while the S&P 500 and NASDAQ rose 16.3% and 43.6%, respectively, even though for the month of December 2020, the SNL U.S. Thrift Index had a total return of 7.9%, outpacing the S&P 500’s total return of 3.8%.

On February 8, 2021, the SNL U.S. Thrift index closed at 862.8, an increase of 5.6% from December 31, 2020, which was around the time of the two most recent second step conversions (See Table III.D.7) while S&P 500 and NASDAQ increased by 4.2% and 8.5%, respectively, from December 31, 2020. See Exhibit IV-1 for average and median pricing ratios for all publicly-traded savings institutions as of February 8, 2021.

 

 

49


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Converting savings institutions stock issuances are evaluated on the basis of the same factors and pricing metrics as fully converted savings institutions, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted savings institution. The pro forma pricing ratios for converting savings institutions incorporate certain assumptions, including the use of proceeds, reinvestment of offering proceeds, offering expenses, stock benefit plans, and the marginal tax rate. Such assumptions are not necessary in pricing existing stock issues as they are typically priced based on reported financials. In valuing the Company, we considered as relevant, data from recent second step-conversions.

 

 

50


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Two second step conversion offerings were completed during the last six months for which pricing ratios, financial characteristics and after-market trends are reflected in Table III.D.7 below:

Table III.D.7

Pricing Ratios, Financial Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Comparable Group Analysis

Second Step Conversions Completed Last Six Months

 

                                                        Char. Fdn.     % Off Incl.
Fdn.+Merger
Shares
          Pro Forma Data              

Institutional Information

    Pre-Conversion
Financial Data
    Offering
Information
          % of     Benefit Plans     Initial
Div.
Yield
(%)
    Pricing
Ratios (2)
    Financial
Characteristics
          Percentage Price Change
From IPO Price
 

Institution
Name

  Conversion
Date
    Ticker     Exchange   State     Assets
($Mil)
    T.
Equity/
Assets
(%)
    NPAs/
Assets
(%)
    Gross
Proceeds
($Mil)
    % of
Mid.
(%)
    Form     Public
Off.
Inc.
Fdn.
(%)
    ESOP
(%)
    Recog.
Plans
(%)
    Stock
Option
(%)
    Mgmt. &
Dirs. (1)
(%)
    P/TB
(%)
    Core
P/E
(x)
    P/A
(%)
    T.
Equity/
Assets
(%)
    Core
ROA
(%)
    Core
ROE
(%)
    IPO
Price
($)
    One
Day
(%)
    One
Week
(%)
    One
Month
(%)
    Through
2/8/2021
(%)
 

Second Step Conversions

 

Affinity Bancshares, Inc.

    1/21/2021       AFBI     NASDAQ     GA       888       6.93       0.59       37.0       132.2       NA       NA       8.0       4.0       10.0       3.5       0.0       75.31       18.15       7.48       10.14       0.41       3.44       10.00       8.1       7.5       NA       7.5  

Generations Bancorp NY, Inc.

    1/13/2021       GBNY     NASDAQ     NY       368       7.68       1.08       14.8       98.3       NA       NA       8.0       4.0       10.0       3.1       0.0       61.71       18.78       6.48       10.55       0.34       3.15       10.00       0.5       (5.0     NA       (2.6
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
      Average       628       7.31       0.84       25.9       115.3       NA       NA       8.0       4.0       10.0       3.3       0.0       68.51       18.47       6.98       10.35       0.34       3.15       10.00       4.30       1.27       NA       2.45  
      Median       628       7.31       0.84       25.9       115.3       NA       NA       8.0       4.0       10.0       3.3       0.0       68.51       18.47       6.98       10.35       0.38       3.30       10.00       4.30       1.27       NA       2.45  

 

(1)

As a percent of offering.

(2)

Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.

 

Source:

S&P Global Market Intelligence and Faust Financial, LLC calculations. This table contains information from sources Faust Financial, LLC believes are reliable, however we do not control or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

 

51


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

The aforementioned two second step conversions closed very recently, in January 2021, when stock market conditions and the economic and operating environments were relatively similar to the present. The most recent second step conversion offering was completed by Affinity Bancshares, Inc. of Georgia, which was a somewhat larger offering compared to 1895 Bancorp’s proposed second step offering. Affinity Bancshares completed its second step conversion offering in January 2021 and raised gross proceeds of $37.0 million, which was the adjusted maximum offering range. Affinity Bancshares’ closing pro forma P/TB ratio was 75.31% and the stock closed 7.5% higher after the first week of trading. The pro forma price to core earnings (“P/CE”) ratio for Affinity Bancshares was 18.15x.

Comparatively, a smaller second step conversion offering was completed by Generations Bancorp NY, Inc. of New York in January 2021. Generations Bancorp NY raised gross proceeds of $14.8 million, which was between the minimum and midpoint of its offering range. Generations Bancorp’s closing pro-forma P/TB equaled 61.71% and the pro forma P/CE ratio was 18.78x. The stock closed 5.0% lower after the first week of trading.

The average closing pro-forma P/TB of these two second step conversions equaled 68.51% and the average pro forma P/CE equaled 18.47x. Average price appreciation for the first day and week of trading of these two second step conversions was 4.3% and 1.27%, respectively, and through February 8, 2021 was 2.45%.

During this six-month period, two standard conversion offerings (Systematic Savings Bank in Missouri and Eastern Bankshares in Massachusetts both started trading in October 2020) were completed and no first-step offerings have been completed. We considered these conversions relatively less relevant because they were not second step conversions.

Acquisitions of Wisconsin Savings institutions and more specifically the pricing metrics of these recently completed and pending acquisitions of target institutions headquartered in Wisconsin could potentially also impact the demand and stock price of the Company’s stock. As indicated in Exhibit III-5, there were three acquisitions of Wisconsin based savings institutions completed from the beginning of 2015 through February 8, 2021, with the most recent acquisition completed three years ago; and there are currently no publicly announced pending acquisitions for Wisconsin savings institutions. As the Company, like all converted and converting savings institutions, will be subject to a three-year regulatory prohibition from being acquired and because there has only been limited recent acquisition activity in Wisconsin, there is less likelihood for investors to make investment decisions based on speculating about the future acquisition of the Company. To the extent there is any such speculation, it would be relatively less vs. the Comparable Group, since the Comparable Group includes only institutions that converted prior to February 8, 2020. Since the two second step conversions closed in January 2021, the economic environment and the market for new stock issuances is relatively unchanged from when these offerings closed.

 

 

52


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

The market for the currently issued and outstanding public stock of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. The publicly held 1895’s minority stock trades on NASDAQ under the symbol “BCOW”. As of December 31, 2020, BCOW had a total of 4,749,452 shares issued and outstanding, of which 2,067,280 shares were eligible for trading as public securities. BCOW’s closing price on February 8, 2021 was $9.85 per share and its price trading range over the past 52 weeks was $7.46 to $11.92 per share. While trading in BCOW’s currently outstanding minority public stock also impacts the marketing of the Company’s common stock to be issued in the second step conversion, the trading price of BCOW will become more meaningful only when the pro forma impact of the second step conversion is made public and can be considered by market participants in their trading in anticipation of owning common stock of a fully converted public company. Until that time, differences in the Company’s number of publicly owned shares outstanding and market capitalization; and differences in financial characteristics, including equity, liquidity, balance sheet size and composition, make the trading price relatively less meaningful.

While Faust Financial considered recent BCOW trading activity in this valuation, the trading price of BCOW will become more meaningful only when the pro forma impact of the second step conversion is made public and can be considered by market participants in their trading of BCOW.

Liquidity of the stock to be issued, driven by the size of the prospective stock issuance, if a public offering of the stock is contemplated and whether a formal trading market for the Company’s stock already exists or will exist, also impacts both the marketability and liquidity of the stock. Because investors generally prefer liquidity in the secondary market for their shares, illiquid stock generally has a discounted value as compared to more liquid stock. As the companies that comprise the Comparable Group are required to trade in the public markets on the NASDAQ or the NYSE, all of the Comparable Group companies trade on NASDAQ. Factors such as the market capitalization and the number of shares outstanding are indicators of liquidity of a company’s stock.

As set for in Table IV.E.2 in Section IV, based on market values as of February 8, 2021, the market capitalization of the Comparable Group companies ranged from a low of $26.3 million to a high of $90.6 million, with average and median market values of $51.1 million and $46.5 million, respectively. Shares outstanding for the Comparable Group as set forth in Exhibit IV-1, ranged from a low of 1.6 million to a high of 7.1 million, with the average and median of 3.3 million and 3.1 million, respectively. The Company’s second step conversion stock offering is expected to provide for a pro forma market value and shares outstanding that will be in the upper half of the Comparable Group’s range of market values and shares outstanding. After the second step conversion, the Company’s stock will continue to be traded on the NASDAQ. Accordingly, the liquidity of the Company’s shares should compare favorably to the Comparable Group average and median.

 

 

53


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

  7.

Management

As discussed in Section I.E and reflected in Tables I.E.1, over the past five years, the Company’s management has maintained the net interest margin and yield-cost spread relatively stable and subsequent to the Bank branch restructure in 2019, achieved a relatively more favorable operating expense level for 2020 vs. 2019. The Company’s increasingly diversified loan portfolio and favorable trends in deposit composition over the past five years, as well as improving non-performing assets and minimal net loan chargeoffs, coupled with mostly improving performance metrics over the past three years, are all positive indicators of management’s performance in operating the Company. As is the case with the Company, the balance sheet components, including the tangible equity and bank level regulatory capital measures, asset quality and performance metrics reflect positively on the Comparable Group’s management teams and boards of directors.

 

  8.

Effect of Government Regulations and Regulatory Reform

As a result of the second step conversion, the Company, like the members of the Comparable Group, will operate as a fully converted institution operating under the same or comparable regulatory environment. As our selection criteria for the Comparable Group included a requirement that each member have positive earnings for the last twelve months and all met regulatory minimum well capitalized levels, it can be assumed that none of the Comparable Group members, like the Company, are subject to any material operating restrictions that would impact their financial performance or growth prospects.

 

E.

Comparability to Comparable Group

Our analysis supports that the Comparable Group is appropriate for comparison with the Company in our determination of the pro forma market value of the Company. Consistent with regulatory guidelines, differences between the Company and the Comparable Group’s financial condition and efficiency of asset utilization, profitability and earnings capacity, asset / liability and interest rate risk management, primary market economic and demographic characteristics, dividend capacity and policy, marketability of the issued stock, management and the effect of government regulations and regulatory reform will be addressed via appropriate valuation adjustments.

 

 

54


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS

 

A.

Introduction

As previously discussed in Section III, the pro forma market valuation of the Company is developed from the pricing ratios of the Comparable Group and incorporates valuation adjustments for key differences between the Company and the Comparable Group. In Section III, we selected the Comparable Group and compared the Company to the Comparable Group in Section III.D, describing both similarities and differences. Based on our analysis, we concluded in Section III.E, that the Company is comparable to the Comparable Group we selected.

We also considered the current market and operating environment, including economic and demographic factors, interest rates; pricing characteristics of recent second step conversions (both at conversion and in the after-market), and the performance of broader stock and savings institution stock indices, all of which impact both the pricing metrics of the Company and of the Comparable Group. Faust Financial also evaluated the marketability of the issued stock based on the market capitalization and number of shares outstanding of the companies in the Comparable Group vs. the Company on a pro forma basis.

Our valuation adjustments for key differences between the Company and the Comparable Group as well as the other considerations described above are described in this Section IV, with such adjustments incorporated into our valuation of the pro forma market value of the Company based on market pricing of the Comparable Group as of the valuation date. The market value adjustments relative to the Comparable Group are based on our detailed analysis in Section III. The basis for these valuation adjustments is summarized and the adjustments are made in this Section IV, which also describes the pro forma market value of the Company on a fully converted basis. In addition to the pro forma market value, which is also referred to as the “midpoint value”, we have defined a valuation range with the minimum of 85% of the pro forma market value, the “maximum” of 115% of the pro forma market value.

 

B.

Valuation Methods

The method most relevant to the pro forma valuation of common stock for savings institutions is the price-to-book value (“P/B”) ratio method as earnings of savings institutions are often volatile, especially when the nature of their operations can include a significant proportion of non-interest income derived from volatile sources, such as for example mortgage banking or when their earnings are low. Moreover, unlike the price to earnings (“P/E”) method, the P/B value method does not entail assumptions as to the use of proceeds, which by the pro forma nature are necessarily more academic than they are

 

 

55


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

representative of actual future earnings. Therefore, in comparing the Company on a pro forma basis (i.e. fully converted) to the Comparable Group, the P/B value method, particularly the ratio of price to tangible book value (“P/TB”), the latter of which excludes intangible assets from book value to arrive at tangible book value, was given the primary emphasis.

Consistent with regulatory guidelines, we also considered the P/E method including the P/CE and the price to assets (“P/A”) method. The P/E method including the P/CE is considered on a pro forma earnings basis for the Company and therefore assumes interim reinvestment of conversion stock offering proceeds into short-term investment securities. It is important to note that the companies comprising the Comparable Group, which include no companies that converted in the past twelve months, have already had time to leverage their newly raised capital into longer term investments and loans and therefore have a relative earnings advantage over the Company. Combined with the historical volatility of savings institutions’ earnings previously discussed, this supports our view that while also considered by investors, the P/E method including the P/CE is not the primary investment/valuation consideration of investors in converting savings institutions, particularly when the converting savings institutions’ earnings are low. Therefore, we gave the P/E method less weight than the P/B value method.

While we do not believe that investors place much emphasis on the P/A ratio in their investment decisions, consistent with the regulatory guidelines, we nonetheless considered the P/A method, albeit by giving it even less weight than the P/E method. The P/A method is less meaningful, particularly for converting companies with equity in excess of regulatory capital requirements and positive core earnings, and in general because the P/A method does not consider the impact on the converting company’s asset size from deposit withdrawals to fund investors’ stock purchases in the converting company.

As previously discussed in Section III.D.6, while Faust Financial also considered recent BCOW trading activity in this valuation, the trading price of BCOW will become more meaningful only when the pro forma impact of the second step conversion is made public and can be considered by market participants in their trading of BCOW.

To facilitate application of the three valuation methods in Section IV.E below, we apply the valuation adjustments determined in Section IV.C and summarized in Section IV.D below.

 

C.

Valuation Analysis

The valuation analysis based on the comparison of the Company to the Comparable Group as to the following factors was previously discussed in detail in Section III:

 

  1.

Financial Condition and Efficiency of Asset Utilization

 

  2.

Profitability and Earnings Capacity

 

 

56


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

  3.

Asset / Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management

 

  4.

Primary Market Economic and Demographic Considerations

 

  5.

Projected Dividend Capacity and Intended Dividend Policy

 

  6.

Marketability of the Issued Stock

 

  7.

Management

 

  8.

Effect of Government Regulations and Regulatory Reform

In applying each of the valuation methods (P/B, P/E and P/A), valuation adjustments are made to the Company’s pro forma market value based on differences between the Company’s and the Comparable Group’s characteristics discussed in Section III.

 

  1.

Financial Condition and Efficiency of Asset Utilization

Comparison between the Company and the Comparable Group utilize the Comparable Group averages as of or for the last twelve months ended December 31, 2020 or most recent data available, unless otherwise indicated. The following areas of analysis were factored into our aggregate valuation adjustment for financial condition and efficiency of asset utilization.

Interest-earning asset composition as reflected in Table III.D.1 in Section III for the Company and the Comparable Group reflect key differences in interest-earning asset composition, including lower investments and net loans, but higher cash and equivalents. Faust Financial concluded that interest earning asset composition was a negative factor in our adjustment financial condition and efficiency of asset utilization.

Non interest-earning assets for the Company’s and the Comparable Group’s included BOLI and loan servicing, and as to the Comparable Group also goodwill/intangibles as reflected in Table III.D.1. The overall level of non-interest earning assets is relatively similar; accordingly, Faust Financial concluded that based on only small differences in the overall level and composition of non interest-earning assets, this was a neutral factor in our analysis.

Loan Portfolio Composition along with RWA are reflected in Table III.D.2 in Section III. The Company’s loan portfolio in comparison to the Comparable Group, had a lower concentration of one-to-four family mortgage loans and greater proportion of higher risk and higher yielding loans combined (construction/land, CRE, multi-family, commercial & industrial loans). RWA-to-assets were nonetheless similar. Faust Financial concluded that the greater diversification into higher yielding types of loans, which also provides more opportunities for core deposit generation (i.e. cross selling customers) both of which are viewed favorably by investors and were thus a positive factor in our analysis.

 

 

57


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Credit Risk Measures for the Company compared to the Comparable Group in Table III.D.3 in Section III reflect similar risk weighted assets to assets, lower reserve coverage levels but also lower non-performing loans and non-performing assets and a net recovery vs. charge-off. On balance, credit risk measures were deemed to be a neutral factor by Faust Financial in our analysis.

Funding composition and liquidity for the Company was comparable to that of the Comparable Group’s with the Company having similar total deposits to average assets, but lower time deposits and higher borrowings. Faust Financial concluded that on balance, funding composition and liquidity was a neutral factor as the lower level of overall deposits and higher level of borrowings are compensated for by the lower proportion of time deposits.

Capital levels including equity-to-assets and tangible equity-to-assets ratios for the Company and regulatory capital levels for the Bank all were lower than the Comparable Group’s as reflected in Table III.D.1. The Company’s pro forma equity-to-assets will be higher as a result of the stock offering proceeds, which will positively impact the Company’s equity-to-assets ratios and lower its funding cost and risk profile, while increasing its leverage capacity and consequently future earnings potential. However, in the short term, the Company’s higher pro forma equity will negatively impact its return on equity. Therefore, Faust Financial concluded that capital was a neutral factor.

Interest-earning assets/interest-bearing liabilities for the Company was slightly lower than for the Comparable Group as reflected in Table III.D.1, however the additional capital realized from stock proceeds should serve to provide the Company with an IEA/IBL ratio that exceeds the Comparable Group’s. Therefore, Faust Financial concluded that the IEA/IBL ratio was a neutral factor.

Balance sheet growth reflected in Table III.D.1 represents annual growth rates for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 for key balance sheet items. The Company’s higher asset growth vs. the Comparable Group was driven primarily by higher growth in borrowings, cash and investments combined (although investments and MBS declined as reflected in Table I.D.1), and not higher growth in loans, deposits, both of which were similar to the Comparable Group’s growth rates. Therefore, Faust Financial concluded that balance sheet growth was a neutral factor.

 

 

58


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

In summary, we identified no significant differences between the Company vs. the Comparable Group in terms of interest-earning asset and non interest-earning assets, credit risk measures, funding composition and liquidity, capital, the IEA to IBL ratio, and balance sheet growth having found all of those to be neutral factors. We did identify loan portfolio composition, which reflected greater diversification into higher yielding types of loans, as a positive factor. Overall, we considered the Company’s financial condition and efficiency of asset utilization to be similar to the Comparable Group’s and therefore applied no adjustment.

 

  2.

Profitability and Earnings Capacity

Profitability and Earnings Capacity as measured based on the Company’s vs. the Comparable Group’s interest and expense components, yield/cost and overall efficiency is reflected in Table III.D.4. The Company’s vs. the Comparable Group’s reported lower net interest income to average assets, both before and after provision expense, a lower yield-cost spread, similar non-interest income but higher non-interest expense. Consequently, the Company compared unfavorably in its expense coverage and efficiency ratio and reported lower earnings vs. the Comparable Group, with an ROAA of 0.28% (0.33% on an adjusted basis) vs. 0.73% for the Comparable Group. The aforementioned factors negatively impact the Company’s earnings capacity vs. the Comparable Group.

The Company’s higher balance sheet growth vs. the Comparable Group’s over the last twelve months discussed in Section III.D.1 would generally suggest favorably on the Company’s earnings capacity vs. the Comparable Group. However, such higher growth was not driven by higher loan or deposit growth and the Company’s core earnings to average assets of 0.33%, although higher than reported earnings of 0.28% for 2020, still lagged the Comparable Group’s 0.73% by a wide margin. Going forward, the Company’s earnings should be favorably impacted by a lower effective tax rate compared to 2020 and greater leverage capacity from reinvestment of the conversion stock offering proceeds, but such earnings will also be negatively impacted by higher post-conversion operating expenses.

Faust Financial, based on these factors, made a downward adjustment for profitability and earnings capacity.

 

  3.

Asset / Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company vs. the Comparable Group had a higher proportion of cash & equivalents and loan portfolio diversification into loans with shorter terms and/or adjustable interest rates. Moreover, the Company sells most of its fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans, has a lower proportion of time deposits and higher proportion of transaction, savings and money market deposits combined compared to the Comparable Group. Like all of the companies in the Comparable Group, the Company’s balance sheet, over the short-term (less than one year) is asset-sensitive with an IBA to IBL ratio of 136% vs the Comparable Group’s average ratio of 140% (see Table III.D.5). These factors together with the positive impact the stock offering proceeds will have on the Company’s interest rate risk exposure, lead Faust Financial to conclude with no valuation adjustment.

 

 

59


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

  4.

Primary Market Economic and Demographic Considerations

Economic and demographic data for Milwaukee County, where the Company is headquartered, were compared to those market area counties in which members of the Comparable Group are headquartered in Section III.D.4. The Company’s headquarter market area county, Milwaukee County, had a larger population (more than twice the population size of the Comparable Group average), with similar historical and projected growth rates, lower per capita income and higher unemployment. (See Table III.D.6). While the Company’s headquarters county population was larger, as discussed in Section II.D and reflected in Table II.D.1, competition in the Company’s market area counties overall is strong and even though the Company had the majority of its total deposits in Milwaukee County, the Company had lower market share in Milwaukee County compared to the Comparable Group average market share in their headquarter counties. While the larger market population provides more opportunity, the Company operates in a less affluent market and has to contend with the higher unemployment and strong competition. On balance, Faust Financial concluded that no valuation adjustment was appropriate as it relates to primary market demographic and economic considerations.

 

  5.

Projected Dividend Capacity and Intended Dividend Policy

As discussed in Section III.D.5, the Company has not established a dividend policy prior to its second step conversion and future dividends will depend upon a number of factors described in that section. Furthermore, and as also discussed in Section III.D.5 and set forth in Table IV.E.2 in Section IV, five out of the ten Comparable Group companies pay regular cash dividends. While the Company has not established a definitive dividend policy, the Company will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Comparable Group’s average dividend yield based on pro forma earnings and capitalization. Accordingly, Faust Financial concluded that no valuation adjustment was warranted as it relates to the Company’s projected dividend capacity and intended dividend policy.

 

  6.

Marketability of the Issued Stock

In Section III.D.6, we discussed trends in the pricing of various broader stock market indices and all publicly traded savings institutions, all of which are impacted by broader economic, demographic and other factors as well as the financial condition, earnings and earnings prospects, dividends paid by the companies that comprise an index or stock market segment. (See Exhibits III-4 and IV-1) Naturally, the pricing for acquisitions of savings institution institutions and the pricing for recently converted savings institutions are impacted by these factors. As such, the pricing metrics for the Comparable Group and

 

 

60


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

therefore the Company are impacted by trends in these indices, as well as by company specific factors such as their relative market capitalization and shares outstanding. The pricing of recent second step conversions are an additional factor, including that such conversion offerings closed in January 2021, when stock market conditions the economic and operating environment were relatively similar to the present. Therefore, we evaluated all of the aforementioned factors in Section III.D.6 and as appropriate considered them in our valuation of the common stock to be issued by the Company in connection with its proposed second step conversion (See Table III.D.7). We concluded that on balance no valuation adjustment is warranted as it relates to marketability of the issued stock.

 

  7.

Management

As discussed in Section III.D.7, management’s performance as measured by the Company’s balance sheet and performance metrics, loan portfolio diversification and asset quality compared to those of the Comparable Group, suggest that management of the Company like management of the Comparable Group have performed satisfactorily. Accordingly, Faust Financial made no valuation adjustment as it relates to the Company’s management.

 

  8.

Effect of Government Regulations and Regulatory Reform

As discussed in Section III.D.8, the Company, like the Comparable Group, will be under the same or comparable regulatory environment. We have assumed that having been profitable for the last twelve months and having met regulatory minimum well capitalized levels, none of the Comparable Group members are subject to material operating restrictions. Accordingly, Faust Financial concluded that no valuation adjustment was warranted as it relates to management of the Company.

 

D.

Summary of Valuation Adjustments

Below is a summary of the valuation adjustments:

 

Valuation Adjustment Factors   

Adjustment

1.    Financial Condition and Efficiency of Asset Utilization    No Adjustment
2.    Profitability and Earnings Capacity    Downward Adjustment
3.    Asset / Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management    No Adjustment
4.    Primary Market Economic and Demographic Considerations    No Adjustment
5.    Projected Dividend Capacity and Intended Dividend Policy    No Adjustment
6.    Marketability of the Issued Stock    No Adjustment
7.    Management    No Adjustment
8.    Effect of Government Regulations and Regulatory Reform    No Adjustment

 

 

61


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

E.

Application of Valuation Methods

In applying each of the three valuation methods (P/B, P/E and P/A) described in Section IV.B, we considered the market value adjustments summarized in in Section IV.D relative to the Comparable Group to the Company’s pro forma market value. Therefore, the pro forma market value of the Company on a fully converted basis incorporates these valuation adjustments.

It is noted that the Company has adopted “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”), which causes earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unallocated ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of ASC 718-40 in the valuation.

In preparing the pro forma pricing analysis we have considered certain information disclosed in the Company’s prospectus, including the marginal tax rate, reinvestment rate of return, stock benefit plan assumptions, offering expenses and the pro forma impact of the MHC’s net assets, which will be consolidated with the Company and result in an increase to the Company’s assets and equity. At December 31, 2020, the MHC had pro forma net assets of $100,000, which has been added to the Company’s December 31, 2020 pro forma equity and assets to reflect the consolidation of the MHC into the Company’s operations. Exhibit IV-8 reflects that after accounting for the impact of the MHC’s net assets, the public shareholders’ ownership interest was reduced by approximately 0.08%. Accordingly, for purposes of the Company’s pro forma valuation, the public shareholders’ ownership interest was reduced from 44.72% to 44.64% and the MHC’s ownership interest was increased from 55.28% to 55.36%.

Taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above, Faust Financial concluded that based on the application of the three valuation approaches, as of February 8, 2021, the aggregate pro forma market value of 1895 Bancorp’s conversion stock to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering was $55,634,630 at the midpoint, equal to 5,563,463 shares at $10.00 per share, including: 1) 3,080,000 newly issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in the Company; and 2) 2,483,463 shares of the Company issued in exchange for shares in 1895. The $10.00 per share price was determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The midpoint and resulting valuation range is based on the sale of a 55.36% ownership interest to the public, which provides for a $30,800,000 public offering at the midpoint value.

 

 

62


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Price-to-Book

In the P/B valuation method, we calculate the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a P/B ratio and P/TB ratio, derived in our valuation from the Comparable Group’s P/B ratio and P/TB, to the Company’s pro forma book value and tangible book value. Based on the $55,634,630 midpoint valuation, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios each equaled 65.07% vs. the Comparable Group’s averages of 87.76% and 89.71%. The Company’s ratios reflected discounts of 25.85% on a P/B basis and 27.47% on a P/TB basis. Compared to the Comparable Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 88.66% and 90.12%, respectively, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 26.61% on a P/B basis and 27.80% on a P/TB basis. At the maximum of the range, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios each equaled 71.47%, respectively. Compared to the Comparable Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the maximum of the range reflected discounts of 18.56% and 20.33%, respectively. In comparison to the Comparable Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratio at the maximum of the range reflected discounts of 19.39% and 20.69%, respectively.

Price-to-Earnings

In the P/E valuation method, we calculate the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a P/E ratio and a P/CE ratio, derived in our valuation from the Comparable Group’s P/E ratio and P/CE, to the Company’s pro forma reported earnings and core earnings (i.e. earnings adjusted for non-operating items).

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the Company’s reported net income is $1.317 million. We made adjustments to reported earnings by deducting $1.023 million of gains on the sale of investment securities and a $6,000 gain on the sale of OREO, and by adding back to income an $86,000 loss on the sale of other assets. On a tax effected basis, assuming a marginal tax rate of 27.0% for the earnings adjustment, the Company’s core earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 were determined to equal $1.563 million.

 

 

63


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table IV.E.1

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Core Earnings

 

            Amount  
            ($000)  

Net Income

      $ 1,317  

Deduct: Gain on Sale of OREO

     (6   

Deduct: Gain on Sale of Securities

     (1,023   

Add: Loss on Sale of Other Assets

     86     
  

 

 

    
        (943

Tax Effect

     255     

Change in DTA Valuation Allowance

     934     
  

 

 

    
        1,189  
     

 

 

 

Core Earnings Estimate

      $ 1,563  
     

 

 

 

 

Source:  1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus, audited financial statements and Faust Financial, LLC calculations.

   

The P/E method including the P/CE is considered on a pro forma earnings basis for the Company and therefore assumes interim reinvestment of conversion stock offering proceeds into short-term investment securities on a tax effected basis. It is important to note that the companies comprising the Comparable Group, which include no companies that converted in the past twelve months, have already had time to leverage their newly raised capital into longer term investments and loans and therefore have a relative earnings advantage over the Company.

Based on the Company’s reported earnings and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s pro forma reported P/E multiple at the $55,634,630 midpoint value was 58.29x. On an adjusted earnings basis, the Company’s P/CE multiple equaled 46.34x. Comparatively, the Comparable Group’s average P/E and P/CE multiples equaled 23.83x and 25.54x, respectively (see Table IV.E.2). In comparison to the Comparable Group’s average P/E and P/CE multiples, the Company’s pro forma P/E and P/CE multiples at the midpoint value indicated a premium of 144.61% and 81.44%, respectively. The Comparable Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples equaled 13.82x and 13.72x, respectively. In comparison to the Comparable Group’s median earnings multiples, the Company’s pro forma P/E and P/CE multiples at the midpoint value indicated premiums of 321.78% and 237.76%, respectively. The Company’s pro forma P/CE ratios at the minimum and the maximum equaled 33.49x and 55.80x, respectively, and 40.55x and 71.04x, respectively, for pro forma P/E ratios.

 

 

64


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Price-to-Assets

In the P/A valuation method, we calculate the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a P/A ratio, derived in our valuation from the Comparable Group’s P/A ratio, to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases, even though it is likely that there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in our calculation understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the $55,634,630 midpoint of the valuation range, the Company’s value equaled 10.26% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Comparable Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 14.04%, which indicates that a discount of 26.92% has been applied to the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Comparable Group’s median P/A ratio of 9.71%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a premium of 5.66%.

 

 

65


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Table IV.E.2

Market Pricing Versus Comparable Group

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

As of February 8, 2021

 

                Financial Characteristics (1)     Market
Value
($000)
          12
Mo.

Core
EPS
($)
    Book
Value/
Share
($)
    Price/
Book
Value
(%)
    Price/
Tang.
Bk.
Val.

(%)
    Price/
Earnings
(x)
    Price/
Core
Earnings
(4)

(x)
    Price/
Assets
(%)
    12
Mo.

Div./
Share
($)
                         
                Total
Assets
($000)
    Equity/
Assets
(%)
    Tang.
Eq./

T.
Assets

(%)
    NPA/
Assets (2)
(%)
    Reported     Core (3)     Price/
Share
($)
    Dividend
Yield
(%)
    Payout
Ratio
(%)
    Exchange
Ratio
    Offering
Size
($000)
 
                ROAA
(%)
    ROAE
(%)
    ROAA
(%)
    ROAE
(%)
 
             

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

 

Maximum

          546,271       16.38       16.38       0.31       0.16       1.01       0.21       1.28       63,980       10.00       0.18       13.99       71.47       71.47       71.04       55.80       11.71       0.00       0.00       0.00       1.3163       35,420  

Midpoint

          542,248       15.76       15.76       0.32       0.18       1.12       0.22       1.40       55,635       10.00       0.22       15.37       65.07       65.07       58.29       46.34       10.26       0.00       0.00       0.00       1.1446       30,800  

Minimum

          538,225       15.14       15.14       0.32       0.22       1.43       0.26       1.73       47,289       10.00       0.30       17.23       58.04       58.04       40.55       33.49       8.79       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.9729       26,180  

Comparable Group

                                              

CBMB

   CBM Bancorp, Inc.      MD       232,186       22.94       22.94       0.55       0.32       1.27       0.27       1.07       48,191       14.00       0.17       14.34       97.64       97.64       70.00       84.41       22.39       NA       NA       250.00      

CNNB

   Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.      OH       231,943       17.13       17.07       0.54       0.77       6.10       0.78       6.17       35,589       11.96       0.61       13.35       89.56       89.97       19.93       19.71       15.34       NA       NA       NM      

ESBK

   Elmira Savings Bank      NY       644,587       9.43       7.66       0.89       0.64       6.95       0.64       6.97       43,684       12.40       1.19       17.23       71.95       90.27       10.42       10.43       6.78       0.60       4.84       57.14      

FFBW

   FFBW, Inc.      WI       285,787       35.92       35.90       0.63       0.63       2.41       0.63       2.41       74,231       10.44       NA       13.32       78.37       78.41       40.14       40.14       28.15       NA       NA       NM      

HMNF

   HMN Financial, Inc.      MN       909,580       11.35       11.27       0.36       1.21       10.56       1.21       10.56       90,613       19.00       NA       21.65       87.76       88.50       8.56       8.56       9.96       0.00       0.00       NM      

HFBL

   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana      LA       535,394       9.61       9.61       0.87       0.93       9.31       0.93       9.31       46,883       30.00       NA       30.46       98.49       98.49       11.07       11.07       9.47       0.66       2.20       24.17      

HVBC

   HV Bancorp, Inc.      PA       507,739       7.33       7.33       0.49       1.02       11.87       0.99       11.54       33,834       16.82       1.87       16.75       100.41       100.41       8.76       9.01       7.36       NA       NA       NM      

IROQ

   IF Bancorp, Inc.      IL       713,399       11.90       11.90       0.23       0.70       6.06       0.70       6.06       65,196       20.12       NA       26.21       76.78       76.78       12.34       12.34       9.14       0.30       1.49       18.40      

MSVB

   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.      IN       218,281       22.38       22.38       1.19       0.56       2.36       0.52       2.20       46,139       15.45       0.35       15.20       101.66       101.66       41.76       44.65       22.75       0.12       0.78       24.32      

WVFC

   WVS Financial Corp.      PA       317,444       12.11       12.11       0.00       0.50       4.81       0.51       4.87       26,327       15.15       1.00       20.20       75.00       75.00       15.30       15.10       9.08       0.40       2.64       40.40      
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     
   Average        459,634       16.01       15.82       0.58       0.73       6.17       0.72       6.11       51,069       16.53       0.86       18.87       87.76       89.71       23.83       25.54       14.04       0.35       1.99       69.07      
   Median        412,592       12.00       12.00       0.55       0.67       6.08       0.67       6.11       46,511       15.30       0.81       16.99       88.66       90.12       13.82       13.72       9.71       0.35       1.85       32.36      
   High        909,580       35.92       35.90       1.19       1.21       11.87       1.21       11.54       90,613       30.00       1.87       30.46       101.66       101.66       70.00       84.41       28.15       0.66       4.84       250.00      
   Low        218,281       7.33       7.33       0.00       0.32       1.27       0.27       1.07       26,327       10.44       0.17       13.32       71.95       75.00       8.56       8.56       6.78       0.00       0.00       18.40      

All Public Non-MHC Thrifts

 

   Average        5,175,845       12.53       11.59       0.84       0.91       7.56       1.00       7.70       609,965       23.71       2.17       19.95       105.06       116.46       17.61       17.17       13.07       0.43       2.32       47.00      
   Median        1,722,094       11.56       10.25       0.82       0.77       6.49       0.78       6.48       197,340       15.30       0.86       16.44       96.71       101.04       13.44       13.64       11.85       0.32       2.14       35.59      

 

(1)

For last 12 months ended December 31, 2020 or the most recent 12 months available.

(2)

Assumes Bank level NPAs for the Comparable Group if NPAs were not reported at the Company level as of February 8, 2021.

(3)

Assumes core ROAA and ROAE were the same as the reported ROAA and ROAE for companies in the Comparable Group if core earnings were not reported as of February 8, 2021.

(4)

Assumes Price/Core Earnings was the same Price/Earnings as related to Comparable Group if core earnings were not reported as of February 8, 2021.

 

Source:

S&P Global Market Intelligence and Faust Financial, LLC calculations. This table contains information from sources Faust Financial, LLC believes are reliable, however we do not control or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

 

66


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

Comparison to Recent Offerings

Unlike our comprehensive analysis of the Comparable Group, our analysis of recent second step conversion offerings of companies that were not eligible under the conversion guidelines to be considered as Comparable Group members, was limited to pricing ratios, financial characteristics and after-market trends. Our analysis was centered around the P/TB approach, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals). As discussed in Section III.D.6, two second step offerings were completed during the past six months, which had a 68.51% average closing pro forma P/TB ratio and an average pro forma P/CE of 18.47x compared to the Company’s pro forma P/TB ratio of 65.07% at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 5.02%. At the maximum, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 71.47% reflects an implied premium of 4.32% relative to the two second step offerings’ average P/TB ratio at closing.

Valuation Conclusion

It is our opinion that as of February 8, 2021, the pro forma market value of the Company’s 5,563,463 shares to be issued at a per share value of $10.00 and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering, including the new shares to be issued that represent the MHC’s ownership in the Company and the shares to be issued in exchange for existing public shares in the Company was $55,634,630 at the midpoint.

 

F.

Valuation Range

In addition to the pro forma market value, which is also referred to as the “midpoint value”, we have defined a valuation range with the minimum of 85% of the pro forma market value and the maximum of 115% of the pro forma market value. The resulting range of value and pro forma shares, all based on $10.00 per share, are shown in Table IV.F.1 below.

Table IV.F.1

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Pro Forma Valuation Range

 

     Exchange
Shares Issued
     2nd Step
Offering
Shares
     Full
Conversion
Shares
     Total Market
Capitalization
Shares
     Exchange
Ratio
 

Shares

              

Minimum

     2,110,944        2,618,000        4,728,944        4,728,944        0.9729  

Midpoint

     2,483,463        3,080,000        5,563,463        5,563,463        1.1446  

Maximum

     2,855,982        3,542,000        6,397,982        6,397,982        1.3163  

Aggregate Market Value at $10.00 per share

              

Minimum

   $ 21,109,436      $ 26,180,000      $ 47,289,436      $ 47,289,436     

Midpoint

   $ 24,834,630      $ 30,800,000      $ 55,634,630      $ 55,634,630     

Maximum

   $ 28,559,825      $ 35,420,000      $ 63,979,825      $ 63,979,825     

 

 

67


LOGO

 

  

Pro Forma Valuation Report for Second Step Conversion

 

 

G.

Exchange Ratio

Conversion regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority shareholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company. The Company has established the exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company (adjusted for the dilution resulting from the consolidation of the MHC’s unconsolidated equity into the Company).

The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of the Company will be determined at the end of the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the second step conversion offering and the final appraisal. Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value and the $10.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratio at the midpoint is 1.1446 shares of the Company for every one share held by public shareholders. The exchange ratios established by the Company as applied to the valuation range are 0.9729 shares and 1.3163 shares for each share of the Company’s common stock at the minimum and maximum, respectively. We express no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held by the public shareholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.

 

H.

Valuation Updates

Faust Financial’s valuation will be updated as required by the regulatory appraisal guidelines for mutual-to-stock conversions, giving consideration to changes in the Company’s operations and financial condition relative to the Comparable Group. Further, we will give consideration to any changes in general market conditions and to specific changes in the market for publicly-traded savings institutions and the Company’s stock in specific. We will also monitor pending second-step conversion offerings that are in the offering phase. Our appraisal update(s) will include necessary valuation adjustments to the to the pro forma market value of the Company’s to-be-issued stock. In connection with the closing of the offering, Faust Financial will prepare a closing valuation analysis update to assess whether the range of value remains appropriate.

 

 

68


LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

NUMERICAL
EXHIBITS

  

DESCRIPTION

I-1    Map of Branch Locations
I-2    Consolidated Balance Sheet and Income Statements
I-3    Key Operating Ratios
I-4    Yields and Costs
I-5    Loan Portfolio Composition
I-6    Classified Assets
I-7    Investment Portfolio Composition
I-8    Loan Loss Allowance Activity
I-9    Non-Performing Loans
I-10    Fixed and Adjustable Rate Loans
I-11    Contractual Maturity by Loan Type
I-12    Contractual Maturity by Investment Type
I-13    Interest Rate Risk Analysis
I-14    Borrowing Activity
I-15    Deposit Composition
I-16    Maturity of Time Deposits
I-17    Director and Senior Management Summary Bios
II-1    Description of Office Properties
II-2    Historical Interest Rates
III-1    Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Savings institutions
III-2    Public Market Pricing of Mid-Atlantic and Midwest Savings institutions
III-3    Public Market Pricing of Southwest Savings institutions
III-4    Historical Stock Prices
III-5    Wisconsin Savings Institution Acquisitions 2015 – Present
IV-1    Share Data & Pricing Ratios of Publicly-Traded Savings institutions
IV-2    Key Financial Data and Ratios of Publicly-Traded Savings institutions
IV-3    Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios
IV-4    Pro Forma Analysis Sheet
IV-5    Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds – Minimum
IV-6    Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds – Midpoint
IV-7    Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds – Maximum
IV-8    Impact of MHC Assets & Waived Dividends on Minority Ownership in Second Step Conversion
V-1    Firm Qualification Statement
V-2    Affidavit of Independence


Exhibit I-1

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Map of Branch Locations

 

LOGO


Exhibit I-2

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheet and Income Statements

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019      2018      2017      2016  

Selected Financial Condition Data:

              

Total assets

   $ 516,757      $ 428,009      $ 481,099      $ 468,361      $ 450,173  

Cash and cash equivalents

     92,526        11,707        7,923        12,497        7,779  

Marketable equity securities, stated at fair value (1)

     2,992        2,553        —          —          —    

Securities available-for-sale (1)

     58,703        71,375        65,731        88,956        96,458  

Loans held for sale

     2,484        685        771        217        479  

Loans receivable, net

     329,073        310,674        369,830        331,206        312,523  

Premises and equipment, net

     6,275        6,681        8,163        7,661        8,925  

Mortgage servicing rights, net

     1,806        2,172        2,103        2,270        2,421  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     3,032        913        1,261        1,436        2,170  

Accrued interest receivable

     912        963        1,106        1,214        1,163  

Bank owned life insurance

     13,485        13,085        13,400        13,732        13,321  

Other assets

     5,469        7,201        10,811        9,172        4,934  

Total liabilities

     456,749        369,344        442,918        429,367        412,833  

Deposits

     382,585        346,277        407,377        389,676        360,179  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     68,398        17,623        30,010        34,693        48,224  

Accrued interest payable

     183        385        372        340        276  

Other liabilities

     5,583        5,059        5,159        4,658        4,154  

Total equity

     60,008        58,665        38,181        38,994        37,340  

 

(1)

We hold marketable equity securities consisting of mutual fund investments under deferred compensation plans which are held by a Rabbi trust. Prior to 2019, these balances were included in other asset and other liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019     2018     2017     2016  

Selected Operating Data:

           

Interest and dividend income

   $ 15,393      $ 17,235     $ 16,753     $ 15,256     $ 13,797  

Interest expense

     3,041        4,933       4,233       3,361       2,685  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     12,352        12,302       12,520       11,895       11,112  

Provision for loan losses

     500        (1,032     —         —         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     11,852        13,334       12,520       11,895       11,112  

Non-interest income

     6,880        3,144       2,939       2,892       4,155  

Non-interest expense (1)

     15,679        16,038       15,655       16,590       14,013  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     3,053        440       (196     (1,803     1,254  

Income tax expense (benefit) (2)

     1,736        (9     (177     (3,462     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,317      $ 449     $ (19   $ 1,659     $ 1,254  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

For the year ended December 31, 2019, non-interest expense included $588,000 of fees incurred in connection with the establishment and funding of our charitable foundation.

(2)

Income tax expense was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and included $934,000 increase in our deferred tax valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2020, the deferred tax valuation allowance was $934,000, reducing our net deferred tax asset to $3.4 million at that date. We did not have a deferred tax asset valuation allowance at December 31, 2019.

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit I-3

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Key Operating Ratios

 

     At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  

Performance Ratios:

          

Return on average assets (1)

     0.28     0.10     0.00     0.36     0.29

Return on average equity (2)

     2.42     0.90     (0.05 )%      4.02     3.26

Interest rate spread (3)

     2.57     2.58     2.70     2.67     2.70

Net interest margin (4)

     2.79     2.85     2.86     2.80     2.81

Efficiency ratio (5)

     83.70     97.30     101.70     112.19     91.79

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     132.80     124.00     116.54     116.31     116.80

Average loans to average deposits

     89.95     87.73     91.50     85.85     87.74

Equity to assets (6)

     0.28     0.10     0.00     8.95     9.02

Capital Ratios:

          

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)

     9.80     10.70     7.50     7.35     8.41

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     15.10     13.50     10.00     11.07     11.31

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     16.00     14.10     10.90     12.05     12.22

Common equity Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     15.10     13.50     10.00     11.07     11.31

Asset Quality Ratios:

          

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans

     0.82     0.64     0.88     0.93     0.95

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans

     210.02     99.35     209.77     163.90     100.39

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans (excluding PPP loans)

     0.86     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average outstanding loans during the period

     (0.06 )%      0.07     (0.05 )%      (0.03 )%      0.03

Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans

     0.39     0.64     0.42     0.57     0.95

Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans (excluding PPP loans)

     0.41     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets

     0.25     0.47     0.32     0.40     0.67

Other Data:

          

Number of offices

     6       6       9       9       8  

Number of full-time equivalent employees

     100       108       124       111       113  

 

(1)

Represents net income divided by average total assets. For the year ended December 31, 2017, reflects the reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation in the amount of $4.8 million.

(2)

Represents net income divided by average equity. For the year ended December 31, 2017, reflects the reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation in the amount of $4.8 million.

(3)

Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost on average interest-bearing liabilities.

(4)

Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets.

(5)

Represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.

(6)

Represents average equity divided by average total assets.

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit I-4

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Yields and Costs

 

     2020     2019  
     Outstanding
Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
     Average
Yield/Cost
    Outstanding
Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
     Average
Yield/Cost
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

              

Loans

   $ 324,858     $  13,959        4.30   $ 347,736     $ 15,305        4.40

Securities available-for-sale

     63,885       1,349        2.11     67,069       1,588        2.37

Other interest-earning assets

     53,787       85        0.16     16,523       342        2.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     442,530       15,393        3.48     431,328       17,235        4.00
    

 

 

        

 

 

    

Non-interest-earning assets

     36,368            34,777       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 478,898          $ 466,105       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Interest-earning liabilities:

              

NOW accounts

   $ 27,702     $ 46        0.17   $ 25,606     $ 59        0.23

Money market accounts

     77,313       448        0.58     64,095       715        1.12

Savings accounts

     53,658       58        0.11     50,452       66        0.13

Certificates of deposit

     107,250       1,768        1.65     182,636       3,802        2.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     265,923       2,320        0.87     322,789       4,642        1.44

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     58,920       721        1.22     17,376       291        1.68

Other interest-bearing liabilities

     8,396       —          —       7,687       —          —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     333,239       3,041        0.91     347,852       4,933        1.42
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Non-interest-bearing deposits

     86,849            65,915       

Other non-interest-bearing liabilities

     4,300            2,663       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     424,388            416,430       

Total stockholders’ equity

     54,510            49,675       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $  478,898          $ 466,105       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest income

     $ 12,352          $ 12,302     
    

 

 

        

 

 

    

Net interest-earning assets

   $ 109,291          $ 83,476       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Interest rate spread (1)

          2.57          2.58

Net interest margin (2)

          2.79          2.85

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     132.80          124.00     

 

(1)

Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.

(2)

Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit I-5

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Loan Portfolio Composition

 

     At December 31,  
     2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Residential Real Estate Loans:

  

First mortgage

   $ 68,968       20.8   $ 65,450       21.0   $ 108,084       29.0   $ 106,120       31.8   $ 103,900       33.0

Construction

     2,954       0.9     2,041       0.6     2,097       0.6     3,358       1.0     4,619       1.5

Commercial Loans:

  

Real estate

     189,291       57.1     178,882       57.3     191,645       51.4     156,991       47.1     144,093       45.7

Land development

     1,492       0.5     1,623       0.5     2,187       0.6     2,687       0.8     1,508       0.5

Other

     46,184       13.9     34,072       10.9     30,508       8.2     19,715       5.9     14,505       4.6

Consumer Loans:

  

Home equity and lines of credit

     22,348       6.7     29,691       9.5     36,154       9.7     42,344       12.7     45,162       14.3

Other

     361       0.1     611       0.2     1,914       0.5     2,495       0.7     1,225       0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

   $ 331,598       100.0   $ 312,370       100.0   $ 372,589       100.0   $ 333,710       100.0   $ 315,012       100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred loan fees

   $ 178       $ 304       $ 503       $ 589       $ 519    

Less: allowance for loan losses

     (2,703       (2,000       (3,262       (3,093       (3,008  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans receivable, net

   $ 329,073       $ 310,674       $ 369,830       $ 331,206       $ 312,523    

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit I-6

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc

Classified Assets

 

December 31, 2020    Pass      Watch and Special
Mention
     Substandard      Total  

Real estate

   $ 163,961      $ 19,272      $ 6,058      $ 189,291  

Land development

     —          —          1,492        1,492  

Other

     37,675        5,705        2,804        46,184  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $  201,636      $  24,977      $  10,354      $  236,967  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019    Pass      Watch and Special
Mention
     Substandard      Total  

Real estate

   $  168,834      $ 4,418      $  5,630      $  178,882  

Land development

     —          1,623        —          1,623  

Other

     27,522        5,517        1,033        34,072  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 196,356      $  11,558      $ 6,663      $ 214,577  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s 12/31/2020 Draft Audited Financial Statements


Exhibit I-7

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc

Investment Portfolio Composition

 

December 31, 2020    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $  11,570      $ 244      $  (11    $  11,803  

Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

     36,886        1,165        (12      38,039  

Asset-backed securities

     7,231        57        (7      7,281  

Certificates of deposit

     1,458        122        —          1,580  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale securities

   $ 57,145      $  1,588      $  (30    $ 58,703  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 9,779      $ 67      $  (20    $ 9,826  

Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

     56,975        416        (357      57,034  

Corporate collateralized mortgage obligations

     284        5        —          289  

Asset-backed securities

     2,484        —          (19      2,465  

Certificates of deposit

     1,707        54        —          1,761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale securities

   $  71,229      $  542      $  (396    $  71,375  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s 12/31/2020 Draft Audited Financial Statements


Exhibit I-8

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Loan Loss Allowance Activity

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Allowance for loan losses at end of period

   $ 2,703     $ 2,000  

Non-accrual loans at end of period

   $ 1,287     $ 2,013  

Total loans at end of period

   $ 331,598     $ 312,370  

Allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding at end of period

     0.82     0.64

Non-accrual loans to total loans outstanding at end of period

     0.39     0.64

Non-accrual loans to total loans (excluding PPP loans)

     0.86     N/A  

Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans at end of period

     210.03     99.35

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans outstanding during period – Commercial loans

     (0.01 )%      —    

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans outstanding during period – Residential real estate loans

     (0.12 )%      0.09

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans outstanding during period – Consumer loans

     (0.43 )%      0.46

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans outstanding during period – Total

     (0.06 )%      0.07

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit I-9

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Non-Performing Loans

 

December 31, 2020    Current
Loans
     Loans Past
Due 30-89
Days
     Loans Past
Due 90+ Days
     Total Loans      Non-accrual
Loans
 

Commercial:

           

Real estate

   $  189,050      $ 241      $  —        $  189,291      $ —    

Land development

     1,492        —          —          1,492        —    

Other

     46,151        33        —          46,184        —    

Residential real estate:

           

First mortgage

     68,147        684        137        68,968        1,151  

Construction

     2,954        —          —          2,954        —    

Consumer:

           

Home equity and lines of credit

     22,204        121        23        22,348        136  

Other

     361        —          —          361        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 330,359      $  1,079      $ 160      $ 331,598      $  1,287  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

                          Total non-accrual loans to total loans      0.39
                      Total non-accrual loans to total assets
     0.25

 

December 31, 2019    Current
Loans
     Loans Past
Due 30-89
Days
     Loans Past
Due 90+ Days
     Total Loans      Non-accrual
Loans
 

Commercial:

           

Real estate

   $  178,702      $ —        $  180      $  178,882      $ 180  

Land development

     1,623        —          —          1,623        —    

Other

     33,924        148        —          34,072        —    

Residential real estate:

           

First mortgage

     63,854        1,059        537        65,450        1,690  

Construction

     2,041        —          —          2,041        —    

Consumer:

           

Home equity and lines of credit

     29,678        13        —          29,691        143  

Other

     611        —          —          611        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 310,433      $  1,220      $ 717      $ 312,370      $  2,013  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

                          Total non-accrual loans to total loans      0.64
                      Total non-accrual loans to total assets
     0.47

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s 12/31/2020 Draft Audited Financial Statements


Exhibit I-10

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Fixed and Adjustable Rate Loans

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans at December 31, 2020 that are due after December 31, 2021 and have either fixed interest rates or floating or adjustable interest rates. The amounts shown below exclude unearned loan origination fees.

 

     Fixed Rates      Floating or Adjustable Rates      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Residential real estate loans

   $ 56,442      $ 12,655      $ 69,097  

Commercial loans

     172,920        30,152        203,072  

Consumer loans

     3,029        11,481        14,510  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 232,391      $ 54,288      $ 286,679  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit I-11

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Contractual Maturity by Loan Type

 

     At December 31, 2020  
     Residential
Real Estate
Loans
     Commercial
Loans
     Consumer
Loans
     Total Loans  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Amounts due in:

           

One year or less

   $ 2,825      $ 33,895      $ 8,199      $ 44,919  

More than one year through five years

     11,324        137,732        12,094        161,150  

More than five through fifteen years

     29,263        62,093        1,668        93,024  

More than fifteen years

     28,510        3,247        748        32,505  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $  71,922      $  236,967      $  22,709      $  331,598  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit I-12

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc

Contractual Maturity by Investment Type

 

     One Year or Less     More than One Year to Five
Years
    More than Five Years to
Ten Years
    More than Ten
Years
    Total  
     Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Weighted
Average
Yield
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Securities available-for-sale:

 

                    

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 1,239        2.06   $ 4,008        2.23   $ 1,077        2.89   $ 5,246        1.74   $ 11,570      $ 11,803        2.05

Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

     —          —       4,542        2.41     8,355        2.46     23,989        1.80     36,886        38,039        2.02

Asset-backed securities

     —          —       770        1.16     —          —       6,461        1.24     7,231        7,281        1.23

Certificates of deposit

     —          —       1,208        2.73     250        2.92     —          —       1,458        1,580        2.77
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 1,239        2.06   $ 10,528        2.29   $ 9,682        2.52   $ 35,696        1.69   $ 57,145      $ 58,703        1.95
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit I-13

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc

Interest Rate Risk Analysis

 

Change in Interest

Rates (basis points) (1)

   Net Interest Income
Year 1 Forecast
     Year 1 Change
from Level
 
     (Dollars in thousands)         

+400

   $ 13,965        24.3

+300

     13,467        19.9

+200

     12,800        14.0

+100

     12,064        7.4

Level

     11,233        0

-100

     10,857        (3.3 )% 

 

(1)

Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

 

            Estimated Increase (Decrease) in EVE  

Basis Point (“bp”) Change in
Interest Rates (1)

   Estimated EVE (2)      Amount      Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

400

   $ 74,740      $ 16,270        27.8

300

     71,539        13,069        22.4

200

     68,600        10,130        17.3

100

     64,830        6,360        10.9

—  

     58,470        —          —    

(100)

     57,828        (642      (1.1 )% 

 

(1)

Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

(2)

EVE is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit I-14

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc

Borrowing Activity

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Maximum balance outstanding at any month-end during period

   $ 69,528     $ 42,657  

Average balance outstanding during period

   $ 58,920     $ 17,376  

Weighted average interest rate during period

     1.22     1.68

Balance outstanding at end of period

   $ 68,398     $ 17,623  

Weighted average interest rate at end of period

     1.18     1.46

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit I-15

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Deposit Composition

 

     2020     2019  
     Amount      Percent     Rate     Amount      Percent     Rate  
                  (Dollars in thousands)               

Noninterest-bearing checking accounts

   $ 98,970        26.1     0.00   $ 62,768        18.21     —    

NOW accounts

     30,630        8.1     0.17     25,432        7.38     0.23

Money market accounts

     103,724        27.2     0.58     65,999        19.15     1.12

Savings accounts

     58,895        15.5     0.11     47,981        13.92     0.13

Certificates of deposit (1)

     87,629        23.1     1.65     142,416        41.34     2.08
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 379,848        100     0.67   $ 344,596        100     1.11
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Included in these amounts are brokered deposits of $5.5 million and $29.6 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

    

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit I-16

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Maturity of Time Deposits

 

2021

     81,521  

2022

     3,938  

2023

     630  

2024

     860  

2025

     680  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 87,629  
  

 

 

 

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s 12/31/2020 Draft Audited Financial Statements


Exhibit I-17

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Director and Senior Management Summary Bios

Directors with terms ending following the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021

David Ball joined 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. and PyraMax Bank, FSB in February 2021 as a Director, President and Chief Operating Officer. In this role he will oversee the daily operations of PyraMax Bank, FSB, design and implement business strategies and set comprehensive goals for profitability and growth. Prior to being employed by PyraMax Bank, Mr. Ball was most recently the Managing Director of Correspondent Banking at BMO Harris from 2004 until February 2021. Mr. Ball has over 30 years of banking experience prior to joining PyraMax Bank, with a depth of experience in finance, commercial lending and management. Age 52.

Joseph Murphy has served on the board of directors of PyraMax Bank, FSB since December 2005. He was City Attorney for the City of South Milwaukee from 1982 to 2016. Mr. Murphy was a principal shareholder in Murphy & Leonard, LLP (formerly Murphy & Brennan), a Milwaukee law firm concentrating in commercial litigation, municipal law, real estate, estate planning and family law from 1981 to 2016. Mr. Murphy was an Assistant District Attorney in Milwaukee County from 1977 to 1981. Mr. Murphy retired in 2017. Mr. Murphy’s extensive and varied background as an attorney and in real estate are valuable to our Board of Directors. Age 73.

Gary Zenobi was appointed to the board of directors in 1992. Mr. Zenobi is a retired certified public accountant who owned his own certified public accounting firm, GAZ LLC, from 2010 to 2015. He was a partner in the accounting firm of Bartlett & Zenobi, SC. from 1994 to 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Zenobi owned his own firm Gary A. Zenobi, S.C. from 1988 to 1994. Mr. Zenobi also worked at the CPA firms Jannsen & Co. SC from 1977 to 1987 and Bersch and Co. SC from 1973 to 1976. He was the Comptroller of American Medical Services, Inc. from 1970 to 1973 and began his career working for Touche Ross from 1967 to 1970. Mr. Zenobi is a certified public accountant and his diverse background and broad experience in public accounting enhances our Board of Director’s oversight of financial reporting. His work experience qualifies him to be a member of the Audit Committee as an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Age 75.

Directors with terms ending following the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022

Monica Baker was appointed Senior Vice President-Chief Brand Officer in January 2014. Ms. Baker joined PyraMax Bank, FSB in 1993 as the Vice President of Marketing/Human Resources/Savings. In 2000, she was promoted to Senior Vice President of Marketing/Human Resources and in 2010 she was promoted to Senior Vice President of Marketing/Human Resources/Retail Lending. Ms. Baker has been on the board of directors since 2006. Prior to being employed with PyraMax Bank, FSB Ms. Baker was the Human Resources Officer at Maritime Savings Bank. She brings with her over 34 years of banking experience, focused on retail banking, retail lending, human resources and marketing. Ms. Baker holds her Master of Business Administration Degree from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and undergraduate with a double major in Human Resources and Marketing from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Ms. Baker’s extensive experience in retail banking, retail lending, human resources and marketing are valuable to our board of directors in assessing the performance of PyraMax Bank, FSB. Age 52.

James Spiegelberg was appointed to PyraMax Bank, FSB’s board of directors in 2006. He owns Spiegelberg Financial Services, a full-service tax, accounting and financial services firm. Mr. Spiegelberg has over 27 years of accounting experience. Mr. Spiegelberg was Vice President of Finance, TransWorld Express Airlines from 1987 to 1989 and Vice President of Finance & Administration, JBL Professional from 1989 to 1993. Prior to that, he was Director of Accounting, Jet America Airlines from 1985 to 1987. Mr. Spiegelberg began his professional experience with Touche Ross as an auditor from 1981 to 1983. After successfully passing the CPA exam, he accepted a position in Internal Audit with Rexnord Corporation from 1983 to 1985. In 2001, Mr. Spiegelberg became an Investment Advisor Representative and also holds health and life insurance licenses, which adds valuable knowledge and experience to our board of directors. His work experience qualifies him to be a member of the Audit Committee as an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Age 62.

Directors with terms ending following the fiscal year ending December 31, 2023

Darrell Francis has served on the board of directors of PyraMax Bank, FSB since June 1986. He was appointed Chairman of the Board in July 2007. He owns and operates a private dental practice in Wisconsin and has performed general dentistry since 1976. Dr. Frances has been a member of the South Milwaukee Police and Fire Commission for over 25 years. He is the former President of the South Milwaukee Lion’s Club and was previously on the Board of Directors of Southshore-YMCA. Mr. Francis has extensive knowledge of local markets and the communities served by PyraMax Bank, FSB. Age 68.


Richard Hurd was appointed Chief Executive Officer of PyraMax Bank, FSB in 2007. Prior to that, Mr. Hurd was the Chief Operating Officer from 2004 to 2007. Mr. Hurd has been a board member since 2004. He joined PyraMax Bank, FSB in 2001. Prior to joining PyraMax Bank, FSB Mr. Hurd had 30 years of banking experience at First Wisconsin National Bank, Marine Bank and Bank One Corporation. Mr. Hurd’s banking experience and knowledge of financial markets enhance the breadth of experience of our board of directors. Age 68.

John Talsky was appointed to the board of directors in 2001. Mr. Talsky is an attorney who has owned a law firm specializing in estate planning and related services since 1973. Mr. Talsky is the Village of Greendale Board of Zoning Appeals Member, Chairman (1990 to Present). Mr. Talsky’s broad legal experience enables him to bring a unique perspective to the board of directors. Age 71.

Executive Officers Who are Not Directors

Richard J. Krier joined PyraMax Bank, FSB in April 2011 as Senior Vice President Chief Financial Officer. In this role he oversees the Bank’s financial reporting and finance functions. Prior to being employed by PyraMax Bank, Mr. Krier served as the Chief Financial Officer of Partnership Community Bancshares from 2008 until 2011, and was employed at Ozaukee Bank from 1990 to 2008 in a variety of administrative and financial roles including Chief Financial Officer from 2004 to 2008. Mr. Krier has over 30 years of broad-based banking experience in the areas of financial management, operations, performance measurement and decision support. Mr. Krier is also a certified public accountant. Age 61.

Charles Mauer joined PyraMax Bank, FSB in June 2010 as PyraMax Bank, FSB’s Chief Credit Officer. He is responsible for the overall management of PyraMax Bank, FSB’s Credit Administration Department, including loan underwriting, loan review, lending support, loan policies, procedures and processes to ensure the overall quality of PyraMax Bank, FSB’s loan portfolio. Mr. Mauer has over 30 years of commercial, consumer and mortgage lending as well as credit administration experience. Prior to working at PyraMax Bank, FSB, he was a First Vice President of Credit Administration at Ozaukee Bank where he also managed client relationships for over 20 years. In 2007, Ozaukee Bank was acquired by BMO Harris. Mr. Mauer remained with BMO Harris for three years serving as Senior Vice President—Concurrence Officer. Age 61.

Thomas K. Peterson jointed PyraMax Bank, FSB as Senior Vice President, Chief Lending Officer in January 2017. Prior to being employed by PyraMax Bank, FSB, Mr. Peterson was the Commercial Business Segment Leader for the Milwaukee-Madison Markets for Associated Bank from 2014 to 2017, and was the Commercial Business Team Leader for the Milwaukee Unit from 2010 to 2014. Mr. Peterson has over 36 years of banking experience, including various commercial banking roles at Ozaukee Bank, Harris-BMO and Associated Bank. Age 64.

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit II-1

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Description of Office Properties

We conduct our operations from our three full-service banking offices in Milwaukee County, our two full-service banking offices in Waukesha County and our full-service banking office in Ozaukee County, Wisconsin. We consider our primary lending market area to be southeastern Wisconsin, however, we occasionally make loans secured by properties located outside of our primary lending market, usually to borrowers with whom we have an existing relationship and who have a presence within our primary market.

Source: 1895 Bancorp’s Preliminary Offering Prospectus


Exhibit II-2

Historical Interest Rates (1)

 

     March
2016
    June
2016
    September
2016
    December
2016
 

Prime

     3.50     3.50     3.50     3.50

3-Month Treasury

     0.21     0.26     0.29     0.51

1-Year Treasury

     0.59     0.45     0.59     0.85

30-Year Treasury

     2.66     2.27     2.28     3.14
     March
2017
    June
2017
    September
2017
    December
2017
 

Prime

     4.00     4.25     4.25     4.50

3-Month Treasury

     0.76     1.03     1.06     1.39

1-Year Treasury

     1.03     1.24     1.31     1.76

30-Year Treasury

     3.02     2.75     2.86     2.75
     March
2018
    June
2018
    September
2018
    December
2018
 

Prime

     4.75     5.00     5.25     5.50

3-Month Treasury

     1.73     1.93     2.19     2.45

1-Year Treasury

     2.09     2.33     2.59     2.63

30-Year Treasury

     3.01     2.97     3.19     3.04
     March
2019
    June
2019
    September
2019
    December
2019
 

Prime

     5.50     5.00     4.75     4.75

3-Month Treasury

     2.40     2.12     1.88     1.55

1-Year Treasury

     2.40     1.92     1.75     1.59

30-Year Treasury

     2.81     2.53     2.09     2.39
     March
2020
    June
2020
    September
2020
    December
2020
 

Prime

     3.25     3.25     3.25     3.25

3-Month Treasury

     0.11     0.16     0.10     0.09

1-Year Treasury

     0.17     0.16     0.12     0.10

30-Year Treasury

     1.31     1.41     1.41     1.65
     January
2020
                   

Prime

     3.25      

3-Month Treasury

     0.09      

1-Year Treasury

     0.10      

30-Year Treasury

     1.85      

 

(1)

End of period data

 

Source:

Department of the Treasury and Federal Reserve


Exhibit III-1

Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

February 8, 2021

 

                                                   As of
February 8, 2021
 

Ticker

  

Company Name

  

Region

  

State

  

Exchange

   Offices     

Fiscal
Month End

   Total
Assets ($000)
     Conversion
Date
     Stock
Price
($)
     Market
Value
($000)
 

AFBI

  

Affinity Bancshares, Inc.

   SE    GA   

NASDAQCM

     3      Dec      888,170        4/27/2017        10.75        73,913  

AX

  

Axos Financial, Inc.

   WE    NV   

NYSE

     NA      Jun      14,393,267        3/14/2005        44.42        2,624,207  

BYFC

  

Broadway Financial Corporation

   WE    CA   

NASDAQCM

     3      Dec      499,217        1/8/1996        2.28        62,621  

CFFN

  

Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.

   MW    KS   

NASDAQGS

     54      Sep      9,606,964        3/31/1999        12.79        1,728,693  

CARV

  

Carver Bancorp, Inc.

   MA    NY   

NASDAQCM

     7      Mar      672,653        10/24/1994        9.13        27,964  

CBMB

  

CBM Bancorp, Inc.

   MA    MD   

NASDAQCM

     4      Dec      232,186        9/27/2018        14.00        48,191  

CNNB

  

Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.

   MW    OH   

NASDAQCM

     6      Dec      231,943        10/14/2015        11.96        35,589  

ESBK

  

Elmira Savings Bank

   MA    NY   

NASDAQCM

     12      Dec      644,587        3/1/1985        12.40        43,684  

ESSA

  

ESSA Bancorp, Inc.

   MA    PA   

NASDAQGS

     22      Sep      1,868,818        4/3/2007        15.62        157,527  

FFBW

  

FFBW, Inc.

   MW    WI   

NASDAQCM

     4      Dec      285,787        10/10/2017        10.44        74,231  

FNWB

  

First Northwest Bancorp

   WE    WA   

NASDAQGM

     10      Dec      1,654,349        1/29/2015        15.99        151,584  

FBC

  

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

   MW    MI   

NYSE

     158      Dec      31,038,000        4/30/1997        45.36        2,388,479  

FSBW

  

FS Bancorp, Inc.

   WE    WA   

NASDAQCM

     21      Dec      2,113,241        7/9/2012        59.24        246,257  

GBNY

  

Generations Bancorp NY, Inc.

   MA    NY   

NASDAQCM

     10      Dec      371,789        7/10/2006        9.74        23,945  

HONE

  

HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.

   NE    MA   

NASDAQGS

     30      Dec      4,483,615        6/29/2016        11.44        622,925  

HIFS

  

Hingham Institution for Savings

   NE    MA   

NASDAQGM

     10      Dec      2,857,093        12/13/1988        242.50        518,430  

HMNF

  

HMN Financial, Inc.

   MW    MN   

NASDAQGM

     14      Dec      909,580        6/30/1994        19.00        90,613  

HFBL

  

Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana

   SW    LA   

NASDAQCM

     7      Jun      535,394        1/18/2005        30.00        46,416  

HVBC

  

HV Bancorp, Inc.

   MA    PA   

NASDAQCM

     4      Dec      507,739        1/11/2017        16.82        33,834  

IROQ

  

IF Bancorp, Inc.

   MW    IL   

NASDAQCM

     7      Jun      713,399        7/7/2011        20.12        61,131  

KRNY

  

Kearny Financial Corp.

   MA    NJ   

NASDAQGS

     49      Jun      7,335,153        2/23/2005        10.92        888,236  

EBSB

  

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

   NE    MA   

NASDAQGS

     42      Dec      6,619,848        1/22/2008        16.36        821,653  

MSVB

  

Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.

   MW    IN   

NASDAQCM

     3      Dec      218,281        4/8/1998        15.45        46,139  

NYCB

  

New York Community Bancorp, Inc.

   MA    NY   

NYSE

     236      Dec      56,306,120        11/23/1993        10.48        4,861,691  

NFBK

  

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

   MA    NJ   

NASDAQGS

     38      Dec      5,514,544        11/7/2007        13.65        712,665  

NWBI

  

Northwest Bancshares, Inc.

   MA    PA   

NASDAQGS

     170      Dec      13,806,268        11/4/1994        13.40        1,701,426  

PCSB

  

PCSB Financial Corporation

   MA    NY   

NASDAQCM

     15      Jun      1,789,839        4/20/2017        16.18        242,238  

PVBC

  

Provident Bancorp, Inc.

   NE    MA   

NASDAQCM

     7      Dec      1,505,781        7/15/2015        12.34        223,345  

PROV

  

Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.

   WE    CA   

NASDAQGS

     13      Jun      1,170,727        6/27/1996        15.73        117,067  

PFS

  

Provident Financial Services, Inc.

   MA    NJ   

NYSE

     NA      Dec      12,919,741        1/15/2003        19.68        1,498,724  

PBIP

  

Prudential Bancorp, Inc.

   MA    PA   

NASDAQGM

     10      Sep      1,193,267        3/29/2005        13.09        104,679  

RNDB

  

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

   NE    MA   

NASDAQGM

     5      Dec      722,968        7/1/2016        19.70        101,321  

RVSB

  

Riverview Bancorp, Inc.

   WE    WA   

NASDAQGS

     19      Mar      1,436,184        10/26/1993        5.69        127,144  

SVBI

  

Severn Bancorp, Inc.

   MA    MD   

NASDAQCM

     7      Dec      952,553        1/0/1900        7.78        99,719  

STXB

  

Spirit of Texas Bancshares, Inc.

   SW    TX   

NASDAQGS

     38      Dec      3,085,464        5/3/2018        20.00        341,637  

SBT

  

Sterling Bancorp, Inc.

   MW    MI   

NASDAQCM

     30      Dec      3,914,045        11/16/2017        5.10        254,907  

TBNK

  

Territorial Bancorp Inc.

   WE    HI   

NASDAQGS

     29      Dec      2,110,799        7/13/2009        25.57        232,947  

TSBK

  

Timberland Bancorp, Inc.

   WE    WA   

NASDAQGM

     24      Sep      1,588,405        1/12/1998        27.67        230,198  

TBK

  

Triumph Bancorp, Inc.

   SW    TX   

NASDAQGS

     63      Dec      5,935,791        11/6/2014        65.87        1,624,531  

TRST

  

TrustCo Bank Corp NY

   MA    NY   

NASDAQGS

     148      Dec      5,901,796        1/0/1900        6.63        639,349  

WSBF

  

Waterstone Financial, Inc.

   MW    WI   

NASDAQGS

     13      Dec      2,184,587        10/4/2005        19.30        457,148  

WNEB

  

Western New England Bancorp, Inc.

   NE    MA   

NASDAQGS

     25      Dec      2,365,886        12/27/2001        7.49        186,647  

WSFS

  

WSFS Financial Corporation

   MA    DE   

NASDAQGS

     89      Dec      14,333,914        11/26/1986        46.17        2,204,895  

WVFC

  

WVS Financial Corp.

   MA    PA   

NASDAQGM

     6      Jun      317,444        11/29/1993        15.15        26,388  

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence


Exhibit III-2

Public Thrifts Market Pricing of Mid-Atlantic and Midwest Thrifts

As of February 8, 2021

 

              Financial Characteristics (1)                                                                          
             

Total

   

Equity/

   

Tang. Eq./

   

NPA/

    Reported     Core     Market     Price/     12 Mo.     Bk. Value     Price/     Price/    

Price/

   

Price/

   

Price/

   

12 Mo.

   

Dividend

   

Payout

 
              Assets
($000)
    Assets
(%)
    T. Assets
(%)
    Assets
(%)
    ROAA
(%)
    ROAE
(%)
    ROAA
(%)
    ROAE
(%)
    Value
($000)
    Share
($)
    EPS
($)
    /Share
($)
    Book
Value
(%)
    Tang. Bk.
Val.

(%)
    Earnings
(x)
    Core
Earnings
(x)
    Assets
(%)
    Div./
Share
($)
    Yield
(%)
    Ratio
(%)
 

Publicly Traded Mid-Atlantic and Midwest Thrifts

 

CFFN

  Capitol
Federal
Financial,
Inc.
    KS       9,606,964       13.29       NA       NA       0.64       4.69       0.64       4.69       1,729,455       12.79       0.45       9.20       139.06       139.94       29.07       28.53       18.48       0.34       2.66       106.82  

CARV

  Carver
Bancorp, Inc.
    NY       672,653       6.90       6.90       1.25       (0.79     (9.90     (0.90     (11.29     27,964       9.13       (1.44     9.91       92.12       92.12       NM       NM       3.99       0.00       0.00       NM  

CBMB

  CBM
Bancorp, Inc.
    MD       232,186       22.94       22.94       0.55       0.32       1.27       0.27       1.07       48,191       14.00       0.17       14.34       97.64       97.64       70.00       84.41       22.39       NA       NA       250.00  

CNNB

  Cincinnati
Bancorp, Inc.
    OH       231,943       17.13       17.07       0.54       0.77       6.10       0.78       6.17       35,589       11.96       0.61       13.35       89.56       89.97       19.93       19.71       15.34       NA       NA       NM  

ESBK

  Elmira
Savings Bank
    NY       644,587       9.43       7.66       NA       0.64       6.95       0.64       6.97       43,684       12.40       1.19       17.23       71.95       90.27       10.42       10.43       6.78       0.60       4.84       57.14  

ESSA

  ESSA
Bancorp, Inc.
    PA       1,868,818       10.39       9.69       NA       0.79       7.77       0.78       7.75       157,527       15.62       1.46       17.94       87.06       94.09       10.70       10.73       9.04       0.44       2.82       30.14  

FFBW

  FFBW, Inc.     WI       285,787       35.92       35.90       0.63       0.63       2.41       NA       NA       74,231       10.44       NA       13.32       78.37       78.41       40.14       NA       28.15       NA       NA       NM  

FBC

  Flagstar
Bancorp, Inc.
    MI       31,038,000       7.09       6.62       0.35       2.00       26.22       2.04       NA       2,388,479       45.36       9.70       NA       118.11       127.40       4.76       4.68       NA       0.20       0.44       1.58  

HMNF

  HMN
Financial,
Inc.
    MN       909,580       11.35       11.27       NA       1.21       10.56       NA       NA       90,613       19.00       NA       21.65       87.76       88.50       8.56       NA       9.96       0.00       0.00       NM  

HVBC

  HV Bancorp,
Inc.
    PA       507,739       7.33       7.33       0.49       1.02       11.87       0.99       11.54       33,834       16.82       1.87       16.75       100.41       100.41       8.76       9.01       7.36       NA       NA       NM  

IROQ

  IF Bancorp,
Inc.
    IL       713,399       11.90       11.90       NA       0.70       6.06       NA       NA       65,196       20.12       NA       26.21       76.78       76.78       12.34       NA       9.14       0.30       1.49       18.40  

KRNY

  Kearny
Financial
Corp.
    NJ       7,335,153       14.89       NA       1.09       0.73       4.66       0.77       4.93       945,676       10.92       0.64       12.86       84.91       107.59       17.90       16.94       12.64       0.32       2.93       52.46  

MSVB

  Mid-Southern
Bancorp, Inc.
    IN       218,281       22.38       22.38       1.19       0.56       2.36       0.52       2.20       46,139       15.45       0.35       15.20       101.66       101.66       41.76       44.65       22.75       0.12       0.78       24.32  

NYCB

  New York
Community
Bancorp, Inc.
    NY       56,306,120       12.15       8.19       NA       0.94       7.62       0.94       7.55       4,861,691       10.48       1.01       13.66       76.70       124.26       10.27       10.37       8.71       0.68       6.49       66.67  

NFBK

  Northfield
Bancorp, Inc.
    NJ       5,514,544       13.67       13.01       NA       0.70       5.07       0.80       5.76       712,665       13.65       0.86       14.44       94.52       100.09       17.96       15.80       12.92       0.44       3.22       57.89  

NWBI

  Northwest
Bancshares,
Inc.
    PA       13,806,268       11.14       8.48       0.92       0.58       4.72       0.75       6.09       1,701,426       13.40       0.80       12.11       110.58       149.71       21.60       16.76       12.32       0.76       5.67       122.58  

PCSB

  PCSB
Financial
Corporation
    NY       1,789,839       15.05       14.75       NA       0.55       3.50       0.55       3.51       242,238       16.18       0.63       16.73       96.71       99.02       25.68       25.58       14.55       0.16       0.99       25.40  

PFS

  Provident
Financial
Services, Inc.
    NJ       12,919,741       12.54       9.26       NA       0.86       6.49       0.88       6.70       1,498,724       19.68       1.44       20.87       94.29       132.40       14.16       13.70       11.82       0.92       4.67       66.19  

PBIP

  Prudential
Bancorp, Inc.
    PA       1,193,267       11.00       10.52       NA       0.73       6.77       NA       NA       104,679       13.09       NA       16.41       79.76       83.86       12.35       NA       8.77       0.28       2.14       66.98  

SVBI

  Severn
Bancorp, Inc.
    MD       952,553       11.51       11.41       1.26       0.76       6.21       0.76       6.27       99,719       7.78       0.52       8.56       90.91       91.84       14.96       14.83       10.47       0.16       2.06       30.77  

SBT

  Sterling
Bancorp, Inc.
    MI       3,914,045       8.17       8.17       NA       (0.35     (3.85     NA       NA       254,907       5.10       NA       6.39       79.76       79.76       NM       NA       6.51       0.00       0.00       NM  

TRST

  TrustCo
Bank Corp
NY
    NY       5,901,796       9.63       9.62       NA       0.94       9.47       0.93       9.31       639,351       6.63       0.53       5.89       112.53       112.64       12.21       12.43       10.83       0.27       4.11       50.19  

WSBF

  Waterstone
Financial,
Inc.
    WI       2,184,587       18.91       NA       NA       3.77       20.62       3.87       21.19       457,148       19.30       3.39       16.47       117.21       122.06       5.85       5.69       22.16       0.80       4.15       41.21  

WSFS

  WSFS
Financial
Corporation
    DE       14,333,914       12.48       8.94       0.42       0.86       6.18       0.76       5.46       2,204,895       46.17       2.01       37.52       123.06       178.63       20.34       22.93       15.38       0.48       1.04       21.15  

WVFC

  WVS
Financial
Corp.
    PA       317,444       12.11       12.11       NA       0.50       4.81       0.51       4.87       26,327       15.15       1.00       20.20       75.00       75.00       15.30       15.10       9.08       0.40       2.64       40.40  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Average       6,935,968       13.57       12.46       0.79       0.80       6.35       0.86       5.83       739,614       16.02       1.36       15.72       95.06       105.36       19.35       20.12       12.90       0.37       2.53       59.49  
  Median       1,789,839       12.11       10.10       0.63       0.73       6.10       0.77       6.09       157,527       13.65       0.83       14.82       92.12       99.02       14.96       15.10       11.33       0.32       2.64       50.19  
  High       56,306,120       35.92       35.90       1.26       3.77       26.22       3.87       21.19       4,861,691       46.17       9.70       37.52       139.06       178.63       70.00       84.41       28.15       0.92       6.49       250.00  
  Low       218,281       6.90       6.62       0.35       (0.79     (9.90     (0.90     (11.29     26,327       5.10       (1.44     5.89       71.95       75.00       4.76       4.68       3.99       0.00       0.00       1.58  

All Public Non-MHC Thrifts

 

  Average       5,175,845       12.53       11.59       0.85       0.91       7.56       1.00       7.70       609,965       23.71       2.17       19.95       105.06       116.46       17.61       17.17       13.07       0.43       2.32       47.00  
  Median       1,722,094       11.56       10.25       0.88       0.77       6.49       0.78       6.48       197,340       15.30       0.86       16.44       96.71       101.04       13.44       13.64       11.85       0.32       2.14       35.59  

 

(1)

For last 12 months ended December 31, 2020 or the most recent 12 months available.

 

Source:

S&P Global Market Intelligence and Faust Financial, LLC calculations. This table contains information from sources Faust Financial, LLC believes are reliable, however we do not control or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.


Exhibit III-3

Public Thrifts Market Pricing of Southwest Thrifts

As of February 8, 2021

 

              Financial Characteristics (1)                             Price/
Book
Value
(%)
    Price/
Tang.
Bk.
Val.

(%)
          Price/
Core
Earnings
(x)
          12
Mo.

Div./
Share
($)
             
              Total
Assets
($000)
    Equity/
Assets
(%)
    Tang.
Eq./

T.
Assets

(%)
    NPA/
Assets
(%)
    Reported     Core     Market
Value
($000)
    Price/
Share
($)
    12
Mo.

EPS
($)
    Bk.
Value

/Share
($)
    Price/
Earnings
(x)
    Price/
Assets
(%)
    Dividend
Yield
(%)
    Payout
Ratio
(%)
 
              ROAA
(%)
    ROAE
(%)
    ROAA
(%)
    ROAE
(%)
 
           

Publicly Traded Southwest Thrifts

 

HFBL

  Home
Federal
Bancorp,
Inc. of
Louisiana
    LA       535,394       9.61       9.61       NA       0.93       9.31       NA       NA       46,883       30.00       NA       30.46       98.49       98.49       11.07       NA       9.47       0.66       2.20       24.17  

STXB

  Spirit of
Texas
Bancshares,
Inc.
    TX       3,085,464       11.69       9.09       NA       1.12       8.97       1.25       10.03       341,637       20.00       1.99       21.12       94.69       125.45       11.24       10.05       11.07       0.36       1.80       8.99  

TBK

  Triumph
Bancorp,
Inc.
    TX       5,935,791       12.24       9.34       NA       1.18       9.67       NA       NA       1,624,367       65.87       NA       27.42       240.26       333.04       26.04       NA       27.81       NA       NA       NM  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Average       3,185,550       11.18       9.35       NA       1.08       9.32       1.25       10.03       670,962       38.62       1.99       26.33       144.48       185.66       16.11       10.05       16.12       0.51       2.00       16.58  
  Median       3,085,464       11.69       9.34       NA       1.12       9.31       1.25       10.03       341,637       30.00       1.99       27.42       98.49       125.45       11.24       10.05       11.07       0.51       2.00       16.58  
  High       5,935,791       12.24       9.61       0.00       1.18       9.67       1.25       10.03       1,624,367       65.87       1.99       30.46       240.26       333.04       26.04       10.05       27.81       0.66       2.20       24.17  
  Low       535,394       9.61       9.09       0.00       0.93       8.97       1.25       10.03       46,883       20.00       1.99       21.12       94.69       98.49       11.07       10.05       9.47       0.36       1.80       8.99  

All Public Non-MHC (Region) Thrifts

 

    Average         5,175,845     12.53     11.59     0.85     0.91     7.56     1.00     7.70     609,965     23.71     2.17     19.95     105.06     116.46     17.61     17.17     13.07     0.43     2.32     47.00  
    Median         1,722,094     11.56     10.25     0.88     0.77     6.49     0.78     6.48     197,340     15.30     0.86     16.44     96.71     101.04     13.44     13.64     11.85     0.32     2.14     35.59  

 

(1)

For last 12 months ended December 31, 2020 or the most recent 12 months available.

 

Source:

S&P Global Market Intelligence and Faust Financial, LLC calculations. This table contains information from sources Faust Financial, LLC believes are reliable, however we do not control or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.


Exhibit III-4

Historical Stock Price Trends (1)

 

     March
2016
     June
2016
     September
2016
     December
2016
 

SNL U.S. THRIFT

     788.1        780.9        827.2        966.7  

S&P 500

     2,059.7        2,098.9        2,168.3        2,238.8  

NASDAQ

     4,869.9        4,842.7        5,312.0        5,383.1  
     March
2017
     June
2017
     September
2017
     December
2017
 

SNL U.S. THRIFT

     918.9        897.1        939.3        937.5  

S&P 500

     2,362.7        2,423.4        2,519.4        2,673.6  

NASDAQ

     5,911.7        6,140.4        6,496.0        6,903.4  
     March
2018
     June
2018
     September
2018
     December
2018
 

SNL U.S. THRIFT

     941.4        961.3        905.5        772.0  

S&P 500

     2,640.9        2,718.4        2,914.0        2,506.8  

NASDAQ

     7,063.5        7,510.3        8,046.4        6,635.3  
     March
2019
     June
2019
     September
2019
     December
2019
 

SNL U.S. THRIFT

     837.3        845.3        880.5        920.7  

S&P 500

     2,834.4        2,941.8        2,976.7        3,230.8  

NASDAQ

     7,729.3        8,006.2        7,999.3        8,972.6  
     March
2020
     June
2020
     September
2020
     December
2020
 

SNL U.S. THRIFT

     632.8        658.5        605.8        816.7  

S&P 500

     2,584.6        3,100.3        3,363.0        3,756.1  

NASDAQ

     7,700.1        10,058.8        11,167.5        12,888.3  
     January
2021
                      

SNL U.S. THRIFT

     821.3           

S&P 500

     3,714.2           

NASDAQ

     13,070.7           

 

(1)

End of period data

 

Source:

S&P Global Market Intelligence


Exhibit III-5

Wisconsin Thrift Acquisition 2015 - Present

 

       

Buyer Information

   

Seller Information

    Deal Characteristics  

Date

Announce

  Date
Close
 

Name

  ST   Assets
($000)
   

Name

  ST   Assets
($000)
    Deal
Value
($M)
    P/A
(%)
    P/TB
(%)
    P/E
(x)
 
7/20/2017   2/1/2018   Associated Banc-Corp   WI     29,769,025     Bank Mutual Corporation   WI     2,710,618       482.28       17.79       164.07       28.84  
5/17/2016   11/5/2016   TCB Mutual Holding Company   WI     89,198     Merrill Federal Savings & Loan Association   WI     47,010       NA       NA       NA       NA  
1/12/2016   5/1/2016   Old National Bancorp   IN     11,991,527     Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc.   WI     2,248,498       445.11       19.80       120.60       3.16  
             

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          Average:       1,668,709       463.7       18.80       142.34       16.00  
          Median:       2,248,498       463.7       18.80       142.34       16.00  

 

Source:

S&P Global Market Intelligence


Exhibit IV-1

Share Data and Pricing Ratios

Publicly-Traded Thrifts

Prices as of February 8, 2021

 

                                                      Pricing Ratios  
                  Current Per Share                                

Ticker

 

Company Name

  State     Exchange   Price
($)
    52 Week
Change
(%)
    Earnings
EPS
($)
    Assets/
Shares
($)
    Shares
Outstanding
(000)
    12 Month
Dividends
($)
    Price/
Earnings
(x)
    Price/
Core
Earnings (1)
(x)
    Price/
Book
Value
(%)
    Price/
Tang.
Bk. Val.
(%)
    Price/
Assets
(%)
 

Comparable Group

                         
CBMB   CBM Bancorp, Inc.     MD     NASDAQCM     14.00       (1.75     0.17       0.07       3,442       0.50       70.00       84.41       97.64       97.64       22.39  
CNNB   Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.     OH     NASDAQCM     11.96       12.20       0.61       0.08       2,976       0.00       19.93       19.71       89.56       89.97       15.34  
ESBK   Elmira Savings Bank     NY     NASDAQCM     12.40       (24.62     1.19       0.18       3,523       0.68       10.42       10.43       71.95       90.27       6.78  
FFBW   FFBW, Inc.     WI     NASDAQCM     10.44       (2.50     NA       0.04       7,112       0.00       40.14       40.14       78.37       78.41       28.15  
HMNF   HMN Financial, Inc.     MN     NASDAQGM     19.00       (9.95     NA       0.19       4,769       0.00       8.56       8.56       87.76       88.50       9.96  
HFBL   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana     LA     NASDAQCM     30.00       (16.50     NA       0.34       1,563       0.66       11.07       11.07       98.49       98.49       9.47  
HVBC   HV Bancorp, Inc.     PA     NASDAQCM     16.82       5.13       1.87       0.25       2,012       0.00       8.76       9.01       100.41       100.41       7.36  
IROQ   IF Bancorp, Inc.     IL     NASDAQCM     20.12       (12.52     NA       0.22       3,240       0.30       12.34       12.34       76.78       76.78       9.14  
MSVB   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.     IN     NASDAQCM     15.45       12.44       0.35       0.07       2,986       0.09       41.76       44.65       101.66       101.66       22.75  
WVFC   WVS Financial Corp.     PA     NASDAQGM     15.15       (9.52     1.00       0.18       1,738       0.40       15.30       15.10       75.00       75.00       9.08  
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Average         16.53       (4.76     0.86       0.16       3,336       0.26       23.83       25.54       87.76       89.71       14.04  
  Median         15.30       (6.01     0.81       0.18       3,113       0.20       13.82       13.72       88.66       90.12       9.71  
  High         30.00       12.44       1.87       0.34       7,112       0.68       70.00       84.41       101.66       101.66       28.15  
  Low         10.44       (24.62     0.17       0.04       1,563       0.00       8.56       8.56       71.95       75.00       6.78  

All Public Non-MHC Thrifts (2)

                   
AFBI   Affinity Bancshares, Inc.     GA     NASDAQCM     10.75       (8.90     0.56       0.13       6,876       0.00       41.35       19.09       102.74       135.14       9.16  
AX   Axos Financial, Inc.     NV     NYSE     44.42       55.64       3.71       0.24       59,045       0.00       12.88       11.97       203.81       224.88       18.23  
BYFC   Broadway Financial Corporation     CA     NASDAQCM     2.28       52.00       NA       0.02       27,466       0.00       NM       NA       129.50       129.50       12.81  
CFFN   Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.     KS     NASDAQGS     12.79       (3.25     0.45       0.07       135,219       0.47       29.07       28.53       139.06       139.94       18.48  
CARV   Carver Bancorp, Inc.     NY     NASDAQCM     9.13       269.29       (1.44     0.22       3,063       0.00       NM       NM       92.12       92.12       3.99  
CBMB   CBM Bancorp, Inc.     MD     NASDAQCM     14.00       (1.75     0.17       0.07       3,442       0.50       70.00       84.41       97.64       97.64       22.39  
CNNB   Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.     OH     NASDAQCM     11.96       12.20       0.61       0.08       2,976       0.00       19.93       19.71       89.56       89.97       15.34  
ESBK   Elmira Savings Bank     NY     NASDAQCM     12.40       (24.62     1.19       0.18       3,523       0.68       10.42       10.43       71.95       90.27       6.78  
ESSA   ESSA Bancorp, Inc.     PA     NASDAQGS     15.62       (10.18     1.46       0.19       10,085       0.44       10.70       10.73       87.06       94.09       9.04  
FFBW   FFBW, Inc.     WI     NASDAQCM     10.44       (2.50     NA       0.04       7,112       0.00       40.14       NA       78.37       78.41       28.15  
FNWB   First Northwest Bancorp     WA     NASDAQGM     15.99       (4.59     0.84       0.17       9,480       0.22       14.54       19.14       87.91       87.91       9.90  
FBC   Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.     MI     NYSE     45.36       26.35       9.70       0.59       52,656       0.15       4.76       4.68       118.11       127.40       NA  
FSBW   FS Bancorp, Inc.     WA     NASDAQCM     59.24       13.66       8.77       0.49       4,292       0.63       6.60       6.75       109.15       112.61       11.88  
GBNY   Generations Bancorp NY, Inc.     NY     NASDAQCM     9.74       (5.07     NA       0.15       2,458       0.00       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA  
HONE   HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.     MA     NASDAQGS     11.44       3.34       0.84       0.08       54,451       0.09       13.95       13.57       93.98       105.19       14.60  
HIFS   Hingham Institution for Savings     MA     NASDAQGM     242.50       21.40       20.31       1.34       2,137       2.47       10.43       11.94       176.97       176.97       18.15  
HMNF   HMN Financial, Inc.     MN     NASDAQGM     19.00       (9.95     NA       0.19       4,769       0.00       8.56       NA       87.76       88.50       9.96  
HFBL   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana     LA     NASDAQCM     30.00       (16.50     NA       0.34       1,563       0.66       11.07       NA       98.49       98.49       9.47  
HVBC   HV Bancorp, Inc.     PA     NASDAQCM     16.82       5.13       1.87       0.25       2,012       0.00       8.76       9.01       100.41       100.41       7.36  
IROQ   IF Bancorp, Inc.     IL     NASDAQCM     20.12       (12.52     NA       0.22       3,240       0.30       12.34       NA       76.78       76.78       9.14  
KRNY   Kearny Financial Corp.     NJ     NASDAQGS     10.92       (9.98     0.64       0.08       81,340       0.32       17.90       16.94       84.91       107.59       12.64  
EBSB   Meridian Bancorp, Inc.     MA     NASDAQGS     16.36       (8.32     1.22       0.13       50,223       0.32       12.68       13.42       111.53       114.82       12.95  
MSVB   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.     IN     NASDAQCM     15.45       12.44       0.35       0.07       2,986       0.09       41.76       44.65       101.66       101.66       22.75  
NYCB   New York Community Bancorp, Inc.     NY     NYSE     10.48       (7.83     1.01       0.12       463,902       0.68       10.27       10.37       76.70       124.26       8.71  
NFBK   Northfield Bancorp, Inc.     NJ     NASDAQGS     13.65       (15.11     0.86       0.11       52,210       0.44       17.96       15.80       94.52       100.09       12.92  
NWBI   Northwest Bancshares, Inc.     PA     NASDAQGS     13.40       (14.63     0.80       0.11       127,019       0.76       21.60       16.76       110.58       149.71       12.32  
PCSB   PCSB Financial Corporation     NY     NASDAQCM     16.18       (19.22     0.63       0.12       14,971       0.16       25.68       25.58       96.71       99.02       14.55  
PVBC   Provident Bancorp, Inc.     MA     NASDAQCM     12.34       2.75       0.76       0.08       18,099       0.12       18.70       16.32       99.66       99.66       15.61  
PROV   Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.     CA     NASDAQGS     15.73       (29.46     0.72       0.16       7,442       0.56       21.85       21.85       93.67       93.67       10.00  
PFS   Provident Financial Services, Inc.     NJ     NYSE     19.68       (14.25     1.44       0.17       76,155       0.92       14.16       13.70       94.29       132.40       11.82  
PBIP   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.     PA     NASDAQGM     13.09       (26.46     NA       0.15       7,997       0.71       12.35       NA       79.76       83.86       8.77  
RNDB   Randolph Bancorp, Inc.     MA     NASDAQGM     19.70       23.59       3.28       0.14       5,143       0.00       6.50       6.01       114.63       NA       15.05  
RVSB   Riverview Bancorp, Inc.     WA     NASDAQGS     5.69       (20.53     0.45       0.06       22,345       0.20       12.93       12.78       83.72       102.42       8.85  
SVBI   Severn Bancorp, Inc.     MD     NASDAQCM     7.78       (6.71     0.52       0.07       12,817       0.16       14.96       14.83       90.91       91.84       10.47  
STXB   Spirit of Texas Bancshares, Inc.     TX     NASDAQGS     20.00       (2.06     1.99       0.18       17,082       0.16       11.24       10.05       94.69       125.45       11.07  
SBT   Sterling Bancorp, Inc.     MI     NASDAQCM     5.10       (29.75     NA       0.08       49,982       0.01       NM       NA       79.76       79.76       6.51  
TBNK   Territorial Bancorp Inc.     HI     NASDAQGS     25.57       (15.05     1.90       0.23       9,110       1.02       12.72       13.48       97.81       97.81       11.52  
TSBK   Timberland Bancorp, Inc.     WA     NASDAQGM     27.67       (0.79     3.01       0.19       8,318       0.91       9.32       9.21       119.05       130.28       14.49  
TBK   Triumph Bancorp, Inc.     TX     NASDAQGS     65.87       58.61       NA       0.24       24,660       0.00       26.04       NA       240.26       333.04       27.81  
TRST   TrustCo Bank Corp NY     NY     NASDAQGS     6.63       (16.34     0.53       0.06       96,433       0.27       12.21       12.43       112.53       112.64       10.83  
WSBF   Waterstone Financial, Inc.     WI     NASDAQGS     19.30       7.82       3.39       0.09       23,686       1.36       5.85       5.69       117.21       122.06       22.16  
WNEB   Western New England Bancorp, Inc.     MA     NASDAQGS     7.49       (19.38     0.47       0.10       22,875       0.20       16.64       15.77       83.53       89.63       8.00  
WSFS   WSFS Financial Corporation     DE     NASDAQGS     46.17       10.96       2.01       0.30       47,756       0.48       20.34       22.93       123.06       178.63       15.38  
WVFC   WVS Financial Corp.     PA     NASDAQGM     15.15       (9.52     1.00       0.18       1,738       0.40       15.30       15.10       75.00       75.00       9.08  
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Average         23.71       4.77       2.17       0.19       37,276       0.38       17.61       17.17       105.06       116.46       13.07  
  Median         15.30       (5.89     0.86       0.14       11,451       0.25       13.44       13.64       96.71       101.04       11.85  

Merger Target

                         
STND   Standard AVB Financial Corp.     PA     NASDAQCM     32.76       8.55       NA       0.23       4,629       0.88       23.23       NA       107.46       132.21       14.88  

 

(1)

Assumes core ROAA and ROAE were the same as the reported ROAA and ROAE for companies in the Comparable Group if core earnings were not reported as of February 8, 2021.

(2)

All public Non-MHC thrifts’ financial data and pricing ratios as reported per S&P global market intelligence.

 

Source:

S&P Global Market Intelligence


Exhibit IV-2

Key Financial Data and Ratios

Publicly-Traded Thrifts

Financial Data as of December 31, 2020 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

               Total
     Equity/
     Tang. Eq./
     NPA/
     Reported     Core  
               Assets
     Assets
     T. Assets
     Assets
     ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE  

Ticker

  

Company Name

   State    ($000)      (%)      (%)      (%)      (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)  

AFBI

   Affinity Bancshares, Inc.    GA      888,170        8.92        6.93        0.76        0.32       2.55       0.69       5.55  

AX

   Axos Financial, Inc.    NV      14,393,267        8.95        8.18        1.22        1.59       16.93       1.71       18.20  

BYFC

   Broadway Financial Corporation    CA      499,217        9.89        9.89        0.96        (0.03     (0.26     NA       NA  

CFFN

   Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.    KS      9,606,964        13.29        NA        NA        0.64       4.69       0.64       4.69  

CARV

   Carver Bancorp, Inc.    NY      672,653        6.90        6.90        1.25        (0.79     (9.90     (0.90     (11.29

CBMB

   CBM Bancorp, Inc.    MD      232,186        22.94        22.94        0.55        0.32       1.27       0.27       1.07  

CNNB

   Cincinnati Bancorp, Inc.    OH      231,943        17.13        17.07        0.54        0.77       6.10       0.78       6.17  

ESBK

   Elmira Savings Bank    NY      644,587        9.43        7.66        NA        0.64       6.95       0.64       6.97  

ESSA

   ESSA Bancorp, Inc.    PA      1,868,818        10.39        9.69        NA        0.79       7.77       0.78       7.75  

FFBW

   FFBW, Inc.    WI      285,787        35.92        35.90        0.63        0.63       2.41       NA       NA  

FNWB

   First Northwest Bancorp    WA      1,654,349        11.27        11.27        NA        0.72       5.79       0.55       4.40  

FBC

   Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.    MI      31,038,000        7.09        6.62        0.35        2.00       26.22       2.04       NA  

FSBW

   FS Bancorp, Inc.    WA      2,113,241        10.88        10.59        NA        2.02       18.74       1.98       18.32  

GBNY

   Generations Bancorp NY, Inc.    NY      371,789        7.75        NA        NA        NA       NA       NA       NA  

HONE

   HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.    MA      4,483,615        15.53        14.11        NA        1.05       6.55       1.08       6.73  

HIFS

   Hingham Institution for Savings    MA      2,857,093        10.25        10.25        NA        1.88       18.96       1.65       16.56  

HMNF

   HMN Financial, Inc.    MN      909,580        11.35        11.27        NA        1.21       10.56       NA       NA  

HFBL

   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana    LA      535,394        9.61        9.61        NA        0.93       9.31       NA       NA  

HVBC

   HV Bancorp, Inc.    PA      507,739        7.33        7.33        0.49        1.02       11.87       0.99       11.54  

IROQ

   IF Bancorp, Inc.    IL      713,399        11.90        11.90        NA        0.70       6.06       NA       NA  

KRNY

   Kearny Financial Corp.    NJ      7,335,153        14.89        NA        1.09        0.73       4.66       0.77       4.93  

EBSB

   Meridian Bancorp, Inc.    MA      6,619,848        11.61        11.32        NA        1.01       8.76       0.95       8.28  

MSVB

   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.    IN      218,281        22.38        22.38        1.19        0.56       2.36       0.52       2.20  

NYCB

   New York Community Bancorp, Inc.    NY      56,306,120        12.15        8.19        NA        0.94       7.62       0.94       7.55  

NFBK

   Northfield Bancorp, Inc.    NJ      5,514,544        13.67        13.01        NA        0.70       5.07       0.80       5.76  

NWBI

   Northwest Bancshares, Inc.    PA      13,806,268        11.14        8.48        0.92        0.58       4.72       0.75       6.09  

PCSB

   PCSB Financial Corporation    NY      1,789,839        15.05        14.75        NA        0.55       3.50       0.55       3.51  

PVBC

   Provident Bancorp, Inc.    MA      1,505,781        15.66        15.66        NA        0.89       5.05       1.02       5.79  

PROV

   Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.    CA      1,170,727        10.68        10.68        0.88        0.47       4.34       0.47       4.34  

PFS

   Provident Financial Services, Inc.    NJ      12,919,741        12.54        9.26        NA        0.86       6.49       0.88       6.70  

PBIP

   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.    PA      1,193,267        11.00        10.52        NA        0.73       6.77       NA       NA  

RNDB

   Randolph Bancorp, Inc.    MA      722,968        13.13        NA        1.57        2.30       18.55       2.49       20.05  

RVSB

   Riverview Bancorp, Inc.    WA      1,436,184        10.57        8.81        NA        0.74       6.61       0.75       6.68  

SVBI

   Severn Bancorp, Inc.    MD      952,553        11.51        11.41        1.26        0.76       6.21       0.76       6.27  

STXB

   Spirit of Texas Bancshares, Inc.    TX      3,085,464        11.69        9.09        NA        1.12       8.97       1.25       10.03  

SBT

   Sterling Bancorp, Inc.    MI      3,914,045        8.17        8.17        NA        (0.35     (3.85     NA       NA  

TBNK

   Territorial Bancorp Inc.    HI      2,110,799        11.78        11.78        NA        0.89       7.55       0.84       7.12  

TSBK

   Timberland Bancorp, Inc.    WA      1,588,405        12.17        11.24        0.37        1.69       13.63       1.71       13.79  

TBK

   Triumph Bancorp, Inc.    TX      5,935,791        12.24        9.34        NA        1.18       9.67       NA       NA  

TRST

   TrustCo Bank Corp NY    NY      5,901,796        9.63        9.62        NA        0.94       9.47       0.93       9.31  

WSBF

   Waterstone Financial, Inc.    WI      2,184,587        18.91        NA        NA        3.77       20.62       3.87       21.19  

WNEB

   Western New England Bancorp, Inc.    MA      2,365,886        9.58        8.99        NA        0.48       4.86       0.51       5.13  

WSFS

   WSFS Financial Corporation    DE      14,333,914        12.48        8.94        0.42        0.86       6.18       0.76       5.46  

WVFC

   WVS Financial Corp.    PA      317,444        12.11        12.11        NA        0.50       4.81       0.51       4.87  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Average         5,175,845        12.53        11.59        0.85        0.91       7.56       1.00       7.70  
   Median         1,722,094        11.56        10.25        0.88        0.77       6.49       0.78       6.48  
   High         56,306,120        35.92        35.90        1.57        3.77       26.22       3.87       21.19  
   Low         218,281        6.90        6.62        0.35        (0.79     (9.90     (0.90     (11.29

Merger Target

                       

STND

   Standard AVB Financial Corp.    PA      1,051,174        13.85        11.55        NA        0.63       4.56       NA       NA  

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence


Exhibit IV-3

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

     PyraMax Bank, FSB
Historical at

December 31, 2020
    PyraMax Bank, FSB Pro Forma at December 31, 2020
Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of:
 
    2,618,000 Shares     3,080,000 Shares     3,542,000 Shares  
     Amount      Percent
of Assets
    Amount     Percent
of Assets
    Amount     Percent
of Assets
    Amount     Percent
of Assets
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Equity

   $ 53,510        10.38   $ 62,624       11.93   $ 64,358       12.22   $ 66,092       12.51
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage capital (1)(2)

   $ 49,534        9.81   $ 58,648       11.41   $ 60,382       11.71   $ 62,116       12.00

Tier 1 leverage requirement

     25,243        5.00       25,699       5.00       25,786       5.00       25,872       5.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 24,291        4.81   $ 32,949       6.41   $ 34,596       6.71   $ 36,244       7.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital (1)(2)

   $ 49,534        15.14   $ 58,648       17.82   $ 60,382       18.33   $ 62,116       18.84

Tier 1 risk-based requirement

     26,177        8.00       26,323       8.00       26,351       8.00       26,379       8.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 23,357        7.14   $ 32,325       9.82   $ 34,031       10.33   $ 35,737       10.84
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (1)(2)

   $ 52,237        15.96   $ 61,351       18.65   $ 63,085       19.15   $ 64,819       19.66

Total risk-based requirement

     32,722        10.00       32,904       10.00       32,939       10.00       32,973       10.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 19,515        5.96   $ 28,447       8.65   $ 30,146       9.15   $ 31,846       9.66
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital (1)(2)

   $ 49,534        15.14   $ 58,648       17.82   $ 60,382       18.33   $ 62,116       18.84

Common equity tier 1 risk-based requirement

     21,269        6.50       21,388       6.50       21,410       6.50       21,433       6.50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 28,265        8.64   $ 37,260       11.32   $ 38,972       11.83   $ 40,683       12.34
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of capital infused into PyraMax Bank, FSB:

 

           

Net proceeds

 

  $ 12,255       $ 14,544       $ 16,832    

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans

 

    (1,047       (1,232       (1,417  

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

 

    (2,094       (2,464       (2,834  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma increase

 

  $ 9,114       $ 10,848       $ 12,581    
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1)

Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total average assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.

(2)

Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.


Exhibit IV-4

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Pro Forma Valuation Analysis—Second Step Offering

 

Pricing ratios and parameters:

              
           Midpoint Ratios           Comparable Group     All Public Thrifts  

Valuation Pricing Ratios

   Symbol           Average     Median     Average     Median  

Price to earnings

     P/E       58.29       23.83     13.82     17.61     13.44

Price to core earnings

     P/CE       46.34       25.54     13.72     17.17     13.64

Price to book value

     P/B       65.07       87.76     88.66     105.06     96.71

Price to tangible book value

     P/TB       65.07       89.71     90.12     116.46     101.04

Price to assets

     P/A       10.26       14.04     9.71     13.07     11.85

Valuation Parameters

              

Pre conversion earnings

     (Y)     $ 1,317,000        
For twelve months ended
December 31, 2020
 
 

Pre conversion core earnings

     (CY)     $ 1,563,000        
For twelve months ended
December 31, 2020
 
 

Pre conversion book value

     (B)     $ 60,108,000       (1     At December 31, 2020  

Pre conversion tang. book value

     (TB)     $ 60,108,000       (1     At December 31, 2020  

Pre conversion assets

     (A)     $ 516,857,000       (1     At December 31, 2020  
                                   Symbol        

Conversion expense

     (X)       5.56     (2     Percent sold       (PCT)       55.3612

ESOP stock purchase (% of Offering + Foundation)

     (E)       8.00      
Option %
granted
 
 
    (OP)       10.00

ESOP cost of borrowings, net

     (S)       0.00      
Est. option
value
 
 
    (OV)       30.90

ESOP loan term (years)

     (T)       25        
Option vesting
(years)
 
 
    (OM)       5  

RRP amount

     (M)       4.00      
Option %
taxable
 
 
    (OT)       25.00

RRP vesting (years)

     (N)       5         Price per share       (P)     $ 10.00  

Tax rate

     (TAX)       27.00      

Foundation
Cash
Contribution
 
 
 
    (FC)     $ —    

Reinvestment Rate

       0.36      

Foundation
Stock
Contribution
 
 
 
    (FS)     $ —    

After Tax Reinvetsment Rate

     (RR)       0.26      
Foundation
Tax Benefit
 
 
    (FT)    

 

Calculation of Pro Forma Value after Conversion:

 

1. P/E method

  

P/E*(Y-FC*RR)

1-P/E*PCT*((1-X-E-M)*RR-((1-TAX)*E/T)-((1-TAX)*M/N)-(1-(TAX*OT))*(OP*OV/OM))

     Value =      $ 55,634,630  

2. P/CE method

  

P/CE*CY

1-P/CE*PCT*((1-X-E-M)*RR-((1-TAX)*E/T)-((1-TAX)*M/N)-(1-(TAX*OT))*(OP*OV)/OM))

     Value =      $ 55,634,630  

3. P/B method

  

P/B*B

1-P/B*PCT*(1-X-E-M)

     Value =      $ 55,634,630  

4. P/TB method

  

P/TB*TB

1-P/TB*PCT*(1-X-E-M)

     Value =      $ 55,634,630  

5. P/A method

  

P/A*A

1-P/A*PCT*(1-X-E-M)

     Value =      $ 55,634,630  

 

Valuation Correlation and Conclusions:

                 

Shares

  

2nd Step Exchange

   2nd Step Offering      Full Conversion             Total Market
Capitalization
        
  

Shares Issued

   Shares      Shares      Foundation Shares      Shares      Exchange Ratio  

Midpoint

   2,483,463      3,080,000        5,563,463           5,563,463        1.1446  

Minimum

   2,110,944      2,618,000        4,728,944           4,728,944        0.9729  

Maximum

   2,855,982      3,542,000        6,397,982           6,397,982        1.3163  

Values

   2nd Step Exchange    2nd Step Offering      Full Conversion      Foundation Shares      Total Market         
  

Shares Value

   Value      Value      Value      Capitalization                

Midpoint

   $ 24,834,630    $ 30,800,000      $ 55,634,630         $ 55,634,630        

Minimum

   $ 21,109,436    $ 26,180,000      $ 47,289,436         $ 47,289,436        

Maximum

   $ 28,559,825    $ 35,420,000      $ 63,979,825         $ 63,979,825        

 

(1)

Adjusted to reflect consolidation and reinvestment of $100,000 of MHC net assets.    

(2)

Estimated offering expenses at midpoint of the offering.    


Exhibit IV-5

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds

At the Minimun of the Range

 

1.    Fully Converted Value and Exchange Ratio         
  

Fully Converted Value

         $ 47,289,436  
  

Exchange Ratio

           0.9729  
  

2nd Step Offering Proceeds

         $ 26,180,000  
  

Less: Estimated Offering Expenses

           1,670,426  
           

 

 

 
  

2nd Step Net Conversion Proceeds (Including Foundation)

         $ 24,509,574  
2.    Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds         
   Net Conversion Proceeds          $ 24,509,574  
  

Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation

           0  
  

Less: ESOP Stock Purchases (1)

           (2,094,400
  

Less: RRP Stock Purchases (2)

           (1,047,200
           

 

 

 
   Net Cash Proceeds          $ 21,367,974  
   Estimated after-tax net incremental rate of return            0.26
           

 

 

 
   Earnings Increase          $ 56,198  
  

Less: Consolidated interest cost of ESOP borrowings

           0  
  

Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)

           (61,156
  

Less: RRP Vesting (3)

           (152,891
  

Less: Option Plan Vesting (4)

           (150,871
           

 

 

 
   Net Earnings Increase          $ (308,721)  
3.    Pro Forma Earnings    Before
Conversion
     Net
Earnings
Increase
     After
Conversion
 
  

12 Months ended December 31, 2020 (Reported)

   $ 1,317,000      $ (150,871    $ 1,166,129  
  

12 Months ended December 31, 2020 (Core)

   $ 1,563,000      $ (150,871    $ 1,412,129  
4.    Pro Forma Net Worth    Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     After
Conversion
 
  

December 31, 2020

   $ 60,108,000      $ 21,367,974      $ 81,475,974  
  

December 31, 2020 (Tangible)

   $ 60,108,000      $ 21,367,974      $ 81,475,974  
5.    Pro Forma Assets    Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     After
Conversion
 
  

December 31, 2020

   $ 516,857,000      $ 21,367,974      $ 538,224,974  

 

(1)

Includes ESOP purchases of 8% of the second step offering and stock contribution to the Foundation

(2)

Includes RRP purchases of 4% of the second step offering and stock contribution to the Foundation

(3)

ESOP amortized over 25 years, RRP amortized over 5 years, tax effected at 27.00%

(4)

Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting and assuming 25% taxable


Exhibit IV-6

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds

At the Midpoint of the Range

 

1.    Fully Converted Value and Exchange Ratio         
  

Fully Converted Value

         $ 55,634,630  
  

Exchange Ratio

           1.14460  
  

2nd Step Offering Proceeds

         $ 30,800,000  
  

Less: Estimated Offering Expenses

           1,713,096  
           

 

 

 
  

2nd Step Net Conversion Proceeds (Including Foundation)

         $ 29,086,904  
2.    Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds         
   Net Conversion Proceeds          $ 29,086,904  
  

Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation

           0  
  

Less: ESOP Stock Purchases (1)

           (2,464,000
  

Less: RRP Stock Purchases (2)

           (1,232,000
           

 

 

 
   Net Cash Proceeds          $ 25,390,904  
   Estimated after-tax net incremental rate of return            0.26
           

 

 

 
   Earnings Increase          $ 66,778  
  

Less: Consolidated interest cost of ESOP borrowings

           0  
  

Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)

           (71,949
  

Less: RRP Vesting (3)

           (179,872
  

Less: Option Plan Vesting (4)

           (177,496
           

 

 

 
   Net Earnings Increase          $ (362,539
3.    Pro Forma Earnings    Before
Conversion
     Net
Earnings
Increase
     After
Conversion
 
   12 Months ended December 31, 2020 (Reported)    $ 1,317,000      $ (362,539)      $ 954,461  
   12 Months ended December 31, 2020 (Core)    $ 1,563,000      $ (362,539)      $ 1,200,461  
4.    Pro Forma Net Worth    Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     After
Conversion
 
  

December 31, 2020

   $ 60,108,000      $  25,390,904      $ 85,498,904  
  

December 31, 2020 (Tangible)

   $ 60,108,000      $ 25,390,904      $ 85,498,904  
5.    Pro Forma Assets    Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     After
Conversion
 
  

December 31, 2020

   $  516,857,000      $ 25,390,904      $  542,247,904  

 

(1)

Includes ESOP purchases of 8% of the second step offering and stock contribution to the Foundation

(2)

Includes RRP purchases of 4% of the second step offering and stock contribution to the Foundation

(3)

ESOP amortized over 25 years, RRP amortized over 5 years, tax effected at 27.00%

(4)

Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting and assuming 25% taxable


Exhibit IV-7

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds

At the Maximum of the Range

 

1.    Fully Converted Value and Exchange Ratio         
  

Fully Converted Value

         $  63,979,825  
  

Exchange Ratio

           1.3163  
  

2nd Step Offering Proceeds

         $ 35,420,000  
  

Less: Estimated Offering Expenses

           1,755,434  
           

 

 

 
  

2nd Step Net Conversion Proceeds (Including Foundation)

         $ 33,664,566  
2.    Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds         
   Net Conversion Proceeds          $ 33,664,566  
  

Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation

           0  
  

Less: ESOP Stock Purchases (1)

           (2,833,600
  

Less: RRP Stock Purchases (2)

           (1,416,800
           

 

 

 
   Net Cash Proceeds          $ 29,414,166  
   Estimated after-tax net incremental rate of return            0.26
           

 

 

 
   Earnings Increase          $ 77,359  
  

Less: Consolidated interest cost of ESOP borrowings

           0  
  

Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)

           (82,741
  

Less: RRP Vesting (3)

           (206,853
  

Less: Option Plan Vesting (4)

           (204,120
           

 

 

 
   Net Earnings Increase          $ (416,355)  
           

 

 

 
3.    Pro Forma Earnings    Before
Conversion
     Net
Earnings
Increase
     After
Conversion
 
   12 Months ended December 31, 2020 (Reported)    $  1,317,000      $  (416,355)      $ 900,645  
   12 Months ended December 31, 2020 (Core)    $ 1,563,000      $ (416,355)      $ 1,146,645  
4.    Pro Forma Net Worth    Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     After
Conversion
 
  

December 31, 2020

   $  60,108,000      $  29,414,166      $ 89,522,166  
  

December 31, 2020 (Tangible)

   $ 60,108,000      $ 29,414,166      $ 89,522,166  
5.    Pro Forma Assets    Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     After
Conversion
 
  

December 31, 2020

   $  516,857,000      $ 29,414,166      $  546,271,166  

 

(1)

Includes ESOP purchases of 8% of the second step offering and stock contribution to the Foundation

(2)

Includes RRP purchases of 4% of the second step offering and stock contribution to the Foundation

(3)

ESOP amortized over 25 years, RRP amortized over 5 years, tax effected at 27.00%

(4)

Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting and assuming 25% taxable


Exhibit IV-8

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

Impact of MHC Assets & Waived Dividends on Minority Ownership in 2nd Step Conversion

Financial and Stock Ownership Data as of December 31, 2020

Reflects Appraised Pro Forma Market Value as of February 8, 2021

Key Assumptions

 

Mid-Tier Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 60,008,000     BOOK

Aggregate Dividends Waived by MHC

   $ —       WAIVED DIVIDENDS

Minority Ownership Interest

     44.7192   PCT

Pro Forma Market Value

   $ 55,634,630     VALUE

Market Value of MHC Assets (Other than Stock in Mid-Tier)

   $ 100,000     MHC ASSETS

Adjustment for MHC Assets and Waived Dividends - 2 Step Calculation (as required by FDIC and FRB)

 

Step 1: To Account for Waiver of Dividends

         =                      (BOOK - WAIVED DIVIDENDS) X PCT
      BOOK
     =                      44.7192%
      (VALUE - MHC ASSETS) X Step 1
     

 

Step 2: To Account for MHC Assets

     =                      VALUE
     =                      44.6388%

 

Current Ownership

     

MHC Shares

     2,682,172        55.28

Public Shares

     2,169,729        44.72
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Shares

     4,851,901        100.00


Exhibit V-1

Faust Financial, LLC

Firm Qualifications Statement

Faust Financial, LLC through its principal Marcus Faust (“Faust”), President and Managing Director and its associates, is a nationally recognized specialist in planning, advisory and valuation services to insured financial institutions nationwide. Faust has over 33 years of banking industry experience and is routinely engaged in the valuation of businesses and their securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated underwritings, competitive bidding, mutual-to-stock conversions, initial and secondary offerings of listed and unlisted securities, private placements, and valuations for corporate and other purposes.

Faust has worked extensively with bank management, Boards, regulators, auditors, investors and investment bankers. He has developed and implemented formal Enterprise Risk Management programs, business, strategic and capital plans to pursue business opportunities and mitigate risk identified through examination, due diligence and Enterprise Risk Assessment processes; developed and implemented restructuring plans; and negotiated, executed and integrated bank mergers. He contributes to industry publications and frequently speaks on governance, strategic, risk management and regulatory matters.

With experience both as an adviser and in the roles of senior executive officer, Board member and as principal at private and public banks, he has held positions as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and banking regulator. He has served on the board of six banks and as a principal organizer of three de novo banks, raised capital, developed strategic plans, setup operations and recruited management and directors.

Mr. Faust earned his undergraduate degree from Rollins College and a Masters of Business Administration from Vanderbilt University.

For more information on Faust Financial, LLC, please visit our website: faust-financial.com

For more information on Marcus Faust, please visit https://www.linkedin.com/in/marcusfaust/

 

   
Faust Financial, LLC   
2009 NE 22nd Street,    Direct: 216.374.6001
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33305    mfaust@faust‐financial.com


Exhibit V-2

Faust Financial, LLC

Affidavit of Independence

I hereby certify that I have not been the subject of any criminal, civil or administrative judgments, consents, undertakings or orders, or any past administrative proceedings (excluding routine or customary audits, inspections and investigation) issued by any federal or state court, any department, agency, or commission of the U.S. Government, any state or municipality, any self-regulatory trade or professional organization, or any foreign government or governmental entity, which involve:

 

  (i)

commission of a felony, fraud, moral turpitude, dishonesty or breach of trust;

 

  (ii)

violation of securities or commodities laws or regulations;

 

  (iii)

violation of depository institution laws or regulations;

 

  (iv)

violation of housing authority laws or regulations;

 

  (v)

violation of the rules, regulations, codes or conduct or ethics of a self-regulatory trade or professional organization;

 

  (vi)

adjudication of bankruptcy or insolvency or appointment of a receiver, conservator, trustee, referee, or guardian.

I hereby certify that the statements I have made herein are true, complete and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Date: February 8, 2021

 

LOGO
Marcus Faust
President and Managing Director
Faust Financial, LLC

 

   
Faust Financial, LLC   
2009 NE 22nd Street,    Direct: 216.374.6001
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33305    mfaust@faust-financial.com

Exhibit 99.6

 

LOGO

March 11, 2021

Board of Directors

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. (Maryland)

PyraMax Bank, FSB

7001 West Edgerton Avenue

Greenfield, WI 53220

 

Re:

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC

Members of the Board of Directors:

The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC (the “MHC”) provides for the conversion of the MHC into the full stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will be merged into 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier”), and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. will be merged into 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a newly formed Maryland Corporation (the “Company”), with the Company as the resulting entity, and the MHC will no longer exist. As part of the Plan, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest in the Mid-Tier now owned by the MHC. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, depositors will receive rights in a liquidation account maintained by the Company representing the amount of (i) the MHC’s ownership interest in the Mid-Tier’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in the prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of the MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Mid-Tier). The Company shall continue to hold the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in PyraMax Bank, FSB (the “Bank”). We further understand that the Bank will also establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to the Company’s liquidation account, pursuant to the Plan. The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interest in the event of liquidation of the Bank (or the Company and the Bank).

In the unlikely event that either the Bank (or the Company and the Bank) were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the liquidation account maintained by the Company.

 

 

 

Faust Financial, LLC   
2009 NE 22nd Street,    Direct: 216.374.6001
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33305    mfaust@faust-financial.com


Members of the Board of Directors

March 11, 2021

Page 2

 

Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of the Bank, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank), to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and the Bank has positive net worth, the Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Company’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of the Bank, then the rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account maintained by the Company shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in the Bank, the bank liquidation account and depositors shall have an equivalent interest in such bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account.

Based upon our review of the Plan and our observation that the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of the Bank (or the Company and the Bank), that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to the Bank in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of the Bank, and that after two years from the date of conversion and upon written request of the FRB, the Company will transfer the liquidation account and depositors’ interest in such account to the Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of the Bank, no longer subject to the Company’s creditors, we are of the belief that: the benefit provided by the PyraMax Bank, FSB liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Company lacks sufficient net assets and does not have any economic value at the time of the transactions contemplated in the first and second paragraphs on the prior page. We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
Faust Financial, LLC

Exhibit 99.7

REVOCABLE PROXY

1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC.

SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

[meeting date]

The undersigned hereby appoints the proxy committee of the Board of Directors of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation, with full powers of substitution, to act as attorneys and proxies for the undersigned to vote all shares of common stock of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. that the undersigned is entitled to vote at the special meeting of stockholders, to be held at [meeting location] at [meeting time], local time, on [meeting date]. The proxy committee is authorized to cast all votes to which the undersigned is entitled as follows:

 

    

FOR

  

AGAINST

  

ABSTAIN

1.  The approval of a plan of conversion whereby: (a) 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC and 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a federal corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure; (b) 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“New 1895 Bancorp”), will become the new stock holding company of PyraMax Bank, FSB; (c) the outstanding shares of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc., other than those held by 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, MHC, will be converted into shares of common stock of New 1895 Bancorp; and (d) New 1895 Bancorp will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, a community offering and, if necessary, a syndicated offering or firm commitment underwritten offering;

        

2.  The approval of the adjournment of the Special Meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the Special Meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization;

        
The following informational proposals.         

3.  Approval of a provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation;

        


4.  Approval of a provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to New 1895 Bancorp’s bylaws;

        

5.  Approval of a provision in New 1895 Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New 1895 Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock; and

        

Such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

The Board of Directors recommends a vote “FOR” each of the above-listed proposals.

THE PROVISIONS OF NEW 1895 BANCORP’S ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION THAT ARE SUMMARIZED AS INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS 3 THROUGH 5 WERE APPROVED AS PART OF THE PROCESS IN WHICH THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF 1895 BANCORP OF WISCONSIN, INC. APPROVED THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION. THESE PROPOSALS ARE INFORMATIONAL IN NATURE ONLY, BECAUSE FEDERAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING MUTUAL-TO-STOCK CONVERSIONS DO NOT PROVIDE FOR VOTES ON MATTERS OTHER THAN THE PLAN. WHILE WE ARE ASKING YOU TO VOTE WITH RESPECT TO EACH OF THE INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS LISTED ABOVE, THE PROPOSED PROVISIONS FOR WHICH AN INFORMATIONAL VOTE IS REQUESTED MAY BECOME EFFECTIVE IF STOCKHOLDERS APPROVE THE PLAN, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER STOCKHOLDERS VOTE TO APPROVE ANY OR ALL OF THE INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS.

 

 

THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS ARE SPECIFIED FOR ONE OR MORE PROPOSALS, THIS PROXY, IF SIGNED, WILL BE VOTED “FOR” THE PROPOSALS. IF ANY OTHER BUSINESS IS PRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED BY THE MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. AT THE PRESENT TIME, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS KNOWS OF NO OTHER BUSINESS TO BE PRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING. NOT VOTING IS THE EQUIVALENT OF VOTING “AGAINST” THE APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION.

 

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Should the above-signed be present and elect to vote at the Special Meeting or at any adjournment thereof and after notification to the Secretary of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. at the Special Meeting of the stockholder’s decision to terminate this proxy, then the power of said attorneys and proxies shall be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect. This proxy may also be revoked by sending written notice to the Secretary of 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. at the address set forth on the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, or by the filing of a later-dated proxy prior to a vote being taken on a particular proposal at the Special Meeting.

The above-signed acknowledges receipt from 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc. prior to the execution of this proxy of a Notice of Special Meeting and the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus dated [_________].

Dated: _________________, ______ ☐    Check Box if You Plan to Attend the Special Meeting


 

    

 

PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER               PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER

 

    

 

SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER      SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER

Please sign exactly as your name appears on this proxy card. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give your full title. If shares are held jointly, each holder should sign, but only one holder is required to sign.

 

 

Please complete, sign and date this proxy card and return it promptly

in the enclosed postage-prepaid envelope.

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

The Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement and Proxy Card are available at _______________________________.